GIFT OF 
 

SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 FOR THE USE OF COLLEGES 
 AND SCHOOLS 
 
 BY 
 
 SAMUEL GARNER, PH.D. 
 
 RECENTLY PROFESSOR OF MODERN LANGUAGES, 
 UNITED STATES NAVAL ACADEMY 
 
 "El que quiere hablar bien, debe principiar por hablar mal" 
 
 NEW YORK- : CINCINNATI-:- CHICAGO 
 
 AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 
 
SERVATION 
 >Y ADDED 
 
 <M 
 
 
 s, 
 
 COPYRIGHT, 1901, BY 
 SAMUEL GARNER. 
 
 ENTERED AT STATIONERS' HALL, LONDON 
 
 SPAN. GRAM. 
 
 W. p. 5 
 
 
 
PREFACE 
 
 THERE are already extant several excellent grammars 
 for the study of Spanish, but most of them present the 
 subject with such a mass of details that it was thought 
 there was room for a book which should give, in clear 
 and concise outlines, the essential features of the language. 
 Considering the small amount of time devoted to the 
 modern languages in our educational institutions, it is not 
 possible for the student to do more than master the main 
 facts of any language. The minuter details can be ac- 
 quired only after long years of patient study and observa- 
 tion, and to present them in a book intended for beginners 
 must prove a discouraging and confusing obstacle rather 
 than an aid. 
 
 Much objection has been latterly brought against treat- 
 ing the pronunciation of foreign languages from the stand- 
 point of English analogies, but the objectors so far have 
 produced no system sufficiently simple and practical to 
 take the place of such treatment. Of course, nothing will 
 prove a substitute for the living teacher; but even with 
 such aid, the learner must be taught how to make the 
 sounds which differ from those of his native language, 
 and this, in most cases, can only be done by approxima- 
 tion to and comparison with sounds already known. The 
 present writer has found no sufficient reason for attempt- 
 ing any other mode of treatment, and he believes that, 
 by following the directions given, a fairly good Spanish 
 pronunciation will be acquired. 
 
4 PREFACE 
 
 The following method of using this book is suggested : 
 
 After a few days spent on the pronunciation, the Spanish 
 exercises being used for practice in reading, the student 
 may be set to work on the lessons assigned at the head of 
 the exercises, page 248. Where it is desired to get to 
 reading connected texts as soon as possible, the translation 
 of the English exercises may be omitted until the Spanish 
 exercises have been completed. After a careful study of 
 these, a short time may be spent on the remaining tenses 
 of the auxiliary and regular verbs; then the student may 
 pass on to the Spanish reading matter, page 292, and at 
 the same time begin the writing of the English exercises. 
 . If a conversational exercise is desired, the teacher may 
 address to the student a question on each of the sentences 
 of the Spanish exercises. For instance, on the first sen- 
 tence he might ask : ^ En cndnto tiempo gira la tierra 
 alrededor del sol? The student would answer: La tierra 
 gira alrededor del sol en un ano. And so for the rest. 
 When the SPANISH READINGS are begun, the same exer- 
 cise might be continued. 
 
 In the syntax only such a general outline as the student 
 will have time to master has been attempted. Anything 
 more than this would prove an incumbrance and beyond 
 the scope of this grammar. The prepositions a, en, para, 
 and par, having such a variety of uses, no better plan of 
 treatment could be devised than to give copious examples. 
 A thorough study of these will prove of more utility than 
 any amount of reasoning about them. 
 
 In recent years there has been a disposition in some 
 quarters to condemn exercises based on detached sen- 
 tences, and a demand for connected thought. The present 
 author has never been in sympathy with this movement, 
 chiefly because thought that has to be guided in its expres- 
 
PREFACE 5 
 
 sion by the exigencies of the rules of syntax can not but 
 be stilted, and hence no more interesting than detached 
 sentences, and not nearly so useful for syntactical illustra- 
 tions. While the exercises of this book are mostly of the 
 latter kind, an effort has been made to render the sentences 
 practical and interesting by confining them to common, 
 every-day subjects. It is hoped they will be found an 
 improvement on the usual grammatical exercises. 
 
 It is proper to offer some justification for inserting 
 Spanish composition of my own rather than selections 
 from Spanish authors. My reason for this was twofold. 
 First, it seemed desirable to introduce some easy dialogue ; 
 but most Spanish dialogue is too difficult for beginners on 
 account of its idiomatic character. Secondly and chiefly, 
 I wished to give a general review of the grammatical 
 principles previously treated, and nothing could be found 
 in a short space suitable for the purpose. 
 
 In the making of a grammar, where he has had so 
 many predecessors, an author can lay but little claim to 
 originality, particularly in the accidence, to which neces- 
 sarily belong features common to all grammars. The 
 most that he can do is to present in his own way such 
 matter as will best contribute to his aims. The sources, 
 both European and American, from which valuable aid 
 has been received, are so numerous that only a general 
 acknowledgment can here be made. At the same time I 
 would say that I have not adopted anything from another 
 without fully substantiating it by my own researches. 
 
 The ESCENAS SOCIALES contains one or two passages 
 where I have paraphrased some thoughts not my own. 
 Some of the pleasantries will also be recognized as old 
 friends ; but they are classical in a way, and it is hoped 
 they will be revitalized by their new setting and dress. 
 
6 PREFACE 
 
 The selections bearing no signature have in most cases 
 been gathered from newspapers. Experience proves that, 
 in the absence of opportunity for social intercourse with 
 the natives, there is no better way of acquiring a practical 
 knowledge of a language than the constant reading of the 
 daily press ; and even with such opportunity, it can not be 
 too highly recommended for its helpfulness. 
 
 To Mr. Esteban Banchs, a Spanish gentleman of Balti- 
 more, I am indebted for a revision of the Spanish portions 
 of the manuscript. It is believed that the care with which 
 he did the work will be a sufficient guarantee that he 
 missed nothing of importance that needed correction. 
 
 Thanks are likewise due to Messrs. Ceballos & Co. of 
 New York for the business letters and forms. 
 
 S. G. 
 
 ANNAPOLIS, MD. 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 PREFACE 
 CONTENTS . 
 
 I. The Spanish alphabet and pronunciation 
 Accentuation . . . . ' . 
 Punctuation and capitals 
 
 II. The article and the noun 
 
 III. Adjectives 
 
 IV. Numerals 
 
 V. Pronouns personal . . . . 
 
 demonstrative 
 
 relative . 
 
 interrogative 
 
 indefinite .... 
 
 VI. Verbs auxiliary . 
 regular . 
 Orthographic changes . 
 Formation of tenses 
 Passive voice .... 
 Reflexive verbs .... 
 Impersonal verbs .... 
 Irregular verbs .... 
 Defective verbs .... 
 Irregular past participles 
 Verbal idioms .... 
 List of irregular verbs . 
 
 PAGES 
 
 3-6 
 7-8 
 
 SECTIONS 
 
 6-9 
 
 10 
 
 24-37 
 38-43 
 
 44-77 
 
 78-89 
 
 90-98 
 
 99-106 
 
 107-134 
 
 135-140 
 141-142 
 143-143^ 
 144-145^ 
 146-148 
 149-157 
 158-160 
 161-216 
 217-221 
 222-225 
 226-228 
 229 
 
 VII. Adverbs 230-242 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 VIII. Prepositions 
 
 . 243-266 
 
 IX. Conjunctions and interjections 
 
 . 267-274 
 
 X. Syntax the definite article . 
 
 . 275-277 
 
 The indefinite article . 
 
 . 278-2787 
 
 Nouns and pronouns . 
 
 . 279-285 
 
 The adjective 
 
 . 286-293 
 
 The verb agreement 
 
 . 294-300 
 
 Tenses of the indicative 
 
 . 301-310 
 
 Imperative mood. 
 
 311 
 
 Tenses of the subjunctive . 
 
 . 312-320 
 
 The infinitive 
 
 321-327 
 
 The present participle 
 
 . . . 328 
 
 The gerund .... 
 
 . 329-329* 
 
 The past participle 
 
 330-33 i c 
 
 XI. Forms of address .... 
 
 332-332 "< 
 
 Spanish abbreviations 
 
 333 
 
 
 374 317 
 
 XII. Exercises 
 
 338-386 
 
 XIII. Spanish Readings . . 
 
 . . . 387-401 
 
 
 PAGES 
 
 ENGLISH VOCABULARY .... 
 
 . 347-369 
 
 SPANISH VOCABULARY .... 
 
 . 370-412 
 
 
 4I.V4IC 
 
THE SPANISH ALPHABET 
 
 VOWELS 
 
 1. Spanish vowels are uttered as clear simple sounds and 
 not, as in English, with a vanish. It is especially difficult 
 to avoid this in final vowels ; hence, the greatest care must 
 be taken to stop the vowel sound without changing, in the 
 slightest degree, the position of the vocal organs. Diph- 
 thongs and triphthongs are pronounced in one uninter- 
 rupted impulse of the voice, each vowel being distinctly 
 heard. 
 
 The vowel bearing the syllabic accent in each word is 
 indicated by heavy type. 
 
 a% fa varies between a in ah and a in am : padre, acta. 
 Strong \ e varies between a in late and e in where : dedo, jefe. 
 I o varies between o in go and o in loft : am6, arbol. 
 
 Weak aS * f ati ue : mi > 
 
 u as u in rule : mulo. 
 
 b. DIPHTHONGS (of Strong and Weak Vowels) 
 
 ai, ay as in baile, ay. ia as in diario. 
 
 au as in aula. ua as in cuando, guarda. 
 
 ei, ey as in veinte, ley. ie as in miel. 
 
 eu as in deuda. ue as in luego. 
 
 oi, oy as in oigo, hoy. io as in dios. 
 
 ou as in bou. uo as in cuota. 
 
10 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Note that in diphthongs formed of a strong plus a weak vowel, 
 or of a weak plus a strong, the chief stress is on the strong vowel. 
 Where this is not true, the accent is marked : traigo, but traido. 
 
 Also that strong vowels in contact make separate syllables, but 
 only when one of them bears the stress : poeta, but linea. 
 
 c. DIPHTHONGS (of two Weak Vowels) 
 iu as in diurno ui, uy as in ruin, muy. 
 
 Note that in diphthongs of two weak vowels the last is stressed, 
 unless the first bears the written accent : buitre, but fliiido, 
 where the diphthong is dissolved by the accent. 
 
 Also that in all unaccented final diphthongs neither vowel has 
 any decided stress : lirio, antiguo. 
 
 d. TRIPHTHONGS (of a Weak plus a Strong plus a Weak Vowel) 
 The stress is on the strong vowel. 
 
 iai as in estudiais. uai, uay as in amortiguais, guay. 
 
 iei as in pronunci&s. uei, uey as in desagii&s, buey. 
 
 CONSONANTS 
 
 2. In Spanish nearly all consonants are pronounced 
 much more indistinctly than in English. So much is this 
 the case that many careless speakers allow them to be 
 assimilated or absorbed by contiguous sounds. They are 
 best studied and classified from their relation to the vocal 
 organs. 
 
 a. LABIALS (Lip Sounds) 
 
 v as in vivo. p as. in pavo. 
 
 f as in faena. m as in mam&. 
 
 b as in bebo. w as in Wlber, Windsor. 
 
 NOTE. Bring the lips lightly together in the middle, but keep 
 them apart in the corners of the mouth. Then pronounce the 
 corresponding English letters, V and / are the weakest and are 
 
PRONUNCIATION I j 
 
 made by the merest contact of the lips ; b, p, and m require a 
 little more pressure. W occurs only in foreign proper names. In 
 those coming from German, w is sounded as v, while in English 
 names it is like u : Weber = Ve"ber / Windsor = Uindsor. 
 
 b. DENTO-LINGUALS (Tooth-Tongue Sounds) 
 
 c before e and i \ . . f cebo, ciencia. ' 
 
 >asm m thin \ 
 z in all positions J ( zapa, baza. 
 
 ch as ch in church : muchacho. 
 
 d as d in did, but with the vanish of th in the : dedo. 
 
 I as /in let: lecho, alma. 
 
 II as li'vo. filial: bello, llamo. 
 n as n in bone : uno, mente. 
 
 n before hard g and c as n in ring: tengo, bianco, 
 n (n with the tilde) as ni in union : nino. 
 t as / in ten : todo, entonces. 
 
 Note that these Spanish sounds are produced by placing the tip 
 of the tongue against the lower edge of the upper front teeth, 
 while the position of the tongue in English is just where the gums 
 join the upper teeth.* 
 
 c. ASPIRATES 
 
 g before e and / ) , . . f agente, gime. 
 
 f . [ as h in hat \ 
 
 j in all positions j (. bajo, junto. 
 
 NOTE. Set the vocal organs for a in hat; then expel the breath 
 lightly a^s if clearing the throat. It is much more strongly aspirated 
 than our) English h. 
 
 h is silent in all positions : ahora, hablar. 
 
 d. GUTTURALS (Throat Sounds) 
 
 J before a, o, u, and ' 
 \ before a consonant 
 qu before e, i 
 
 ( cabo. codo. cuando, acci6n. 
 as c m cat \ , , . 
 
 ( quedo, aquf, kiosco. 
 
 k in all positions 
 * Except, however, n before hard g and c, which is a tongue-palate sound. 
 
12 . SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 J before a, o, u, and ] 
 
 g 1 before a consonant as ^ in ^ I flto ' S ota > 
 gu before ,, / J ( si ue > ^ 
 
 NOTE. When the u of * and gui is pronounced, it receives 
 the diaeresis : antigiiedad, lingiiistica. 
 
 e. LIQUIDS (trills) 
 
 r is slightly trilled : pero, leer. 
 
 r initial or after /, n, s is rana, rosa, malrotar, 
 
 strongly trilled : honra, israelita. 
 
 rr strongly trilled : perro, tierra. 
 
 NOTE. The finals ar, er, ir, or, z/r are pronounced with a short, 
 clear trill : fiar, comer, vivir, olor, tahur. Observe also that the 
 Spanish r is made with the tongue vibrating against the gums just 
 back of the upper teeth, never in the throat. 
 
 f. s is always s in base : casa, sastre. 
 
 x is a double consonant and is generally equivalent to ks t k 
 very slightly pronounced : examen. 
 
 y is a consonant only when initial or between two vowels and is 
 y in yes : yeso, cay6. 
 
 3. Dialectic and other peculiarities. In some parts of 
 Spain and generally in Spanish America certain consonants 
 are interchanged with others and certain others are sup- 
 pressed. This is not uncommon even with well-educated 
 people. 
 
 Vowels coming into contact with each other in the same 
 sentence are merged into a single sound : <; Que^estajiaci- 
 endo? What is he doing? De esta manera, in this way; 
 ,;C6mo esta usted ? How are you? This is done by all 
 classes, and the learner should adopt it ' at once. 
 
PRONUNCIATION 13 
 
 4. As to the consonants : 
 
 b interchanges with v, and vice versa, as bibo and bivo for vivo, 
 vevo and bevo for bebo. 
 
 c (before e and t) is pronounced as s : coser for cocer. 
 
 c and p before /are assimilated : perfetto for perfecto, ratto for 
 rapto (both t's being sounded). 
 
 d final and between two vowels is absorbed : verda for verdad, 
 naa for nada, vivio for vivido, dao for dado. 
 
 g is absorbed before u : aua for agua. 
 
 n final is pronounced as though followed by g: Don(g) 
 Juan(g). 
 
 11 as y (consonant) : cabayo for caballo, and as English// llorar. 
 
 x loses its /^-element, becoming s: espresar for expresar. 
 
 s is dropped, especially when final and before consonants : pue for 
 pues. i C6mo eta ute ? for <: Como esta usted ? La mima cosas 
 for las mis mas cosas. 
 
 y is pronounced as English// yo, yeso. 
 
 z is substituted for s, and vice versa : C6mo eztd ozte" ? for 
 <J C6mo esta usted ? = How are you? Casar for cazar, to hunt. 
 
 NOTE. The above are some of the more common peculiarities, 
 which are frequently heard even on the lips of fairly well-educated 
 people, and the student who expects to talk with native Spaniards 
 should learn them in order to save himself much perplexity. 
 
 SYLLABICATION 
 
 5. The question of syllabication is very important, as on 
 it depends a good pronunciation. A single consonant and 
 the letters ch, //, and rr go with the following_vo_w.el : mo- 
 ti-vo, mu-cha-cho, ba-ta-lla, ba-rrp. 
 
 a. Two or more consonants between vowels are separable : al-ma, 
 cons-tan-te; but b, c, d, f,g,p, followed by / or r, combine with 
 the following vowel : li-brp, pu-drir, i-gle-sia. T and r combine, 
 but / and / are separated : a-troz, a-tras ; but at-leta, At-lante. 
 
14 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 b. Compound vowels may not be separated : bue-rio, tie-ne ; but 
 ba-iil. 
 
 c. The prefixes des t ab, sub are excepted from the above rules, 
 when they are felt as prefixes : des-acordar, ab-rogar, sub-arriendo ; 
 but su-bir, a-bundar. 
 
 ACCENTUATION 
 
 6. In words of two or more syllables, one syllable is 
 enunciated with greater emphasis than the others. This 
 is called the tonic or syllabic accent, and the pause on this 
 syllable is longer and more decided than in English. It 
 is hard to acquire, and persistent practice is very necessary. 
 
 7. Words ending in y or a consonant, except s or n f have 
 the stress on the ultima or final syllable : animal, sencillez, 
 Echegaray. 
 
 8. Words ending in a vowel or in n or s are accented on 
 the penult or syllable before the last : padre, joven, lunes. 
 
 9. All words not falling under these two rules must 
 bear the written accent on the stressed syllable : rincon, 
 jovenes, alferez, ademas. 
 
 a. Note that when the terminations ia t io, ie, ua, ue, uo form 
 separate syllables, the accent must be marked,: astronornia, navio, 
 envie, continiia, continue, continue ; but astucia, serio, serie, 
 antigua, pinglie, exiguo. Also that all interrogative and many 
 other words bear the written accent to distinguish them graph- 
 ically from others of the same form but different meaning, while 
 some again have it for no particular reason : c6mo (how?), como 
 (as), tu (thou), tu (thy), and e* (and), & (to). 
 
 b. Note further that all syllables preceding and following the 
 tonic syllable are evenly pronounced, there being scarcely any 
 secondary accent in Spanish : tipografico, jurisdicci6n. From this 
 
PRONUNCIATION 1 5 
 
 must be excepted many compounds whose component parts are 
 felt to be separate words : jurisconsulto, sobremanera, salvaguardia. 
 Here belong all adverbs compounded of an adjective and the noun 
 mente (manner) : solamente, medianamente. But even in this 
 case, as in all others, great care must be taken not to slight the 
 unaccented syllables. These must be distinctly and evenly uttered. 
 Above all, don't drawl the final vowels, making them into diph- 
 thongs like : ahu, ey-u, e-u, 6-db-u, o"b-u. 
 
 PUNCTUATION AND CAPITALS 
 
 10. Spanish punctuation varies but slightly from the 
 English. The only differences that need be noted here 
 are that the points ! and ? are placed respectively at the 
 beginning (inverted j <;) as well as at the end of exclama- 
 tory and interrogative sentences, and that where we use a 
 dash ( ) to indicate an interrupted sentence, Spaniards 
 use suspension points (. . .). 
 
 a. In the use of initial letters, the chief unlikeness is that the 
 pronoun /(yo), except when beginning a sentence, the names of 
 months and days, proper adjectives, both as adjectives (la lengua 
 espanola, the Spanish language) and as nouns (los espafioles, the 
 Spaniards), are written with small initials. Uniformity in this 
 respect is not, however, always observed. 
 
II 
 
 THE ARTICLE AND THE NOUN 
 
 11. The definite article has three forms in the singular 
 and two in the plural : 
 
 SINGULAR PLURAL 
 
 Masculine, el, los. 
 
 Feminine, la, las. 
 
 Neuter, lo, (wanting) . 
 
 a. When the prepositions de and d are used before el, the two 
 are contracted into one word: del (of the],2\ (to ,the\. This 
 contraction does not, however, take place before a title with the 
 article : El autor de El Bar6metro, the author of (the play called) 
 The Barometer; Una carta a El Avisador, A letter to The Adver- 
 tiser (newspaper). 
 
 b. Before feminine singular nouns of two or more syllables be- 
 ginning with tonic a or ha, el takes the place of la for euphony : 
 el ave, the bird; el haba, the bean. But not in the case of adjec- 
 tives or proper names : la alta torre, the high tower ; la Angela, 
 la Alvarez. 
 
 12. Indefinite article. 
 
 SINGULAR PLURAL 
 
 Masculine, un(o) ) unos j some, a few, 
 
 Feminine, una j unas ) several. 
 
 a. At the present day the usage has become pretty well estab- 
 lished to use un before the nouns of the above category (11 b} . 
 Hence : un aguila, an eagle; un hacha, an ax. But before an 
 
 16 
 
NOUN 17 
 
 adjective, neither the masculine nor the feminine is abbreviated : 
 un libro, a book; uno bueno, a good one; un ave, a bird; una 
 buena, a good one. 
 
 DECLENSION 
 
 13. Nouns have no case endings ; they vary only to in- 
 dicate the plural. Strictly speaking, therefore, they can 
 not be said to be declined ; but it is found convenient to 
 make a declension by means of prepositions. 
 
 SINGULAR PLURAL 
 
 Nom. el hombre, the man. las hombres, the men. 
 
 Gen. del hombre, of the man, de los hombres, of the men, the 
 
 the marts. men's. 
 
 Dat. al hombre, to the man. a los hombres, to the men. 
 
 Ace. el or al hombre, the man. los or a los hombres, the men. 
 
 a. The declensions with the other articles, definite and indefi- 
 nite, are made in the same way, save that there are no con- 
 
 tractions. 
 
 if 
 
 NOTE. The form of the accusative with a is, in general, used 
 when a noun, representing a person or other animal, is the object 
 of a transitive verb. .In other cases the preposition is usually 
 omitted : 
 
 El maestro castiga al discipulo, The teacher punishes the pupil. 
 
 El muchacho pega a los perros, The boy beats the dogs. 
 
 Leo el libro, la. carta, / read the book, the letter. 
 
 NUMBER 
 
 14. Nouns ending in an unaccented vowel (except y\ 
 or in /, 6, u, and /#/#', mama, sofa, take s in the plural : 
 
 SINGULAR PLURAL 
 
 la casa, the house. las casas, the houses. 
 
 la mano, the hand. las manos, the hands. 
 
 el pie, the foot. los pies, the' feet. 
 
 SPAN. GRAM. 2 
 
1 8 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 el corse", the corset. los corses, the corsets. 
 
 el rond6, the rondeau. . los rond6s, the rondeaux. 
 la tribu, the tribe. las tribus, the tribes. 
 
 el tisti, the tissue. los tisus, the tissues. 
 
 NOTE. But some authors add es to nouns in o or u : rondoes, 
 tisues. This is the teaching of the Spanish Academy. 
 
 15. Nouns terminating in y, in any consonant, or in i or 
 d (except the three above named) and all the letters of the 
 alphabet, add es : 
 
 SINGULAR PLURAL 
 
 el rey, the king. los reyes, the kings. 
 
 el rinc6n, the corner. los rincones, the corners. 
 
 la flor, the flower. las flores, the flowers. 
 
 el rubi, the ruby. los rubies, the rubies. 
 
 el baja, the pacha. los bajaes, the pachas. 
 
 la o, the o. las oes, the o j s. 
 
 la be, the b. las bees, the Vs. 
 
 a. Z final becomes c before the plural ending es : El pez, the 
 fish, los peces, the fish (es) ; la cruz, the cross, las cruces, the 
 crosses. 
 
 b. The unaccented finald -is, -es, and proper names in ez, es, 
 and es, and most other proper names, have the same form in the 
 plural : 
 
 la crisis, the crisis. las crisis, the crises. 
 
 la tesis, the thesis. las tesis, the theses. 
 
 el lunes, Monday. los lunes, Mondays. 
 
 And so : Los Sanchez, los Gonzalez, los Cervantes, los Valde"s, 
 los Robespierre, los Danton, los Marat. 
 
 NOTE. Proper names, when used with the force of common 
 nouns, may take the plural : los Castelares, i.e. the great orators 
 like Castelar. 
 
NOUN 19 
 
 c. Lord and milord lose d in the plural : lores, milores. 
 
 d. The tonic accent of caracter and regimen is shifted to the 
 following syllable : caracteres, regimenes. 
 
 e. When any noun, not accented on the last syllable, receives 
 es, the tonic vowel must be marked in the plural. On the other 
 hand, a noun having the written accent on its final vowel rejects 
 the accent in the plural, unless this vowel is weak (/, u) : 
 
 el joven, the young man. los j6venes, the young men. 
 
 la naci6n, the nation. las naciones, the nations. 
 
 el baja, the pacha. los bajaes, the pachas. 
 
 el jabali, the wild boar. los jabalies, the wild boars. 
 
 16. Compound nouns are pluralized in accordance with 
 the above rules, the last part of the compound generally 
 taking the plural ending : 
 
 la salvaguardia, the safeguard. las salvaguardias, the safeguards. 
 el cortaplumas, the penknife. los cortaplumas, the penknives. 
 
 el ferrocarril, the railroad. los ferrocarriles, the railroads. 
 
 17. Finally, certain nouns are used only in the plural : 
 
 
 
 los calzoncillos, the drawers. los viveres, the provisions. 
 
 las nupcias, the nuptials. las enaguas, the upper skirt. 
 
 a. Here should be noted also certain masculine nouns which, 
 in addition to their regular plural meaning, frequently indicate 
 both sexes of pairs naturally associated ; as, los padres, 'the fathers > 
 or the father and mother, the parents. And so : 
 
 los reyes, the king and queen. amos, master and mistress. 
 
 los tios, the uncle and aunt. esposos, husband and wife. 
 
 los parientes, the kinsmen (both duques, duke and duchess. 
 
 sexes) . hijos, sons and daughters. 
 
 los hermanos, the brothers and abuelos, grand parents, ances- 
 
 sisters. tors. 
 
f 
 2O SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 GENDER 
 
 18. Natural gender. Most nouns indicating living be- 
 ings are masculine or feminine according to sex: 
 
 el h ombre, the man. la mujer, the woman. 
 
 el padre, the father. la madre, the mother. 
 
 el hijo, the son. la hija, the daughter. 
 
 el tio, the uncle. la tia, the aunt. 
 
 el caballo, the horse. la yegua, the mare. 
 
 el toro, the bull. la vaca, the cow. 
 
 el gallo, the cock. la gallina, the hen. 
 
 NOTE. It is well to learn all nouns of this kind in pairs, as 
 they are more easily remembered thus. 
 
 19. Grammatical gender. All nouns having no natural 
 gender are, by a kind of grammatical fiction, treated as 
 either masculine or feminine. The gender of such nouns 
 can only be learned by observation. The best aid to this 
 is to attach the. proper article to each noun when learned. 
 The student should fix in his mind the general rule that o 
 is a masculine and a a feminine termination. Hence : 
 
 a. Excepting la mano, hand, la nao, ship, la seo, cathedral 
 church, nouns in o final are masculine : 
 
 el vino, wine. siglo, century. deseo, desire. 
 
 el vaso, glass (vessel) . ano, year. fuego, fire. 
 
 el vicio, vice. tiempo, time. patio, yard, court. 
 
 el vidrio, glass. verano, summer. espacio, space. 
 
 el estado, state. viento, wind. encanto, charm. 
 
 b. A large majority of nouns ending in a are feminine. Ob- 
 serve particularly the terminal part, in heavy type, as being 
 characteristically feminine : 
 
 la pereza, laziness. afrenta, affront. gracia, grace. 
 
 , fortune, comida, dinner. doctrina, doctrine. 
 
NOUN 2 I 
 
 laabeja, bee. llanura, evenness, disputa, dispute. 
 
 la lechuga, lettuce. linea, line. empresa, undertaking. 
 
 la arrogancia, arrogance, alegria,/0y. entrada, entrance. 
 
 ladiferencia, difference, derrota, course. escalera, stairs. 
 
 la alianza, alliance. descarga, discharge, escena, scene. 
 
 la prensa, press. fabula, fable. estufa,.j/0ztf. 
 
 la envidia, envy. fa\.\g&, fatigue, excusa, excuse. 
 
 la divisa, device. entrega, delivery. flotilla, flotilla. 
 
 NOTE. The exceptions under this heading are chiefly words 
 having the final syllable ma : 
 
 el tema, thente. ^Q\>\Z\T\&, problem, idioma, language. 
 
 el drama, drama. sistema, system. dilema, dilemma. 
 
 el poema, poem. clima, climate. enigma, enigma. 
 
 Exceptions : la diadema, diadem ; la rima, rime. 
 
 c. Many nouns ending in consonants are masculine ; but the 
 exceptions are too numerous to make a rule of any practical 
 value. All phrases and parts of speech used as nouns, and gener- 
 ally the names of ships, are masculine: el si, the consent (yes); 
 el por que", the why ; los vivas, the hurrahs ; el comer, the eating; 
 El Reina Regente, El Vizcaya, El Oquendo, El Plut6n. 
 
 d. Feminine are the letters of the alphabet and all nouns end- 
 ing in ion, tad, dad, tud, umbre, ie, and abstract nouns in ez : 
 
 la pasi6n, passion. mitad, half. virtud, virtue. 
 
 la naci6n, nation. libertad, liberty. esclavitud, slavery. 
 
 la creaci6n, creation. edad, age. serie, series. 
 
 la estaci6n, season. bondad, goodness, especie, species. 
 
 la muchedumbre, crowd, vejez, old age. sencillez, simplicity. 
 
 FORMATION OF FEMININE NOUNS 
 
 20. The feminine of nouns denoting- living beings is 
 expressed either by changing the ending of the mascu- 
 line, by a different word, or by using macho, male, or 
 hembra, female. 
 
22 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 a. The ending o becomes a : 
 
 el abuelo, the grandfather. la abuela, the grandmother. 
 
 el hijo, the son. la hija, the daughter. 
 
 el hermano, the brother. la hermana, the sister. 
 
 el tio, the uncle. la tia, the aunt. 
 
 el primo, the cousin. la prima, the cousin (/em.). 
 
 el sobrino, the nephew. la sobrina, niece. 
 
 el viudo, the widower. la viuda, the widow. 
 
 b. Most nouns ending in a consonant add a : 
 
 el patr6n, the patron. la patrona, the patroness. 
 
 el Ie6n, the lion. la leona, the lioness. 
 
 el traidor, the traitor. la traidora, the traitress. 
 
 el lector, the reader. la lectora, the reader (fern.), 
 
 el marque's, the marquis. la marquesa, the marchioness. 
 
 el ingle's the Englishman. la inglesa, the Englishwoman. 
 
 el senor, the gentleman. la senora, the lady. 
 
 el capitan, the captain. la capitana, /5for captain's wife. 
 
 el dios, /-# god. la diosa, //z<? goddess. 
 
 c. The same form for both genders : 
 
 el, la compatriota, the compatriot, el, la martir, the martyr. 
 
 el angel, the angel (11, b) . el, la reo, the criminal. 
 
 el, la homicida, the homicide. el, la testigo, M<? witness. 
 
 d. The following are some of the many that can not be arranged 
 under any regular rule : 
 
 el actor, the actor. la actriz, the actress. 
 
 el bar6n, the baron. la baronesa, the baroness. 
 
 el conde, the count. la condesa, the countess. 
 
 el poeta, the poet. la poetisa, the poetess. 
 
 el sastre, the tailor. la sastra, tailoress, or tailor's wife. 
 
 el rey, the king. la reina, the queen. 
 
 el he"roe, the hero. la heroina, //z^ heroine. 
 
 el principe, the prince. la princesa, the princess. 
 
 el pariente, //*<? relative. la parienta, /$<? relative (fern.). 
 
NOUN 23 
 
 e. The feminine is expressed by a different word : 
 
 el hombre, the man. la mujer, the woman. 
 
 el toro, the bull. la vaca, the cow. 
 
 el caballo, the horse. la yegua, the mare. 
 
 f. Lastly the names of most insects and small animals have but 
 one form for both genders : 
 
 el aguila, the eagle. la hormiga, the ant. 
 
 el rat6n, the mouse. la mosca, the fly. 
 
 el gorri6n, the sparrow. la pulga, the flea. 
 
 el ruisenor, the nightingale. la trucha, the trout. 
 
 la codorniz, the quail. la perdiz, the partridge. 
 
 NOTE. When it is necessary to distinguish sex in these words, 
 macho or hembra is used ; i.e. la hembra del gorri6n or el gorri6n 
 hembra, the hen sparrow. 
 
 QUALIFYING SUFFIXES 
 
 21. Spanish is very rich in qualifying suffixes. They 
 abound in satirical, humorous, popular, domestic, and famil- 
 iar language and are joined to nouns, adjectives, participles, 
 adverbs, and even sometimes to gerunds, to express various 
 shades of meaning which are usually rendered in English 
 by adjectives and adverbs. It is very difficult for an 
 English-speaking person to employ them freely without 
 making ludicrous mistakes, and he should avoid them 
 whenever he is not perfectly sure that he is on safe ground. 
 This he can always do by the use of qualifying words. 
 
 The feminines are made in the same way as for other 
 nouns. 
 
 AUGMENT ATI VES 
 
 22. On and eton are simply augmentative : 
 hombre, man. hombr6n, big man. 
 mujer, woman. mujerona, big woman. 
 mozo, lad. mocet6n, big fellow. 
 
24 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 a. Azo and ada express largeness with the concomitant idea of 
 ungainliness ; but more commonly these endings mean a blow or 
 thrust with, or the contents of the thing implied in the noun to 
 which they are attached : 
 
 libfazo, large ungainly book, or blow with a book. 
 bocaza, large, wide mouth ; bocada, mouthful. 
 cucharazo, blow with a spoon ; cucharada, spoonful. 
 asnazo, big jackass ; big brutal fellow. 
 fusilazo, blow with a gun, gunshot, report of a gun. 
 punalada, thrust with a dagger; sudden shock of pain. 
 canonazo, large cannon, shot, report of a cannon: 
 
 b. Acho, ucho, ote give an idea of ridicule, disdain, de- 
 preciation : 
 
 populacho, the rabble ; vinacho, bad wine. 
 animalucho, ugly, hideous animal, vile beast. 
 casucha, shanty, hut ; poor old house. 
 amigote, old cranky friend ; librote, bad old book. 
 
 c. Arron, ejon, eron, achon, gon, astro are augmentative, pejora- 
 tive, depreciative : 
 
 nubarr6n, great black cloud. 
 
 ventarr6n, violent wind storm. 
 
 callej6n, alley, side street ; pedrej6n, large loose stone. 
 
 caser6n, large house in a bad condition. 
 
 poblach6n, large town with houses huddled together. 
 
 narigon, large long nose ; raig6n, -5 1 ///;;?/, snag. 
 
 politicastro, unscrupulous wire puller ; peanut politician. 
 
 DIMINUTIVES AND CARITATIVES 
 
 23. The forms of these are much more numerous than 
 those of the augmentatives and are applied both to com- 
 mon and proper nouns. The idea of smallness is not 
 always present. 
 
NOUN 25 
 
 a. Ito, cito, ecito express smallness, affection, commiseration, 
 good-natured irony, etc. : 
 
 hijito, (dear) little son. hijita, (dear) little daughter. 
 
 Juanito, Johnnie. Juanita, Jennie. 
 
 pobrecito, poor fellow. mujercita, (dear] little woman. 
 
 jovencito, stripling. florecita, (pretty] little flower. 
 
 primito, little cousin (m.). primita, little cousin (f.). 
 
 b. Ico, cico, ecico have about the same meaning as the above (a\ 
 but their use is local and dialectic rather than general : 
 
 perrico, little dog. ovecico, small egg. 
 
 jovencico, youngster. avecica (f.), little bird. 
 
 Juanico, Jack, Johnnie. manecica (f.), little hand. 
 
 c. Illo, cillo, ecillo, in addition to diminutiveness, frequently add 
 a waggish, arch, pejorative, or commiserative turn to the word : 
 
 Luisillo, (arch) little Lou. loquilla, silly little girl. 
 
 amorcillo, flirtation. mujercilla, dawdling woman. 
 
 viejecillo, poor old man. manecilla, small hand, index. 
 
 d. Uelo, zuelo, ezuelo, ichuelo, achuelo, are diminutive, and besides 
 express lowness, vileness, pettiness, roguish banter, etc. : 
 
 hijuelo, young child or son. jovenzuelo, vile youth. 
 
 reyezuelo, petty king. portezuela, small door. 
 
 portichuelo, narrow entrance, riachuelo, rivulet. 
 
 e. Other suffixes of similar import are ete, cete, ejo, in, ino : 
 mocete, small boy. pobreta, poor girl. 
 lugarete, small town. animalejo, animalcule. 
 espadin, small short sword. palomino, young pigeon. 
 
 /. Finally, it should be noted that many words have some of 
 the above endings without being augmentative or diminutive : 
 bunuelo, bun, fritter. panuelo, handkerchief. 
 
 tornillo, screw. mantequilla, butter. 
 
 calzoncillos, drawers. ladrillo, brick. 
 
 chaqueta,/#<r&?/, coat. anzu&lo, fishhook. 
 
 mallorquin, Majorcan. cascar6n, eggshell, vault. 
 
Ill 
 
 ADJECTIVES 
 
 24. Spanish adjectives usually change their forms to 
 agree in gender and number with the nouns they qualify. 
 The terminations are about the same as those of nouns, 
 and the modifications they undergo follow the same general 
 rules. The augmentative and diminutive suffixes are the 
 same likewise and are modified similarly. 
 
 POSITIVE DEGREE 
 Two TERMINATIONS 
 
 a. Adjectives ending in o, ete, ote, change the final vowel to a 
 to form the feminine : 
 
 bianco, blanca, white. blancos, blancas. 
 
 negro, negra, black. negros, negras. 
 
 rojo, roja, red. rojos, rojas. 
 
 amarillo, amarilla, yellow. amarillos, amarillas. 
 
 regordete, -a, fat and plump. regordetes, regordetas. 
 
 grandote, -a, rather big. grandotes, grandotas. 
 
 b. Those ending in an, on, in, or (except comparatives in or) 
 and proper adjectives in es add a, rejecting the written accent of 
 the masculine : 
 
 holgazdn, -a, lazy. holgazanes, holgazanas. 
 
 aleman, -a, German. alemanes, alemanas. 
 
 burlon, -a, roguish. burlones, burlonas. 
 
 chiquitin, -a, wee. chiquitines, chiquitinas. 
 
 26 
 
ADJECTIVES 27 
 
 traidor, -a, traitorous. traidores, traidoras. 
 
 emprendedor, -a, enterprising, emprendedores/emprendedoras. 
 
 francos, -a, French. franceses, francesas. 
 
 ingles, -a, English. ingleses, inglesas. 
 
 escoce"s, -a, Scotch. escoceses, escocesas. 
 
 portugue"s, -a, Portuguese. Portugueses, portuguesas. 
 
 NOTE. Ruin, mean, low, and comparatives in or remain 
 unchanged in the singular (see 32, a) ; and espanol and andaluz 
 take a for the feminine. 
 
 ONE TERMINATION 
 
 c. Adjectives in a, e, i, I, en, un, r, z, and common adjectives 
 in es have but one form for both genders : 
 
 agricola, agricultural. agricolas. 
 
 persa, Persian. persas. 
 
 verde, green. verdes. 
 
 grave, grave, weighty. graves, 
 
 carmesi, crimson. carmesies. 
 
 he\, faithful; azul, blue. fieles, azules. 
 
 facil, easy ; de"bil, weak. faciles, de" biles, 
 
 joven, young; comun, common. j6venes, comunes. 
 
 impar, odd; familiar, familiar, impares, familiares. 
 
 corte"s, polite; gris, gray. corteses, grises. 
 
 capaz, capacious, fit. capaces. 
 
 feliz, happy. felices (15, a). 
 
 APOCOPATION 
 
 25. The following adjectives drop final o, when they 
 stand immediately before a masculine noun : 
 
 alguno, some, any. ninguno, no, not any, none. 
 
 bueno, good; malo, bad. primero, first. 
 
 postrero, latter, last. tercero, third. 
 
 Ex. Ningun hombre, el primer tren (train} ; but : ninguno de 
 mis amigos (my friends). 
 
28 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 a. Before feminine nouns beginning with tonic a and ha 
 (see 12 a), good* usage also allows the apocopation of the above 
 adjectives :' algun aguila, some eagle; and some authors even 
 drop the feminine a before all nouns. 
 
 b. Santo, saint, loses its syllable to before the names of most of 
 the saints : San Pablo, San Pedro, San Juan. Except : Santo 
 Tomas (or Santo Tome"), Santo Toribio, Santo Domingo. 
 
 Note also Santiago, St. James (in one word). 
 
 c. Grande, great, stands before its noun and may or may not 
 lose its final de : gran senor, great lord or gentleman. When 
 grande means large, it is placed after the noun : una casa grande, 
 a large house. 
 
 d. Cualquiera, pi. cualesquiera, whatever, any, is treated as 
 grande. It may retain or drop a according to its position : 
 
 Cualquier(a) casa (house), cualesquier(a) casas : Una casa 
 cualquiera, cualquiera de las casas. 
 
 e. Cada, each, every, and demas, other, remaining, are invari- 
 able : Cada seis dias, eveiy six days ; los demas, the others; lo demas, 
 the remainder. 
 
 /. Ambos, both, and sendos, one each, as many, have no singular. 
 
 QUALIFYING SUFFIXES 
 
 26. These suffixes having been treated at some length 
 under nouns, it will suffice here to give only a few examples 
 of the adjectives : 
 
 rico (rich], ricacho, ricach6n, ricazo, ricote. 
 
 chico (small), chiquito, chiquitito, chiquirritito, chiquillo, 
 chiquitin. 
 
 guapo (elegant, pretty, brave) , guapet6n, guapito, guapazo. 
 
 rubio (red, blond), rubito, rubi6n. 
 
 pobre (poor), pobrete, pobret6n, pobrecito, pobrecillo, pobre- 
 zuelo, pobrecico. 
 
ADJECTIVES 29 
 
 bueno (good, nice, neat), bonito, bonacho, bonach6n, bonazo, 
 bonico, bonillo, bonitillo. 
 
 NOTE. Very many adjectives, possibly the majority, rarely, if 
 ever, take the diminutive or augmentative forms ; and very few 
 have as many modifications as those just cited. 
 
 COMPARATIVE DEGREE 
 
 27. The comparative degree is formed by placing mas 
 (more), menos (less), or tan (as, so), before the positive and 
 que or de (than), de lo que (than), or como (as), cual (as) 
 before the second term of the comparison. 
 
 a. Mas forms the comparative of superiority : Mi casa es mas 
 alta que la de mi amigo, My house is higher than that of my friend. 
 
 b. Menos expresses the comparative of inferiority : Este 
 libro es menos interesante que el otro. This book is less interesting 
 than the other one. 
 
 NOTE. De takes the place of que before numerals in affirma- 
 tive sentences, but either que or de may be used when the sentence 
 is negative in any way : He estado en Paris mas de diez veces, 
 7 have been to Paris more than ten times ; Tengo menos de cinco 
 pesos en mi cartera, I have less than five dollars in my pocket-book ; 
 but : No tiene mas que tres manzanas, He has no more than 
 three apples ; No hay menos de seis perros en el jardin, There are 
 no less than six dogs in the garden. 
 
 c. When the second member of the comparison contains a verb I 
 different from that of the first, than is rendered by de lo que : ) 
 Es mas hermosa de lo que dicen, She is prettier than they say; 
 but when the comparison depends on a noun instead of an adjec-7 
 tive, than is translated by del que, de la que, de los que or de las) 
 que, according to the gender and number of said noun : Tenia 
 menos deudas de las que pensaba, He had fewer debts than he 
 thought. 
 
30 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 d. Tan (a contraction of tanto) . . . como forms the comparative 
 of equality : Esta mercancia es tan barata como aquella, This 
 merchandise is as cheap as that. 
 
 NOTE. Tan may be omitted and cual may take the place of 
 como, the article before the following noun, in the latter case, 
 being dropped : Su tez es como la nieve, or, cual nieve, blanca, 
 complexion is as white as snow (white like snow) . 
 
 28. Tanto (so much, as much, many) . . . como is used 
 when nouns are compared : Compra tantos melocotones 
 como peras, He buys as many peaches as pears. 
 
 a. But tanto . . . cuanto is the formula when a different verb is 
 used in the second member : Tenemos tantos dependientes cuantos 
 (or como) necesitamos, We have as many clerks as we need. 
 
 See also 96, Note. 
 
 NOTE. Certain irregular comparatives, for the Sake of con- 
 venience, will be treated in the following section (see 32) . 
 
 SUPERLATIVE DEGREE 
 
 29. The relative superlative is formed by placing the 
 definite article, or one of the possessive adjectives, before 
 the comparative degree. The three degrees may be illus- 
 trated by hermoso, pretty, and poblado, populous : 
 
 POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE PLURAL 
 
 hermoso, mas hermoso, el mas hermoso, los mas hermosos, 
 
 hermosa, mas hermosa, la mas hermosa, las mas hermosas, 
 
 pretty, prettier, (the) prettiest, (the) prettiest. 
 
 poblado, menos poblado, el menos poblado, los menos poblados, 
 poblada, menos poblada, la menos poblada, las menos pobladas, 
 populous, less populous, (the) least populous, (the) least populous. 
 
ADJECTIVES 31 
 
 a. When the article, or possessive adjective, precedes the noun, 
 and the adjective follows it, the latter usually rejects the article : 
 la naci6n mas adelantada, the most progressive nation ; mi amigo 
 mas querido, my dearest friend. 
 
 b. The adjective, used predicatively, rejects the article when 
 there is no comparison and retains it when there is : Ella es mas 
 carifiosa cuando esta buena, She is most affectionate when she is 
 well; but : Ella es la menos carinosa de mis hermanas, She is the 
 least affectionate of my sisters. 
 
 c. When used independently, or when qualifying a noun in 
 apposition, the superlative requires the article: Mi'buen tio, el 
 mas noble de los hombres, vive en Boston, My good uncle, the most 
 noble of men, lives in Boston; Canovas del Castillo, estadista 
 espanol el mis ce"lebre, muri6 debido a un asesinato, crimen el 
 mas atroz, Canovas del Castillo, a most celebrated Spanish states- 
 man, died by assassination, a most atrocious crime. 
 
 \ 
 
 30. The absolute superlative indicates a very high de- 
 gree of the quality of the adjective without any idea of 
 comparison. It is made in one of two ways : 
 
 a. First, by putting before the adjective muy, very, bien, very, 
 well, sumamente, highly, or any other adverb which enhances the 
 force of the adjective : muy dulce, very sweet ; bien rico, very 
 rich ; sumamente grato, highly pleasing. 
 
 b. Secondly, by affixing to the positive the termination isimo 
 (sometimes rimo) : querido, dear, queridisimo, very dear. 
 
 31. In the formation of the absolute superlative the ad- 
 jective is subject to the following changes : 
 
 a. A final vowel, or diphthong, is usually dropped : amplio, 
 full, amplisimo, very full ' ; limpio, clean, limpisimo, very clean. 
 
 Except: agrio, sour, agriisimo ; pio, pious, piisimo; frio, cold> 
 friisimo. 
 
32 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 b. Final co, go, z become respectively qu, gu, c : rico, rich, 
 riquisimo ; vago, restless, vague, vaguisimo ; atroz, atrocious, 
 atrocisimo. 
 
 c. The ending die is changed to bil : amable, amiable, ama- 
 bilisimo. 
 
 Except feble, feeble, endeble, weak, and doble, double, which 
 are regular (31, a) : feble, feblisimo, very feeble, etc. 
 
 d. Tonic ie and ue revert to e and o, the primitive Latin vowels : 
 ardiente, ardent, ardentisimo ; cierto, certain, certisimo ; nuevo, 
 new, novisimo ; fuerte, strong, fortisimo. 
 
 e. The following form their absolute superlative in accordance 
 with their Latin radicals : 
 
 acre, sour, ace"rrimo. libre,y)r<?, liberrimo. 
 
 am\%p, friendly, amicisimo. magnifico, splendid, magnifi- 
 
 antiguo, ancient, antiquisimo. centisimo. 
 
 aspero, harsh, rude, aspe"rrimo, misero, wretched, mise"rrimo. 
 
 asperisimo. munifico, liberal, munificenti- 
 bene"nco, beneficent, beneficent!- simo. 
 
 simo. pobre, poor, pobrisimo and 
 benevolo, kind, benevolentisimo. paupe"rrimo. 
 
 celebre, noted, celebe"rrimo. sacro, , 
 
 **'" sacratisimo. 
 
 K,0, } **. 
 
 cruel, cruel, crudelisimo. sagrad< 
 
 h&, faithful, fidelisimo. salubre, healthy, salube"rrimo. 
 
 integro, candid, integ^rrimo. sabio, wise, sapientisimo. 
 
 NOTE. Fdcil and diflcil affix either Isimo or imo. 
 
 f. It should be observed that all adjectives do not customarily 
 take this termination. Many ending in io, io, i, I, n, r prefer the 
 form with muy. 
 
 NOTE. Occasionally adjectives with the prefix re are used in 
 popular language with the force of absolute superlatives : rebueno, 
 very good. 
 
ADJECTIVES 33 
 
 IRREGULAR COMPARISONS 
 
 32. Besides their regular comparison, a few adjectives 
 have an irregular one based on the Latin. 
 
 POSITIVE COMPARATIVE 
 
 bueno, good. major, better. 
 
 malo, bad. peor, worse. 
 
 grande, great. mayor, greater, older. 
 
 pequeno, small. menor, smaller, younger. 
 
 mucho, much. mas, more. 
 
 poco, little. menos, less. 
 
 SUPER. RELAT. SUPER. ABSOL. 
 
 (6ptimo, ] 
 
 el meior, the best. \very good. 
 
 { bonisimo, J 
 
 el peor, the worst. pe"sirno, very bad. 
 
 (greatest. ") 
 
 el mayor, \ \ maximo, very great, 
 
 {oldest. } 
 
 (smallest, } 
 
 el menor, < > minimo, very small, 
 
 {youngest. } 
 
 los mas (de), the most. muchisimo, very much. 
 
 los menos (de), the fewest. poquisimo, very few. 
 
 a. The comparatives and relative superlatives of the above ad- 
 jectives, as well as all comparative forms, such as superior, inferior, 
 interior, exterior, etc., have but one termination for the mascu- 
 line and feminine : la mayor parte, the greater part; el mejor de 
 mis amigos, the best of my friends. 
 
 33- Participles used as adjectives undergo all the modi- 
 fications of the latter : querido, dear (from querer, to love), 
 mas querido, dearer, el mas querido, the dearest, queridi- 
 simo, very dear. 
 
 POSITION OF ADJECTIVES 
 
 34. The adjective may stand either before or after the 
 noun it qualifies, but its position is not altogether arbitrary. 
 
 SPAN. GRAM. 3 
 
34 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 While in some instances it depends on the choice of the 
 speaker, in others the harmony of the sentence or usage 
 determines its place. 
 
 35. The more common position is after the noun, es- 
 pecially when it is desired to attribute to a noun a quality 
 which does not necessarily belong to it. Many adjectives 
 which follow the noun may be ranged under certain 
 headings : 
 
 i st. The names of colors and other qualities appreciable to 
 the senses : un caballo bianco, a white horse ; una vaca negra, a 
 black cow; vino tinto, red wine ; la fiebre amarilla, the yellow fever ; 
 una mesa redonda, a round table ; una superficie liana, a smooth 
 surface. 
 
 2d. Adjectives derived from proper names : la lengua cas- 
 tellana, the Castilian language ; las dependencias espanolas, the 
 Spanish dependencies ; la musica alemana, the German music. 
 
 NOTE. Nouns used as adjectives invariably follow : el proceso 
 Dreyfus, the Dreyfus case. 
 
 3d. Participial or verbal adjectives : una hija amada, a beloved 
 daughter; un edificio cuadrado, a square edifice ; un deseo ar- 
 diente, an ardent desire ; una herida penetrante, a deep wound. 
 
 4th. Adjectives modified by adverbs or containing more syl- 
 lables than the nouns they qualify : un hombre tan bueno, such a 
 good man; un tiempo demasiado largo, too long a time; una 
 romeria sumamente grata, a highly agreeable pilgrimage ; un dis- 
 curso kilome"trico, a speech a mile long; una mujer doctisima, a 
 very learned woman. 
 
 5th. Two or more adjectives qualifying a noun in the plural : 
 Las lenguas italiana, espanola y francesa se derivan del latin, The 
 Italian, Spanish and French languages are derived from the Latin; 
 los capitulos primero y segundo, the first and second chapters. 
 
ADJECTIVES 35 
 
 36. The adjective stands before the noun : 
 
 i st. When it expresses a characteristic quality : la dulce 
 miel, the sweet honey ; el duro hierro, the hard iron. 
 
 2d. When used figuratively : una negra acci6n, a dark deed; 
 la dulce y encantadora voz del ruisenor, the sweet and enchant- 
 ing voice of the nightingale ; la meliflua armonia, the mellifluous 
 harmony. 
 
 3d. For rhetorical effect : \ Dichosa edad y siglo dichoso 
 aquel ! Happy age and happy century that! Las claras fuentes y 
 corrientes rios les ofrecian sabrosas y transparentes aguas, The clear 
 fountains and running streams offered them delicious and trans- 
 parent water. 
 
 4th. When expressing quantity : mas dinero, more money ; 
 con toda prisa, with all speed; muchas riquezas, much riches ; 
 tanto ardor, so much ardor; demasiado calor, too much heat; 
 poco pan, little bread ; menos oro, less gold. 
 
 NOTE. Mero, mere, bueno, good, malo, poor, regularly 
 stand before the noun, but observe : e"! lado malo 6 el lado bueno 
 de la medalla, the wrong or the right side of the medal. 
 
 37. The meaning of certain adjectives may vary accord- 
 ing as they precede or follow, while others may take either 
 position without any appreciable difference in meaning : 
 
 Una mala pluma, a bad pen ; un hombre malo, a wicked man ; 
 un gran libro, a great book ; un libro grande, a large book ; ciertas 
 palabras, certain wt>rds ; una promesa cierta, a sure promise ; un 
 pobre poeta, a poor poet ; un poeta pobre, a poet without means ; 
 el caballero de la triste figura, the knight of the rueful countenance ; 
 un asunto triste, a sad affair. 
 
 NOTE. The above rules must not be taken as absolute guides. 
 In many, if not the majority of cases, the rhythmical balance of 
 the sentence, more than anything else, determines the position 
 of the adjective. 
 
IV 
 
 38. 
 
 NUMERALS 
 
 CARDINALS 
 
 
 ORDINALS 
 
 
 Cero, 
 
 
 
 
 
 Uno, -a, 
 
 i 
 
 Primero, 
 
 ISt 
 
 Dos, 
 
 2 
 
 Segundo, 
 
 2d 
 
 Tres, 
 
 3 
 
 Tercero, 
 
 3d 
 
 Cuatro, 
 
 4 
 
 Cuarto, 
 
 4th 
 
 Cinco, 
 
 5 
 
 Quinto, 
 
 5th 
 
 Seis, 
 
 6 
 
 Sexto (sesto), 
 
 6th 
 
 Siete, 
 
 7 
 
 Septimo (setimo), 
 
 7 th 
 
 Ocho, 
 
 8 
 
 Octavo, 
 
 8th 
 
 Nueve, 
 
 9 
 
 Noveno (nono), 
 
 9th 
 
 Diez, 
 
 10 
 
 De"cimo, 
 
 loth 
 
 Once, 
 
 n 
 
 Undecimo, 
 
 nth 
 
 Doce, 
 
 12 
 
 Duodecimo, 
 
 1 2th 
 
 Trece, 
 
 13 
 
 De"cimotercio, 
 
 i 3 th 
 
 Catorce, 
 
 14 
 
 De"cimocuarto, 
 
 1 4th 
 
 Quince, 
 
 15 
 
 Decimoquinto, 
 
 i5th 
 
 Dieciseis, 
 
 16 
 
 Decimosexto, 
 
 1 6th 
 
 Diecisiete, 
 
 17 
 
 Decimoseptimo, 
 
 1 7th 
 
 Dieciocho, 
 
 18 
 
 Dcimoctavo, 
 
 i8th 
 
 Diecinueve, 
 
 19 
 
 De"cimonono (-noveno), 
 
 1 9th 
 
 Veinte, 
 
 20 
 
 Vigesimo, 
 
 2Oth 
 
 Veintiuno, 
 
 21 
 
 Vigesimo primero (primo), 
 
 2ISt 
 
 Veintid6s, 
 
 22 
 
 Vigesimo segundo, 
 
 22d 
 
 Veintitr6s, 
 
 23 
 
 Vigesimo tercero, 
 
 23d 
 
 Veinticuatro, 
 
 24 
 
 Vigesimo cuarto, 
 
 24th 
 
 Veinticinco, 
 
 25 
 
 Vigesimo quinto, 
 
 25th 
 
NUMERALS 
 
 37 
 
 Veintiseis, 
 
 26 
 
 Vige"simo sexto, 
 
 26th 
 
 Veintisiete, 
 
 27 
 
 Vigsimo se"ptimo, 
 
 27th 
 
 Veintiocho, 
 
 28 
 
 Vige"simo octavo, 
 
 28th 
 
 Veintinueve, 
 
 29 
 
 Vige"simo nono, 
 
 29th 
 
 Treinta, 
 
 30 
 
 Trigsimo, 
 
 30th 
 
 Treinta y uno, 
 
 3i 
 
 Trige"simo primo, 
 
 3 ISt 
 
 Cuarenta, 
 
 40 
 
 Cuadrage"simo, 
 
 40th 
 
 Cincuenta, 
 
 5 
 
 Quincuage'simo, 
 
 5oth 
 
 Sesenta, 
 
 60 
 
 Sexage"simo, 
 
 6oth 
 
 Setenta, 
 
 70 
 
 Septuage"simo, 
 
 7oth 
 
 Ochenta, 
 
 80 
 
 Octoge"simo, 
 
 8oth 
 
 Noventa, 
 
 90 
 
 Nonage"simo, 
 
 90th 
 
 Ciento, 
 
 100 
 
 Cente*simo, 
 
 looth 
 
 Ciento (y) uno, 
 
 IOI 
 
 Centesimo primo, 
 
 TOISt 
 
 Ciento (y) dos, 
 
 102 
 
 Centsimo segundo, 
 
 I02d 
 
 Doscientos, -as, 
 
 2OO 
 
 Ducent^simo, 
 
 2OOtll 
 
 Trescientos, -as, 
 
 300 
 
 Trecent^simo, 
 
 30oth 
 
 Cuatrocientos, -as, 
 
 4OO 
 
 Cuadragent^simo, 
 
 4ooth 
 
 Quinientos, -as, 
 
 500 
 
 Quingent^simo, 
 
 5ooth 
 
 Seiscientos, -as, 
 
 6OO 
 
 Sexcent^simo, 
 
 6ooth 
 
 Setecientos, -as, 
 
 700 
 
 Septengent^simo, 
 
 7ooth 
 
 Ochocientos, -as, 
 
 800 
 
 Octogent^simo, 
 
 Sooth 
 
 Novecientos, -as, 
 
 9OO 
 
 Nonagent^simo, 
 
 90oth 
 
 Mil, 
 
 IOOO 
 
 MiMsimo, 
 
 loooth 
 
 Dos mil, 
 
 20OO 
 
 Dosmil^simo, 
 
 2000th 
 
 Cien mil, 
 
 IOO,OOO 
 
 Cien mile"simo, 
 
 ioo,oooth 
 
 Doscientos, -as mil, 
 
 2OO,OOO 
 
 Doscientos mil^simo, 
 
 2OO,OOOth 
 
 Un mil!6n, 
 
 1,000,000 
 
 Millon^simo, i 
 
 ,ooo,oooth 
 
 Diez millones, 
 
 10,000,000 
 
 Diez millone"simo, 10 
 
 ,ooo,ooOth 
 
 Cien millones, 100,000,000 
 
 Cien millonsimo, ioo,ooo,oooth 
 
 CARDINALS 
 
 39. Except nno, ciento, and the higher numbers, mil, 
 millon, etc., the cardinals are treated as invariable adjectives. 
 
38 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 a. Uno, -a, being the same as the indefinite article, drops o 
 when it precedes a noun : un libro, one book. When preceded by 
 another number, both o and a are dropped before nouns : veintiun 
 plumas, 21 pens ; treinta y un manzanas, 31 apples. See also 12, a. 
 
 b. The numbers 16 to 19 and 21 to 29 are likewise written 
 separately : diez y sets, veinte y uno, etc., but custom is fast decid- 
 ing in favor of the forms given in the list. 
 
 c. Ciento is invariable for gender but loses the final to, if followed 
 immediately by a noun or adjective : cien ciruelas, a hundred 
 plums; cien buenos poemas, a hundred good poems. When multi- 
 plied or used as a noun, ciento takes the plural sign : doscientas 
 aves, two hundred birds ; unos cientos pesos, some hundreds of 
 dollars ; cientos de hombres, hundreds of men. But centena or 
 centenar may be used in the latter case. 
 
 d. Mil is used as an invariable adjective : mil hombres, dos 
 mil mujeres, or as synonymous with millar : miles de or millares 
 de soldados, thousands of soldiers. 
 
 e. Millon is a noun : un mi!16n de gracias, a million thanks 
 (a Spaniard's exaggerated way of saying : many thanks) ; dos 
 millones de duros, two million dollars. 
 
 f. After 1000, numbers are expressed by thousand(s) plus 
 hundred (s) : mil doscientos caballos, 1200 horses ; tres mil qui- 
 nientos habitantes, 3500 inhabitants. 
 
 g. The conjunction y (and) is usually placed between the last 
 two numbers, when the last number is one of the units from i to 9, 
 inclusive: mil ochocientos noventa y nueve, 1899; but even in 
 this case y may be omitted : ciento seis ciudades, 106 cities. 
 
 ORDINALS 
 
 40. The ordinals are grammatically treated as adjectives 
 and vary for gender and number. They usually stand after, 
 but may stand before, the noun : leccion primera, the first 
 lesson; la decimocuarta fila, the 1 4th file. 
 
NUMERALS 39 
 
 a. For the apocopation si primero and tercero, see 25. 
 
 b. The Spanish ordinals are little used beyond vigesimo, 20 th, 
 and not always up to that point. The cardinals take their place, 
 because shorter, and when so used are always placed after the 
 noun: pagina veintiuna, page twenty-one; el dia dos de mayo, 
 the second day of May. 
 
 c. To distinguish rulers, when there has been more than one of 
 the same name, the ordinals are used up to decimo and generally 
 the cardinals thereafter : Carlos segundo, Felipe cuarto, Luis 
 catorce. 
 
 d. In numbering the days of the month primero is used for 
 the first, but the cardinal numbers for all the rest : el primero de 
 marzo, March ist ; a doce de abril, on the \2th of April. 
 
 e. The ordinals may be abbreviated in writing or printing, as 
 follows : i, 3% io 08 , 20 as , etc. 
 
 FRACTIONS 
 
 41. With the exception of \ to tenths, which generally 
 correspond to the English method of formation, Spanish 
 fractions have special forms. 
 
 La mitad ] t Un quinto \ 
 
 Un medio ) Un sexto 
 Uno y medio ) ! Un se"ptimo 
 
 Una y media ) Un octavo (ochavo) \ 
 
 Un tercio \ Un noveno \ 
 
 Un cuarto J Un de"cimo -fa 
 
 a. From decimo on, avo is added to the ordinals : 
 
 Un onzavo -fa cinco cincuentavos -fa 
 
 Un trezavo T V tres setentavos -fa 
 
 Dos quinzavos % doce noventavos -J-f 
 
 Un diecisieteavo YV ^ os centavos 1 2 
 
 Tres veintiunavos ^- dos cente"simos / 
 
 Siete treintavos -fa quince mile'simos io8 - o 
 
40 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 b. As in English, fractions may be expressed by parte, part: 
 la cuarta parte, the 4th part; la decimoquinta parte, the i$th part. 
 
 COLLECTIVES 
 
 42. Collectives generally express approximate numbers ; 
 as, una decena, about ten. Other forms are : 
 
 un par, a pair, couple. una treintena, thirty. 
 
 una docena, a dozen. una cuarentena,/<?r/y. 
 
 una qu'mcena, fifteen, una centena, a hundred. 
 
 una veintena, twenty. una gruesa, a gross. 
 
 NOTE. Approximate number may be expressed by adding 
 poco mas 6 menos, cosa de, unos or d eso de : cincuenta dias, poco 
 mas 6 menos, about jo days ; cosa de veinte pesos, a matter of 
 20 dollars ; unos doscientos soldados, some two hundred soldiers ; 
 a eso de las cuatro, towards 4 o'clock. 
 
 MULTIPLICATIVES 
 
 43. These are formed on the cardinals by means of a 
 suffix, meaning to fold : 
 
 simple, single, simple. quintuple, -a, fivefold. 
 
 doble, duplo, -a, double. sextuple, -a, sixfold. 
 
 triple, triplice, triplo, -a, triple. dcuplo, -a, tenfold. 
 
 cuadruplo, -a, cuadruple, quadruple, centuplo, -a, a hundredfold. 
 
 NOTE. There are also participial forms such as duplicado, 
 triplicado, etc., from duplicar, triplicar, etc., to double, to triple. 
 
44. SUBJECT 
 
 Yo,7, 
 
 Tu, thou, 
 Usted, you, 
 El, he, it, 
 Ella, she, it, 
 Ello, //, 
 
 V 
 
 PRONOUNS 
 
 PERSONAL 
 
 OBJECT OF VERB 
 
 me, me, to me, 
 te, thee, to thee, 
 
 OBJECT OF PREPOSITION 
 
 mi, me. 
 ti, thee. 
 
 le (in.), la (f),you, to you, usted, 
 
 61, //;;/, //. 
 ella, >^^r, zV. 
 ello, i/. 
 si {reflexive). 
 
 nosotros, -as 
 
 }us. 
 nos 
 
 vosotros, -as 
 vos 
 
 lo, le, him, to him, it, 
 la, le, her, to her, it, 
 lo, le, //, to it, so, 
 se (reflexive), 
 
 Nosotros, -as] 
 
 Nos jo/<?,nos, us, to us, 
 
 Vosotros,-asj 
 
 Vos J 
 
 Ustedes, you, les (m), las (f.),you, to you, ustedes, you. 
 
 Ellos, (m.), they, los, les, them, to them, ellos, them. 
 
 Ellas, (/.), they, las, les, them, to them, ellas, them. 
 
 se (reflexive), si (reflexive). 
 
 NOTE. Se and J/ mean : himself, herself, itself, yourself, your- 
 selves, themselves. 
 
 45. Yo occasionally occurs after a preposition in connec- 
 tion with another pronoun : con usted y yo, with you and me. 
 
 46. Nos for nosotros, -as, is employed in official language 
 somewhat like our editorial " we." 
 
 41 
 
42 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 47. Tu is the pronoun of familiar address and is used 
 in the family, between intimate friends and relatives, in 
 poetry, and in speaking to little children and domestic 
 animals. 
 
 48. Vos is always singular though it governs its verb in 
 the second person plural. It is more respectful and defer- 
 ential than tu, and is employed as an intermediary between 
 the familiar tu and the formal usted. 
 
 49. Vosotros (fern, vosotras) is used as the plural of tu 
 and vos, and also in addressing public assemblies by persons 
 who are actually, or by implication, on intimate terms with 
 their hearers. 
 
 50. Usted, you (pi. ustedes, contracted from vuestra 
 merced, your grace, vuestras mercedes, your graces) is the 
 common form of polite address and is the one which the 
 foreigner should always use for you, except when speaking 
 to little children and animals. Owing to their etymology 
 the verbs agreeing with usted and ustedes will be in the 
 third person. They are abbreviated to V. or Vd. and W. 
 or Yds. 
 
 51. Se, si, are the reflexive forms of the third person and 
 of usted and ustedes for all genders and numbers, while 
 for the first and second persons the forms in the second 
 column are used as reflexives : 
 
 yo me engano, / deceive myself, nosotros, -as, nos enganamos, we, 
 
 etc. 
 
 tu te enganas, thou deceives t, etc. vosotros, -as, os enganais, you, etc. 
 usted se engafia, you deceive, etc. ustedes se enganan, you t etc. 
 61 se engana, he deceives, etc. ellos (m.) se engana, they, etc. 
 ella se engana, she deceives, etc. ellas (/) se enganan, they, etc. 
 
PERSONAL PRONOUNS 43 
 
 52. The forms in the second column (44) are also em- 
 ployed as the object of the verb, both direct and indirect. 
 The latter has all the force of a dative case and is variously 
 translated by to, for, from, etc., while at times it is merely 
 expletive and is left untranslated. Pleonastically the prep- 
 ositional forms are constantly used along with the verb 
 forms for purposes of clearness or emphasis. He gives me 
 a book is el me da un libro or a mi me da un libro, or again : 
 el me da un libro a mi. Other examples : Digo a usted or 
 le digo a usted, I tell you. Te quita la pluma, or te quita 
 a ti la pluma, He takes the pen from thee. 
 
 53. Self is expressed by adding mismo, -a, -os, -as (less 
 frequently propid) to the subject or prepositional forms : 
 
 yo mismo, usted mismo, mi misma. 
 
 tii misma, ustedes mismas, ti mismo. 
 
 el mismo, vosotros mismos, ti misma. 
 
 ella misma, ellos mismos, si mismos. 
 
 Si mismo, oneself, yourself, himself, herself, itself, etc. 
 
 54. The pronouns must agree with the nouns to which 
 they refer in gender and number : <; Tiene V. mi pluma ? 
 Si, la tengo, Have you my pen? Yes, I have it ; c ? D6nde 
 estan mis zapatos ? Los veo en el rincon, Where are my 
 shoes ? I see them in the corner. 
 
 55. Ello, lo, the neuters, are used to represent nouns not 
 named or specified, as a circumstance, a thought, or sentence, 
 and also with ser, estar, to be, as predicating the truth or 
 falsity of a statement made or a question asked : ,; Es usted 
 su sobrino ? Lo soy, Are yon his nephew? I am (if)', 
 I Esta 61 contento ? Si no lo estuviera, lo dirfa, Is Jie 
 satisfied? If he were not (if), he would say so (it). No 
 lo es, It is not so. 
 
44 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 NOTE. But when the English it refers back to the subject of 
 the sentence, lo is always omitted : <i Es usted ? Si, yo soy, Is it 
 you ? Yes, it is I (lit. I am). ^ Quien es ? El es, mi hermano, 
 Who is it ? It is he, my brother. 
 
 56. Le, lo, la, los, las are likewise used as indefinite pro- 
 nouns in the sense of some, one, any, sncJi : Es un pillo, si 
 los hubiera, He is a rascal, if tJiere ever was one. <; Hay 
 tinta en el tintero ? La hay, Is there any ink in the ink- 
 stand? There is (some). Encontrara V. manzanas sobre 
 la mesa, si las quiere, You will find apples on the table, if 
 you desire any. 
 
 57. The prepositions de and d do not now, as with the 
 article, make contractions with any of the personal pro- 
 nouns. Hence : Hablo de 1, de ella, de ello, / speak of 
 him, of her, of it ; Le pregunto a el, I ask him. 
 
 NOTE. Formerly de was contracted with the pronouns, making 
 del, delta, dello, dellos, dellas, and they are so pronounced at the 
 present day but are always written separately. 
 
 58. Mi, ti, si, when used with con, with, are lengthened 
 into migo, tigo, sigo and become conmigo, contigo, consigo, 
 written as one word. 
 
 POSITION OF THE PRONOUNS 
 
 59. The subject pronouns regularly stand before the verb 
 in declarative, and after it in interrogative, sentences ; but 
 the order may be reversed for rhetorical effect. The 
 subject pronouns are, however, for the most part, omitted 
 when not emphatic or when the context or the personal 
 ending of the verb shows clearly enough the subject : 
 
PERSONAL PRONOUNS 45 
 
 Yo quiero a mis amigos, I love my friends. 
 Eso lo digo yo, That say I. 
 
 i Sale usted a paseo ? or <i Usted sale a paseo ? Are you going 
 out to walk ? 
 
 NOTE. Us ted may be omitted, but its constant use is considered 
 more polite. A disagreeable repetition of it, however, should be 
 avoided. 
 
 60. Pronouns which are the objects of a verb are suf- 
 fixed to and form one word with the verb, whenever the 
 latter is in the affirmative imperative, in the gerund or in 
 the infinitive, or in the present subjunctive used affirm- 
 atively as an imperative. They always precede the negative 
 imperative, however : 
 
 Digame V. lo que quiera. Tell me whatever you will. * 
 
 Dadmelo, si gustais. Give it to me, if you please. 
 
 Voy a decirle por que". I am going to tell you why. 
 
 Y saludandome parti6. And saluting me he went away. 
 
 Habtemosle en seguida. Let us speak to him at once. 
 
 Muy bien ; diganmelo. Very well ; let them tell me so. 
 No me lo de V. ; no lo quiero. Don't give it to me ; I don't want it. 
 
 NOTE. Exceptions to the above rule may occur when the 
 gerund and infinitive depend on a preceding verb, in which case 
 their objects may be transferred to this verb : 
 
 Lo estoy haciendo. I am doing it. 
 
 No lo quiero aceptar. I don't wish to accept it. 
 
 No me vuelvas a hablar. Don't speak to me again. 
 
 a. In other cases than those above named the objective pro- 
 noun may precede or follow the verb in simple, and the auxiliary 
 in compound, tenses. But when it follows, it is always treated as 
 an enclitic, i.e. is attached to the verb as its final syllable. 
 
46 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Yo le doy un peso. I give him a dollar. 
 
 Tu me das cuatro peras. Thou givest me four pears. 
 
 V. le escribe una carta. You write him a letter. 
 
 No me hable V. ahora. Don't speak to me now. 
 
 But 
 
 Dej6me en seguida y rue" He left me immediately, and 
 
 a casa. went home. 
 
 Sali61e a buscar, pero no le He went out to look for him, 
 
 hal!6. but did not find him. 
 
 NOTE. The pronoun is appended to the past participle when 
 the auxiliary is omitted : 
 
 Ya le habia visto y dichole He had already seen him and 
 que viniera. told him he should come. 
 
 61. All the rules for the position of one objective pro- 
 noun apply equally when the verb is accompanied by more 
 than one. When this occurs, the pronouns stand as fol- 
 lows with reference to each other. The full-faced type 
 indicates the indirect object (dative) : 
 
 Me le, to, /a, les, los, las. Nos le, lo, la, les, los, las. 
 
 Te le, lo, la, les, los, las. Os le, lo, la, les, los, las. 
 
 Se le, lo, la, les, los, las. Se le, lo, la, les, los, las. 
 
 a. From the above it appears that the indirect object always 
 stands before the direct when the latter is in the third person : 
 
 Mi padre me lo dice. My father tells it to me. 
 
 Tu tio te los ha dado. Thy uncle has given them to thee. 
 
 Su madre se las pide. Her mother asks them of her. 
 
 Diganoslo, si le gusta. Tell it to us, if you please. 
 
 Viene a pediroslos. He comes to ask them of you. 
 
 Se las dan a ustedes. They give them to you (pL) 
 
PERSONAL PRONOUNS 
 
 47 
 
 NOTE. The se in the above examples must not be mistaken 
 for the reflexive. It is a euphonic substitute for le, les, and las. 
 Whenever two pronouns beginning with / come together, the first 
 is changed to se. Hence le lo, les los, las lo, etc., become se lo, se 
 los, se lo, etc. 
 
 b. When the reflexive se is used with other pronouns, it stands 
 first, and the following pronoun will be the indirect object (dative). 
 Such combinations are generally a substitute for the passive voice. 
 
 Se me, se te, se le ; se le . 
 Se nos, se os, se les ; se les . 
 
 a usted. 
 a ustedes. 
 
 No se me da un higo que 
 
 venga 6>no. 
 
 Se le compra una naranja. 
 Se te-pide una limosna. 
 A'mis amigos se les pregunt6 
 
 si vendrian. 
 Se les ofrece una copa de 
 
 agua fresca. 
 
 I care not a fig whether he 
 
 comes or not. 
 
 An orange is bought for him. 
 An alms is asked of thee. 
 My friends were asked whether 
 
 they would come. 
 A glass of cool water is offered 
 
 you (pi.). 
 
 62. The prepositional forms of the pronouns, when used 
 for direct or indirect object, or after neuter verbs of 
 motion, may stand either before or after the verb: 
 
 A el no le quiere nadie. No one likes him. 
 
 Se lo dar a usted y no a ella. I will give it to you, and not to her. 
 
 <iLo destina V. le"! 6 a mi? Do you intend it for him or for 
 
 A usted. me ? For you. 
 
 Vino a mi y ire lo reve!6 He came to me and revealed to 
 
 todo. me all. 
 
 POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES 
 
 63. Possessive adjectives are designated as prepositive 
 and postpositive, because the former always precede, and 
 the latter always follow, the noun. 
 
48 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 PREPOSITIVE POSTPOSITIVE 
 
 SING. PLUR. SING. PLUR. 
 
 mi mis my mio, -a mios, -as 
 
 tu tus thy tuyo, -a tuyos, -as 
 
 f his, her* its* ) 
 
 su sus J ' [ suyo, -a suyos, -as 
 
 {your, one s } 
 
 nuestro, -a nuestros, -as our nuestro, -a nuestros, -as 
 
 vuestro, -a vuestros, -as your vuestro, -a vuestros, -as 
 
 su sus their, your suyo, -a suyos, -as 
 
 64. The most of the above forms vary for 'gender and 
 number, but they agree with the gender and number of 
 the person or thing possessed, and not, as in English, with 
 the possessor ; so that sn casa may mean /$, her, its, one's, 
 your, or their house, according to its grammatical connection. 
 
 Mi bota, mis betas. My boot, my boots. 
 
 Tu media, tus medias. Thy stocking, thy stockings. 
 
 Su cenojil, sus cenojiles. His garter, his garters. 
 
 Nuestro sacabotas. Our bootjack. 
 
 Vuestras camisas. Your shirts. 
 
 Sus vestidos de usted. Your clothes. 
 
 65. It has been shown (64) that su may have any one of 
 six meanings. When it becomes necessary to specify the 
 ownership more clearly, it is done by adding the requisite 
 personal pronoun preceded by de. So we have such com- 
 binations as : 
 
 Su or el cortaplumas de 1. His penknife. 
 
 Su or la cara de ella. Her face. 
 
 Su or el abrigo de usted. Your overcoat. 
 
 Sus or los impermeables de ellos. Their raincoats. 
 
 Sus levitas de ustedes. Your frock-coats. 
 
 NOTE. Both forms may be used, as in the last example. 
 
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES 49 
 
 66. Own is rendered by propio : 
 
 Mis propios parientes. My own relatives. 
 
 Tu propio parentesco. Thy own relationship. 
 
 Sus propios cufiados. His own brothers-in-law. 
 
 Su propio suegro. Her own father-in-law. 
 
 67. The postpositive forms take the place of the pre- 
 positive in direct address, when the noun is not qualified 
 by an adjective, and in the conventional letter headings, 
 also when the noun is used in a kind of partitive sense : 
 
 Muy senor mio, muy senores nues- My dear sir, (our) dear sirs, etc. 
 
 tros, etc. 
 Padre nuestro que estas en los Our Father who art in heaven. 
 
 cielos. 
 Hijita mia, ven aca. My (dear) little daughter, come 
 
 here. 
 
 Un discipulo mio quiere verme. A pupil of mine wishes to see 
 
 me. 
 
 Observe, however, the address of a subordinate to his 
 superior : 
 
 Si, mi general ) no, mi amo. Yes, general ; no, master. 
 
 68. But when an adjective accompanies the noun, the 
 possessive may stand either before or after : 
 
 Mi estimado amigo. ) 
 
 A ... , r My esteemed friend. 
 
 Apreciable amigo mio. J 
 
 69. When the noun is not in direct address, one of the 
 articles usually precedes it, if the possessive follows it ; but 
 there are certain conventional expressions which omit the 
 article : 
 
 SPAN. GRAM. 4 
 
SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 El hermano mio que muri6. 
 Un conocido suyo Ileg6 ayer. 
 
 But- 
 
 De parte tuya, suya. 
 A fe mia, tuya. 
 A casa nuestra. 
 A pesar mio. 
 A costa suya. 
 
 The brother of mine who died. 
 An acquaintance of his arrived 
 yesterday. 
 
 On thy, his part. 
 On my, thy faith. 
 To our house. 
 In spite of me. 
 At his expense. 
 
 70. Contrast or emphasis is sometimes aimed at by 
 placing the possessive after the noun ; but for the most 
 part the position is a mere matter of taste. Emphasis 
 may, however, be very effectively secured by using the 
 demonstrative : 
 
 Este tu hermano muerto era, y 
 revivi6. 
 
 This thy brother was dead and 
 (revived) is alive again. 
 
 71. In speaking of the parts of the body, its faculties 
 and clothing, possession, under certain circumstances, is 
 expressed by putting the article before the thing possessed 
 and the indirect personal pronoun corresponding to the 
 possessor before the verb ; but frequently the article alone 
 suffices : 
 
 Me limpio las ufias. 
 
 Me ha cortado la mano. 
 
 Le duelen los dientes. 
 
 La bala le Hev6 la cabeza. 
 
 Le pidi6 la mano. 
 
 Perdi6 la vida en un naufragio. 
 
 Tengo en la mano una pluma- 
 
 fontana. 
 
 Esta en mangas de camisa. 
 Muri6 sin recobrar los sentidos. 
 
 I clean my nails. 
 
 He has cut my hand. 
 
 His teeth ache. 
 
 The ball knocked off his head. 
 
 He asked for her hand. 
 
 He lost his life in a shipwreck. 
 
 I have in my hand a fountain- 
 pen. 
 
 He is in his shirt sleeves. 
 
 He died without recovering his 
 senses. 
 
POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS 51 
 
 72. But there are many instances where the above con- 
 struction can not be used and where recourse must be had 
 to the possessives : 
 
 Mi sombrero esta en casa del My hat is at the hatter's. 
 
 sombrerero. 
 
 El perrito duerme sobre mis ro- The little dog sleeps on my 
 
 dillas. knees. 
 
 En torno de su boca jugaba una Around her mouth played an 
 
 sonrisa encantadora. enchanting smile. 
 
 El dia del gozo de su coraz6n. The day of rejoicing of his 
 
 heart. 
 
 NOTE. The usage with clothing and the faculties is not con- 
 stant, as we may say : 
 
 El salteador de caminos le quit6 The highwayman took away 
 
 su or la capa. from him his cloak. 
 
 Se quit6 su propia vida. He took his own life. 
 
 Note also the conventional el colega, my, our, colleague, etc. 
 
 POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS 
 
 73. Possessive pronouns are so called, because they stand 
 for or in place of the omitted noun. They are formed by 
 means of the definite article and the postpositive possessive 
 adjectives. 
 
 MASCULINE FEMININE NEUTER 
 
 el mio, los mios, la mia, las mias, lo mio, mine. 
 
 el tuyo, los tuyos, la tuya, las tuyas, lo tuyo, thine. 
 
 el suyo, los suyos, la suya, las suyas, lo suyo, his, hers, 
 
 its, yours, theirs. 
 
 el nuestro, los nuestros, la nuestra, las nuestras, lo nuestro, ours. 
 
 el vuestro, los vuestros, la vuestra, las vuestras, lo vuestro, yours. 
 
 el suyo, los suyos, la suya, las suyas, lo suyo, his, hers, 
 
 See 66. yours, theirs. 
 
SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 74. The prepositions de and d contract with el, making 
 del and al, but remain unchanged with the remaining 
 articles : 
 
 Tu bote y el mio. Thy boat and mine. 
 
 Tiene nuestro dinero y el suyo. He has our money and his 
 
 (own). 
 El color de su pelo y el del mio The color of his hair and mine 
 
 es negro. is black. 
 
 Habl6 a tu tio y al mio. He spoke to thy uncle and to 
 
 mine. 
 
 75. As in the case of the possessive adjectives (see 64 
 and 65), confusion may arise in regard to the meaning of 
 the third personal singular and plural forms. This is 
 avoided, when necessary, in the same way as in the case 
 of the possessive adjectives or by the use of el de, la de, 
 los de, las de, that, those of : 
 
 Este lapiz es suyo or de ella. 
 He" aqui mi pafiuelo y el suyo or 
 
 el de usted. 
 Mis vestidos y los de ustedes. 
 
 This pencil is hers. 
 
 Here is my handkerchief and 
 
 yours. 
 My clothes and yours. 
 
 76. With the verb ser, to be, the article is omitted in 
 expressing simple possession and retained to mark a 
 contrast or emphasis : 
 
 Thine is the kingdom, and the 
 power, and the glory. 
 
 The ring is mine. 
 
 This watch is mine and that 
 is thine. 
 
 es el reino, y el poder, y la 
 
 gloria. 
 
 El anillo es mio. 
 Este reloj (pr. re!6) es el mio y 
 
 e"se es el tuyo. 
 
 77. The masculine plural and the neuter are used abso- 
 lutely as substantives : 
 
DEMONSTRATIVES 53 
 
 La ley delo mio y de lotuyo. The law of mine and thine 
 
 (meum and tuum). 
 El enemigo atac6 a los nuestros The enemy attacked our (sol- 
 
 a eso de las dos. diers) about 2 o'clock. 
 
 j Expresiones a los suyos ! My regards to your folks ! 
 
 DEMONSTRATIVES 
 
 78. These may, for convenience, be called demonstra- 
 tives of the first person (este, estos, etc.), because indicating 
 proximity to the speaker; demonstratives of the second 
 person (ese, esos, etc.), proximity to the person addressed; 
 and demonstratives of the third person (aquel, -la, aquellos, 
 etc.), distance from both. The adjectives, which stand 
 before the nouns, are: 
 
 MAS. FEM. NEUT. 
 
 First ( este, esta, esto, this, ) 
 
 / x J7 ' r near me, us. 
 
 person ( estos, estas, (wanting) these, ) 
 
 Second ( ese, esa, eso, that, \ 
 
 person \ esos, esas, those, i n 
 
 Third ( aquel, aquella, aquello, that. ) , 
 
 { distant from both. 
 person ( aquellos, aquellas, those, ) 
 
 Pro- (el, la, lo, that, 
 
 nouns \ los, las, those. 
 
 79. Otro, other, is joined to the above, making such 
 combinations as : 
 
 Estotro, -a (-os, -as), this other, these others. 
 Esotro, -a (-os, -as), that other, those others. 
 Aquel otro, aquella otra, that other. 
 
 Aquellos otros, aquellas otras, those others. 
 
 But these may be written separately : este otro, estos otros, etc. 
 
 80. The prepositions de and d contract only with el: 
 del, al. De formerly made one word with the other forms 
 
54 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 beginning with e: deste, dese, and they are so pronounced 
 .at the present day but are always written separately. 
 
 81. For emphasis the demonstrative adjectives are some- 
 times placed after the noun, but the latter is then always 
 preceded by the definite article : 
 
 La ventana esta. This window (here). 
 
 La e"poca aquella. That (remote) epoch. 
 
 82. Ese, like the English that, may be used to express 
 contempt : 
 
 i Ese hombre un rival mio ! That man a rival of mine ! 
 
 i Ese caballo llevarse el primer That horse carry off the first 
 premio ! prize ! 
 
 83. Aquel, when used of the past, applies, in general, to 
 time remote from the present, while ese fixes the period 
 within the more recent personal experience of the speaker 
 and his auditors : 
 
 Dichosa edad y siglos dichosos Happy age and happy cen- 
 
 aque"llos a quien los antiguos turies those, to which the 
 
 pusieron nombre de dorados. ancients gave the name of 
 
 Don Quijote. golden. 
 
 Esos dias no se asemejan en nada Those days resemble in no way 
 
 a aquellos dichosos de nuestra those happy ones of our 
 
 juventud. youth. 
 
 84. In a correspondence en esta and en esa are used 
 elliptically for en esta ciudad, in this city (where I am), 
 and en esa, in that city (where you are). 
 
 85. Esto, eso and aquello are used only as pronouns and 
 represent a thought, statement, or circumstance; also an 
 object, but one not specifically named or easily recogniz- 
 
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS 
 
 55 
 
 able at sight; otherwise, the demonstrative must agree 
 grammatically with the name of the object specified : 
 
 Esto no me agrada de ningun This does not please me in 
 
 modo. 
 
 Aquello no me importa. 
 Esto es vidrio, eso es madera, 
 
 pero aquello es piedra. 
 
 But 
 
 Esta es la carta de mi tio. 
 Ese es un libro que halle". 
 
 any way. 
 
 That does not concern me. 
 This is glass, that (near you) is 
 
 wood, but that (yonder) is 
 
 stone. 
 
 This is the letter of my uncle. 
 That is a book which I found. 
 
 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS 
 
 86. The same forms are used for the pronouns as for 
 the adjectives, but they are distinguished from the latter 
 by the written accent : este, /se, aqnel, etc., usually, but not 
 always, rendered in English by : this one, that one, the 
 one (that one) yonder; in the plural: these, those: 
 
 Esta casa es la mia, e"sa es de This house is mine, that one is 
 usted, y aque"lla es de mi yours, and the one yonder is 
 padre politico. my father-in-law's. 
 
 87. When two persons or things have already been 
 mentioned and it is desired to contrast them by an addi- 
 tional statement, este means the latter, and aque'l, the 
 former: 
 
 Isabel y Cristina han sido reinas Isabella and Cristina have been 
 de Espafia ; e"sta es ahora reina queens of Spain ; the latter 
 regente, y aquella es ex-reina is now queen regent, and 
 y vive en Paris. the former is ex-queen and 
 
 lives in Paris. 
 
 NOTE. But the order of este and aquel may be reversed, and 
 primero may take the place of aquel, and ultimo that of este. 
 
SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 88. In the expression: mi periodico y el de mi amigo, 
 my newspaper and that of my friend, el is not, in any 
 proper sense, a demonstrative, but the article agreeing 
 with periodico understood ; but as that and those conven- 
 iently translate el and its variations, they may be called 
 demonstratives. Their functions are as follows : 
 
 ist. To represent a noun already expressed : 
 Esta mi finca linda con la del This estate of mine is con- 
 
 gobernador. 
 
 Estos barcos y los del enemigo son 
 
 blindados. 
 Entre los muertos por la fiebre. 
 
 tiguous to (that of) the 
 
 governor ('s). 
 These ships and those of the 
 
 enemy are ironclad. 
 Amongst those killed by the 
 
 fever. 
 
 2d. To serve as antecedent to the relative qne: 
 
 El que no sabe eso no sabe nada. He who does not know that 
 
 does not know anything. 
 Little suffices for him who is 
 
 contented. 
 
 Those (they) who do not admit 
 the immortality of the soul 
 are few. 
 
 Al que esta contento basta poco. 
 
 Los que no admiten la inmortali- 
 dad del alma son pocos. 
 
 NOTE. We may also say : aquel que, aqtiellos que t etc. 
 
 3d. To represent a noun omitted in the second term of 
 a comparison : 
 
 Ahora tengo menos dinero del Now I have less money than 
 que tuve no ha mucho tiempo. (that which) I had not long 
 
 ago. 
 
 Tuvo que pagar por su hijo mas He had to pay more debts for 
 deudas de las que pensaba. his son than (those which) 
 
 he thought. 
 
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS 57 
 
 89. The neuter lo is used, 
 
 I st. Pronominally in the sense of the matter, the affair: 
 
 Lo del oro y de la plata. The question of gold and silver. 
 
 Lo de Dreyfus. The Dreyfus affair. 
 
 Lo del Maine es de lo mas serio. That matter of the Maine is of 
 
 the most serious kind. 
 
 2d. To form adverbial phrases of manner: 
 
 Lo representa a lo vivo. He represents it in a life-like 
 
 manner. 
 A lo Victor Hugo. In the style of Victor Hugo. 
 
 3d. As the antecedent to the neuter relative que, which, 
 making lo que, that which, what. It can not be omitted as 
 that in English : 
 
 Lo que usted dice es verdad. What you say is true. 
 
 De lo que me alegro mucho. At which I rejoice greatly. 
 
 4th. In a comparison where two degrees of quality of 
 the same subject are compared : 
 
 Es mas bonita de lo que yo pen- She is prettier than (that which) 
 saba. I thought. 
 
 5th. As an adverb of quantity in the sense of how, how 
 much, etc. : 
 
 i Lo que es el no tener nada que How nice it is not to have any- 
 
 hacer ! thing to do ! 
 
 Usted no sabe lo buena que es You don't know how kind Sister 
 
 Sor Luisa. Louise is. 
 
 i Lo que cuesta al mundo la igno- That is just what ignorance 
 
 rancia ! costs the world ! 
 
 j Si e"! supiera lo que le quiero ! If he (only) knew how much I 
 
 love him ! 
 
S8 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 RELATIVE PRONOUNS 
 
 90. Relative pronouns are so called, because they relate 
 to nouns already mentioned or implied, which are termed 
 their antecedents. 
 
 ! who, which, that. 
 
 que, 
 
 quien, quenes, 
 
 el cual, los cuales,/. la cual, las cuales, ) 
 
 . , . \ who, which. 
 
 el que, los que,/. la que, las que, ) 
 
 cuyo, cuyos,/. cuya, cuyas, which, of which, whose. 
 tal . . . cual, such . . . as. 
 
 tanto . . . cuanto, as much, so much, many . . . as. 
 lo cual, which, lo que, that which, what. 
 
 NOTE. El, in the above forms, being the article, is contracted 
 with de and a into del and al. There are no other contractions. 
 
 91. Que is used for all genders and numbers and for 
 both persons and things but not for persons when the 
 relative is governed by a preposition: 
 
 El hombre que corre. . The man who runs. 
 
 La mujer que viene. The woman who comes. 
 
 La ciudad que es grande. The city which is large. 
 
 Las casas que son altas. The houses which are high. 
 
 Los hombres que aman. The men whom they love. 
 
 La iglesia a que voy. The church to which I go. 
 
 Las plumas de que hablo. The pens of which I speak. 
 
 NOTE. The relative in English, when the object of a verb, may 
 be omitted, but in Spanish it must always be expressed : el libro 
 que leo, the book I am reading. 
 
 92. Quien (pi. quienes} may be used, 
 
 ist. As a nominative, when both the principal and rel- 
 ative clause may be turned into independent clauses 
 connected by 
 
RELATIVE PRONOUNS 59 
 
 Vino a mi casa un hombre, quien There came to my house a man 
 
 me lo dijo. who told it to me. 
 
 Vino un hombre a mi casa y me lo A man came to my house and 
 
 dijo. told it to me. 
 
 But- 
 
 < [Viveelhombre^<?noseaegoista Is the man living who is not 
 poco mas 6 menos ? more or less selfish ? 
 
 2d. When the relative refers to a person and is governed 
 by a preposition : 
 
 Es aquel hombre a quien debo 25 It is that man to whom I owe 
 
 pesos. 25 dollars. 
 
 Aqui estan las mujeres de quienes Here are the women of whom I 
 
 hable". spoke. 
 
 3d. In a compound sense embracing both antecedent 
 and relative: 
 
 Quien se bate y huye, vivira para He who fights and runs will live 
 
 batirse otra vez. to fight again. 
 
 No faltan quienes afirman lo con- There are not wanting those 
 
 trario. who affirm the contrary. 
 
 4th. In a partitive sense, meaning some, being marked 
 in this case with the written accent : 
 
 Derepenteseescondieron, quienes Suddenly they hid themselves, 
 bajo la mesa, quienes detras de some under the table, some 
 la puerta. behind the door. 
 
 NOTE. Cudl may also be used in this last sense, and it, as 
 well as quien, may be either singular or plural. 
 
 93. Quien, though usually singular, is found as a relative 
 to a plural antecedent : 
 
 Los he" roes a quien celebramos. The heroes whom we honor. 
 Los siete sabios a quien venera la The seven wise men whom 
 
 Grecia. Greece venerates. 
 
6o 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 NOTE. The grammars say that quien is no longer used of 
 things, but the two following sentences are found as part of the 
 text of the last edition of the Gramdtica de la Real Academia 
 E spa no la : 
 
 La particula que no se pospone 
 nunca al nombre 6 verbo a 
 quien rige. 
 
 The particle que is never placed 
 after the noun or verb which 
 it governs. 
 
 Hay tambie" n nombres a quienes el There are also nouns to which 
 
 uso ha dado ya verdadera sig- 
 nificaci6n de . 
 
 usage has given the decided 
 signification of .... 
 
 94. El que and el cual, used of both persons and things, 
 enable the speaker to avoid a disagreeable repetition of 
 other forms of the relative and likewise, by means of their 
 inflection, to secure greater precision when the relative is 
 separated from its antecedent : 
 
 El Oquendo que sali6 del puerto 
 y del que depende el xito de 
 la empresa. 
 
 La pluma de mi hermano, la cual 
 
 esta en la mesa. 
 Mi tia di6 dos tertulias en su 
 
 quinta, a las cuales me con- 
 
 vid6. 
 
 The Oquendo, which went out 
 of port and on which de- 
 pends the success of the 
 undertaking. 
 
 My brother's pen, which is on 
 the table. 
 
 My aunt gave at her country 
 seat two evening parties, to 
 which she invited me. 
 
 95. Cuyo, whose, of which, agrees in gender and number 
 with the noun by which it is limited :< 
 
 Aquel hombre cuyo nombre es That man whose name is a 
 
 sin6nimo de honradez. synonym for integrity. 
 
 Los griegos cuyas arquitectura y The Greeks, whose architecture 
 
 escultura aun hoy quedan sin and sculpture remain even 
 
 rivales. to-day without rivals. 
 
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS 6 1 
 
 96. Tal . . . cual2J\& tanto . . . cuanto, as correlatives, find 
 their place here : 
 
 Tal es su conducta cual era de His conduct is such as was to be 
 
 esperar. expected. 
 
 Tendra V. tantos honores cuantos You will have as many honors 
 
 quiera. as you may desire. 
 
 NOTE. Tanto is frequently omitted, and cuanto, or todo cuanto, 
 includes both antecedent and relative : 
 
 Tenemos cuantos discipulos de- We have as many pupils as we 
 
 seamos. desire. 
 
 Todo cuanto posee no bastard. All that he owns will not suffice. 
 
 See also 28 and 28, a. 
 
 97. Lo cual and lo que never relate to a personal noun 
 but represent a previous assertion or situation : 
 
 Declar6 que moriria antes, lo cual He declared he would die first, 
 caus6 gran rumor en la sala. which created a great stir in 
 
 the hall. 
 
 Estamos rodeados por los siti- We are surrounded by the be- 
 adores, lo que es muy peli- siegers, which is very dan- 
 groso. gerous. 
 
 98. Donde, like its English synonym, where, frequently 
 takes the place of a relative governed by a preposition: 
 
 La ciudad donde vivimos. The city where (in which) we 
 
 live. 
 El teatro a donde vamos. The theatre to which we are 
 
 going, 
 
 INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS 
 
 99. Quien, quienes, who? que, what? what (a)/ 
 Cuyo, cuyos, f. cuya, ciiyas, ) 
 
 De quien, pi. de quienes, ) 
 
62 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Cual, pi. cuales, which? what? 
 Que tal, que" tales, what kind of? how ? 
 Cuanto, pi. cuantos, how mucH? how many? 
 Qu6 tanto, how, how much ? 
 
 NOTE. Observe that the chief difference between the relatives 
 and interrogatives is the written accent of the latter. 
 
 100. Qutin is used only of persons: 
 
 Quie'n se lo ha dicho a V. ? Who told it to you ? 
 
 I Quienes son aquellos forasteros ? Who are those strangers ? 
 I Sabe V. con quie" n vino ? Do you know with whom he 
 
 came ? 
 
 101. Que is invariable and is used both as pronoun and 
 adjective and for both numbers and genders: 
 
 <j Que" come usted ? . What are you eating ? 
 ,1 Que" libros compr6 V. ? What books did you buy ? 
 
 <? Que" pluma quiere V. ? What pen do you want ? 
 
 <J Que" es geografia ? What is geography ? 
 
 NOTE. Que, like lo que (see 89, 5th), is used in exclamatory 
 sentences in the sense of how, what, what a: 
 
 j Que" feliz soy yo ! How happy I am ! 
 
 j Que" buen tiempo ! What fine weather ! 
 
 j. Que" casa mas bonita ! What a most beautiful house ! 
 
 REMARK. When the noun is followed by an adjective, the latter 
 
 may be strengthened by tan : 
 
 
 j Que" asunto tan molesto ! What a (so) troublesome affair ! 
 
 102. De qutin and cuyo are synonymous, except that the 
 latter is limited by the noun and the former not. As an 
 interrogative, cuyo is less frequently used than de quien: 
 
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS 63 
 
 De quien es esta casa ? 
 
 ^Cuya es esta casa? v Whose house is this ? 
 
 <iCuya casa es esta? 
 
 <; De cuyos poemas habla usted ? Of whose poems do you speak ? 
 
 NOTE. The answer must always correspond syntactically to 
 the question. In replying to the above questions, we might say : 
 
 Es de mi tio ; es mia. It is my uncle's ; it is mine. 
 
 De los de Cadalso. Of Cadalso's. 
 
 103. Cudl ( pi. cuales} seeks information about individuals 
 of a class or number of persons or things specified, either 
 actually or by implication. Consequently it is usually fol- 
 lowed either by de, expressed or understood, or by the 
 verb to be. It is also used adjectively: 
 
 ^ Cudl de los dos perros es de Which of the two dogs is 
 
 usted ? yours ? 
 
 Cual es la hora de la siesta ? What is the hour of the mid- 
 
 day nap ? 
 
 i Cuales son sus primos ? Which are his cousins ? 
 
 <i Cual poesia prefiere usted ? f Whose poetry do you prefer ? 
 <i Que" poesia prefiere usted ? What (kind of) poetry do you 
 
 prefer ? 
 
 <|Cual es la gramdtica ? Which is the grammar? 
 
 iQue" es gramdtica? What is grammar? 
 
 Digame cuales son. Tell me which (ones) they are. 
 
 104. Qu tal is used adjectively and adverbially, as well 
 as pronominally: 
 
 <? Que" tal tiempo hace ? What kind of weather is it ? 
 
 <?Qu< 4 tales son las muestras ? What kind of samples are they ? 
 
 ^ Qu tal sigue usted ? How are you getting along ? 
 
 (How are you ?) 
 
64 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 105. Cudnto varies for gender and number and is used 
 adjectively and pronominally. As an adverb, it is abbrevi- 
 ated to cudn before an adjective or adverb: 
 
 I Cudnto dinero perdi6 usted ? How much money did you lose ? 
 
 <: Cuantos caballos compr6 1 ? How many horses did he buy ? 
 
 <;Cuanto cost6 a V. esamaquina ? How much did that machine 
 No recuerdo cuanto. cost you ? I don't remem- 
 
 ber how much. 
 
 j Cuan dichosa es ella ! How fortunate she is ! 
 
 j Cuan airadamente se condujo 1 How angrily he conducted 
 
 himself ! 
 
 106. Qtie* tanto is similar to cudnto in all its uses and 
 variations and loses the final to under the same circum- 
 stances: 
 
 <i Qu tanto se diferencia del otro ? How much does it differ from 
 
 the other one ? 
 
 I Qu tantas deudas tiene ? How many debts has he ? 
 
 Usted ignora qu6 tan airosa es You don't know how graceful 
 la anciana. the old lady is. 
 
 See also 101, Remark. 
 
 INDEFINITE PRONOUNS 
 
 ^07. Indefinite pronouns are so called because of their 
 indeterminate or impersonal meaning. Being pronouns, 
 strictly so called, they can not qualify nouns : 
 
 alguien, somebody. fulano, ) such, such and 
 
 algo, something, somewhat. mengano, [ such a one, 
 
 cosa, something, anything. zutano, J so and so. 
 
 cada uno, ) each one, nadie, nobody, no one. 
 
 cada cual, \ every one. quienquiera, whoever. 
 
 nada, nothing. uno, one. 
 
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS 65 
 
 108. Alguien, somebody, is applied only to persons and 
 can not be qualified or limited by an adjective or dependent 
 genitive : 
 
 Alguien llama ; vaya a abrir. Somebody is knocking ; go open 
 
 the door. 
 Es alguien que pide limosna. It is some one who asks alms. 
 
 109. Algo and cosa, or alguna cosa, something, anything, 
 differ but slightly in their use. Algo is used adverbially, 
 and cosa de in the sense of something like, about. When 
 algo is qualified by an adjective, it may be connected with 
 it by means of the preposition de : 
 
 Si quiere algo bueno. If he desires something good. 
 
 <: Sabe V. algo de nuevo ? Do you know anything new ? 
 
 Eso es cosa que hay que averiguar. That is something which has to 
 
 be investigated. 
 
 Mi madre esta algo indispuesta. My mother is somewhat indis- 
 posed. 
 
 Creo que costara cosa de veinte I think it will cost something 
 duros. like twenty dollars. 
 
 110. Cada uno and cada cual, every one, each one, differ 
 only in that the former varies for the feminine, but neither 
 can be used in the plural : 
 
 Cada uno tiene su manera de Every one has his own way to 
 
 matar pulgas. (kill fleas) do things. 
 
 Cada cual es digno de su salario. Each one is worthy of his hire. 
 
 Cada una de las ninitas di6 su Each one of the little girls gave 
 
 blanca. her mite. 
 
 111. Nada, ninguna cosa, nothing, not anything, have 
 these meanings only when standing alone or before the 
 
 SPAN. GRAM. 5 
 
66 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 word they modify. When the verb is accompanied by no, 
 they have a positive meaning. This is true of other 
 Spanish negatives. In fact, their corresponding positive 
 forms, except alguno, can not be used in a negative sen- 
 tence. Even with alguno the noun must be expressed. 
 The adjective with nada may be preceded by de : 
 
 Contest6 que nada sabia mas. 
 
 No tiene nada de invidiable una 
 
 vida sin contrastes. 
 <: Qu ha vendido listed ? Nada. 
 Este pacto no obliga en modo 
 
 alguno a Rusia. 
 Han llegado noticias nada favo- 
 
 rables al gobierno. 
 
 He replied that he knew noth- 
 ing more. 
 
 A life without contrasts has 
 nothing enviable. 
 
 What have you sold ? Nothing. 
 
 This compact does not oblige 
 Russia in any way. 
 
 News not at all favorable to 
 the government has arrived. 
 
 a. Nada, in the sense of anything, is used in sentences 
 where the negation is merely implied. This occurs par- 
 ticularly after sin (que), antes (quc), after comparatives, and 
 after certain verbs, such as negar, to deny, rehusar, to re- 
 fuse, guardarse, to beware, etc., and when a negative answer 
 is expected to a question : 
 
 Sali6 sin responder nada. 
 
 Antes que hubo oido nada que yo 
 
 decia. 
 Es mas gustoso que nada que ha 
 
 sido exhibido. 
 Negarle nada seria inutil. 
 
 <jQuie"n hubiera imaginado nada 
 tan disparatado? 
 
 He went out without replying 
 in any way. 
 
 Before he had heard anything 
 I was saying. 
 
 It is more enjoyable than any- 
 thing that has been exhibited. 
 
 To deny him anything would 
 be useless. 
 
 Who could have imagined any- 
 thing so silly? 
 
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS 67 
 
 b. Nada and en nada, as more emphatic, take the place 
 of the simple negative no, when desirable : 
 
 Nada me gustan sus modales. His manners don't please me 
 
 at all. 
 
 Todo eso en nada altera su fria All that does not change in any 
 indiferencia. way his cool indifference. 
 
 112. Fulano (QI fulano de tal), zutano and mengano serve 
 to designate persons whose names are either unknown or 
 intentionally suppressed. They generally occur in the order 
 given, according as one, two, or more persons are intended. 
 The forms vary for gender, but have no plural : 
 
 Fulano (de tal) me lo ha dicho. So-and-so told it to me. 
 
 He oido decir que Don Fulano I have heard that Mr. So-and- 
 
 se cas6 ayer con la Senorita so married Miss So-and-so 
 
 Zutana. yesterday. 
 
 ^ Piensa V. que yo crea todo Do you think that I believe 
 
 lo que me dicen fulano, zu- everything that Tom, Dick 
 
 tano y mengano? and Harry tell me? 
 
 NOTE. A fourth form, perengano, -a, is sometimes heard, and 
 in Spanish America parencejo is very common. 
 
 113. Nadie, nobody, differs but slightly in its syntax from 
 nada (see 111 and 111, a). It is invariable in form and 
 applicable only to persons. Like alguien, its opposite, it 
 can not be limited by de and a following noun : 
 
 Nadie lo sabe mejor que el No one knows it better than he. 
 
 No encuentro a nadie que pueda I do not find any one who is 
 
 hacerlo. able to do it. 
 
 ^Quie'n quiere ayudarme? Who is willing to aid me? 
 
 Nadie. Nobody. 
 
68 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 a. See ill, a for analogous constructions with nada : 
 
 Se fu antes de hablar a nadie. He went away before speak- 
 ing to any one. 
 
 Me lo di6 sin que yo tuviera He gave it to me without my 
 
 que pedirlo a nadie. having to ask any one for it. 
 
 Vende sus ge"neros a precios He sells his goods at lower 
 
 mas bajos que nadie. prices than any one. 
 
 Es la casa mas bonita que nadie It is the prettiest house that 
 
 pueda imaginarse. One can imagine. 
 
 4 Yo rehusar nada a nadie? I refuse anybody anything? 
 
 iQuie'n pudiera amar a nadie Who could love any one more 
 
 mas que yo a ella? than I do her? 
 
 114. Quienquiem, whoever, any one soever, applies to 
 persons only and is rarely used in the plural, quienesquiera, 
 or in the shortened form, quienqnier: 
 
 Quienquiera que lo diga, se Whoever says so is mis- 
 
 equivoca. taken. 
 
 A quienquiera que vea V., digale Whomsoever you see, tell him 
 
 que venga. to come. 
 
 NOTE. For quien used indefinitely, see 92, 3d. 
 
 115. Uno, ima, one, is more personal than the correspond- 
 ing words in other languages (Germ, man, Fr. on), and is 
 consequently not so much used, other expressions taking 
 its place. In the present restricted sense it has no 
 plural : 
 
 Cuando uno no tiene nada que When one has nothing to do, 
 
 hacer, <ic6mo se puede ser how is it possible to be 
 
 feliz? happy? 
 
 Y entonces una se acalora y And then one gets hot and 
 
 pierde la cabeza. loses her head. 
 
INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES 69 
 
 INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES 
 
 116. The indefinite adjectives differ syntactically from 
 the pronouns in that, while they may be used as pronouns, 
 they also exercise all the functions of true adjectives, agree- 
 ing in gender and number with the nouns they limit. 
 
 Ajeno, another's, other people's. Ninguno, none, no, no one. 
 
 Alguno, some, some one. Otro, other, another. 
 
 Ambos, both. Poco, little, few. 
 
 Cada, each, every. Sendos, one each, as many. 
 
 Cierto, a certain, certain. Ta], such, such a. 
 
 Cual<\mei2i,whichever,whatever. Tamano, as mztch, great. 
 
 Cuanto, as much, as many. Todo*, all, every. 
 
 Mismo, same, self. Uno y otro, both. 
 
 Mucho, much, many. Unico, solo, only, alone. 
 
 117. Ajeno is an adjective indicating what belongs to 
 another, foreign to (to = de or a) : 
 
 No codiciaras los bienes ajenos. Thou shalt not covet other 
 
 people's goods. 
 
 A menudo los asuntos ajenos Often other people's affairs 
 
 nos interesan mas que los interest us more than our 
 
 nuestros propios. own. 
 
 Ajeno al asunto. Foreign to the subject. 
 
 Eso es ajeno de la cuesti6n que That is foreign to the question 
 
 discutimos. we are discussing. 
 
 No tendras dioses ajenos delante /Thou shalt have none other 
 
 de mi. gods but me. 
 
 For causas ajenas a mi vo- For reasons foreign to my 
 
 luntad. wish. 
 
 118. Alguno, as a pronoun, has the same meaning as 
 algnien (see 108), but unlike alguien may be limited by a 
 
7O SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 following noun preceded by de. As an adjective it means 
 some, a few and, in this sense, may be replaced in the 
 plural by ttnos or unos cuantos : 
 
 <i Ha llegado alguno ? Has any one arrived ? 
 
 Algunas de sus palabras no . Some of his words did not 
 
 llegaron a mi. reach me. 
 
 ,iTiene V. algunos Idpices? Si, Have you any pencils? Yes, 
 
 unos cuantos. a few. 
 
 See also 111. 
 
 119. Ambos, -as, both, have as substitutes los dos, en- 
 trambos, ambos a dos and entrambos a dos : 
 
 Apoy6 ambos codos en la mesa. He rested both elbows on the 
 
 table. 
 
 Ambas a dos la sacaron del Between the two they pulled 
 agua. her out of the water. 
 
 120. Cada, each, every, is an adjective of one termina- 
 tion. Like its English equivalents it can be used in the 
 plural only before numbers : 
 
 Cada mes me envia mi padre Every month my father sends 
 
 veinte pesos. me twenty dollars. 
 
 Cada diez anos se hace el censo Every ten years the census is 
 
 en los Estados Unidos. taken in the United States. 
 
 Cada oveja con su pareja. Every Jack has his Jill. 
 
 121. Cierto, -a, a certain, pi. ciertos, -as, certain, has this 
 meaning of indefmiteness only when it precedes the noun. 
 Standing after the noun or after the verb to be, it means 
 sure, reliable. In the former sense it is never preceded by 
 the indefinite article, but the latter may take its place : 
 
INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES *]\ 
 
 Cierto amigo mio viene a verme A certain friend of mine comes 
 ciertos dias de cada semana. to see me certain days each 
 
 week. 
 
 Plant6 un hombre una vina. A certain man planted a vine- 
 
 See 37. y ard - 
 
 122. Cualquierciy pi. cualesquiera, whatever, any soever, 
 has but one termination for gender. It loses its final a 
 when immediately before the noun it limits. The full form 
 may stand after the noun, but only in the singular : 
 
 Cualquier comida es mejor que Any dinner whatsoever is better 
 
 ninguna. than none. 
 
 Un libro cualquiera me bastara. Any book soever will suffice me. 
 
 Cualesquiera de los libros que Whichever of the books you may 
 
 V. halle, enviemelos. find, send them to me. 
 
 123. Cuanto and todo cuanto, as much, many, all that, 
 vary throughout for gender and number. For examples 
 see 28, a, and 96, Note. 
 
 124. Mismo, self, same, very, has a superlative mismi- 
 simo, the very same. When preceded by the indefinite 
 article, mismo means similar: 
 
 Raras veces en dos idiomas Rarely in two different languages 
 
 distintos tienen las mismas do the same words have the 
 
 palabras el mismo significado. same meaning. 
 
 Los mismos amigos del preso The very friends of the prisoner 
 
 admiten su delito. admit his guilt. 
 
 Cometi6 otra vez el mismisimo He committed again the very 
 
 crimen. same crime. 
 
 Tienen que hacer un mismo They have a similar duty to 
 
 deber. perform. 
 
 A r ii me ha dicho lo mismo. He told me the same thing. 
 
 NOTE. For mismo meaning self, see examples under 53. 
 
72 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 125. Mucho, much, many, is rarely modified by muy, 
 very, but has the superlative muchisimo, very much, many. 
 
 Mucho ruido y pocas nueces. Much ado about nothing (lit. 
 
 much noise and few nuts). 
 
 El despotismo de los pocos The despotism of the few over 
 
 sobre los muchos. the many. 
 
 Tengo mucho que hacer. I have much to do. 
 
 Me relat6 muchisimos ejemplos He related to me a great many 
 
 de su caridad. instances of her charity. 
 
 126. Ninguno, nobody, no one, none, no, like all other 
 Spanish negatives, has a positive meaning, unless it is the 
 second member of a comparison, stands before the verb, or 
 the verb is negatived by no or some other word. For an 
 explanation and illustrations of this principle, see 111, 
 111, a, and 113 : - 
 
 No entiende ninguna palabra. He does not understand a word. 
 
 Ningunos de mis amigos han None of my friends have come. 
 
 venido. 
 
 Un libro cualquiera es mejor Any book is better than no 
 
 que ningun libro. book. 
 
 El hombre huye el ser esclavo Man shuns becoming a slave of 
 
 de ninguno y concluye por any one and ends by becom- 
 
 ser esclavo de si mismo. ing a slave of himself. 
 
 Arrib6 al puerto sin ningun She [the ship] arrived at the 
 
 accidente. port without any accident. 
 
 See 25. 
 
 a. Alguno que otro is possibly a little more indefinite 
 than the simple alguno : 
 
 Lo hare" alguno que otro dia. I shall do it some day or other. 
 
 Por supuesto vendran algunas Of course, some or others (of 
 que otras. them) will come. 
 
INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES 73 
 
 127. Otro, another, other, differs from the English, in 
 that it does not take the indefinite article uno : 
 
 Comio dos manzanas y se le di6 He ate two apples and another 
 
 otra. was given him. 
 
 Otros tiempos, otras costumbres. Other times, other manners. 
 
 No vino el primer dia, el otro He did not come the first day, 
 
 si. the other (day) he did. 
 
 a. Los, las, lo demds may take the place of los otros, etc., 
 in the sense of the rest, the remainder: 
 
 Los demas carecendetodo valor. The rest are lacking in value of 
 
 any kind. 
 Deme V. lo demas. Give me the remainder of it. 
 
 NOTE. The article may be omitted, and demds is then equiv- 
 alent to otros : 
 
 Guerin y demas corifeos del Guerin and other leaders of 
 anti-semitismo. anti-semitism. 
 
 b. Otro tanto, just as much, as much again, pi. otros 
 tantos, just as many, as many more : 
 
 Eso no le basta ; necesitara otro That is not enough for him ; 
 
 tanto. he will need as much more. 
 
 Compraremos otros tantos ma- We shall buy as many more 
 
 nana. to-morrow. 
 
 
 
 128. Poco, little, few, has a superlative poquisimo, a very 
 little, few, but may also be modified by muy, very : 
 
 Lo poco que recibo me satisface. The little that I receive satisfies 
 
 me. 
 
 Muchossonllamados, maspocos Many are called, but few are 
 
 escogidos. chosen. 
 
 Hay muy poca diferencia. There is very little difference. 
 
 Las poquisimas veces que lo he The very few times I have seen 
 
 visto. him. 
 
74 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Dle V. un poco de pan y carne. Give him a little bread and 
 
 meat. 
 Canta un poco ; canta poco. She sings a little ; she sings but 
 
 little. 
 
 129. Sendos, -as, one each, as many, is used only in the 
 plural : 
 
 Entraron cinco j6venes llevando There came in five young men 
 del brazo a sendas j6venes. each having on his arm a 
 
 young lady. 
 
 130. Tal, pi. tales, such a, such : 
 
 Tal cosa jamas me hubiera Such a thing never would have 
 
 ocurrido. occurred to me. 
 
 Tales son sus pretensiones que Such are his claims that I reject 
 
 las rechazo todas. them all. 
 
 No son tales como se me han They are not such as were 
 
 prometido. promised me. 
 
 Tal me parece diflcil. Such a thing seems to me dif- 
 ficult. 
 
 a. Tal, when preceded by the definite article, may be 
 variously rendered by this, the said, in question, frequently 
 with an added idea of satire or contempt : 
 
 S61o sabia de la tal carta por He only knew of the so-called 
 
 los peri6dicos. letter by the newspapers. 
 
 Y el tal Sancho queria ser go- And the said Sancho wished to 
 
 bernador de una isla. be governor of an island. 
 
 NOTE. Tal alone sometimes conveys the same meaning : 
 
 Repuso ella furiosa que no era Furious she replied that she 
 tal mujer. was not that kind of a woman. 
 
 Sali6 a luz la parte que tom6 tal The part which this rascally 
 espia en el asunto. spy took in the affair came 
 
 to light. 
 
INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES 75. 
 
 b. Tal, when preceded by the indefinite article, means 
 one, a certain: 
 
 Se prendi6 fuego a la casa de Fire broke out in the house of 
 un tal Martin. one Martin. 
 
 c. Tal, joined to its correlative cual, sometimes expresses 
 a comparison, but at other times no such idea is implied : 
 
 El xito de la empresa ha sido The success of the undertaking 
 tal cual deseaba. has been such as he desired. 
 
 Tal cual vez no viene. Sometimes he does not come. 
 
 Tal cual carga de pan. A few loads of bread. 
 
 Tal para cual. A Roland for an Oliver (Tit 
 
 for tat). 
 
 131. Tamano, as great, so great: 
 
 Tamana resultaria la empresa The attempt to face the forces 
 de hacer frente a las fuerzas of France would be just as 
 
 de Francia. great. 
 
 132. Todo, -a, -os, -as, may, for the most part, be treated 
 under two general headings : 
 
 ist. It stands alone unlimited by such words as the 
 definite article or the demonstrative or possessive adjectives, 
 whenever the idea is an indefinite or general concept : 
 
 Todo buen ciudadano lo siente. Every good citizen regrets it. 
 
 En todo caso es muy impro- In any case it is very improb- 
 
 bable. able. 
 
 Hay intrigas de todo genero. There are all kinds of intrigues. 
 
 Todo libro que instruye es buen Every instructive book is a 
 
 libro. good book. 
 
 Todos piensan como yo. All think as I do. 
 
 Generos de todas clases y a Goods of all kinds and at all 
 
 todos precios. prices. 
 
 El Ie6n comi6 todo un carnero. The lion ate a whole sheep. 
 
76 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 2d. Todo is followed by a word limiting its application 
 to a specific concept : 
 
 Quede en Europa todo el ano. I remained in Europe the whole 
 
 year. 
 Pas6 conmigo toda la semana. He passed with me the whole 
 
 week. 
 
 He" aqui todos mis libros. Here are all my books. 
 
 Salgo a paseo todos los dias. I go out to walk every day. 
 
 Da una Iecci6n de musica todos She takes a music lesson every 
 
 los viernes. Friday. 
 
 Todo el mundo. Everybody. 
 
 NOTE. In the plural, whole or entire is never expressed by 
 todo, but by entero. In the singular either may be used : 
 
 Pasa horas enteras asomada She passes whole hours looking 
 
 la ventana. out of the window. 
 
 El dia entero or todo el dia. The entire day. 
 
 a. The neuter todo, except as an adverb, can not stand 
 alone in a sentence, but requires an appositive (generally 
 lo) always to be expressed : 
 
 Me lo ha dicho todo. He has told me all. 
 
 Todo lo que digo es verdad. All I say is true. 
 
 133. Uno y -a, and otro, -a, with their plurals, are used as 
 distributives in various combinations : 
 
 Uno y otro lo hacen. Both of them do so. 
 
 Ni uno ni otro lo dicen. Neither of them says so. 
 
 El uno dice que si, el otro The one says yes, the other no. 
 
 que no. 
 
 Uno u otro ; unos u otros. Either of the two ; either of the 
 
 two sets. 
 
INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES 77 
 
 134. Unico, solo. The general distinction is that unico 
 refers to individuals, where there are no more of their kind, 
 while solo means alone, solitary, without company : 
 
 Mi hijo unico esta solo en la My only son is alone in the 
 
 casa. house. 
 
 Vivir honrado y morir lamen- To live honored and to die 
 
 tado, estos son sus unices lamented, these are his only 
 
 deseos. desires. 
 
 Es el unico de su especie. It is the only one of its kind. 
 
VI 
 
 VERBS 
 
 135. The Spanish language has all the moods and tenses 
 of the English and some which English does not have. This 
 comes chiefly from the fact that we have almost wholly 
 abandoned the use of the subjunctive. The multiplicity 
 of forms of the Spanish conjugation may seem a little 
 discouraging to the learner at first, but he will soon find 
 that they are very easily acquired, when once he has 
 mastered certain mnemonic rules for the derivation of the 
 various moods and tenses. These will be given when we 
 come to the conjugation of the regular verbs. 
 
 a. The English meanings of the Spanish moods and 
 tenses can be given only approximately in the paradigms. 
 This is especially true of the subjunctive, owing, as has 
 already been said, to the almost total lack of this mood 
 in our language. The particular form of the English verb 
 to be used, in translating any given Spanish verb, will 
 depend on the context of the latter and its syntactical rela- 
 tions. Canto, for instance, means / sing, I do sing, I am 
 singing ; Cantaba, / sang, I was singing, I did sing, or / 
 used to sing ; No creo que venga, / dont think he will 
 come ; Es posible que venga, It is possible he may come ; 
 No es posible que venga, It is riot possible that he will come, 
 etc. The translation given in the paradigms, therefore, 
 must be considered as only one of several that the verb 
 might have according to its connection. 
 
 b. As the pronouns yo, I, tu, thou, //, he, ella, she, noso- 
 
 78 
 
VERBS 79 
 
 tros, -as, we, vosotros, -as, you, ellos, m., they, ellas, f., they, 
 are usually omitted, except where emphasis or clearness 
 requires them to be expressed, they are only given in the 
 present tenses. They can be easily supplied with the other 
 tenses when needed. On the other hand, usted(y.\ you 
 and pi. 2istc'des(VV.), you, being so commonly used will be 
 given. 
 
 c. There are two verbs to have, haber and tener, and two 
 verbs to be, ser and estar. Their differences will be ex- 
 plained later. 
 
 AUXILIARY VERBS 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES 
 136. Infinitive Mood 
 
 To have To be 
 
 Haber tener Ser estar 
 
 Gerund 
 
 Having Being 
 
 Habiendo teniendo Siendo estando 
 
 Past Participle 
 
 Had Been 
 
 Habido tenido Sido estado 
 
 tr 
 
 Indicative Mood 
 
 PRESENT 
 / have, thou hast, etc. I am, thou art, etc. 
 
 1. yo he tengo soy estoy 
 
 2. tti has "tienes eres estas 
 
 2. usted ha V. tiene V. es V. esta 
 
 3. e"l,ellaha tiene es esta 
 
 1. nosotros hemos tenemos somos estamos 
 
 (habemos) 
 
 2. vosotros habeas tennis sois estais 
 
 2. ustedes han VV.tienen W. son VV. estan 
 
 3. ellos, -as han tienen son estan 
 
8o 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 IMPERFECT 
 
 / had, was having, etc. 
 
 / wa s, used to be, etc. 
 
 i. habia 
 
 tenia 
 
 era estaba 
 
 2. habias 
 
 tenias 
 
 eras estabas 
 
 2. V. habia 
 
 V. tenia 
 
 V. era V. estaba 
 
 3. habia 
 
 tenia 
 
 era estaba 
 
 i. habiamos 
 
 teniamos 
 
 e"ramos estdbamos 
 
 2. habiais 
 
 teniais 
 
 erais estabais 
 
 2. VV. habian 
 
 VV. tenian 
 
 VV. eran VV. estaban 
 
 3. habian 
 
 tenian 
 
 eran estaban 
 
 
 PRETERIT 
 
 
 I had 
 
 I was 
 
 i. hube 
 
 tuve 
 
 fui estuve 
 
 2. hubiste 
 
 tuviste 
 
 fuiste estuviste 
 
 2. V. hubo 
 
 V. tuvo 
 
 V. fu V. estuvo 
 
 3. hubo 
 
 tuvo 
 
 fue" estuvo 
 
 i. hubimos 
 
 tuvimos 
 
 fuimos estuvimos 
 
 2. hubisteis 
 
 tuvisteis 
 
 fuisteis estuvisteis 
 
 2. VV. hubieron VV. tuvieron 
 
 VV. fueron VV. estuvieron 
 
 3. hubieron 
 
 tuvieron 
 
 fueron estuvieron 
 
 
 FUTURE 
 
 
 I shall 
 
 (will) have 
 
 I shall (will) be 
 
 i. habre" 
 
 tendre" 
 
 sere" estare" 
 
 2. habras 
 
 tendrds 
 
 seras estaras 
 
 2. V. habrd 
 
 V. tendra 
 
 V. sera V. estard 
 
 3. habrd 
 
 tendrd 
 
 serd estard 
 
 i. habremos 
 
 tendremos 
 
 seremos estaremos 
 
 2. habre"is 
 
 tendre"is 
 
 serais estare"is 
 
 2. W. habrdn VV. tendrdn 
 
 VV. serdn VV. estardn 
 
 3. habrdn 
 
 tendrdn 
 
 serdn 
 
 estardn 
 
VERBS 
 
 8l 
 
 CONDITIONAL 
 
 I would (should) have 
 
 1 . habria 
 
 2. habrias 
 
 2. V. habria 
 
 3. habria 
 
 1 . habriamos 
 
 2. habriais 
 
 tendria 
 
 tendrias 
 
 V. tendria 
 
 tendria 
 
 tendriamos 
 
 tendriais 
 
 2. VV. habrian VV. tendrian 
 
 3. habrian tendrian 
 
 I would (should ) bt 
 
 seria 
 serias 
 V. seria 
 seria 
 seriamos 
 seriais 
 VV. serian 
 serian 
 
 estaria 
 estarias 
 V. estaria 
 estaria 
 estariamos 
 estariais 
 VV. estarian 
 estarian 
 
 Imperative 
 
 Mood 
 
 
 f c. 
 
 Let me 
 
 be, etc. 
 
 igayo) 1 
 
 (sea) 
 
 (est*) 
 
 tu 
 
 86" 
 
 esta 
 
 tengas 
 
 no seas 
 
 no este"s 
 
 raV. 
 
 seaV. 
 
 este V. 
 
 rael 
 
 sea el 
 
 este" el 
 
 ramos 
 
 seamos 
 
 estemos 
 
 id 
 
 sed 
 
 estad 
 
 :engais 
 
 no seais 
 
 no estels 
 
 jan VV. . 
 
 scan W. 
 
 este"n W. 
 
 ran 
 
 scan 
 
 este"n 
 
 Let me have, etc. 
 
 1. let me have 
 
 2. have (thou) 
 
 2. have (thou) not 
 
 2. have (you) 
 
 3. let him have 
 
 1. let us have 
 
 2. have ye 
 
 2. have ye not 
 
 2. have (you) 
 
 3. let them have 
 
 NOTE. The imperative of haber is : he tu, haya el, V., hayamos, 
 habed, hayan ellos, VV., but it hardly can be said to be in use. 
 See also 150, NOTE. 
 
 1 Of the first person singular of the imperative of Spanish verbs it should 
 be stated that it occurs very seldom, and being the same as the first person of 
 the subjunctive, it need not be given as a special form. It is used in genera) - 
 statements not addressed to any one as a command, as : 
 
 Ande yo caliente y n'ase la gente. 
 
 Conserve yo la vida y muera mi 
 enemigo. 
 
 SPAN. GRAM. 6 
 
 Let me be (go) warm, and people may 
 
 laugh. 
 Let me preserve my life and let my 
 
 enemy die. 
 
82 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Subjunctive Mood 
 
 PRESENT 
 
 / may have 
 
 / may be 
 
 i. haya 
 
 tenga 
 
 sea 
 
 este" 
 
 2. hayas 
 
 tengas 
 
 seas 
 
 este"s 
 
 2. V. haya 
 
 V. tenga 
 
 V. sea 
 
 V. est 
 
 3. haya 
 
 tenga 
 
 sea 
 
 este 
 
 i. hayamos 
 
 tengaraos 
 
 seamos 
 
 estemos 
 
 2. hayais 
 
 tengais 
 
 seais 
 
 este" is 
 
 2. VV. hayan 
 
 W. tengan 
 
 VV. scan 
 
 W. estn 
 
 3. hayan 
 
 tengan 
 
 sean 
 
 este"n 
 
 IMPERFECT. FIRST FORM 
 
 / would have 
 
 / would be 
 
 i. hubiera 
 
 tuviera 
 
 fuera 
 
 estuviera 
 
 2. hubieras 
 
 tuvieras 
 
 fueras 
 
 estuvieras 
 
 2. V. hubiera 
 
 V. tuviera 
 
 V. fuera 
 
 V. estuviera 
 
 3. hubiera 
 
 tuviera 
 
 fuera 
 
 estuviera 
 
 i. hubie"ramos 
 
 tuviramos 
 
 fiie" ram os 
 
 estuvie"ramos 
 
 2. htibierais 
 
 tuvierais 
 
 fuerais 
 
 estuvierais 
 
 2. W. hubieran 
 
 W. tuvieran 
 
 VV. fueran 
 
 W. estuvieran 
 
 3. hubieran 
 
 tuvieran 
 
 fueran 
 
 estuvieran 
 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 SECOND FORM 
 
 
 I should have 
 
 / should be 
 
 i. hubiese 
 
 tuviese 
 
 fuese 
 
 estuviese 
 
 2. hubieses 
 
 tuvieses 
 
 fueses 
 
 estuvieses 
 
 2. V. hubiese 
 
 V. tuviese 
 
 V. fuese 
 
 V. estuviese 
 
 3. hubiese 
 
 tuviese 
 
 fuese 
 
 estuviese 
 
 i. hubie"semos 
 
 tuvie"semos 
 
 fue"semos 
 
 estuvie"semos 
 
 2. hubieseis 
 
 tuvieseis 
 
 fueseis 
 
 estuvieseis 
 
 2. W. hubiesen 
 
 W. tuviesen 
 
 VV. fuesen 
 
 W. estuviesen 
 
 3. hubiesen 
 
 tuviesen 
 
 fuesen 
 
 estuviesen 
 
VERBS 
 
 FUTURE 
 
 I shall have 
 
 1. hubiere tuviere 
 
 2. hubieres tuvieres 
 
 2. V. hubiere V. tuviere 
 
 3. hubiere tuviere 
 
 1. hubiremos tuvieremos 
 
 2. hubiereis tuviereis 
 
 2. VV. hubieren tuvieren 
 
 3. hubieren tuvieren 
 
 I shall be 
 
 fuere estuviere 
 
 fueres estuvieres 
 
 V. fuere V. estuviere 
 
 fuere estuviere 
 
 furemos estuvieremos 
 
 fuereis estuviereis 
 
 W. fueren W. estuvieren 
 
 fueren estuvieren 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES 
 Infinitive 
 
 To have had 
 
 haberl habido 
 ( tenido 
 
 Having had 
 
 habiendo \ habido 
 ( tenido 
 
 To have been 
 sido 
 estado 
 
 haber 
 
 Gerund 
 
 Having been 
 
 habiendo -j sido 
 
 ( estado 
 
 Indicative 
 
 REMARK. As the compound tenses are formed by adding the 
 past participle of the respective verbs to the simple tenses of 
 haber, only the first person singular of each compound tense will 
 be here given. The learner can turn back and get the others for 
 himself. 
 
 PERFECT 
 
 / have had I have been 
 
 , ( habido , ( sido 
 
 he \ he \ 
 
 ( tenido ( estado 
 
 PLUPERFECT 
 
 habia 
 
 / had had 
 ( habido 
 ( tenido 
 
 / had been 
 sido 
 estado 
 
 habia 
 
84 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 PAST ANTERIOR 
 
 When I had had When I had been 
 
 , , ( habido , ( sido 
 
 cuando hube < cuando hube 
 
 ( temdo ( estado 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT 
 
 / shall have had I shall have been 
 
 , , . ( habido , , , ( sido 
 
 habr -J habr \ , 
 
 ( tenido ( estado 
 
 CONDITIONAL PERFECT 
 
 I* might (would) have had I might (would) have been 
 
 ( habido ... ( sido 
 
 habna -J . , habria ] , 
 
 ( tenido .( estado 
 
 Subjunctive 
 PERFECT 
 
 / may have had I may have been 
 
 . j habido , j sido 
 
 ( tenido ( estado 
 
 PLUPERFECT. FIRST FORM 
 
 / might have had I might have been 
 
 ( habido ( sido 
 
 hubiera \ . , hubiera \ , 
 
 ( tenido ( estado 
 
 PLUPERFECT. SECOND FORM 
 
 / might have had I might have been 
 
 ( habido ( sido 
 
 hubiese < hubiese < . 
 
 ( temdo ( estado 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT 
 
 I shall (should) have had I shall (should) have been 
 
 ( habido ( sido 
 
 hubiere \ hubiere \ , 
 
 ( temdo ( estado 
 
VERBS 85 
 
 NOTE. Verbs are made negative by placing no, or some other 
 negative, before them (see 237), and interrogative by inverting 
 the order of the subject and predicate as in English : 
 
 Creo que no vendra. I believe he will not come. 
 
 Ha llegado mi hermano ? Has my brother arrived ? 
 
 Nunca lo aceptar yo. I will never accept it. 
 
 No se le ocurre jamas. It never occurs to him. 
 
 USES OF haber, tener, ser, estar 
 
 137. The principal office of haber is that of an auxiliary 
 to form the compound tenses of other verbs,' as illustrated 
 above. The participle in such compounds never changes 
 its form. Other uses are : 
 
 a. As an independent verb, followed by de and an in- 
 finitive, to express futurity, dttty, obligation : 
 
 He de escribir una carta. I have to write a letter. 
 
 Hemos de salir esta manana. We are to go out this morning. 
 
 Habria de ser muy docto. He must have been very 
 
 learned. 
 Habrd de cantar. He will have to sing. 
 
 b. The third person singular throughout all moods and 
 tenses is used as an impersonal verb, 
 
 i. In expressions of time and some others: 
 
 Si, le vi no ha mucho tiempo. Yes, I saw him not long ago. 
 <?Cuanto ha que vino aqui? How long ago is it since he 
 
 came here? 
 Ha lugar de creerlo. There is reason for believing 
 
 so. 
 Ha menestef mas brazos. More hands are needed. 
 
86 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 2. With que and an infinitive, to imply a general idea 
 of necessity or obligation. In this and the following im- 
 personal uses, y (there) is added to the present indicative, 
 making hay : 
 
 Eso es lo que hay que notar. That is what has to be noted. 
 
 Habra que tener presente. It will be necessary to keep in 
 
 mind. 
 
 3. In the sense of there is, there are : 
 
 Hay cientos de hombres en la There are hundreds of men in 
 
 calle. the street. 
 
 Habria bastante tiempo. There would be time enough. 
 
 4. In speaking of distances : 
 
 <i Cuanto hay de aqui a Boston ? How far is it from here to 
 
 Boston? 
 Hay mas de treinta millas. It is more than thirty miles. 
 
 c. While haber is no longer used with the general mean- 
 ing of to hold, to possess, there are certain relics of its 
 former use : 
 
 Consejo habido, anunciamos nues- A council having been held, 
 
 tra politica. we announced our policy. 
 
 Nuestro pobre amigo (j que Dios Our poor friend (whom may 
 
 haya !) God have !) 
 
 Alia se las haya. Let him look to that. 
 
 d. In the exclamations he* aqui (here is, are), he" alii 
 (there is, are), he 1 ahi (there is, are), the grammars usually 
 treat h<? as part of haber. Diez, however, derives it from 
 vide ( = ve = f e = he). This would seem to be probable 
 from the analogous French words, void, voila : 
 
 H aqui mi libro ; t6melo. Here is my book ; take it 
 He"me aqui ; he"le ahi. Here I am ; there he is. 
 
 Helos alii que vienen. There they are, coming. 
 
VERBS 87 
 
 138. Tener, to hold, to possess, to have, has the follow- 
 ing uses : 
 
 1. In its primary meaning: 
 
 Tengo una pluma en la mano. I hold a pen in my hand. 
 
 V. tendra manana cuanto quiera. You will have to-morrow as 
 
 much as you will want. 
 No tuvo e"xito alguno. He did not have any success. 
 
 2. Idiomatically with certain nouns, where we should 
 use the verb to be and the adjective : 
 
 Tener hambre, to have hunger, hence, to be hungry. 
 
 " sed, " thirst, " " thirsty. 
 
 " miedo, " fear, " " afraid. 
 
 " sueno, " sleep, " " sleepy. 
 
 " frlo, " cold, " " cold. 
 
 " calor, heat, " " warm. 
 
 " verguenza, " shame, " " ashamed. 
 
 " razon, reason, " " right. 
 
 No tener razon, not to have reason, hence, to be wrong. 
 
 3. With que and an infinitive to express duty or obli- 
 gation : 
 
 Tengo que estudiar mi Iecci6n. I have to study my lesson. 
 Tuvo que volver a casa. He had to return home. 
 
 NOTE. Que, however, in such connections, frequently means 
 something, anything: 
 
 i Tiene V. que" comer ? No, no Have you anything to eat ? 
 tengo (nada) que comer. No, I have nothing to eat. 
 
 4. As an auxiliary to form the compound tenses of 
 transitive verbs, especially in cases where we should put 
 the participle after the object. Unlike haber, the parti- 
 ciple agrees with the object in gender and number: 
 
88 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Tengo escritas dos cartas. I have two letters written. 
 
 Tiene cumplido su deber. He has done his duty. 
 
 But 
 
 He escrito dos cartas. I have written two letters. 
 
 NOTE. Llevar, to carry, and dejar, to leave (and some 
 others), are also used as auxiliaries, the past participle, as in the 
 case of tener, agreeing with the object : 
 Lleva acabada su tarea. He has finished his task. 
 
 Dejaron dicho que vendrian esta They left word they would 
 
 manana. come this morning. 
 
 139. Ser predicates in the subject what is permanent, 
 characteristic, essential, while estar, from the Latin stare 
 (to stand), indicates position, state, condition, what is 
 transitory, changeable, etc. A few sentences will help 
 to make the distinction clear : 
 
 Lq. casa esta en la colina. The house is on the hill. 
 
 La casa es alta. The house is high. 
 
 El hierro esta caliente. The iron is hot. 
 
 El hierro es duro. Iron is hard. 
 
 La sopa es buena. The soup is good. 
 
 La sopa esta fria. The soup is cold. 
 
 Mi hermano es listo. My brother is clever. 
 
 Mi hermano esta listo. My brother is ready. 
 
 Juan estd malo. John is (in a bad way) sick. 
 
 Juan es malo. John is wicked, bad. 
 
 a. De following estar indicates occupation, para, readi- 
 ness, and/w, futurity: 
 
 El soldado esta de servicio. The soldier is on duty. 
 
 Estoy para irme. I am ready to go. 
 
 Esta por hacer. It is yet to be done. 
 
 NOTE. See 146, 147, and 148. 
 
VERBS 89 
 
 140. It has been seen (135, a) that the Spanish verb 
 may be turned into English by one of several forms, canto 
 meaning : I sing, I do sing, or I am singing. This latter, 
 the progressive form, may be expressed by estar and the 
 gerund: 
 
 Ella esta cantando una balada. She is singing a ballad. 
 Estuvieron combatiendo toda la They were fighting the whole 
 
 noche. night. 
 
 Estare entonces cruzando la mar. I shall then be crossing ths 
 
 sea. 
 
 . a. Venir, to come, and seguir, to follow, to continue, are 
 used somewhat in the same way : 
 
 Todo lo que vengo diciendo es All that I have been saying is 
 
 verdad. true. 
 
 Hace diez afios que viene traba- It is now ten years that he has 
 
 jando en mi casa. been working in my house. 
 
 Sigo aun buscando mi libro. I am still looking for my book. 
 
 See 215, a. 
 
 REGULAR VERBS 
 
 141. There are three conjugations of regular verbs. 
 The infinitive of the first conjugation ends in -ar, as 
 amar, to love ; that of the 9 second, in -er, as temer, to 
 fear; and that of the third, in -ir, as vivir, to live. 
 
 When learning a verb, fix in the mind the following 
 parts, which will serve as a mnemonic key to the whole 
 conjugation (see 145-146): 
 
 1. The first person singular of the present indicative. 
 
 2. The present infinitive. 
 
 3. The first person singular and third person plural ot 
 the preterit. 
 
 4. The past participle. 
 
) SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 142. P. Ind. amo, Inf. amar, Pret. ame", P. Part, amado. 
 " temo, " temer, " temi, " temido. 
 " vivo, " vivir, " vivi, " vivido. 
 
 Gerunds: amando, temiendo, viviendo. 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION 
 
 I love, thou loves t y 
 etc. 
 
 yo am-o 
 tii am-as 
 usted am-a 
 e"! am-a 
 
 nosotros am-amos 
 vosotros am-dis 
 ustedes am-an 
 ellos am-an 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES 
 Indicative Mood 
 
 PRESENT 
 SECOND CONJUGATION 
 
 I fear, thoufearest, 
 etc. 
 
 tem-o 
 tem-es 
 V. tem-e 
 tem-e 
 tem-emos 
 tem-e'is 
 W. tern-en 
 tem-en 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION 
 
 I live, thou lives t y 
 etc. 
 
 viv-o 
 viv-es 
 V. viv-e 
 viv-e 
 viv-imos 
 viv-is 
 
 VV. viv-en 
 viv-en 
 
 IMPERFECT 
 
 / loved t feared, lived ; was loving, fearing, living; used to love, 
 fear, live (135, a) 
 
 am-aba 
 am-abas 
 V. am-aba 
 am-aba 
 am-abamos 
 am-abais 
 W. am-aban 
 am-aban 
 
 tem-ia 
 tem-ias 
 V. tem-ia 
 tem-ia 
 tem-iamos 
 tem-iais 
 W. tem-ian 
 tem-ian 
 
 viv-ia 
 viv-ias 
 V. viv-ia 
 viv-ia 
 viv-iamos 
 viv-iais 
 VV. viv-ian 
 viv-ian 
 
VERBS 
 
 P. Ind. I love, Inf. to love, Pret. I loved, P. Part, loved. 
 I fear, " to fear, " I feared, " feared. 
 
 " I live, " to live, " I lived, " lived. 
 
 Gerunds : 
 
 loving, fearing, 
 
 living. 
 
 
 Imperative Mood 
 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION 
 
 Let me love, etc. 
 
 Let me fear, etc. 
 
 Let me live, etc. 
 
 am-e yo 
 
 tem-a yo 
 
 viv-a yo 
 
 am-a tti 
 
 tem-e tti 
 
 viv-e tti 
 
 no am-es * 
 
 no tem-as * 
 
 no viv-as * 
 
 am-e V., el 
 
 tem-a V., el 
 
 viv-a V., e"l 
 
 am-emos 
 
 tem-amos 
 
 viv-amos 
 
 am-ad 
 
 tem-ed 
 
 viv-id 
 
 no am-e"is * 
 
 no tem-ais * 
 
 no viv-dis * 
 
 am-en VV., ellos 
 
 tem-an VV., ellos 
 
 viv-an VV., ellos 
 
 
 Subjunctive Mood 
 
 
 
 PRESENT 
 
 
 / may love 
 
 I may fear 
 
 / may live 
 
 am-e 
 
 tem-a 
 
 viv-a 
 
 am-es 
 
 tem-as 
 
 viv-as 
 
 V. am-e 
 
 V. tem-a 
 
 V. viv-a 
 
 am-e 
 
 tem-a 
 
 viv-a 
 
 am-emos 
 
 tem-amos 
 
 viv-amos 
 
 am-els 
 
 tem-ais 
 
 viv-dis 
 
 VV. am-en 
 
 VV. tem-an 
 
 VV. viv-an 
 
 am-en 
 
 tem-an 
 
 viv-an 
 
 * See 150, Note. 
 
9 2 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 
 Indicative 
 
 
 
 PRETERIT 
 
 
 / loved 
 
 I feared 
 
 Hived 
 
 am-e' 
 
 tem-i 
 
 viv-i 
 
 am-aste 
 
 tem-iste 
 
 viv-iste 
 
 V. am-6 
 
 V. tem-i6 
 
 V. Viv-i'6 
 
 am-6 
 
 tem-i6 
 
 viv-i6 
 
 am-amos 
 
 tem-imos 
 
 viv-imos 
 
 am-asteis 
 
 tem-isteis 
 
 viv-isteis 
 
 VV. ama-ron 
 
 VV. temie-ron 
 
 VV. vivie-ron 
 
 ama-ron 
 
 temie-ron 
 
 vivie-ron 
 
 I shall (will) love 
 amar-e" 
 amar-ds 
 V. amar-d 
 amar-d 
 amar-emos 
 amar-e"is . 
 VV. amar-dn 
 amar-dn 
 
 / would (should) 
 
 love 
 amar-ia 
 amar-ias 
 V. amar-ia ; 
 amar-ia- - 
 amar-iamos 
 amar-iais 
 VV. amar-ian 
 amar-ian 
 
 FUTURE 
 
 I shall (will) fear 
 temer-e" 
 temer-as 
 V. temer-a 
 temer-a 
 temer-emos 
 temer-e'is 
 VV. temer-an 
 temer-dn 
 
 CONDITIONAL 
 
 / would (should) 
 fear 
 
 temer-ia 
 temer-ias 
 V. temer-ia 
 temer-ia 
 temer-iamos 
 temer-iais 
 VV. temer-ian 
 temer-ian 
 
 I shall (will) live 
 vivir-^ 
 vivir-ds 
 V. vivir-d 
 vivir-d 
 vivir-emos 
 vivir-e"is 
 VV. vivir-dn 
 vivir-an 
 
 I would (should) 
 
 live 
 
 vivir-ia 
 vivir-ias 
 V. vivir-ia 
 vivir-ia 
 vivir-iamos 
 vivir-iais 
 VV. vivir-ian 
 vivir-ian 
 
VERBS 
 
 93 
 
 
 Subjunctive 
 
 
 
 IMPERFECT FIRST FORM 
 
 
 I should (would) 
 love 
 
 I should (would) 
 fear 
 
 I should (would) 
 live 
 
 ama-ra 
 
 temie-ra 
 
 vivie-ra 
 
 ama-ras 
 
 temie-ras 
 
 vivie-ras 
 
 V. ama-ra 
 
 V. temie-ra 
 
 V. vivie-ra 
 
 ama-ra 
 
 temie-ra 
 
 vivie-ra 
 
 a ma- ram os 
 
 temie'-ramos 
 
 vivie"-ramos 
 
 ama-rais 
 
 temie-rais 
 
 vivie-rais 
 
 VV. ama-ran 
 
 VV. temie-ran 
 
 VV. vivie-ran 
 
 am a- ran 
 
 temie-ran 
 
 vivie-ran 
 
 
 IMPERFECT SECOND FORM 
 
 
 I should (would) 
 love 
 
 I should (wotild) 
 fear 
 
 I should (would) 
 live 
 
 ama-se 
 
 temie-se 
 
 vivie-se 
 
 ama-ses 
 
 temie-ses 
 
 vivie-ses 
 
 V. ama-se 
 
 V. temie-se 
 
 V. vivie-se 
 
 ama-se 
 
 temie-se 
 
 vivie-se 
 
 ama-semos 
 
 temie'-semos 
 
 vivie"-semos 
 
 ama-seis 
 
 temie-seis 
 
 vivie-seis 
 
 VV. ama-sen 
 
 VV. temie-sen 
 
 W. vivie-sen 
 
 ama-sen 
 
 temie-sen 
 
 vivie-sen 
 
 
 FUTURE 
 
 
 / shall love 
 
 / shall fear 
 
 / shall live 
 
 ama-re 
 
 temie-re 
 
 vivie-re 
 
 ama-res 
 
 temie-res 
 
 vivie-res 
 
 V. ama-re 
 
 V. temie-re 
 
 V. vivie-re 
 
 ama-re 
 
 temie-re 
 
 vivie-re 
 
 ama-remos 
 
 temie"-remos 
 
 vivie"-remos 
 
 ama-reis 
 
 temie-reis 
 
 vivie-reis 
 
 VV. ama-ren 
 
 W. temie-ren 
 
 VV. vivie-ren 
 
 ama-ren 
 
 temie-ren 
 
 vivie-ren 
 
94 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES 
 
 Infinitive 
 
 haber am ado temido vivido 
 to have loved feared lived 
 
 I have loved 
 he amado 
 
 Gerund 
 
 habiendo amado temido vivido 
 having loved feared lived 
 
 Indicative 
 PERFECT 
 
 I have feared I have lived 
 
 he temido he vivido 
 
 / had loved 
 habia amado 
 
 PLUPERFECT 
 / had feared 
 habia temido 
 
 / had lived 
 habia vivido 
 
 / had loved 
 hube amado 
 
 PAST ANTERIOR 
 / had feared 
 hube temido 
 
 / had lived 
 hube vivido 
 
 / shall (will) have 
 loved 
 
 habr6 amado 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT 
 
 I shall (will) have 
 feared 
 
 temido 
 
 / shall (will) have 
 lived 
 
 liable* vivido 
 
/ may have loved 
 haya amado 
 
 VERBS 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES 
 Subjunctive 
 
 PERFECT 
 
 I may have feared 
 haya temido 
 
 95 
 
 / may have lived 
 haya vivid o 
 
 / had (should have} 
 loved 
 
 hubiera amado 
 
 PLUPERFECT FIRST FORM 
 
 / had (should have) 
 feared 
 
 hubiera temido 
 
 / had (should 
 have) lived 
 
 hubiera vivido 
 
 / had (should have) 
 loved 
 
 hubiese amado 
 
 PLUPERFECT SECOND FORM 
 
 / had (should have) 
 feared 
 
 hubiese temido 
 
 / had (should 
 have) lived 
 
 hubiese vivido 
 
 / should (shall) have 
 loved 
 
 hubiere amado 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT 
 
 I should (shall) have 
 feared 
 
 hubiere temido 
 
 I should (shall) 
 have lived 
 
 hubiere vivido 
 
 CONDITIONAL PERFECT 
 
 / would (should) have I would (should) have I would (should) 
 
 loved feared have lived 
 
 habria amado habria temido habria vivido 
 
96 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 ORTHOGRAPHIC CHANGES 
 
 143. In the conjugation of some regular, as well as ir- 
 regular, verbs, it is necessary, before certain terminations, 
 to change the final letters of the stem before adding the 
 personal endings. The Spanish method of spelling re- 
 quires this, in order to preserve, throughout the conjuga- 
 tion, the consonantal sound which immediately precedes the 
 infinitive ending. All such verbs may be reduced to the 
 following ten classes. Verbs whose infinitives terminate 
 
 1. in car change c to qu 
 
 2. in gar insert u 
 
 .. before e. 
 
 3. in guar change u to u 
 
 4. in zar " z to c 
 
 5. in cer preceded by a consonant change c to z 
 
 6. in cir " " " " c to z 
 
 7. in ger change g to j 
 
 before a or o. 
 
 8. in gir " g to / . 
 
 9. in quir " qu to c 
 
 10. ingutrdiopu 
 
 These changes can occur only in the first person singu- 
 lar of the present indicative and preterit, in the present 
 subjunctive, and in the imperative. 
 
 EXAMPLES 
 
 Tocar, touch : Pres. Sub. toque, toques, etc. Pret toque, to- 
 
 caste, etc. 
 Pagar, pay : Pres. Sub. pague, pagues, etc. Pret. pague", 
 
 pagaste, etc. 
 Averiguar, investigate: Pres. Sub. averigiie, averigiies, etc. 
 
 Pret. averigiie^ averiguaste, etc. 
 Forzar, force: Pres. Sub. fuerce, fuerces, etc. Pret. force", 
 
 forzaste, etc. 
 
VERBS 97 
 
 Veneer, conquer: Pres. Ind. venzo, vences, etc. Pres. Sub. 
 
 venza, venzas, etc. 
 Resarcir, compensate : Pres. Ind. resarzo, resarces, etc. Pres. 
 
 Sub. resarza, resarzas, etc. 
 Coger, gather : Pres. Ind. cojo, coges, etc. Pres. Sub. coja, 
 
 cojas, etc. 
 Dirigir, direct: Pres. Ind. dirijo, diriges, etc. Pres. Sub. 
 
 dirija, dirijas, etc. 
 Delinquir, transgress: Pres. Ind. delinco, delinques, etc. Pres. 
 
 Sub. delinca, delincas, etc. 
 Distinguir, distinguish: Pres. Ind. distingo, distingues, etc. 
 
 Pres. Sub. distinga, distingas, etc. 
 
 a. Verbs in -cer and -cir (5 and 6), when these endings 
 are preceded by a vowel, insert z before c, when c comes 
 before a or o : 
 
 Conozco, conocer, conoci, conocido, to know. 
 
 Pres. Ind. conozc-o, conoces, conoce, conocemos, conoce"is, conocen. 
 
 Pres. Sub. conozc-a, conozcas, conozca, conozcamos, conozcais, 
 
 conozcan. 
 Imperat. (conozc-a) conoce, conozca, conozcamos, conoced, 
 
 conozcan. 
 
 Luzco, lucir, luci, lucido, to shine, display. 
 Pres. Ind. luzc-o, luces, luce, lucimos, lucis, lucen. 
 Pres. Sub. luzc-a, luzcas, luzca, luzcamos, luzcais, luzcan. 
 Imperat. (luzc-a), luce, luzca, luzcamos, lucid, luzcan. 
 
 Except decir, -ducir, and hacer and their compounds, all of 
 which are provided for elsewhere, the verbs of the above class are 
 regular in their other tenses. 
 
 Except also mecer, to rock, empecer, to injure, cocer, to boil, 
 to bake, and escocer, to smart, which follow class 5, above. 
 
 b. There is a considerable number of verbs in iar and 
 uar, which receive the tonic accent on the i and u before 
 all one-syllable endings. This accent must then be 
 
 SPAN. GRAM. 7 
 
98 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 marked : e.g. guio, I guide, continua, he continues, tele- 
 grafian, they telegraph, etc. But as there are many excep- 
 tions, these verbs have to be learned by practice. 
 
 c. When preceded by/, //, ;!, the diphthongs ie and i6 t 
 of verb-endings, lose the i: 
 
 Decir, to say : pret. 3d. pi dijeron (not dijieron). 
 Imp. Sub. i. dijera, 2. dijese, fut. sub. dijere. 
 Bullir, to boil: gerund bullendo (not bulliendo). 
 Pret. build, bulleron (not bullio, bullieron). 
 Imp. Sub. i. bullera, 2. bullese, fut. sub. bullere. 
 Bruiiir, to burnish ; gerund brunendo (not bruniendo) . 
 Pret. bruno, bruneron (not brunio, brunieron). 
 Imp. Sub. i. brunera, 2. brunese, fut. sub. brunere. 
 
 d. It is a principle of the Spanish vowel-system that i, 
 at the beginning of a word and followed by a vowel, or in 
 the middle of a word between two vowels, unless in this 
 case it bears the syllabic accent, is changed to y as in 
 jj/ear, i.e. is consonantized. It will be particularly helpful 
 to remember this in conjugating Spanish verbs : 
 
 Ir, to go : gerund yendo (not iendo). 
 
 Leer, to read : gerund leyendo (not leiendo). 
 
 Pret. leyo, leyeron (not lew, leierori). 
 
 Imp. Sub. i. leyera, 2. leyese, fut. sub. leyere. 
 
 Huir, to flee : gerund huyendo (not huiendo). 
 
 Pret. huyo, huyeron (not huio, huieron) . 
 
 Imp. Sub. i. huyera, 2. huyese, fut. sub. huyere. 
 
 MEMORY-AIDS TO LEARNING THE CONJUGATIONS 
 
 144. A comparison of the second and third conjugations 
 shows that the terminations of the third are the same as 
 those of the second, except in the first and second persons 
 plural of the present indicative and in the second person 
 
VERBS 99 
 
 plural of the imperative. These have been printed in 
 heavy type to attract attention. 
 
 145. The following synopsis will show that it is pos- 
 sible, by a small effort of memory, to grasp the whole 
 machinery of the Spanish verb-system. This scheme, 
 once thoroughly mastered, will greatly aid in learning both 
 the regular and irregular verbs, as the exceptions are 
 confined to certain irregular verbs of such frequent use 
 that they are soon acquired. The parts in parenthesis are 
 to be dropped, leaving the stem, which is to be added to 
 the various endings that follow. 
 
 FORMATION OF TENSES 
 
 a. The present indicative, first person sing, forms: 
 
 ram-(o) am-e, es, e, emos, e"is, en. 
 The pres. subj. | tem-(o) tem-a, as, a, amos, ais, an. 
 I viv- (o) viv-a, as, a, amos, dis, an. 
 
 Six exceptions. 
 
 b. The infinitive forms : 
 
 !am- (ar) am-ando. 
 tern- (er) r tem-iendo. 
 viv- (ir) viv-iendo. 
 
 Twenty-three exceptions. 
 
 ( am-(ar) am-ado. 
 
 2. P. Part. ] tem-(er) tem-ido. 
 
 I viv-(ir) viv-ido. 
 
 About a dozen exceptions. 
 
 ( am- (ar) am-aba, abas, aba, dbamos, abais, aban. 
 
 3. Imp. Ind. | tern- (er) tem-ia, las, ia, iamos, iais, ian. 
 
 iviv-(ir) viv-ia, ias, ia, iamos, las, ian. 
 
100 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Only three exceptions : ser, era, ver, vei'a, ir, iba. 
 
 {amar-e, as, a, emos, eis, an. 
 temer-e, as, a, emos, eis, an. 
 vivir-e, as, a, emos, eis, an. 
 
 iamar-ia, ias, ia, iamos, iais, ian. 
 temer-ia, ias, ia, iamos, iais, ian. 
 vivir-ia, ias, ia, iamos, iais, ian. 
 
 Twelve exceptions for the future and conditional. 
 Observe that the endings for all three conjugations are 
 
 the same.* 
 
 t am-(ar) am-a, am-ad. 
 
 6. Imperative 2d sing, and pi. j tem-(er) tem-e, tem-ed. 
 
 I viv- (ir) viv-e, viv-id. 
 
 Twelve exceptions for the 2d sing. The other parts of 
 the imperative are identical with the corresponding per- 
 sons of the present subjunctive. 
 
 c. The preterit third person plural forms the imper- 
 fect subjunctive, first and second forms, and the future 
 subjunctive: 
 
 (ame) 
 
 . f ama-ra, ras, ra, ama-ramos, ama-rais, ran. 
 
 ama-(ron) | ama-se, ses, se, amd-semos, ama-seis, sen. 
 
 I ama-re, res, re, ama-remos, ama-reis, ren. 
 
 *This comes from the fact that the future and conditional are, strictly 
 speaking, compound tenses, being formed from the infinitive and the present 
 and imperfect indicative of haber: he, has, ha, etc., and habia, habias, habia, 
 etc., contracted to hia, hias, hia, etc., the h being finally dropped when the 
 two words were run together. In the older books the parts will be found 
 separated : 
 
 Contarle he de donde la risa procedio. I shall tell you from whence the 
 
 Lazarillo de Tonnes. laugh proceeded. 
 
 Responderles hia yo, etc. I would reply to them, etc. 
 Don Quijofe. 
 
VERBS 
 
 IOI 
 
 temie-ra, ras, ra, temie'-ramos, temie-rais, ran. 
 temie-(ron) \ temie-se, ses, se, temie"-semos, temie-seis, sen. 
 temie-re, res, re, temie"-remos, temie-reis, ren. 
 
 (vivie-ra, ras, ra, vivie"-ramos, vivie-rais, ran. 
 vivie-se, ses, se, vivie"-semos, vivie-seis, sen. 
 vivie-re, res, re, vivie"-remos, vivie-reis, ren. 
 
 Note that the terminations of these three tenses in all three 
 conjugations are the same throughout. The third person plural is 
 taken as a stem, because it is the only form which furnishes no 
 exceptions either for regular or irregular verbs. 
 
 d. The past participle, with the simple tenses of haber, 
 forms all the compound tenses : 
 
 Perf. 
 Plup. 
 P. Ant. 
 F.Perf. 
 Con. Perf. 
 Perf. Sub. 
 
 1. Plup. Sub. 
 
 2. Plup. Sub. 
 
 he 
 
 habia 
 
 hube 
 
 habre" 
 
 habria 
 
 hay a 
 
 hubiera 
 
 hubiese 
 
 hubiere J 
 
 amado, temido, vivido. 
 
 F. Perf. Sub. 
 
 NOTE. While haber is the usual auxiliary for both transitive 
 and intransitive verbs, ser is occasionally found with some verbs 
 of motion : 
 
 "Mi amado era ya ido, ya habia 
 
 pasado." 
 " Diez y seis dias eran pasados 
 
 cuando volvi a Madrid por 
 
 ultima vez." 
 " Son venidos a tan extremo infor- 
 
 tun ; o que han perdido ya la 
 
 defensa que aun a los animales 
 
 brutos es otorgado." 
 
 My beloved was already gone, 
 had already passed. 
 
 Sixteen days had passed when 
 I returned to Madrid for the 
 last time. 
 
 They have come to such ex- 
 treme misery that they have 
 already lost the shelter which 
 is accorded even to beasts. 
 
I0'2 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE 
 
 146. Active transitive verbs, as in English, admit of a 
 passive voice, which is formed by means of the verb ser, 
 in all its moods and tenses, and the past participle of the 
 verb to be conjugated. This past participle, but not the 
 past participle of ser, agrees in gender and number with 
 the subject. As ser has already been conjugated and is 
 supposed to be known by this time, it is not deemed neces- 
 sary to give the full conjugation of all the tenses. 
 
 Infinitive : ser amado, a, os, as, to be loved. 
 Gerund: siendo amado, a, os, as, being loved. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES 
 Indicative 
 
 PRESENT Imperative 
 
 I am, thou art, etc., loved Let me be, be thou, etc., loved 
 
 soy amado, a sea yo amado, a 
 
 eres amado, a se" tii amado, a 
 
 V. es amado, a no seas amado, a 
 
 61 es amado sea V. amado, a 
 
 ella es amada sea 1, ella, amado, a 
 
 somos amados, as seamos amados, as 
 
 sois amados, as sed amados, as 
 
 VV. son amados, as no seais amados, as 
 
 ellos son amados scan VV. amados, as 
 
 ellas son amadas scan ellos, ellas, amados, as 
 i 
 
 Subjunctive 
 
 IMPERFECT PRESENT 
 
 / was loved I may be loved 
 
 era amado, a sea amado, a 
 
VERBS IO3 
 
 PRETERIT IMPERFECT FIRST FORM 
 
 / was loved I should (would) be loved 
 
 fui amado, a fuera arnado, a 
 
 FUTURE IMPERFECT SECOND FORM 
 
 I shall (will) be loved I should (would) be loved 
 
 ser amado, a fuese amado, a 
 
 CONDITIONAL FUTURE 
 
 / should (would) be loved I shall (will) be loved 
 
 seria amado, a fuere amado, a 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES 
 
 Infinitive : haber sido amado, a, os, as, to have been loved. 
 Gerund: habiendo sido amado, a, os, as, having been loved. 
 
 Indicative Subjunctive 
 
 PERFECT PERFECT 
 
 / have been loved I may have been loved 
 
 he sido amado, a haya sido amado, a 
 
 PLUPERFECT PLUPERFECT FIRST FORM 
 
 I had been loved I should (would) have been loved 
 
 habia sido amado, a hubiera sido amado, a 
 
 PAST ANTERIOR PLUPERFECT SECOND FORM 
 
 I had been loved I should (would) have been loved 
 
 hube sido amado, a hubiese sido amado, a 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT FUTURE PERFECT 
 
 / shall have been loved I shall have been loved 
 
 habre" sido amado, a hubiere sido amado, a 
 
 CONDITIONAL PERFECT 
 
 I should (would) have been loved 
 
 habria sido amado, a 
 
104 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 PASSIVE CONSTRUCTIONS 
 
 147. While the passive is a well-recognized principle of 
 Spanish grammar, its use is extremely restricted as com- 
 pared with the English passive. As a substitute we may 
 employ the active and say, for instance, Mis padres me 
 aman, My parents love me, instead of Yo soy amado de 
 mis padres, / am loved by my parents. Another and" more 
 common substitute is the reflexive verb, which will be 
 treated further on. See 154 and following sections. 
 
 By is rendered by por, if the action is an outward, visible 
 one, and preferably by de, although por may be used, when 
 the action of the verb concerns the faculties of the mind 
 and heart, as, to love, hate, fear, esteem, honor, etc.: 
 
 El perro es conducido por el The dog is led by the boy. 
 
 muchacho. 
 
 El discipulo ha sido castigado The pupil has been punished 
 
 por el maestro. by the teacher. 
 
 El mundo fiie" hecho por Dios. The world was made by God. 
 
 Ella era amada de todos por su She was loved by all for her 
 
 bondad. goodness. 
 
 V. es estimado de (por) todo el You are esteemed by every- 
 
 mundo. body. 
 
 148. When andar, ir, to go, and quedar, to remain, are 
 substituted for ser, they not infrequently imply a continuous, 
 permanent, or definite action, while estar (see 139) ex- 
 presses a state, condition, etc. : 
 
 Ande yo caliente, y riase la gente. Let me be (go) warm, and 
 
 people may laugh. 
 
 Todo va envuelto con cuidado. Everything is (goes) carefully 
 
 wrapped up. 
 
 Ahora quedo satisfecho. Now I am satisfied. 
 
 Qued6se concluido el asunto. The affair was definitely settled. 
 
VERBS IO5 
 
 Esta agitada el agua. The water is agitated. 
 
 Mi hermana esta casada en Nueva My sister is married (and lives) 
 York. in New York. 
 
 NOTE A few other verbs are similarly constructed, such as : 
 continuar, to continue, hallarse (encontrarse) , to find oneself, 
 verse, to see oneself, sentirse, to feel. 
 
 REFLEXIVE VERBS 
 
 149. Generally speaking, a reflexive verb may be said to 
 be one whose action is turned or reflected back upon a pro- 
 noun which represents the same person or thing as the 
 subject. This pronoun may be either the direct or in- 
 direct object; but the verb need not necessarily be transi- 
 tive to admit of the reflexive form. In fact, this species 
 of expression is so very common in Spanish, that almost 
 any verb, whatever its nature, may be conjugated reflex- 
 ivety. Aside from the addition of the reflexive pronouns, 
 the conjugation differs in no way from other verbs, and the 
 conjugation of a model verb, through all moods and tenses, 
 will not be requisite. The reflexive nature of the verb 
 will not always appear in the English rendering. For in- 
 stance : Me alabo, I praise myself, Se lisonjea, He flatters 
 himself ; but Me marcho, / am going (away), Nos levanta- 
 mos, We rise. 
 
 a. Note the suppression, in the imperative, of the s of 
 the first person plural, and the d of the second person 
 plural, when the pronoun is attached to the end of the 
 verb : portemonos for portemosnos, let us behave ourselves, 
 and portaos for portados-, behave yourselves. The only 
 exception is idos from irse, to go away. 
 
 REMARK. The accent has to be marked in verbs of the 3d 
 conjugation : vestios, dress yourselves. 
 
io6 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 150. MODEL VERB 
 
 Infinitive : portarse, to behave oneself. 
 Gerund : portdndose, behaving oneself. 
 
 Indicative PRESENT 
 I behave myself, etc. 
 
 me porto 
 te portas 
 V. se porta 
 se porta 
 nos portamos 
 os portdis 
 W. se portar> 
 se portan 
 
 a. Affirmative 
 
 p6rtate, behave (thou) 
 p6rtese V., behave (you) 
 p6rtese, let him behave 
 portmonos, let us behave 
 
 portaos, behave (ye) 
 p6rtense VV., behave (you) 
 p6rtense, let them behave 
 
 Subjunctive PRESENT 
 / may behave myself, etc t 
 
 me porte 
 te portes 
 V. se porte 
 se porte 
 nos portemos 
 os porteis 
 VV. se porten 
 se porten 
 
 Imperative 
 
 Negative 
 
 no te portes, behave (thou) not 
 no se porte V., behave not 
 no se porte, let him not behave 
 no nos portemos, let us not be- 
 have 
 
 no os porteis, behave (ye) not 
 no se porten VV., behave not 
 no se porten, let them not be- 
 have 
 
 Note that, in the affirmative, the reflexive pronouns follow and 
 are attached to the verb, while, in the negative, they precede ; 
 also that the negative forms of the 26. person singular and plural 
 (familiar address) differ from the affirmative. This is true of the 
 imperative of all verbs, that is, the, affirmative forms can not be used 
 with a negative ; but the corresponding persons of the present 
 subjunctive mast be substituted therefor. 
 
 See 59 to 63 for full explanation of the position of all pronouns. 
 
VERBS 
 
 TO/ 
 
 SYNOPSIS OF OTHER FORMS 
 
 b. Indicative 
 
 Imp. me portaba 
 Pret. me port 
 Fut. me portare" 
 Cond. me portaria 
 Perf. me he portado 
 Plup. me habia portado 
 P. Ant. me hube portado 
 Fut. Perf. me habr portado 
 
 Subjunctive 
 Imp. i. me portara 
 Imp. 2. me portase 
 Fut. me portare 
 Perf. me haya portado 
 Plup. i. me hubiera portado 
 Plup. 2. me hubiese portado 
 Fut. Perf. me hubiere portado 
 Cond. Perf. me habria portado 
 
 Inf. haberse portado Gerund. habie"ndose portado 
 
 151. Emphasis is secured for the reflexive pronoun by 
 using the corresponding prepositional forms of the pronoun 
 and mismo Q? propio (see 52 and 53) : 
 
 Me felicito a mi mismo. 
 
 V. se engana a si mismo. 
 
 Ella se figura a si misma. 
 
 Nos armamos a nosotros mismos. 
 
 W. se lisonjean a si mismas. 
 
 I congratulate myself. 
 You deceive yourself. 
 She imagines (to herself)- 
 We arm ourselves. 
 You flatter yourselves. 
 
 a. This form of construction is, of course, only possible, 
 where the reflexive verb is, of itself, transitive, and hence 
 capable of case-government. Should this not be so, mismo 
 must go with the subject-pronoun : 
 
 Me voy yo mismo. 
 Marche"monos nosotros mismos. 
 Ella misma se arrepiente. 
 
 I am going away myself. 
 Let's be off ourselves. 
 She herself repents. 
 
 RECIPROCAL VERBS 
 
 152. Certain reflexive verbs represent two or more per- 
 sons, or things, as mutually acting upon each other. In 
 
108 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 such cases, instead of mismos, el uno . . . el otro or uno . . . 
 otro may be used for emphasis, the first of the pair being 
 syntactically nominative, the second, governed by a prepo- 
 sition : 
 
 Nos.felicitamos el uno al otro. We congratulate each other. 
 
 VV. se acercan los unos a los otros. You approach one another. 
 
 Se aman imas a otras. They love one another. 
 
 Se chancean los unos con los otros. They joke with one another. 
 
 Se rien el uno del otro. They laugh at each other. 
 
 El hombre y la mujer se ayudan Man and woman are mutually 
 el uno al otro. helpful to each other. 
 
 OTHER REFLEXIVE CONSTRUCTIONS 
 
 153. An occasional reflexive construction occurs, in which 
 the agent is represented by a pronoun in the dative case 
 and the verb is conjugated reflexively in the third person : 
 
 Se le crey6 todo perdido. He (they) thought he had lost 
 
 everything. 
 
 Se me ha olvidado el libro. I have forgotten the book. 
 
 Se les figura que V. no vendra. They imagine you will not 
 
 come. 
 
 154. When serving as a substitute for the passive, the 
 reflexive may be employed 
 
 a. To avoid a direct personal construction : 
 
 Se me ha enterado ya. They have already told me. 
 
 No se le imputa tal cosa. We do not attribute to him any 
 
 such thing. 
 
 Se nos engafia. They or you are deceiving us. 
 
 Se me pidi6 una limosna. Some one asked alms of me. 
 
 Se me concede mas tiempo. I am granted more time. 
 
VERBS 
 
 I0 9 
 
 b. On signs and in public notices and other general 
 statements : 
 
 Se componen zapatos en seguida. Shoes mended while you wait. 
 Aqui se habla espanol. 
 
 No se regatea en nuestra casa. 
 
 En aquella fonda se come bien. 
 
 Spanish spoken here. 
 
 You don't have to drive bar- 
 gains in our house (we have 
 but one price). 
 
 In that hotel they keep a good 
 
 ' table. 
 
 c. As a true passive in speaking of things and of such 
 actions as animate beings can not perform for themselves : 
 Esa novela se escribi6 por Juan That novel was written by Juan 
 
 Valera. 
 
 Eso se cree de todo el mundo. 
 La ropa sucia se debe lavar en 
 
 casa. 
 Se venden caballos a precios bara- 
 
 tisimos. 
 
 Valera. 
 
 That is believed by everybody. 
 Dirty linen ought to be washed 
 
 at home. 
 Horses sold at very low prices. 
 
 NOTE. But whenever a wrong meaning would ensue, the verb 
 must be conjugated impersonally and the subject represented by a 
 pronoun or noun in the dative, usually by both, when the noun is 
 necessarily expressed : 
 
 John was asked. 
 
 The horse will be thrown into 
 
 the water. 
 They were killed at once. 
 
 A Juan se le pregunt6. 
 
 Al caballo se le arrojara al agua. 
 
 Se les mat6 en el acto. 
 No se les puede creer. 
 But 
 
 Juan se pregunt6. 
 
 El caballo se arrojara al agua. 
 
 Se mataron en el acto. 
 No se pueden creer. 
 
 They can not be believed. 
 
 John asked himself. 
 
 The horse will throw himself 
 
 into the water. 
 
 They killed each other at once. 
 They can not believe each other. 
 
no 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 155. There is a certain- use of the reflexive pronoun, 
 which is evidently an echo of the Latin dative of advantage 
 and disadvantage : 
 
 Me lo bebi todo. I drank it all (to myself). 
 
 Se come las uvas con gran sabor. He eats the grapes with much 
 
 relish. 
 Se los tragaron uno a uno. They swallowed them down one 
 
 by one. 
 Me hall una buena colocaci6n. I found me a good position. 
 
 156. Intransitive verbs used impersonally take the re- 
 flexive pronoun to limit their meaning. From this has 
 doubtless come the custom of applying the reflexive to 
 such verbs conjugated personally: 
 
 Se vive bien en esta ciudad. 
 Por aqui se va a la entrada. 
 No*se entra por esta puerta. 
 
 Estemonos bajo el toldo. 
 
 " rase un hombre a una nariz 
 
 pegado." 
 Me quedar aqui por dos dias. 
 
 Living is pleasant in this city. 
 
 This is the way to the entrance. 
 
 No entrance allowed by this 
 door. 
 
 Let's stand under the awning. 
 
 "There was (once) a man at- 
 tached to a nose." 
 
 I shall remain here for two 
 days. 
 
 157. While the use or omission of the reflexive with 
 some intransitive verbs makes no appreciable difference 
 in meaning, with others it does. Such are : 
 
 Ir, to go. 
 
 Marchar, to march. 
 Venir, to come. 
 Volar, to fly. 
 Dormir, to sleep. 
 Morir, to die. 
 
 Irse, to go away. 
 Marcharse, to go away. 
 Venirse, to come along. 
 Volarse, to fly away. 
 Dormirse, to go to sleep. 
 Morirse, to be dying. 
 
VERBS 1 1 1 
 
 IMPERSONAL VERBS 
 
 158. Strictly defined, an impersonal verb should be one 
 which has no personal agent, but this definition must not 
 be taken too literally. Where not susceptible of a personal 
 construction, these verbs are confined to the infinitive, the 
 gerund, and the third person singular of the various moods 
 and tenses. The most generally impersonal are those 
 which indicate the workings of the laws of nature, but even 
 in their case, Dios t God, and some few other words are, at 
 times, employed as personal subjects. The most common 
 of this class only will be here given : 
 
 Infinitive Pres. Ind. Pres. Sub. 
 
 Alborear, to dawn. alborea. alboree. 
 
 Amanecer, to dawn. amanece. amanezca. 
 
 Anochecer, to become night. anochece. anochezca. 
 
 Escampar, to stop raining. escampa. escampe. 
 
 Granizar, to hail. graniza. granice. 
 
 Helar, to freeze. hiela. hiele. 
 
 Deshelar, to thaw. deshiela. deshiele. 
 
 Llover, to rain. llueve. llueva. 
 
 Lloviznar, to drizzle. # llovizna. llovizne. 
 
 Nevar, to snow. nieva. nieve. 
 
 Tronar, to thunder. truena. truene. 
 
 Relampaguear, to lighten. relampaguea. relampaguee. 
 
 a. The other tenses of the above are all regular and 
 follow the conjugations indicated by their respective in- 
 finitive endings. Amanecer and anochecer are used per- 
 sonally in the sense of to arrive at dawn and to arrive at 
 nightfall : 
 
 Amaneci en Madrid y anocheci I arrived in Madrid at dawn 
 
 en Segovia. and in Segovia at nightfall. 
 
 Amaneceran mejores dias. Better days will dawn. 
 
112 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 b. Hacer, to do, to make (conjugated in 197), is used 
 impersonally in numerous combinations in speaking of the 
 weather and time : 
 
 Hace calor, frio. 
 
 Hacia buen, mal tiempo. 
 
 Hizo viento, sol, lima. 
 
 Hara fresco en la sombra. 
 Hace un ano, dos rneses, ocho 
 dias, un siglo. 
 
 It is hot, cold. 
 
 It was good, bad weather. 
 
 It was windy, the sun shone, 
 
 there was moonlight. 
 It will be cool in the shade. 
 A year, two months, eight days, 
 
 a century ago. 
 
 See 137, b, for haber used impersonally." 
 
 159. The following are used both personally and im- 
 personally but, from their nature, usually in the third 
 person : 
 
 Acaecer, ^ Constar, to be evident. 
 
 Acontecer, I to ha PP en > Convenir, to suit, be proper. 
 
 Suceder, J " Importar, to concern, be im- 
 
 portant. 
 Bastar, to suffice. Parecer, to seem, appear. 
 
 160. There are numerous other expressions which occur 
 impersonally. Some of the more important will be seen 
 in the following : 
 
 Mas vale tarde que nunca. 
 
 Mas valdria or mejor seria que 
 
 viniera. 
 
 Es precise, necesario. 
 Es ve.rdad, mentira. 
 <: Qu hora es? 0riqu6 horas son? What time, what o'clock is it? 
 
 It is one o'clock, it is two 
 o'clock, etc. 
 
 It is better late than never. 
 It would be better that he 
 
 came. 
 
 It is necessary. 
 It is true, false. 
 
 Es la una, son las dos, etc. 
 Se dice, diz, dicen. 
 
 It is said, they say. 
 
VERBS 113 
 
 Note, in the last line, the impersonal use of the third person 
 plural : dicen. This construction occurs with other verbs and is 
 exactly analogous to our English indefinite they say, they think, etc. 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS 
 
 161. In the broadest sense, an irregular verb is one 
 whose conjugation does not agree in every particular with 
 one of the three model verbs given in 142. So denned, 
 there are over eight hundred irregular verbs in Spanish, 
 and if each one had to be learned individually, it would be 
 a formidable task ; but it is found that all but about thirty 
 may be arranged in certain classes, in which the variation 
 from the model will be regular and constant. Many of 
 these variations are mere letter-changes made to conform 
 to the Spanish method of spelling. These have been fully 
 explained in 143, and should now be reviewed and mas- 
 tered. The rules for the formation of tenses, set forth in 
 145, should also be learned. 
 
 162. In the development of Spanish words from Latin, 
 it is found that e breaks up into ie and o into ue whenever 
 the tonic (syllabic) accent falls on these letters : 
 
 LATIN SPANISH 
 
 Dens (dentis}, tooth. diente. 
 
 Certus, certain. cierto. 
 
 Nego, I deny. niego. 
 
 Fans (fontis), fountain. fuente. 
 
 Bonus, good. bueno. 
 
 Dormio, I sleep. duermo. 
 
 It is of trie highest importance to keep this simple prin- 
 ciple in mind when learning Spanish irregular verbs, as the 
 greater number have no other irregularities. It will be 
 
 SPAN. GRAM. 8 
 
114 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 seen that the vowel changes under the influence of the 
 tonic accent, but as soon as this accent shifts to another 
 syllable, the original vowel is restored. This vowel-change 
 is indicated by heavy type, which is also used to call atten- 
 tion to the stems from which the derivative tenses are 
 formed (see 145). 
 
 NOTE. As usted and ustedes take always the same form as the 
 third person : us fed, el ama, ustedes, ellos aman, only one form for 
 both will be given in conjugating the irregular verbs. 
 
 163. All verbs referrible to any one of the following 
 classes have uniformly the same irregularities that appear 
 in the model-verb of their respective classes, and no others, 
 where none are specified. As the imperative of the first 
 person singular occurs very seldom, and its existence is 
 even denied by some grammarians, it will not be given in 
 the irregular verbs. 
 
 CLASS I 
 
 164. Pienso, pensar, pense, pensado, to think. 
 
 Pres. Ind. piens-o, piensas, piensa, pensamos, pensais, piensan. 
 Pres. Sub. piens-e, pienses, piense, pensemos, pensais, piensen. 
 Imperat. piensa, piense, pensemos, pensad, piensen. 
 
 REGULAR TENSES 
 
 Imperf. pensaba, -abas, -aba, pensabamos, pensabais, pensaban. 
 Fut. pensar-^, -as, -d, pensaremos, pensareis, pensaran. 
 Cond. pensar- ia, -ias, -ia, pensariamos, pensariais, pensarian. 
 Gerund, pensando. 
 Pret. pense", pensastc, pens6, pensamos, pensasteis, pensa-ron. 
 
 1. Imp. Sub. pensa-ra, -ras, -ra, pensaramos, pensareis, pensaran. 
 
 2. Imp. Sub. pensa-se, -ses, -se, pensasemos, pensaseis, pensasen. 
 Fut. Sub. pensa-re, -res, -re, pensaremos, pensareis, pensaren. 
 
VERBS 1 1 5 
 
 165. Errar, to err, miss, falls under Class I> but is also 
 subject to the orthographic law laid down in 143, d. 
 Hence : 
 
 Pres. Ind. yerr-o, yerras, yerra, erramos, errais, yerran. 
 Pres. Sub. yerr-e, yerres, yerre, erremos, errais, yerren. 
 Imperat. yerra, yerre, erremos, errad, yerren. 
 
 Other tenses like pensar above. 
 
 166. Entiendo, entender, entendi, entendido, to under- 
 stand. 
 
 Pres. Ind. entiend-o, entiendes, entiende, entendemos, -eis, en- 
 
 tienden. 
 
 Pres. Sub. entiend-a, -as, -a, entendamos, entendais, entiendan. 
 Imperat. entiende, entienda, entendamos, entended, entiendan. 
 
 REGULAR TENSES 
 
 Imperf. entendia, -ias, -ia, entendiamos, entendiais, entendian. 
 Put. entender-e", -as, -d, entenderemos, entenderis, entenderan. 
 Cond. entender-ia, -ias, -ia, entenderiamos, entenderiais, enten- 
 
 derian. 
 
 Gerund, entendiendo. 
 Pret. entendi, -iste, -i6, entendimbs, entendisteis, entendie-ron. 
 
 1. Imp. Sub. entendie-ra, -ras, -ra, entendie"ramos, entendierais, 
 
 entendieran. 
 
 2. Imp. Sub. entendie-se, -ses, -se, entendie"semos, entendieseis, 
 
 entendiesen. 
 
 Put. Sub. entendie-re, -res, -re, entendieremos, entendiereis, en- 
 tendieren. 
 
 CLASS II 
 
 167. Cuento, contar, conte, contado, to count, relate. 
 
 Pres. Ind. cuent-o, cuentas, cuenta, contamos, contais, cuentan. 
 Pres. Sub. cuent-e, cuentes, cuente, contemos, conte"is, cuenten. 
 Imperat. cuenta, cuente, contemos, contad, cuenten. 
 
Il6 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 REGULAR TENSES 
 
 Imperf. contaba, -abas, -aba, contabamos, contabais, contaban. 
 Put. contar-e, -as, -a, contaremos, contare"is, contaran. 
 Cond. contar-ia, ^ias, -ia, contariamos, contariais, contarian. 
 Gerund, contando. 
 Pret. cont-e", -aste, -6, contamos, contasteis, conta-ron. 
 
 1. Imp. Sub. conta-ra, -ras, -ra, contaramos, contarais, contaran. 
 
 2. Imp. Sub. conta-se, -ses, -se, contasemos, contaseis, contasen. 
 Fut. Sub. conta-re, -res, -re, contaremos, contareis, contaren. 
 
 a. When g precedes the tonic o in verbs of this class, a 
 diaeresis must be placed over the u, when o becomes ue. 
 In all other respects they are conjugated like contar : 
 
 Degiiello, degollar, degolle, degollado, to behead. 
 
 Pres. Ind. degiiell-o, -iiellas, -iiella, degollamos, -ais, degiiellan. 
 Pres. Sub. degiiell-e, -es, -e, degollemos, degolle"is, degiiellen. 
 Imperat. degiiella, -iielle, degollemos, degollad, degiiellen. 
 
 168. The u of jugar becomes ue analogously to the o of 
 contar, and g changes to git before e in accordance with 
 143, 2. Hence: 
 
 Juego, jugar, jugue, jugado, to play. 
 
 Pres. Ind. jueg-o, juegas, juega, jugamos, jugais, juegan. 
 Pres. Sub. juegu-e, juegues, juegue, juguemos, jugue"is, jueguen. 
 Imperat. juega, juegue, juguemos, jugad, jueguen. 
 Pret. jugue", jugaste, jug6, jugamos, -asteis, jugaron. 
 
 Other tenses like contar above. 
 
 169. Desosar, to bone, and desovar, to spawn, take h 
 before ue. 
 
 Pres. Ind. deshues-o, -as, -a, desosamos, -ais, deshuesan. 
 Pres. Sub. deshues-e, -es, -e, desosemos, -is, deshuesen. 
 Imperat. desues-a, -e, desosemos, desosad, deshuesen. 
 
 And so desovar. Other tenses regular. 
 
VERBS 117 
 
 170. Muerdo, morder, mordi, mordido, to bite. 
 
 Pres. Ind. muerd-o, -es, -e, mordemos, morde"is, muerden. 
 Pres. Sub. muerd-a, -as, -a, mordamos, mordais, muerdan. 
 Imperat. muerd-e, muerda, mordamos, morded, muerdan. 
 
 REGULAR TENSES 
 
 Imperf. mordia, -ias, -ia, mordiamos, mordiais, mordian. 
 Fut. morder-, -as, -a, morderemos. mordere"is, morderan. 
 Cond. morder-ia, -ias, -ia, morderiamos, morderiais, mordenan. 
 Gerund, mordiendo. 
 Pret. mordi, -iste, -16, mordimos, mordisteis, mordie-roti. 
 
 1. Imp. Sub. mordie-ra, -ras, -ra, mordie"ramos, mordiefais t mo* 
 
 dieran. 
 
 2. Imp. Sub. mordie-se, -ses, -se, mordie"semos, mordieseis, mor- 
 
 diesen. 
 Fut. Sub. mordie-re, -res, -re, mordie'remos, mordiereis, mordieren. 
 
 171. Vuelvo, volver, volvf, vuelto, to return. 
 Absuelvo, absolver, absolvi, absuelto, to absolve. 
 Disuelvo, disolver, disolvi, disuelto, to dissolve. 
 Resuelvo, resolver, resolvi, resuelto, to resolve. 
 
 All verbs in -olver change their stem-vowels like morder y 
 and have the past participle in -uelto, but are otherwise 
 regular in their class. 
 
 172. Tonic o of oler changes to hue. The addition of 
 this // is a device dating from the time when it was necessary 
 to distinguish the initial vowel u from the consonant u (v). 
 
 Huelo, oler, oil, olido, to smell. 
 
 Pres. Ind. huel-o, hueles, huele, olemos, ole"is, huelen. 
 Pres. Sub. huel-a, huelas, huela, olamos, olais, huelan. 
 Imperat. huele, huela, olamos, oled, huelan. 
 Olia, olere", oleria, oli, oliera, oliese, oliere. 
 Gerund, oliendo. 
 
Il8 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 CLASS III 
 
 173. Verbs of this class belong exclusively to the third 
 conjugation. They not only break up the tonic vowels e 
 and o into ie and ue respectively, but substitute i and u for 
 them in the first and second persons plural of the subjunc- 
 tive and first person plural of the imperative as well as in 
 third person singular and plural of the preterit and the 
 tenses derived from the latter. 
 
 174. Siento, sentir, sentf, sentido, to feel, regret. 
 
 Pres. Ind. sient-o, sientes, siente, sentimos, sentis, sienten. 
 Pres. Sub. sient-a, sientas, sienta, sintamos, sintais, sientan. 
 Imperat. siente, sienta, sintamos, sentid, sientan. 
 Imperf. sentia, -ias, -ia, sentiamos, sentiais, sentian. 
 Fut. sentir-e", -as, -a, sentiremos, sentirels, sentiran. 
 Cond. sentir-ia, -ias, -ia, sentiriamos, sentiriais, sentirian. 
 Pret. senti, -iste, sinti6, sentimos, sentisteis, sintie-ron. 
 
 1. Imp. Sub. sintie-ra, -ras, -ra, sintie"ramos, sintierais, sintieran. 
 
 2. Imp. Sub. sintie-se, -ses, -se, sintie"semos, sintieseis, sintiesen. 
 Fut. Sub. sintie-re, -res, -re, sintiremos, sintiereis, sintieren. 
 Gerund, sintiendo. 
 
 175. Erguir, to straighten up, to strut with pride, has as 
 a tonic stem either yerg or irg. Elsewhere it follows the 
 conjugation of sentir. 
 
 ' I erguir, ergui, erguido. 
 Irgo, J 
 
 Pres. Ind. yerg-o, yergues, -e, j j fa fyerguen. 
 
 irg-o, irgues, -e, J [ irguen. 
 
 Pres. Sub. yerga, -as, -a, h s> { Ais (yergan. 
 
 irga, -as, -a, j ^irgan. 
 
 Imperat. yergue, yerga, | . id | yergan. 
 
 irgue, irga, j ( irgan. 
 
VERBS 119 
 
 Pret. ergui, -iste, irgui6, erguimos, erguisteis, irguie-ron. 
 Sub. i. irguie-ra, 2. irguie-se, Put. Sub. irguie-re. 
 Gerund, irguiendo. 
 
 176. The present stem-vowel of adquirir, to acquire, and 
 inquirir, to inquire for, changes to ie, when accented, like 
 the e of sentir, but remains intact elsewhere : 
 
 Adquiero, adquirir, adquiri, adquirido. 
 
 Inquiero, inquirir, inquiri, inquirido. 
 
 Pres. Ind. adquier-o, -es, -e, adquirimos, adquiris, adquieren. 
 
 Pres. Sub. adquier-a, -as, -a, adquiramos, adquirais, adquieran. 
 
 Imperat. adquier-e, -a, adquiramos, adquirid, adquieran. 
 
 And so inquirir. All other parts regular. 
 
 177. Duermo, dormir, dormi, dormido, to sleep. 
 
 Pres. Ind. duerm-o, duermes, duerme, dormimos, dormis, duermen. 
 Pres. Sub. duerm-a, -as, -a, durm^imos, durmais, duerman. 
 Imperat. duerm-e, duerma, durmamos, dormid, duerman. 
 Imperf. dormia, -ias, -ia, dormiamos, dormiais, dormian. 
 Fut. dormir-e", -as, -a, dormiremos, dormire"is, dormiran. 
 Cond. dormir-ia, -ias, -ia, dormiriamos, dormiriais, dormirian. 
 Pret. dormi, -iste, durmi6, dormimos, dormisteis, durmie-ron. 
 
 1. Imp. Sub. durmie-ra, -ras, -ra, durmie'ramos, -erais, durmieran. 
 
 2. Imp. Sub. durmie-se, -ses, -se, durmie'semos, -eseis, durmiesen. 
 Fut. Sub. durmie-re, -res, -re, durmie"remos, -ereis, durmieren. 
 Gerund, durmiendo. 
 
 178. Morir, to die, premorir, to die before another, are 
 conjugated exactly like dortnir above, but have the past 
 participles muerto and premuerto. 
 
 NOTE. The past participle muerto is also used with an active 
 signification : 
 
 Fu6 muerto uno de ellos. One of them was killed. 
 
 El policia ha muerto al Iadr6n. The policeman has killed the 
 
 thief. 
 
I2O SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 179. Pudrir and podrir, to rot, has had a double conjuga- 
 tion based on the two infinitives, but, excepting the past 
 participle podrido, the Spanish Academy recommends that 
 it be conjugated regularly throughout QT\ pudrir. 
 
 CLASS IV 
 
 180. In the conjugation of verbs of the fourth class the 
 e of the infinitive stem, when accented, becomes i. This 
 change is likewise extended to the unaccented stem-vowel 
 in the third persons singular and plural of the preterit and 
 to the derivative forms of the latter. 
 
 181. Pido, pedir, pedi, pedido, to ask for, beg. 
 
 Pres. Ind. pid-o, pides, pide, pedimos, pedis, piden. 
 Pres. Sub. pid-a, pidas, pida, pidamos, pidais, pidan. 
 Imperat. pide, pida, pidamos, pedid, pidan. 
 Imperf. pedia, -ias, -la, pediamos, pediais, pedian. 
 Fut. pedir-e", -as, -a, pediremos, pedirels, pediran. 
 Cond. pedir-ia, -ias, -ia, pediriamos, pediriais, pedirian. 
 Pret. pedi, -iste, pidi6, pedimos, pedisteis, pidie-ron. 
 
 1. /;;//. Sub. pidie-ra, -ras, -ra, pidie"ramos, pidierais, pidieran. 
 
 2. Imp. Sub. pidie-se, -ses, -se, pidiesemos, -eseis, pidiesen. 
 Fut. Sub. pidie-re, -res, -re, pidie"remos, -ereis, pidieren. 
 Gerund, pidiendo. 
 
 182. Verbs of this class terminating in -eir not only 
 change e, when accented, to,/, but also lose this i before id 
 and ie of the preterit and its derivatives. The written 
 accent is also necessary to separate certain vowels. 
 
 Desli'o, desleir, deslei, desleido, to dilute. 
 
 Pres. Ind. desli-o, deslies, deslie, desleimos, desleis, deslien. 
 Pres. Sub. desli-a, -ias, -ia, desliamos, desliais, deslian. 
 Imperat. deslie, deslia, desliamos, desleid, deslian. 
 
VERBS 121 
 
 Imperf. desleia, desleias, desleia, desleiamos, desleiais, desleian. 
 Fut. desleir-6, -as, -a, desleiremos, desleire"is, desleiran. 
 Cond. desleir-ia, -ias, -ia, desleiriamos, desleiriais, desleirian. 
 Pret. deslei, desleiste, desli6, desleimos, -isteis, deslie-ron. 
 
 1. Imp. Sub. deslie-ra, -ras, -ra, deslieramos, -erais, deslieran. 
 
 2. Imp. Sub. deslie-se, -ses, -se, deslisemos, -ieseis, desliesen. 
 Fut. Sub. deslie-re, -res, -re, deslie"remos, -ereis, deslieren. 
 Gerund, desliendo. 
 
 a. Reir is conjugated like desleir, but may retain 
 the i in the preterit stem and its derivatives, and the 
 following i then changes to 7, according to rule (143, d) : 
 
 Riy6, riye-ron, riyera, riyese, riyere, riyendo, for ri6, etc. 
 
 183. The following have two past participles : 
 
 Freir, to fry, freido and frito. 
 
 Refreir, to overfry, refreido " refrito. 
 
 Sofreir, to underfry, sofreido " sofrito. 
 
 CLASS V 
 
 184. To the fifth class belong all verbs in -uir (except 
 inmiscuirse, to meddle with) and -giiir. Their peculiarity 
 is that, except before z, they retain, in the present stem, 
 the i of the infinitive, and this z, falling between two 
 vowels, is consonantized to y according to the orthographic 
 law stated in 143, d. The diaeresis of those in -giiir is 
 dropped as unnecessary before the consonant y. 
 
 185. Huyd, huir, hui, huido, to flee, run away. 
 
 Pres. ~Ind. huy-o, huyes, huye, huimos, huis, huyen. 
 Pres. Sub. huy-a, -as, -a, huyamos, huyais, huyan. 
 Imperat. huye, huya, huyamos, huid, huyan. 
 Imperf. huia, -ias, -ia, huiamos, huiais, huian. 
 Fut. huir- ? -as, -a, huiremos, huireis, huirdn, 
 
122 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Cond. huir-ia, -ias, -ia, huiriamos, huiriais, huirian. 
 Pret. hui, -iste, huyo, huimos, huisteis, huye-ron. 
 
 1. Imp. Sub. huye-ra, -ras, -ra, huyeramos, -erais, huyeran. 
 
 2. Imp. Sub. huye-se, -ses, -se, huye"semos, -eseis, huyesen. 
 Put. Sub. huye-re, -res, -re, huye'remos, -ereis, huyeren. 
 Gerund, huyendo. 
 
 186. Arguyo, arguir, argiii, argiiido, to argue. 
 
 Pres. Ind. arguy-o, arguyes, arguye, arguimos, argiiis, arguyen. 
 Pres. Sub. arguy-a, -as, -a, arguyamos, arguyais, arguyan. 
 Imperat. arguye, arguya, arguyamos, argiiid, arguyan. 
 Imperf. argiiia, -ias, -ia, argiiiamos, argiiiais, argiiian. 
 Put. arguir-e", -as, -a, argiiiremos, argiiire'is, argiiirdn. 
 Cond. argiiir-ia, -ias, -ia, arguiriamos, -iais, argiiirian. 
 Pret. argiii, -iste, arguy6, arguimos, argiiisteis, arguye-ron. 
 
 1. Imp. Sub. arguye-ra, -ras, -ra, arguyeramos, -erais, arguyeran. 
 
 2. Imp. Sub. arguye-se, -ses, -se, arguye" semos, -eseis, arguyesen. 
 Put. Sub. arguye-re, -res, -re, arguye"rernos, -ereis, arguyeren. 
 Gerund, arguyendo. 
 
 UNCLASSABLE IRREGULAR VERBS 
 
 187. A few verbs, while having in some tenses certain 
 irregularities in common, vary in others to such an extent 
 that it becomes impossible to make a logical classification. 
 The best that can be done is to group together those that 
 have similarities of tense-formation in order that these 
 may be easily seen and associated in the mind. As the 
 regular endings have been repeated so often, it is not 
 now deemed necessary to give the conjugation of every 
 verb in full. 
 
 188. Ando, andar, anduve, andado, to go, walk. 
 
 Pres. Ind. and-o, -as, -a, -amos, -ais, andan. 
 Pres. Sub. and-e, -es, -e, -emos, -e"is, anden. 
 
VERBS 123 
 
 Imperat. and-a, -e, -emos, andad, anden. 
 
 Imperf. and-aba, -abas, -aba, -abamos, -abais, andaban. 
 
 Put. andar, Cond. andaria. 
 
 Gerund, andando. 
 
 Pret. anduve, anduviste, anduvo, -imos, -isteis, anduvie-ron. 
 
 1. Imp. Sub. anduvie-ra, -ras, -ra, -frames, -erais, anduvieran. 
 
 2. Imp. Sub. anduvie-se, -ses, -se, -esemos, -eseis, anduviesen. 
 Fut. Sub. anduvie-re, -res, -re, -remos, -ereis, anduvieren. 
 
 ^x 
 
 NOTE. Andar is to go, to walk, with no definite aim, and 
 hence would be said of animals and things, but is not confined to 
 them. Ir is to go when the aim or limit is named : 
 
 El barco, mi reloj, el caballo, la The ship, my watch, the horse, 
 maquina anda bien. the engine goes well. 
 
 But 
 
 Yo voy a casa, a palacio, a la I am going home, to the palace, 
 iglesia, al baile. to the church, to the ball. 
 
 189. Doy, dar, df, dado, to give. 
 
 Pres. Ind. d-oy, das, da, damos, dais, dan. 
 
 Pres. Sub. d-e, des, de, demos, de~is, den. 
 
 Imperat. da, de, demos, dad, den. 
 
 Imperf. daba, dabas, daba, etc. 
 
 Fut. dar-, Cond. dar-ia. 
 
 Gerund, dando. 
 
 Pret. di, diste, di6, dimos, disteis, die-ron. 
 
 Imp. Sub. i. die-ra, 2. die-se, Fut. Sub. die- re. 
 
 Idioms with dar. 
 
 Doy a usted los buenos dias. Good morning to you, or I 
 
 wish you good day. 
 
 Dar el pesame. To condole. 
 
 Dar a Iuz To publish, bring to light. 
 
124 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 El reloj va a dar las cinco. The clock is going to strike five. 
 
 Dar con alguno. To fall in with, to meet any one. 
 
 La ventana da a la calle. The window opens on the street. 
 
 Da cuerda a su reloj. He winds up his watch. 
 
 Vamos a dar un paseo. Let's take a walk. 
 
 No se me da un higo. I don't care a fig. 
 
 A mi me da lo mismo. It's all the same to me. 
 
 El nino di6 a reir. The child began to laugh. 
 
 190. Asgo, asir, asi, asido, to seize. 
 
 Pres. Ind. asg-o, ases, ase, asimos, asis, asen. 
 
 Pres. Sub. asg-a, asgas, asga, asgamos, asgais, asgan. 
 
 Imperat. ase, asga, asgamos, asid, asgan. 
 
 Regular, asia, asir-, asir-ia, asiendo, asi, asiera, asiese, asiere. 
 
 NOTE. The irregular forms of asir are rarely used. 
 
 191. Yazco, yazgo, yago, yacer, yaci, yacido, to lie, 
 recline. 
 
 Pres. Ind. yazc-o, yazg-o, yag-o, yaces, -e, yacemos, -e"is, yacen. 
 Pres. Sub. yazc-a, yazg-a, yag-a, -as, -a, -amos, -ais, -an. 
 Imperat. yace or yaz tii, yazc-a, etc., yasc-amos, yaced, yazcan, etc. 
 Regular, yacia, yacere", yaceria, yaciendo, yaci, yaciera, yaciese, 
 yaciere. 
 
 192. Caigo, caer, cai, cai'do, to fall. , 
 
 Pres. Ind. caig-o, caes, cae, caemos, cae"is, caen. 
 Pres. Sub. caig-a, caigas, caiga, caigamos, caigais, caigan. 
 Imperat. cae, caiga, caigamos, caed, caigan. 
 Imperf. caia, caias, caia, caiamos, caiais, caian. 
 Fut. caere", caeras, etc., Cond. caeria, caerias, etc. 
 Pret. cai, caiste, cay6, caimos, caisteis, caye-ron. 
 Imp. Sub. \. cayera, 2. cayese, Fut. Sub. cayere. 
 Gerund, cayendo. 
 
VERBS 125 
 
 Idioms with caer. 
 
 Va caigo en ello. Now I have it (understand it) . 
 
 Las ventanas caen al rio. The windows overlook the river. 
 
 Se cayo en la cuenta de que ... It was discovered that . . . 
 
 Ese traje le cae a usted bien. That suit becomes you very well. 
 
 Cai malo (enfermo) en Madrid. I fell sick in Madrid. 
 
 'Este color cae bien con este This color matches this other 
 
 otro. one very well. 
 
 Al caer el sol. At sunset. 
 
 Estoy cayendome de sueno. I am ready to drop with sleep. 
 
 193. Traigo, traer, traje, trai'do, to bring. 
 
 Pres. 2nd. traig-o, traes, trae, traemos, trae"is, traen. 
 
 Pres. Sub. traig-a, traigas, traiga, traigamos, traigais, traigan. 
 
 Imperat. trae, traiga, traigamos, traed, traigan. 
 
 Imperf. traia, traias, traia, traiamos, teaiais, traian. 
 
 Fut. traere", traeras, etc., Cond. traeria, traerias, etc. 
 
 Gerund, trayendo. 
 
 Pret. traje, -iste, trajo, trajimos, trajisteis, traje-ron. 
 
 Imp. Sub. i. trajera, 2. trajese, Fut. Sub. trajere. 
 
 194. Oigo, oi'r, of, oido, to hear. , 
 
 Pres. Ind. oig-o, oyes, oye, oimos, ois, oyen. 
 Pres. Sub. oig-a, oigas, oiga, oigamos, oigais, oigan. 
 Imperat. oye, oiga, oigamos, old, oigan. 
 Imperf. oia, oias, oia, oiamos, oiais, oian. 
 s Fut. oire, oiras, etc., Cond. oiria, oirias, etc. 
 Pret. oi, oiste, oy6, oimos, oisteis, oye-ron. 
 Imp. Sub. i. oyera, 2. oyese, Fut. Sub. oyere. 
 Gerund, oyendo. 
 
 195. Digo, decir, dije, dicho, to say, tell. 
 
 Gerund, diciendo. 
 
 Pres. Ind. dig-o, dices, dice, decimos, decis, dicen. 
 
126 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Pres. Sub. dig-a, digas, diga, digamos, digais, digan. 
 
 Imperat. di, diga, digamos, decid, digan. 
 
 Imperf. decia, decias, decia, deciamos, deciais, decian. 
 
 Put. dire, diras, dira, diremos, dire"is, diran. 
 
 Cond. dir-ia, dirias, diria, diriamos, diriais, dirian. 
 
 Pret. dije, dijiste, dijo, dijimos, dijisteis, dije-ron. 
 
 Imp. Sud. i. dijera, 2. dijese, Fut. Sub. dijere. 
 
 NOTE. An antiquated form diz for dice still occurs, in familiar 
 style, in the sense of dicese, it is said, or dicen, they say : Diz que 
 habrd guerra, It is said (they say) there will be war. 
 
 196. Like decir are conjugated all its compounds with a 
 few variations. Among these are : 
 
 ist. That they all have the imperative second person 
 singular -dice instead of -di. 
 
 2d. That bendecir, to bless, and maldecir, to curse, have, 
 besides bendicho and maldicho, the older participles bendito 
 and maldito ; although the latter are only used as adjectives. 
 
 3d. That these two, while occasionally occurring with 
 the contracted future of decir, now regularly have the 
 future stem -decir: 
 
 Fut. bendecire, bendeciras, etc., Cond. bendecir-ia, -ias, etc. 
 Fut. maldecire", maldeciras, etc., Cond. maldecir-ia, -ias, etc. 
 
 197. Hago, hacer, nice, hecho, to do, make. 
 
 Gerund, haciendo. 
 
 Pres. Ind. hag-o, haces, hace, hacemos, haceMs, hacen. 
 Pres. Sub. hag-a, hagas, haga, hagamos, hagais, hagan. 
 Imperat. haz, haga, hagamos, haced, hagan. 
 Imperf. hacia, hacias, hacia, haciamos, haciais, hacian. 
 Fut. har-e", haras, hard, haremos, hare"is, haran. 
 Cond. har-ia, harias, haria, hariamos, hariais, harian. 
 Pret. hice, -iste, hizo, hicimos, hicisteis, hicie-ron. 
 Imp. Sub. i. hicie-ra, 2. hiciese, Fut. Sub. hiciere. 
 
VERBS 
 
 127 
 
 Idioms. Hacer occurs in numerous idiomatic expressions, 
 some of which we have seen in 158, b. A few others 
 are : 
 
 Yo hago hacer un traje nuevo. 
 Voy a hacerme la barba. 
 Hace las veces del capitan. 
 
 Ese actor hace el papel de Hamlet. 
 
 Ha hecho bancarrota. 
 Lo hare venir manana. 
 Hacia de escribano ayer. 
 
 Hizo gran papel en Paris. 
 
 Hacer cara or frente a . . . 
 Hacer penetencia con alguno. 
 Hicimos vela or nos hicimos a la 
 
 vela para San Juan. 
 Hago por acabarlo. 
 
 I am having made a new suit. 
 
 I am going to shave. 
 
 He is discharging the duties of 
 the captain. 
 
 That actor plays the part of 
 Hamlet. 
 
 He has failed (in business). 
 
 I will send for it to-morrow. 
 
 He was acting as notary yester- 
 day. 
 
 He cut a great figure in 
 Paris. 
 
 To face, to resist . . . 
 
 To take pot-luck with any one. 
 
 We set sail for San Juan. 
 
 I am trying to finish it. 
 
 198. All the compounds of hacer are conjugated like it. 
 Some of them appear with the older form -facer, but this 
 does not cause them to vary from those in -hacer. Satis- 
 facer, to satisfy, alone has the two imperatives satisfaz and 
 satisface tu. The Academy condemns the regular forms 
 satisf&ciera, satisf&ciese, and satisf&ciere, which are some- 
 times found. 
 
 199. Salgo, salir, sail, salido, to go or come oiit, depart. 
 
 Pres. Ind. salg-o, sales, sale, salimos, sails, salen. 
 Pres. Sub. salg-a, saigas, saiga, salgamos, salgais, salgan. 
 Imperat. sal, saiga, salgamos, salid, salgan. 
 Imperf. salia, salias, salia, saliamos, saliais, salian. 
 
128 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Fut. saldr-e, -as, -a, saldremos, saldreis, saldran. 
 
 Cond. saldr-ia, -ias, -ia, saldriamos, saldriais, saldrian. 
 Pret. sail, saliste, sali6, salimos, salisteis, salie-ron. , 
 
 Imp. Sub. i. saliera, 2. saliese, Fut. Sub. saliere. 
 
 Gerund, saliendo. 
 
 Idioms with salir. 
 
 El sol sale. The sun rises. 
 
 Saiga lo que saliere. Come out of it what may. 
 
 El caballo me sali6 en cien pesos. The horse cost me a hundred 
 
 dollars. 
 
 El libro saldra a luz el diez del The book will be published on 
 corriente. the loth of the current 
 
 month. 
 
 Ella salia de si. She was in raptures. 
 
 Ese barril se sale. This barrel leaks. 
 
 Ha salido con la suya. He has carried his point. 
 
 A causa del arancel salen caros Because of the tariff, those 
 
 esos generos. goods come dear. 
 
 Salir a caballo, en coche. To go riding, driving. 
 
 200. Valgo, valer, vali, valido, to be worth. 
 
 Pres. Ind. valg-o, vales, vale, valemos, valis, valen. 
 Pres. Sub. valg-a, valgas, valga, valgamos, valgais, valgan. 
 Imperat. val or vale, valga, valgamos, valed, valgan. 
 Imperf. valia, valias, valia, valiamos, valiais, valian. 
 Fut. valdr-, -as, -a, valdremos, valdreis, valdran. 
 , Cond. valdr-ia, -ias, -ia, valdriamos, valdriais, valdrian. 
 Pret. vali, -iste, vali6, valimos, valisteis, valie-ron. 
 Imp. Sub. i. valiera, 2. valiese, Fut. Sub. valiere. 
 Gerund, valiendo. 
 
 Idioms with valer. 
 
 Mas vale saber que haber. Wisdom is better than riches. 
 
 No vale la pena de hacerlo. It is not worth while to do it. 
 
VERBS 129 
 
 No se valdra de su ventaja. He will not avail himself of his 
 
 advantage. 
 
 i Valgame Dios ! Good gracious ! Gracious me ! 
 
 Vale lo que pesa. He is worth his weight (in gold) . 
 
 Mas vale tarde que nunca. Better late than never. 
 
 Sera dificil hacerlo valer. It will be difficult to make use 
 
 of it. 
 
 Valga lo que valiere. Let whatever may, come to pass. 
 
 No se puede valer con 61. It is not possible to manage him. 
 
 201. Pongo, poner, puse, puesto, to put, put on. 
 
 Gerund, poniendo. 
 
 Pres. Ind. pong-o, pones, pone, ponemos, poneis, ponen. 
 Pres. Sub. pong-a, pongas, ponga, pongamos, pongais, pongan. 
 Imperat. pon, ponga, pongamos, poned, pongan. 
 Imperf. ponia, -ias, -ia, poniamos, poniais, ponian. 
 Fut. pondr-e, -as, -a, pondremos, pondreis, pondran. 
 Cond. pondria, -ias, -ia, pondriamos, pondriais, pondrian. 
 Pret puse, pusiste, puso, pusimos, pusisteis, pusie-ron. 
 Imp. Sub. i. pusiera, 2. pusiese, Fut. Sub. pusiere. 
 
 NOTE. The compounds of poner are conjugated in the same 
 manner. 
 
 Idioms with poner. 
 
 El sol se pone. The sun is setting. 
 
 Se pone el sombrero y despue"s He puts on his hat and then 
 
 se lo quita. takes it off. 
 
 Se me pone carne de gallina. My flesh creeps (I have goose 
 
 flesh). 
 
 Puse ayer un telegrama. I sent a telegram yesterday. 
 
 Puso fin a su vida por medio de He put an end to his life by 
 
 gas del alumbrado. means of illuminating gas. 
 
 Pongalo V. por escrito. Put it down in writing. 
 
 Ponerse palido, Colorado, malo. To grow pale, to blush, to get 
 
 sick. 
 
 SPAN. GRAM. 9 
 
130 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Se pone en jarras. He sets his arms akimbo. 
 
 Ella se puso a llorar. She began to weep. 
 
 Ponerse bien con Dios. To make one's peace with God. 
 
 202. Vengo, venir, vine, venido, to come. 
 
 Pres. Ind. veng-o, vienes, viene, venimos, venis, vienen. 
 Pres. Sub. veng-a, vengas, venga, vengamos, vengais, vengan. 
 Imperat. ven, venga, vengamos, venid, vengan. 
 Imperf. venia, -ias, -ia, veniamos, veniais, venian. 
 Fut. vendr-e, -as, -a, vendremos, vendreis, vendran. 
 Cond. vendria, -ias, -ia, vendriamos, vendriais, vendrian. 
 Pret. vine, viniste, vino, vinimos, vinisteis, vinie-ron. 
 Imp. Sub. i. viniera, 2. viniese, Fut. Sub. viniere. 
 Gerund, viniendo. 
 
 NOTE. All compounds of venir have the same irregularities as 
 above. 
 
 Idioms with venir. 
 
 Esa chaqueta no me viene. That jacket does not fit me. 
 
 Vino a conseguir la plaza. He has obtained the place. 
 
 Vengo con quien vengo. That's my business and not 
 
 yours. 
 
 Venga lo que viniere. Come what may come. 
 
 Se viene durmiendo. He is falling to sleep. 
 
 Vengamos al caso. Let's come to the point. 
 
 203. Tengo, tener, tuve, tenido, to have, hold. 
 The full conjugation is given in 136. 
 
 The compounds of tener have the same conjugation. 
 Idioms with tener have been given in 138, 2 and 3, and 
 only a few others will be set down here : 
 
 Que no tenga V. novedad. I hope you will find things all 
 
 right at home. 
 Buenos dias tenga usted. I wish you good morning. 
 
VERBS 131 
 
 Tenga V. la bondad de Have the goodness to tell 
 
 decirme . . . me . . . 
 
 Tiene mucho de miserable. He has a good deal of the 
 
 miser about him. 
 No se podia tener en pie. He could not stand up. 
 
 204. Quepo, caber, cupe, cabido, to hold, be contained. 
 
 Gerund, cabiendo. 
 
 Pres. Ind. quep-o, cabes, cabe, cabemos, cabeis, caben. 
 
 Pres. Sub. quep-a, quepas, quepa, quepamos, quepais, quepan. 
 
 Imperat. cabe, quepa, quepamos, cabed, quepan. 
 
 Imperf. cabia, -ias, -ia, cabiamos, cabiais, cabian. 
 
 Fut. cabr-, -as, -a, cabremos, cabreis, cabran. 
 
 Cond. cabr-ia, -ias, -ia, cabriamos, cabriais, cabrian. 
 
 Pret. cupe, -iste, cupo, cupimos, cupisteis, cupie-ron. 
 
 Imp. Sub. i. cupiera, 2. cupiese, Fut. Sub. cupiere. 
 
 Idioms with caber. 
 
 Este hombre no cabe por la This man can't get in through 
 
 puerta. the door. 
 
 No cabe duda. There is no doubt about it. 
 
 Si cabe. If it be possible. 
 
 Cabe usted ? Is there room for you ? 
 
 No caben tantas personas en la The church will not contain so 
 
 iglesia. many people. 
 
 No cabe mas. That settles it, caps the climax. 
 
 No cabe en el mundo. The world is not big enough to 
 
 hold him. 
 Cabe suponer se tratara de la There is room for supposing 
 
 guerra y no de la paz. it will be a question of war 
 
 and not of peace. 
 
 Todo cabe en fulano. So and so is capable of any- 
 
 thing. 
 Yo no quepo de gozo. I am overjoyed. 
 
132 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 205. Veo, ver, vi, visto, to see. 
 
 Pres. Ind. ve-o, ves, ve, vemos, ve"is, ven. 
 Pres. Sub. ve-a, veas, vea, veamos, veais, vean. 
 Imperat. ve, vea, veamos, ved, vean. 
 Imperf. veia, veias, vela, veiamos, veiais, veian. 
 Put. ver-e, veras, vera, veremos, vere"is, veran. 
 Cond. ver-ia, verias, veria, veriamos, veriais, verian. 
 Pret. vi, viste, vi6, vimos, visteis, vie-ron. 
 Imp. Sub. i. viera, 2. viese, Put. Sub. viere. 
 Gerund, viendo. 
 
 NOTE. Occasionally in poetry are found the old forms of the 
 imperfect : via, vias, via, viamos, vlais, vlan, and the populace 
 still use the old preterits yo vide for vl and el vido for vib. 
 
 206. The compounds of ver are inflected like the simple 
 verb. The infinitive was formerly veer, and this form ap- 
 pears in some of the compounds. In that case the con- 
 jugation is regular like any other verb in -eer, as leer, creer, 
 poseer, in whose conjugation unaccented i between two 
 vowels becomes y. See 143, d. 
 
 Proveo, proveer, provei, proveido or provisto, to provide. 
 
 Pres. Ind. proveo, provees, provee, etc. Imperf. proveia, etc. 
 
 Pres. Sub. provea, Imperat. provee, , , proveed, . 
 
 Put. proveer^, Cond. proveeria. 
 
 Pret. provei, -iste, provey6, proveimos, -isteis, proveye-ron. 
 Imp. Sub. i. proveyera, 2. proveyese, Put. Sub. proveyere. 
 Gerund, proveyendo. 
 
 Idioms with ver. 
 
 Eso esta de ver. That is worth seeing. 
 
 Eso esta por ver. That remains to be seen. 
 
 A ver or vamos a ver. Let's see. 
 
 Ya se ve. It is evident, to be sure. 
 
VERBS 133 
 
 No te veras en ese espejo. You will not see yourself in 
 
 that glass, i.e. will not suc- 
 
 ceed in that way. 
 
 Hagamelo ver. Show it to me. 
 
 Yo le har ver las estrellas. I will make him see stars. 
 
 207. Ducir, to lead, as an independent verb, is no longer 
 in use, but it has several compounds which are conjugated 
 in the present stem according to 143, a. In the preterit 
 the stem changes to duj. 
 
 Induzco, inducir, induje, inducido, to induce. 
 
 Gerund, induciendo. 
 
 Pres. Ind. induzc-o, induces, induce, -imos, -is, inducen. 
 
 Pres. Sub. induzc-a, -as, -a, induzcamos, -ais, induzcan. 
 
 Imperat. induce, induzca, -amos, inducid, induzcan. 
 
 Imperf. inducia, -ias, -ia, induciamos, -iais, inducian. 
 
 Put. inducire, Cond. induciria. 
 
 Pret. induje, -iste, indujo, -imos, -isteis, induje-ron. 
 
 Imp. Sub. i. indujera, 2. indujese, Put. Sub. indujere. 
 
 NOTE. For loss of i in preterit stem see 143, c. 
 
 208. Placer, to please, is of infrequent use and is con- 
 fined to the third person, chiefly singular, i.e. as an im- 
 personal verb. Its place is usually taken by other verbs, 
 as agradar, to please, gustar, to suit, please, querer, to 
 wish, etc. 
 
 Place, placer, plugo (placio), placido, to please. 
 
 Gerund, placiendo. 
 
 Pres. Ind. place. i. Imp. Sub. pluguiera (placiera). 
 
 Pres. Sub. plazca (plegue). 2. Imp. Sub. pluguiese (placiese). 
 
 Imperat. plegue (plega). Fut. Sub. pluguiere (placiere). 
 
 Imperf. placia. Fut. Ind. placera. 
 
 Pret. plugo (placi6). Cond. placeria. 
 
134 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 NOTE. DesjUacer, to displease, is found in about the same 
 forms, and an occasional plural form of both verbs occurs. The 
 Academy is of opinion that there is no special reason why both 
 should not be conjugated in full like other verbs in -cer, but that 
 as an impersonal the forms above are preferable. 
 
 Complacer, to oblige, may be conjugated regularly in 
 full, inserting z before c when this letter comes before 
 a or o: 
 
 Pres. Ind. complazco, complaces, complace, etc. 
 Pres. Sub. complazca, complazcas, etc. 
 
 See 143, a. 
 
 209. The following verbs are grouped together, because 
 they perform many of the functions of the English modal 
 auxiliaries. Deber is regular, but is given for convenience. 
 
 Puedo, poder, pude, podido, to be able, may, can. 
 
 Se", saber, supe, sabido, to know, can. 
 
 Quiero, querer, quise, querido, to wish, will, like. 
 
 Debo, deber, debl, debido, to owe, ought, must. 
 
 Gerunds : pudiendo, sabiendo, queriendo, debiendo. 
 
 PRESENT INDICATIVE 
 
 puedo s quiero debo 
 
 puedes sabes quieres debes 
 
 puede sabe quiere debe 
 
 podemos sabemos queremos debemos 
 
 podis sabe"is quere"is debels 
 
 pueden saben quieren deben 
 
 PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 pueda sepa quiera deba 
 
 puedas sepas quieras debas 
 
 pueda sepa quiera deba 
 
 podamos sepamos queramos debamos 
 
 podais sepais querais debais 
 
 puedan sepan quieran deban 
 
VERBS 
 
 135 
 
 
 IMPERATIVE 
 
 
 puede 
 
 sabe quiere 
 
 debe 
 
 pueda 
 
 sepa quiera 
 
 deba 
 
 podamos 
 
 sepamos queramos 
 
 debamos 
 
 poded 
 
 sabed quered 
 
 debed 
 
 puedan 
 
 sepan quieran 
 
 deban 
 
 
 IMPERFECT INDICATIVE 
 
 
 podia 
 
 sabia queria 
 
 debia 
 
 podias 
 
 sabias querias 
 
 debias 
 
 podia 
 
 sabia queria 
 
 debia 
 
 podiamos 
 
 sabiamos queriamos 
 
 debiamos 
 
 podiais 
 
 sabiais queriais 
 
 debiais 
 
 podian 
 
 sabian querian 
 
 debian 
 
 
 FUTURE INDICATIVE 
 
 
 podre" 
 
 sabr querr 
 
 debere 
 
 
 CONDITIONAL 
 
 
 podria 
 
 sabria querria 
 
 deberia 
 
 
 PRETERIT 
 
 
 pude 
 
 supe quise 
 
 debi 
 
 pudiste 
 
 supiste quisiste 
 
 debiste 
 
 pudo 
 
 supo quiso 
 
 debi6 
 
 pudimos 
 
 supimos quisimos 
 
 debimos 
 
 pudisteis 
 
 supisteis quisisteis 
 
 debisteis 
 
 pudie-ron 
 
 supie-ron quisie-ron 
 
 debie-ron 
 
 
 i. IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 
 pudiera 
 
 supiera quisiera 
 
 debiera 
 
 
 2. IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 
 pudiese 
 
 supiese quisiese 
 
 debiese 
 
 
 FUTURE SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 
 pudiere 
 
 supiere quisiere 
 
 debiere 
 
136 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 210. Poder expresses physical or moral ability, possi- 
 bility, liability, authority, permission, etc. It is constructed 
 with a dependent infinitive and is variously equivalent to 
 our may, can, might, could ; but as these may have differ- 
 ent shades of meaning, it is best, when there is any doubt, 
 to resolve them into the equivalent forms of the verb to be 
 able. The following examples will show some of the many 
 uses of poder : 
 
 No puede alcanzarlo. 
 
 No pueden menos de sentirlo. 
 Yo no puedo verle. 
 
 Mama, <J puedo salir a jugar? 
 Podemos hacer lo que nos guste. 
 
 i Cuidado ! puede V. caer al 
 
 agua. 
 Me dijo que podia venir. 
 
 Estaba desalentado ; no podia 
 
 (pudo) mas. 
 Se conso!6 como mejor pudo. 
 
 Hasta ahora no he podido encon- 
 
 trarlo. 
 Yo habia dicho todo lo que habia 
 
 podido. 
 Yo podre* hacerlo manana. 
 
 Me asegur6 que no podria venir. 
 
 Se hubiera podido escapar de la 
 cdrcel. 
 
 He can not (is not able to) 
 
 reach it. 
 
 They can not help regretting it. 
 I can not bear to look at him, 
 
 i.e. I detest him. 
 Mama, may I go out to play? 
 We can (have the authority to) 
 
 do whatever we please. 
 Look out ! you may fall into 
 
 the water. 
 He told me he could (was able 
 
 to) come. 
 He was out of breath ; he 
 
 could (do) no more. 
 He consoled himself as best he 
 
 could. 
 Up to the present I have not 
 
 been able to find it. 
 I had said all that I could (had 
 
 been able to) say. 
 I can (shall be able to) do it 
 
 to-morrow. 
 He assured me he could not 
 
 (would not be able to) come. 
 He might have escaped from 
 
 the prison. 
 
VERBS 137 
 
 Puede haberlo olvidado. He may have forgotten it. 
 
 Podria haberlo perdido. He might have lost it. 
 
 Puede ser, podra ser. It may be so. 
 
 Eso no se puede. That can not be (done). 
 
 211. Saber expresses mental ability to know how, as 
 knowledge is power. Hence it may take the place of 
 poder, whenever this idea is present. Its use, however, as 
 an auxiliary is not very extensive, and a few examples will 
 suffice : 
 
 Tiene ya doce afios y no sabe He is already twelve years old 
 
 todavia escribir. and he can not write yet. 
 
 Era muy rico pero no sabia He was very rich, but he did 
 
 guardar su dinero. not know how to (could not) 
 
 keep his money. 
 
 Si se me acomete, yo sabre de- If I am attacked, I shall be 
 
 fenderme. able to defend myself. 
 
 a. As an independent verb saber means to have such 
 knowledge as comes from the exercise of the mental 
 faculties subjective knowledge. Hence : 
 
 Yo s6 la musica, la geografia, la I know (understand) music, 
 
 lengua castellana, mi Iecci6n, geography, the Spanish lan- 
 
 que mi hermano esta en Boston, guage, my lesson, that my 
 
 etc. brother is in Boston, etc. 
 
 b. Conocer (see 143, a), on the other hand, is to know 
 persons and things by external observation objective 
 knowledge. Hence : 
 
 Yo conozco al capitan, el libro, el I know the captain, the book, 
 camino, la casa del maestro, la the road, the teacher's house, 
 cortesia, la buena crianza, etc. politeness, good breeding, 
 
 etc. 
 
138 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 212. Querer, with a dependent infinitive, is used instead 
 of the future and conditional forms of the verb, whenever 
 will and would mean willingness, wish, inclination : 
 
 jjQuie'n quiere prestarme cinco Who will (is willing to) lend 
 
 duros? me five dollars? 
 
 Le pregunte si queria ir al teatro, I asked him whether he would 
 
 (wished to) go to the theater. 
 No quiso contestar. He would not (was not willing 
 
 to) answer. 
 Dijo que no querria venir. He said he would not (would 
 
 not be willing to) come. 
 Dudo que quiera aceptarlo. I doubt whether he will (will 
 
 be willing to) accept it. 
 Quisiera ir con usted. I should like to go with you. 
 
 a. Querer, when not employed as an auxiliary, means to 
 love, wish, desire, etc. : 
 
 Quiero a mis amigos. I love my friends. 
 
 <i Qu mas quiere? What more does he desire? 
 
 <jQu quiere decir eso? What does that mean? 
 
 Como usted quisiere. As you will, wish. 
 
 213. Deber is constructed through all its moods and 
 tenses with a dependent infinitive, and thus has, in English, 
 various equivalents, the most common of which are should, 
 must, ought; but these, where they are defective in mood 
 and tense forms, have to be supplemented by other verbs 
 which have full inflections, such as to have to, to be obliged, 
 compelled, etc. A careful study of a few examples will 
 enable the student to gain some insight into this rather 
 complex subject : 
 
 Los juramentos 6 no deben ha- Oaths either ought not to be 
 cerse 6 deben cumplirse. made or ought to be kept. 
 
VERBS 
 
 139 
 
 6l debe ir a la ciudad hoy por la 
 
 manana. 
 Esta escena debia quedar como 
 
 un secreto entre la muerte y yo. 
 
 El general opin6 que la campana 
 
 debia proseguirse. 
 Yo tampoco debi someterme a tal 
 
 debilidad. 
 Debi6 de recibir alguna mala 
 
 nueva. 
 Hemos debido hacer frente a un 
 
 nuevo peligro. 
 
 No debe de haber llegado todavia. 
 6l habia debido venir a caballo a 
 
 causa del mal estado del 
 
 camino. 
 Debian de haber atacado la forta- 
 
 leza antes de la salida del sol. 
 Si usted quiere ir de caza con- 
 
 migo debera estar aqui a las 
 
 cuatro en punto. 
 Usted no deberia aceptarlo. 
 
 El congreso debiera reunirse 
 cuanto antes. 
 
 He has to go to the city this 
 
 morning. 
 This scene was to remain as a 
 
 secret between death and 
 
 myself. 
 The general thought that the 
 
 campaign ought to go on. 
 Nor was I to subject myself to 
 
 such weakness. 
 He must have received some 
 
 bad news. 
 We have been compelled to 
 
 face a new danger. 
 He can not have arrived yet. 
 He had been obliged to come 
 
 on horseback because of the 
 
 bad condition of the road. 
 They must have attacked the 
 
 fort before sunrise. 
 If you wish to go hunting 
 
 with me, you will have to be 
 
 here at four o'clock sharp. 
 You should not (ought not to) 
 
 accept it. 
 Congress should (ought to) 
 
 meet as soon as possible. 
 
 NOTE. The preposition de is used as a connective between 
 deber and the infinitive, when it is desired to express a doubt, a 
 supposition, or an inference. The Academy condemns the use of 
 de, when no such idea is present, very properly maintaining that 
 there is a wide difference between Juan debe estar agradecido, 
 John ought to be grateful, and Juan debe de estar agradecido, 
 John must be grateful. Good writers, however, do not always 
 observe the distinction. 
 
140 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 a. Deber, in its primary meaning of to owe, takes the 
 direct object : 
 
 Me debe 500 pesos con interns. He owes me five hundred dol- 
 lars with interest. 
 
 Es una obligaci6n que debo a la It is an obligation which I 
 amistad. owe to friendship. 
 
 214. Voy, ir, fui, ido, to go (with a definite limit). 
 
 Gerund, yendo. 
 
 Pres. Ind. voy, vas, va, vamos, vais van. 
 
 Pres. Sub. vay-a, vayas, vaya, vayamos, vayais, vayan. 
 
 Imperat. ve, vaya, vamos, id, vayan. 
 
 Imperf. iba, ibas, iba, ibamos, ibais, ibai\. 
 
 Put. ir-e^ irds, ira, iremos, ireis, iran. 
 
 Cond. ir-ia, irias, iria, iriamos, iriais, irian. 
 
 Pret. fui, fuiste, fue, fuimos, fuisteis, fue-ron. 
 
 1. Imp. Sub. fue-ra, -ras, -ra, fu^ramos, fuerais, fueran. 
 
 2. Imp. Sub. fue-se, -ses, -se, fue"semos, fueseis, fuesen. 
 Put. Sub. fue-re, -res, -re, fueremos, fuereis, fueren. 
 
 See 188, Note. 
 
 215. Ir a, with a dependent infinitive, is used to express 
 intention or an immediate future : 
 
 6l va a oir misa. He is going to hear mass. 
 
 Yo voy a partir para Europa esta I am going to start for Europe 
 tarde. this afternoon. 
 
 a. Other idioms with ir. 
 
 Eso es lo que voy diciendo. That is just what I am saying. 
 
 A despecho de todo iba pidiendo In spite of everything he went 
 
 limosna. on asking alms. 
 
 Ella no va a medias. She does not do things by 
 
 halves. 
 
 Ya se ve que V. no va sobre It is evident that you are not 
 
 seguro. on safe ground. 
 
VERBS 141 
 
 Ha ido en busca de su amigo. He has gone in search of his 
 
 friend. 
 
 Vamos d pie, si no hallamos coche. Let's walk, if we do not find a 
 
 carriage. 
 
 Vaya V. con Dios. Farewell (God be with you). 
 
 Mucho va de Pedro d Pedro. There is a great difference be- 
 
 tween men and men. 
 
 Por donde fueres, haz como vieres. If you go to Rome, do as the 
 
 Romans. 
 
 216. Acabar, to complete, finish, when followed by de 
 and an infinitive, means to have just done the action ex- 
 pressed by the infinitive, i.e. it expresses an immediate 
 past : 
 
 Acabo de escribir mi tema. I have just finished writing my 
 
 composition. 
 
 Acababamos de comprar la casa. We had just bought the house. 
 Acabo de llegar. He had just arrived. 
 
 Note that acabar de, with a negative, may have a different 
 meaning : 
 
 No acabo de maravillarme. I can not help wondering. 
 
 DEFECTIVE VERBS 
 
 217. Teri verbs are defective only in the present stem, 
 as indicated by the dashes below (a). The other tenses are 
 complete. The first six are regular ; the others are con- 
 jugated according to the models of the paragraphs set 
 opposite them. 
 
 abolir, abolish. reg. manir, ma%e tender (of meat), reg. 
 
 desmarrirse, become sad. " aguerrir, accustom to war. 174. 
 
 despn vorir, be terrified. " arrecirse, grow numb. " 
 
 embair, deceive. " aterirse, grow numb. " 
 
 garantir, guarantee. " empedernir, harden. 181. 
 
142 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 MODEL 
 a. abolir, aboli, abolido, to abolish. 
 
 Pres. Ind. , , , abolimos, abolis, 
 
 Pres. Sub. , , , , , 
 
 Imperat. , , , abolid, . 
 
 Imperf. abolia, -ias, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian. 
 
 Put. abolir, -as, etc. Cond. aboliria, -ias, etc. 
 
 Pret. aboli, -iste, -16, -imos, -isteis, abolie-ron. 
 
 Imp. Sub. i. aboliera, 2. aboliese, Put. Sub. aboliere. 
 
 Gerund, aboliendo. 
 
 218. Raer, to erase, is, for the most part, superseded by 
 other words. When it occurs, it follows the conjugation of 
 caer (192), but in addition has 1st per. sing. pres. ind. 
 rayo and the present subjunctive : ray a, ray as, raya, etc. 
 
 219. Roer, to gnaw, has : 
 
 Pres. Ind. roo, roigo, and royo, roes, roe, etc., regular. 
 Pres. Sub. ro-a, roig-a, and roy-a, -as, -a, etc. 
 Imperf. roia, roias, roia, etc. 
 
 a. Corroer, to corrode, has : 
 
 Pres. Ind. , , corroe, , , corroen. 
 
 Pres. Sub. , , corroa, , , corroan. 
 
 220. The following three verbs occur sporadically in the 
 third persons only : 
 
 a. Aplacer, to please. 
 
 Pres. Ind. , , aplace, , , aplacen. 
 
 Imperf. , , aplacia, , , aplacian. 
 
 Note the proverb : Todo lo nuevo aplace, all novelty is pleasing. 
 
 b. Ataner, to appertain. 
 
 Pres. Ind. , , atane, , , atafien. 
 
VERBS 143 
 
 c. Concernir, to concern, pp. concernido. 
 
 Pres. Ind. concierne, conciernen, Pres. Sub. concierna, -an. 
 
 Imperf. concernia, concernian. 
 
 Put. concernira, -an, Cond. concerniria, -ian. 
 
 Pret. concerni6, concernie-ron. 
 
 Imp. Sub. i. concernieia, 2. concerniese, Put. Sub. concerniere. 
 
 Gerund, concerniendo. 
 
 221. Soler, to be accustomed, has the present and im- 
 perfect indicative and an occasional compound with the 
 past participle solido : 
 
 Pres. Ind. suelo, sueles, suele, solemos, sole*is, suelen. 
 Imperf. solia, solias, solia, soliamos, soliais, solian. 
 
 REMARK. There are other verbs which, though having all 
 their forms, are of infrequent use except in the third persons, 
 but they present no peculiarities which require presentation here. 
 
 IRREGULAR PAST PARTICIPLES 
 
 222. Four verbs and their compounds have no other 
 irregularities than their past participles : 
 
 abrir, open, pp. abierto. escribir, write, pp. escrito. 
 
 cubrir, cover, pp. cubierto. imprimir, print, impress, pp. 
 
 impreso. 
 
 a. Two compounds of escribir have two participles : 
 
 inscribir, inscribe, pp. inscripto, inscrito. 
 proscribir, proscribe, pp. proscripto, proscrito. 
 
 223. The following have two participles, but are other- 
 wise regular : 
 
 oprimir, oppress, pp. oprimido, opreso. 
 suprimir, suppress, pp. suprimido, supreso. 
 prender, catch, pp. prendido, preso. 
 romper, break, pp. rompido, roto. 
 
144 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 NOTE. The regular participles of oprimir and suprimir are 
 preferred, while preso and roto are more frequently used than the 
 regular participles. 
 
 224. The grammars usually give a long list of verbs said 
 to have two past participles, one regular and another de- 
 rived from the Latin ; but as the latter are listed in the 
 dictionaries as adjectives or substantives and are only used 
 as such, there seems to be no good reason why a grammar 
 should be encumbered with them. They are, therefore, 
 omitted here. 
 
 225. Quite a number of past participles, properly be- 
 longing to the dictionaries, have, notwithstanding their 
 passive form, an active meaning. A few examples will 
 suffice : 
 
 agradecer, to thank, pp. agradecido, grateful. 
 atreverse, to dare, pp. atrevido, daring. 
 entender, to understand, pp. entendido, intelligent. 
 fingir, to feign, pp. fingido, dissembling. 
 
 OTHER VERBAL IDIOMS 
 
 226. Become and its synonym get are variously rendered 
 in Spanish 
 
 1. By ponerse : 
 
 Al oir la noticia se puso muy triste. On hearing the news he be- 
 came very sad. 
 
 Venga V., que sepone fria la sopa. Come along, for the soup is 
 
 getting cold. 
 
 2. By vol verse, tornarse : 
 
 Se volvi6 alegre al ver a su hijo. He became cheerful on seeing 
 
 his son. 
 De palido que esta se torna livido. From pale he becomes livid. 
 
VERBS 145 
 
 3. Byhacerse: 
 
 El padre se me hacia cada dia The father was getting daily 
 mas intolerable. more intolerable to me. 
 
 4. By salir : 
 
 Si continua asi, saldra un a- If he continues thus, he will 
 farmdo orado'r. become a famous orator. 
 
 5. By venir a ser, meter se a, llegar a ser, ser : 
 
 Vino a ser el valido de la reina. He became the favorite of the 
 
 queen. 
 
 Me dijo que queria meterse a He told me he wished to be- 
 
 actor. come an actor. 
 
 Dudo que llegue a ser primer I doubt whether he will be- 
 
 ministro. come prime minister. 
 
 <; Qu habia sido de el ? What had become of him ? 
 
 6. By quedar : 
 
 Quedo convencido de su error. He became convinced of his 
 
 error. 
 
 NOTE. There are many other ways of translating become, 
 particularly by certain verbs in -ecer, as enfurecerse, to become 
 furious, envejecer, to become old, envanecerse, to become proud. 
 
 227. Volver a (see 171), followed by an infinitive, gen- 
 erally indicates a repetition of the action expressed by the 
 infinitive. It frequently translates our again or prefix re, 
 the latter being little used in Spanish : 
 
 Vuelvo a leer el dictado. I read again the dictation. 
 
 Volvera a escribir el tema, si se He will rewrite the exercise if 
 
 lo mando. I order him to. 
 
 Volvamos a decirselo. Let's repeat it to him again. 
 
 SPAN. GRAM. 10 
 
:-: 
 
 7.: ::: V 
 
 :: -. 
 
 ,..:.- r - ...::: - 
 : :-:.: ; ::: :.:!-: 
 
 i: I-: 
 
 L - ' . 
 
*u 
 
 COBPCT ~DQK* fa IKulOU 
 
 LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS 
 
 229. The figures refer to the paragraphs of 
 mar and mean ffrat the verbs after which they 
 are conjugated fike the ones in the paragraphs indicated. 
 
 This list, while not complete, contains all the iaipuilaril 
 verbs, more, in fact, than the student will ever need to 
 learn. The definitions have been gwen in the hope of 
 adding some interest, as well as value, to an otherwise dull 
 catalogue of meaningless words. The t* of the Engfirib 
 
 IT. ".Ill r -~lr I'trH. 
 
 Acostar r IfiT. fay dovn, put to 
 
 Aiirzif :e: 1 ; T _: :: 
 
148 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Apretar, 164. squeeze. 
 Aprobar, 167. approve. 
 Argliir, 186. argue. 
 Arrecirse, 217. grow numb. 
 Arrendar, 164. rent. 
 Arrepentirse, 174. repent. 
 Ascender, 166. ascend. 
 Asentar, 164. set down. 
 Asentir, 174. coincide. 
 Aserrar, 164. saw. 
 Asir, 190. grasp. 
 Asoldar, 167. hire. 
 Ataner, 220, b. appertain. 
 Atender, 166. attend to, care for, 
 Atenerse, 136. abide by. 
 Atentar, 164. attempt a crime. 
 Aterirse, 217. grown numb. 
 Atraer, 193. attract. 
 Atravesar, 164. cross. 
 Atribuir, 185. attribute. 
 Atronar, 167. thunder, stun. 
 Aventar, 164. winnow. 
 Avergonzar, 167, a. shame. 
 
 B 
 
 Bendecir, 196. bless. 
 Bienquerer, 209. wish well. 
 Blancjuecer, 143, a. bleach. 
 Brunir, 143, c. burnish. 
 Bullir, 143, c. boil. 
 
 Caber, 204. be contained. 
 Caer, 192. fall. 
 Calentar, 164. warm. 
 
 Canecer, 143, a. get gray. 
 
 Carecer, 143, a. lack. 
 
 Cegar, 143, 2, 164. blind. 
 *4Cenir, 143, c, 181. gird. 
 
 Cerner, 166. sift. 
 
 Cerrar, 164. close. 
 
 Cimentar, 164. found. 
 
 Circuir, 185. surround. 
 
 Clarecer, 143, a. dawn. 
 "\Cocer, 143, 5, & a. boil, bake, 
 
 Colar, 167. strain. 
 ^Colegir, 143, 8, 181. collect. 
 -^Colgar, 143, 2, 167. hang up. 
 JComenzar, 143, 4, 164. begin . 
 
 Compadecer, 143, a. pity. 
 
 Comparecer, 143, a. appear. 
 
 Competir, 181. compete. 
 
 Com placer, 143, a. please. 
 
 Componer, 201. compose. 
 
 Comprobar, 167. verify. 
 
 Concebir, 181. conceive. 
 
 Concernir, 220, c. concern. 
 
 Concertar, 164. concert. 
 
 Concluir, 185. conclude. 
 
 Concordar, 167. agree. 
 
 Condescender,166. condescend. 
 
 Condolerse, 170. condole. 
 
 Conducir, 207. conduct. 
 
 Conferir, 174. confer. 
 
 Confesar, 164. confess. 
 
 Conmover, 170. affect, stir. 
 
 Conocer, 143, a. know. 
 
 Conseguir, 143, 10, 181. obtain, 
 accomplish. 
 
 Consentir, 174. consent. 
 
VERBS 
 
 149 
 
 Consolar, 167. console. 
 Constituir, 185. constitute. 
 Construir, 185. construct. 
 Contar, 167. count, relate. 
 Contender, 166. contend. 
 Contener, 136. contain. 
 Contorcerse, 143, 5, 167. writhe. 
 Contradecir, 196. contradict. 
 Contraer, 193. contract. 
 Contrahacer, 197. counterfeit. 
 Contraponer, 201. compare. 
 Contravenir, 202. contravene. 
 Contribuir, 185. contribute. 
 Controvertir, 174. controvert. 
 Convalecer, 143, a. convalesce. 
 Convenir, 202. agree, suit. 
 Convcrtir, 174. convert. 
 Corregir, 143, 8, 181. correct. 
 Corroer, 219, a. corrode. 
 Costar, 167. cost. 
 Crecer, 143, a. increase, grow. 
 Creer, 206. think, believe. 
 Cubrir, 222. cover. 
 
 D 
 
 Dar, 189. give. 
 Decaer, 192. decay. 
 Decir, 195. say, tell. 
 Decrecer, 143, a. decrease. 
 Deducir, 207. deduce. 
 Defender, 166. defend. 
 Deferir, 174. defer. 
 Degollar, 167, a. throttle. 
 Demoler, 170. demolish. 
 Demostrar, 167. demonstrate. 
 
 Denegar, 143, 2, 164. deny. 
 
 Denegrecer, 143, a. blacken. 
 
 Denostar, 167. insult. 
 
 Dentar, 164. teeth. 
 
 Deponer, 201. depose. 
 
 Derrengar, 143, 2, 164. sprain 
 the hip. 
 
 Derretir, 181. melt. 
 
 Derrocar, 143, i, 167. throw 
 from a rock. 
 
 Derruir, 185. demolish. 
 
 Desabastecer, 143, a. deprive of 
 provisions. 
 
 Desacertar, 164. err. 
 
 Desacordar, 167. forget. 
 
 Desagradecer, 143, a. be un- 
 grateful. 
 
 Desalentar, 164. put out of 
 breath. 
 
 Desamoblar, 167. unfurnish. 
 
 Desandar, 188. go back. 
 
 Desaparecer, 143, a. disappear. 
 
 Desapretar, 164. loosen. 
 
 Desaprobar, 167. disapprove. 
 
 Desarrendar, 164. shake off the 
 bridle. 
 
 Desasir, 190. loosen. 
 
 Desasosegar, 143, 2, 164. dis- 
 quiet. 
 
 Desatender, 166. disregard. 
 
 Desatentar, 164. perplex. 
 
 Desavenir, 202. disconcert. 
 
 Desbravecer, 143, a. tame. 
 
 Descender, 166. descend. 
 
 Descenir, 143, c, 181. ungird. 
 
ISO 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Descolgar, 143, 2, 167. unhang. 
 
 Descollar, 167. surpass. 
 
 Descomedirse, 181. be rude. 
 
 Descomponer, 201. discompose. 
 
 Desconcertar, 164. disconcert. 
 
 Desconocer, 143, a. disown. 
 
 Desconsentir, 174. dissent. 
 
 Desconsolar, 167. afflict. 
 
 Descontar, 167. discount. 
 
 Desconvenir, 202. disagree. 
 
 Descordar, 167. unstring. 
 
 Descornar, 167. dishorn. 
 
 Descrecer, 143, a. grow less. 
 
 Descubrir, 222. discover, un- 
 cover. 
 
 Desdecir, 196. charge with false- 
 hood. 
 
 Desdentar, 164. draw teeth. 
 
 Desembellecer, 143, a. disem- 
 bellish. 
 
 Desembravecer, 143, a. tame. 
 
 Desempedrar, 164. unpave. 
 
 Desempobrecer, 143, a. quit 
 poverty. 
 
 Desencerrar, 164. set at liberty. 
 
 Desencordar, 167. unstring. 
 
 Desenfurecerse, 143, a. calm 
 oneself. 
 
 Desengrosar, 167. attenuate. 
 
 Desenmohecer, 143, a. remove 
 rust. 
 
 Desenmudecer, 143, a. break 
 silence. 
 
 Desensoberbecer, 143, a. hum- 
 ble. 
 
 Desentenderse, 166. ignore. 
 
 Desenterrar, 164. disinter. 
 
 Desentorpecer, 143, a. free from 
 torpor. 
 
 Desentristecer, 143, a. enliven. 
 
 Desentumecer, 143, a. free from 
 numbness. 
 
 Desenvolver, 171. unfold. 
 
 Deservir, 181. fail in duty. 
 
 Desfallecer, 143, a. pine away. 
 
 Desfavorecer, 143, a. disfavor. 
 
 Desflaquecerse, 143, a. pine 
 away. 
 
 Desflorecer, 143, a. lose flowers. 
 
 Desfortalecer, 143, a. dismantle. 
 
 Desgobernar, 164. misgovern. 
 
 Desguarnecer, 143, a. dis- 
 garrison. 
 
 Deshacer, 197. undo. 
 
 Deshelar, 158. thaw. 
 
 Desherbar, 164. remove herbs. 
 
 Desherrar, 164. remove horse- 
 shoes. 
 
 Deshumedecer, 143, a. dry. 
 
 Desleir, 182. dilute. 
 
 Deslucir, 143, a. tarnish. 
 
 Desmedirse, 181. be unreason- 
 able. 
 
 Desmembrar, 164. dismember. 
 
 Desmentir, 174. give the lie. 
 
 Desmerecer, 143, a. demerit. 
 
 Desnegar, 143, 2, 164. retract. 
 
 Desnevar, 158. thaw. 
 
 Desobedecer, 143, a. disobey. 
 
 Desoir, 194, pretend not to hear. 
 
VERBS 
 
 Desolar, 167. desolate. 
 Desoldar, 167. unsolder. 
 Desollar, 167. skin. 
 Desobstruir, 185. deobstruct. 
 Desosar, 169. bone. 
 Desovar, 169. spawn. 
 Desparecer, 143, a. disappear. 
 Despedir, 181. dismiss. 
 Despedrar, 164. clear of stones. 
 Despernar, 164. cripple. 
 Despertar, 164. awake. 
 Desplacer, 208, Note, displease. 
 Desplegar, 143, 2, 164. unfold. 
 Despoblar, 167. depopulate. 
 Desproveer, 206. deprive of 
 
 provisions. 
 
 Destefiir, 143, c, 181. fade. 
 Desterrar, 164. banish. 
 Destituir, 185. deprive. 
 Destorcer, 143, 5, 170. untwist. 
 Destrocar, 143, i, 167. swap 
 
 back. 
 
 Destruir, 185. destroy. 
 Desvanecer, 143, a. vanish. 
 Desventar, 164. ventilate. 
 Desvergonzarse, 167, a. act 
 
 impudently. 
 Detener, 136. detain. 
 Detraer, 193. detract. 
 Devolver, 171. return. 
 Diferir, 174. differ, defer. 
 Digerir, 174. digest. 
 Diluir. 185. dilute. 
 Discernir, 174. discern. 
 Disconvenir, 202. disagree. 
 
 Discordar, 167. disagree. 
 Disentir, 174. dissent. 
 Disminuir, 185. dimmish. 
 Disolver, 171. dissolve. 
 Disonar, 167. be discordant. 
 Displacer, 143, a. displease. 
 Disponer, 201. arrange, dispose. 
 Distraer, 193. distract. 
 Distribuir, 185. distribute. 
 Divertir, 174. divert, amuse. 
 Doler, 170. ache, pain. 
 Dormir, 177. sleep. 
 
 E 
 
 Educir, 207. educe. 
 Elegir, 143, 8, 181. elect. 
 Embarbecer, 143, a. grow a 
 
 beard. 
 
 Embebecer, 143, a. astonish. 
 Embellecer, 143, a. embellish. 
 Embestir, 181. attack. 
 Emblandecer, 143, a. soften. 
 Emblanquecer, 143, a. whiten. 
 Embobecer, 143, a. stultify. 
 Embravecer, 143, a. irritate. 
 Embrutecer, 143, a. become 
 
 brutal. 
 Emparentar, 164. be akin by 
 
 marriage. 
 
 Empedernir, 217. harden. 
 Empedrar, 164, pave. 
 Empequenecer, 143, a. diminish. 
 Empezar, 143, 4, 164. begin. 
 Emplastecer, 143, a. smooth for 
 
 painting. 
 
152 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Empobrecer, 143, a. impoverish. 
 Emporcar, 143, i, 167. soil, foul. 
 Enaltecer, 143, a. exalt. 
 Enardecer, 143, a. inflame. 
 Encabellecerse, 143, a. grow 
 
 hair. 
 
 Encallecer, 143, a. become hard. 
 Encalvecer, 143, a. get bald. 
 Encanecer, 143, a. become gray. 
 Encarecer, 143, a. raise the 
 
 price. 
 
 Encender, 166. kindle, light. 
 Encerrar, 164. lock up, inclose. 
 Encloquecer, 143, a. cluck. 
 Encomendar, 164. recommend. 
 Encontrar, 167. find, meet. 
 Encubertar, 164. cover over. 
 Endentar, 164. join with a 
 
 mortise. 
 
 Endentecer, 143, a. teeth. 
 Enflaquecer, 143, a. thin. 
 Enfranquecer, 143, a. make free. 
 Enfurecer, 143, a. infuriate. 
 Engrandecer, 143, a. aggrandize. 
 Engreirse, 182. get proud. 
 Engrosar, 167. fatten. 
 Enhambrecer, 143, a. be hungry. 
 Enloquecer, 143, a. madden. 
 Enlucir, 143, a. whitewash. 
 Enmagrecer, 143, a. grow lean. 
 Enmelar, 164. bedaub with 
 
 honey. 
 
 Enmendar, 164. correct. 
 Enmohecer, 143, a. mildew, 
 
 rust. 
 
 Enmudecer, 143, a. grow dumb. 
 Ennegrecer, 143, a. blacken. 
 Ennoblecer, 143, a. ennoble. 
 Ennudecer, 143, a. knot. 
 Enorgullecer, 143, a. grow proud. 
 Enrarecer, 143, a. rarefy. 
 Enriquecer, 143, a. enrich. 
 Enrobustecer, 143, a. make 
 
 robust. 
 Enrodar, 167. break on the 
 
 wheel. 
 
 Enrojecer, 143, a. blush. 
 Enronquecer, 143, a. make 
 
 hoarse. 
 
 Enronecer, 143, a. tarnish. 
 Enruinecerse, 143, a. become 
 
 vile. 
 Ensangrentar, 164. stain with 
 
 blood. 
 Ensoberbecer, 143, a. make 
 
 proud. 
 
 Ensordecer, 143, a. deafen. 
 Entallecer, 143, a. sprout. 
 Entender, 166. hear, understand. 
 Enternecer, 143, a. move to pity. 
 Enterrar, 164. inter. 
 Entontecer, 143, a. fool. 
 Entorpecer, 143, a. benumb. 
 Entredecir, 196. interdict. 
 Entrelucir, 143, a. glimmer. 
 Entremorir, 178. die away slowly. 
 Entreoir, 194. hear imperfectly. 
 Entreponer, 201. interpose. 
 Entretener, 136. entertain. 
 Entrever, 205. get a glimpse of. 
 
VERBS 
 
 153 
 
 Entristecer, 143, a. sadden. 
 Entullecer, 143, a. stop, check. 
 Entumecer, 143, a. swell. 
 Envanecer, 143, a. make vain. 
 Envejecer, 143, a. grow old. 
 Enverdecer, 143, a. grow green. 
 Envilecer, 143, a. vilify. 
 Envolver, 171, wrap up, involve. 
 Enzurdecer, 143, a. become 
 
 left-handed. 
 
 Equivaler, 200. be equal to. 
 Erguir, 175. erect. 
 Errar, 165. err, miss. 
 Escarmentar, 164. be warned. 
 Escarnecer, 143, a. scoff. 
 Esclarecer, 143, a. lighten. 
 Escocer, 143, 5 and a. smart. 
 Escribir, 222. write. 
 Esforzar, 143, 4, 167. strengthen. 
 Establecer, 143, a. establish. 
 Estar, 136. be, stand. 
 Estremecer, 143, a. shudder. 
 Estrenir, 143, c, 181. bind. 
 Excluir, 185. exclude. 
 Expedir, 181. dispatch. 
 Exponer, 201. expose. 
 Extender, 166. extend. 
 Extraer, 193. extract. 
 
 Fluir, 185. flow. 
 Fortalecer, 143, a. fortify. 
 Forzar, 143, 4, 167. force. 
 Freir, 182 and 183. fry. 
 
 G 
 
 Gemir, 181. groan. 
 Gobernar, 164. govern. 
 Grunir, 143, c. grunt. 
 Guarecer, 143, a. guard, protect. 
 Guarnecer, 143, a. garnish, gar- 
 rison. 
 
 H 
 
 Haber, 136. have, hold. 
 
 Hacendar,164. convey property. 
 
 Hacer, 197. make, do. 
 
 Heder, 166. stink. 
 
 Helar, 164. freeze. 
 
 Henchir, 181. fill up, stuff. 
 
 Render, 166. split. 
 
 Herbecer, 143, a. begin to grow. 
 
 Herir, 174. wound. 
 
 Herrar, 164. shoe horses. 
 
 Hervir, 174. boil. 
 
 Holgar, 143, 2, 167. rest, idle. 
 
 Hollar, 164. tread. 
 
 Huir., 185. flee. 
 
 Humedecer, 143, a. dampen. 
 
 Fallecer, 143, a. die. 
 Favorecer, 143, a. favor. 
 Fenecer, 143, a. end, die. 
 Ferrar, 164, plate with iron. 
 
 Impedir, 181. impede. 
 Imponer, 201. lay, impose. 
 Imprimir, 222. print. 
 Improbar, 167. censure. 
 
 Florecer, 143, a. flower, flourish. Incensar, 164. incense. 
 
154 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Incluir, 185. include. 
 Indisponer, 201. indispose. 
 Inducir, 207. induce. 
 Inferir, 174. infer. 
 Infernar, 164. damn. 
 Influir, 185. influence. 
 Ingerir, 174. insert, graft. 
 Inquirir, 176. inquire. 
 Instituir, 185. institute. 
 Instruir, 185. instruct. 
 Interdecir, 195. interdict. 
 Interponer, 201. interpose. 
 Intervenir, 202. intervene. 
 Introducir, 207. introduce. 
 Invernar, 164. winter. 
 Invertir, 174. invert, invest. 
 Investir, 181. invest. 
 Ir, 214. go. 
 
 J 
 Jugar, 168. play, stake. 
 
 Languidecer, 143, a. languish. 
 Leer, 206. read. 
 
 Lobreguecer, 143, a. grow dark. 
 Lucir, 143, a. shine. 
 
 LL 
 Llover, 158. rain. 
 
 M 
 
 Maldecir, 196. curse. 
 Malherir, 174. wound badly. 
 Malquerer, 209. abhor. 
 Maltraer, 193. maltreat. 
 
 Manifestar, 164. manifest. 
 Mantener, 136. maintain, keep. 
 Mecer, 143, 5 and a. rock, shake. 
 Medir, 181. measure. 
 Melar, 164. deposit honey. 
 Mentar, 164. mention. 
 Mentir, 174. tell falsehoods. 
 Merecer, 143, a. merit. 
 Merendar, 164. lunch. 
 Moblar, 167. furnish. 
 Mohecer, 143, a. cover with 
 
 moss. 
 
 Moler, 170. grind. 
 Morder, 170. bite. 
 Morir, 178. die. 
 Mostrar, 167. show. 
 Mover, 170. move. 
 
 N 
 
 Nacer, 143, a. be born. 
 Negar, 143, 2, 164. deny. 
 Negrecer, 143, a. blacken. 
 Nevar, 158. snow. 
 
 O 
 
 Obedecer, 143, a. obey. 
 Obscurecer, 143, a. obscure. 
 Obstruir, 185. obstruct. 
 Obtener, 136. obtain. 
 Ofrecer, 143, a. offer. 
 Oir, 194. hear. 
 Oler, 172. smell. 
 Oponer, 201. oppose. 
 Oscurecer, 143, a. obscure. 
 
VERBS 
 
 155 
 
 Pacer, 143, a. pasture. 
 
 Padecer, 143 ? a. suffer. 
 
 Palidecer, 143, a. grow pale. 
 
 Parecer, 143, a. appear. 
 
 Pedir, 181. beg, ask. 
 
 Pensar, 164. think, intend. 
 
 Perder, 166. lose. 
 
 Perecer, 143, a. perish. 
 
 Permanecer, 143, a. remain. 
 
 Perniquebrar, 164. break the 
 legs. 
 
 Perseguir, 143, 10, 181. pursue. 
 
 Pertenecer, 143, a. belong. 
 
 Pervertir, 174. pervert. 
 
 Pimpollecer, 143, a. sprout, 
 bud. 
 
 Placer, 208. please. 
 
 Plafiir, 143, c. lament. 
 
 Plegar, 143, 2, 164. fold. 
 
 Poblar, 167. found, settle. 
 
 Poder, 209. be able, may, can. 
 
 Podrecer, 143, a. become putrid. 
 
 Podrir, 179. rot. 
 
 Poner, 201. place, set, lay. 
 
 Poseer, 206. possess. 
 
 Posponer, 201. put after, post- 
 pone. 
 
 Preconocer, 143,- # , foreknow. 
 
 Predecir, 196. foretell. 
 
 Predisponer, 201. predispose. 
 
 Preferir, 174. prefer. 
 
 Premorir, 178. die before an- 
 other. 
 
 Preponer, 201. prefer, prepose. 
 
 Presentir, 174. forebode. 
 Presuponer, 201. presuppose. 
 Prevalecer, 143, a. prevail. 
 Prevalerse, 200. prevail. 
 Prevenir, 202. anticipate. 
 Prever, 205. foresee, provide. 
 Probar, 167. try, prove. 
 Producir, 207. produce, furnish 
 Proferir, 174. pronounce, utter. 
 Promover, 170. promote. 
 Proponer, 201. propose. 
 Proseguir, 143, 10, 181. pursue. 
 Prostituir, 185. prostitute. 
 Proveer, 206. provide. 
 Provenir, 202. proceed from. 
 Pudrir, 179. rot. 
 
 Quebrar, 164. break. 
 Querer, 209. wish, love. 
 
 R 
 
 Raer, 218. scrape, erase. 
 Reaparecer, 143, a. reappear. 
 Reapretar, 164. press again. 
 Rebendecir, 195. bless again. 
 Reblandecer, 143, a. soften. 
 Recaer, 192. fall back. 
 Recalentar, 164. heat again. 
 Recluir, 185. seclude. 
 Recocer, 143, 5 and a. boil 
 
 again. 
 
 Recolar, 167. strain again. 
 Recomendar, 164. recommend. 
 
1 56 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Recomponer, 201. recompose. 
 
 Reconducir, 207. renew a lease. 
 
 Reconocer, 143, a. confess, 
 recognize. 
 
 Reconstruir, 185. reconstruct. 
 
 Recontar, 167. recount. 
 
 Reconvalecer, 143, a. recover 
 from sickness. 
 
 Reconvenir, 202. accuse. 
 
 Recordar, 167. remember. 
 
 Recostar, 167. lean against. 
 
 Recrecer, 143, a. grow again. 
 
 Reducir, 207. reduce. 
 
 Reelegir, 143, 8, 181. reelect. 
 
 Referir, 174. refer, relate. 
 
 Reflorecer, 143, a. reflourish. 
 
 Refluir, 185. flow back. 
 
 Reforzar, 143, 4, 167. fortify. 
 
 Refregar, 143, 2, 164. scour 
 again. 
 
 Refreir, 182, 183. fry again. 
 
 Regar, 144, 2, 164. water. 
 
 Regimentar, 164. form a regi- 
 ment. 
 
 Regir, 143, 8, 181. govern. 
 
 Rehacer, 197. mend, make over, 
 reform. 
 
 Reherir, 174. repel. 
 
 Reherrar, 164. reshoe (horses). 
 
 Rehervir, 174. boil again. 
 
 Rehuir, 185. withdraw. 
 
 Rehumedecer,143,#.redampen. 
 
 Reir, 182, a. laugh. 
 
 Rejuvenecer, 143, a. rejuvenate. 
 
 Relucir, 143, a. glitter. 
 
 Remendar, 164. mend. 
 Rementir, 174. lie frequently. 
 Remoler, 174. regrind. 
 Remorder, 170. bite repeatedly. 
 Remover, 170. remove. 
 Renacer, 143, a. be born again. 
 Rendir, 181. subdue, surrender. 
 Renegar, 143, 2, 164. deny. 
 Renovar, 167. renew. 
 Renir, 143, c, 181. quarrel. 
 Repadecer, 143, a. suffer much. 
 Repensar, 164. consider, reflect. 
 Repetir, 181. repeat. 
 Replegar, 143, 2, 164. redouble. 
 Repoblar, 167. repeople. 
 Reponer, 201. replace, reply. 
 Reprobar, 167. condemn. 
 Reproducir, 207. reproduce. 
 Requebrar, 164. woo, court. 
 Requerer, 209. desire anxiously. 
 Requerir, 174. require. 
 Resaber, 209. know well. 
 Resalir, 199. jut out. 
 Resegar, 143, 2, 164. reap again. 
 Resembrar, 164. resow. 
 Resentirse, 174. begin to fail. 
 Resolver, 171. resolve. 
 Resollar, 167. respire. 
 Resonar, 167. resound. 
 Resplandecer, 143, a. glitter. 
 Pvestablecer, 143, a. restore. 
 Restituir, 185. restore. 
 Restregar, 143, 2, 164. scrub. 
 Retemblar, 164. tremble often. 
 Retener, 136. retain. 
 
VERBS 
 
 157 
 
 Retenir, 143, c, 181. dye again. 
 Retonecer, 143, a. sprout. 
 Retorcer, 143, 5, 170. twist. 
 Retostar, 167. toast again. 
 Retraer, 193. retract. 
 Retribuir, 185. recompense. 
 Retronar, 158. thunder again. 
 Reventar, 164. burst. 
 Reverdecer, 143, a. grow green 
 
 again. 
 Revestir, 181. put on clerical 
 
 robes. 
 
 Revolar, 167. fly again. 
 Revolcarse, 143, i, 167. wallow. 
 Revolver, 171. stir, revolve. 
 Robustecer, 143, a. make robust. 
 Rodar, 167. roll. 
 Roer, 219. gnaw. 
 Rogar, 143, 2, 167. ask, beg. 
 
 Saber, 209. know. 
 Salir, 199. go or come out. 
 Satisfacer, 198. satisfy. 
 Segar, 143, 2, 164. reap. 
 Seguir, 143, 10, 181. follow, 
 
 continue. 
 
 Sembrar, 164. sow. 
 Sementar, 164. sow. 
 Sentar, 164. seat. 
 Sentir, 174. feel, regret. 
 Ser, 136. be. 
 Serrar, 164. saw. 
 Servir, 181. serve. 
 Sobrecrecer, 143, a. outgrow. 
 
 Sobrentender, 166. be under- 
 stood. 
 
 Sobreponer, 201. add. 
 
 Sobresalir, 199. surpass. 
 
 Sobresembrar, 164. sow over 
 again. 
 
 Sobresolar, 167. pave anew. 
 
 Sobrevenir, 202. happen. 
 
 Sobreventar, 164. gain the 
 weather gage. 
 
 Sobrevestir, 181. put on overcoat. 
 
 Sofreir, 182, 183. fry slightly. 
 
 Soldar, 167. solder. 
 
 Soler, 221. be accustomed. 
 
 Sollar, 167. blow with bellows. 
 
 Soltar, 167. loosen. 
 
 Solver, 171. loosen. 
 
 Sonar, 167. sound. 
 
 Sonreir, 182, a. smile. 
 
 Sonar, 167. dream. 
 
 Sosegar, 143, 2, 164. appease. 
 
 Sostener, 136. sustain. 
 
 Subarrendar, 164. subrent. 
 
 Subseguir, 143, 10, 181. follow 
 next. 
 
 Substituir, 185. substitute. 
 
 Substraer, 193. subtract. 
 
 Subtender, 166. subtend. 
 
 Subvenir, 202. aid. 
 
 Sugerir, 174. suggest. 
 
 Superponer, 201. superpose. 
 
 Supervenir, 202. supervene. 
 
 Suponer, 201. suppose. 
 
 Sustituir, 185. substitute. 
 
 Sustraer, 193. subtract. 
 
158 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Tallecer, 143, a. sprout. 
 Temblar, 164. tremble. 
 Tender, 166. stretch. 
 Tener, 136. have, hold. 
 Tentar, 164. touch, try. 
 Tenir, 143, c, 181. dye, tinge. 
 Torcer, 143, 5, 170. twist. 
 Tostar, 167. toast. 
 Traducir, 207. translate. 
 Traer, 193. bring. 
 Transcender, 166. transcend. 
 Trascolar, 167. percolate. 
 Trascordarse, 167. forget. 
 Trasegar, 143, 2, 164. overset. 
 Traslucir, 143, a. shine through. 
 Trasoir, 194. misunderstand. 
 Trasonar, 167. dream. 
 Trasponer, 201. transpose. 
 Trastrocar, 143, i, 167. invert. 
 Trasvolar, 167. fly across. 
 Travesar, 164. cross. 
 Trocar, 143, i, 167. exchange. 
 
 Tronar, 158. thunder. 
 Tropezar, 143, 4 ; 164. stumble. 
 
 Valer, 200. be worth. 
 Venir, 202. come. 
 Ventar, 164. blow (wind). 
 Ver, 205. see. 
 
 Verdecer, 143, a. grow green. 
 Verter, 166. spill. 
 Vestir, 181. clothe. 
 Volar, 167. fly, blow up. 
 Volcar,143, i, 167. overset, hurl. 
 Volver, 171, 227. come back, 
 return. 
 
 Y 
 
 Yacer, 191. lie (recline). 
 Yuxtaponer, 201. put along side. 
 
 Zabullirse, 143, c. dive, plunge. 
 Zaherir, 174. mortify. 
 
VII 
 ADVERBS 
 
 230. Adverbs serve to limit or otherwise modify verbs, 
 adjectives, and other adverbs. They stand before adjec- 
 tives and adverbs, but as a rule after verbs : 
 
 Muy malo ; bastante bien. Very bad ; quite well. 
 
 El actor trabaja muy bien. The actor acts very well. 
 
 Mi hijo ha estudiado siempre su My son has always studied his 
 Iecci6n. lesson. 
 
 Note that, in passive constructions, the adverb stands before the 
 past participle : 
 
 La carta esta bien escrita. The letter is well written. 
 
 Estd rica y elegantemente ves- She is richly and elegantly 
 
 tida. dressed. 
 
 Es muy amado de sus amigos He is much loved by his 
 
 friends. 
 
 231. Adverbs may be classified as simple or primitive, 
 derivative, and compound. 
 
 232. To the first class belong such adverbs as are ex-. 
 pressed by a single word : 
 
 Bien, well, mal, badly, peor, worse, temprano, early, claro, 
 clearly, derecho, straight, solo, only, etc. 
 
 233. The so-called derivative adverb is, strictly speak- 
 ing, a compound of an adjective and mente (manner), and 
 was originally written as two words. To-day, however, it 
 appears as one word, mente bearing the primary tonic 
 accent. The adjective, however, retains its own accent. 
 
I6O SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 a. Adjectives of one termination are added to mente 
 without change : 
 
 Prudentemente, utilmente. Prudently, usefully. 
 
 b. The feminine form of adjectives in o is used, because 
 mente is feminine : 
 
 Sabiamente, dichosamente. Wisely, happily. 
 
 c. Other adjectives of two terminations do not usually 
 form adverbs with mente, but with de ima manera or de un 
 modo : 
 
 De una manera encantadora. Charmingly, in a charming 
 
 manner. 
 De un modo holgazan. Idly, in an idle way. 
 
 Note, however, traidoramente , treacherously. 
 
 234. For euphony, when two or more derivative adverbs 
 follow each other immediately, mente is used with the last 
 adjective only : 
 
 Juan Valera escribe clara, concisa Juan Valera writes clearly, con- 
 y elegantemente. cisely, and elegantly. 
 
 235. Compound adverbs are simply adverbial phrases 
 formed of two or more words. Some now appear as single 
 words, but their composition is evident : 
 
 Acaso (a + caso) , perhaps. Aprisa (a -f- prisa), quickly. 
 
 Ahora (a -f- hora) , now. Despacio(de + espacio), slowly. 
 
 Apenas (a + penas), scarcely. Anteayer (ante -f- ayer), the 
 
 Anoche (a + noche), last night. day before yesterday. 
 
 a. But most adverbial phrases are written in separate 
 words. Sometimes the article is used, at other times 
 omitted ; now the noun is in the singular, now in the 
 plural : 
 
ADVERBS 
 
 161 
 
 A la moda, in style. 
 
 A la espanola, in Spanish style. 
 
 A la vista, at, in sight. 
 
 En el acto, instantly. 
 
 De balde, gratis. 
 De buena gana, willingly. 
 En seguida, at once. 
 Con orgullo, proudly. 
 
 A gatas, on all fours. 
 A sabiendas, knowingly. 
 A ciegas, blindly. 
 
 A mas andar, at full speed. 
 
 A mas tardar, #/ latest. 
 
 A todo correr, zwVft all speed. 
 
 A mas no poder, with might and 
 
 main. 
 Poco a poco, 
 
 En lo sucesivo, in the future. 
 For lo mas, at most. 
 For lo menos, at least. 
 For lo pronto, for the present. 
 
 De dia, by day, de noche, by 
 
 night. 
 
 For consiguiente, consequently. 
 For supuesto, <?/ cotirse. 
 
 A solas, alone, in private. 
 De rodillas, <?# one's knees. 
 De espaldas, backwards. 
 
 Cuanto antes, as soon as pos- 
 sible. 
 
 De vez en cuando, /r0#z time 
 to time. 
 
 De cuando en cuando, from 
 time to time. 
 
 236. It is convenient to arrange adverbs into groups 
 according to their meaning. Hence we have 
 
 a. Adverbs of place : 
 
 ,{D6nde? where? 
 <:Ad6nde 1 whither? 
 De d6nde ? whence ? 
 Aqui, here (near me}. 
 Aca, here (towards me). 
 Arribn., encima, up, above. 
 Abajo, down, below. 
 Afuera, fuera, outside, without. 
 
 SPAN. GRAM. 1 1 
 
 Alii, there (distant from both), 
 Alia, there (in that direction}. 
 De aqui, hence, from here. 
 De alii, thence, from there. 
 Atras, detras, behind, back- 
 ward. 
 
 En todas partes, ) 
 
 > everywh 
 For todas partes, j 
 
 ere. 
 
162 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Adentro, inside, within. 
 Cerca, near, \ejos,far. 
 Adelante, delante, forward. 
 Aqui mismo, in this very place. 
 Ahi, there (near or towards you) , 
 
 En alguna parte, somewhere. 
 En otra parte, elsewhere. 
 En ninguna parte, nowhere. 
 Alii mismo, in that very place. 
 
 NOTE. Donde, where (i.e. without the written accent) is fre- 
 quently used as a relative (which}, referring to things, and may be 
 governed by a preposition : 
 
 La ciudad (en) donde vive. 
 El lugar de donde viene. 
 
 El camino por donde venimos 
 esta en muy mal estado. 
 
 b. Adverbs of time : 
 
 <iCuando? when? cuando, when. 
 <iCuanto tiempo? how long? 
 ^ Cuantas veces ? how often ? 
 Hoy, to-day, hoy mismo, this 
 
 very day. 
 Ayer, yesterday; ayer mismo, only 
 
 yesterday. 
 
 Anteayer, day before yesterday. 
 Anoche, last night. 
 Anteanoche, night before last. 
 En otro tiempo, antes, formerly. 
 Despue"s, since; entonces, then. 
 Desde entonces, since then. 
 Por fin, al fin, at length, at last. 
 Ahora, now, at present. 
 Ahora mismo, at this very time. 
 Hasta ahora, as yet. 
 El otro dia, the other day. 
 Al momenta, luego, at once. 
 
 The city in which he lives. 
 The village from which he 
 
 comes. 
 The road by which we came 
 
 is in a very bad condition. 
 
 Mariana por la mafiana, to- 
 morrow morning. 
 
 Mariana por la tarde, to-mor- 
 row afternoon. 
 
 Mariana por la noche, to-mor- 
 row night. 
 
 Pasado manana, day after to- 
 morrow. 
 
 A menudo, often; ya, already. 
 
 Raras veces, seldom. 
 
 Tarde, late ; temprano, early. 
 
 Todavia, aun, still, yet. 
 
 Jamas, alguna vez, ever. 
 
 En mi vida (before a verb), 
 never. 
 
 Jamas, nunca, never, ever. 
 
 Nunca jamas, never. 
 
 Siempre, always. 
 
 Siempre que, whenever. 
 
ADVERBS 163 
 
 Otra vez, again ; a veces, at times. Para s\empre,/0rever. 
 Mariana, to-morrow. For siempre jamas, forever and 
 
 Mariana mismo, to-morrow surely. ever. 
 
 Recien, recently (before participles) : La recien casada, the 
 bride. 
 
 NOTE. Some adverbs of place and time are sometimes placed 
 after certain nouns, forming therewith adverbial phrases : 
 
 Puertas afuera, outdoors. Camino adelante, onward. 
 
 Tierra adentro, inland. Siglos atras, centuries ago. 
 
 Rio arriba, upstream. Anos despues t years afterwards. 
 
 Ciudad abajo, down town. Meses antes, months before. 
 
 c. Adverbs of quantity and degree : 
 
 iC6mo? how? como, about, as. Mas, more ; por lo mas, at 
 (iCuanto? how much? most. 
 
 Mucho, much ; tanto, so much. S61o, solamente, only. 
 
 Demasiado, sobrado, too, too Siquier(a), even, at least. 
 
 much. Algo, somewhat; muy, very, 
 Poco, little ; casi, almost. very much. 
 
 Bastante, harto, enough, quite. Poco mas 6 menos, about. 
 Menos, less; por lo menos, at least. 
 
 NOTE. Muy never stands alone and rarely modifies mucho. 
 Instead of muy mucho, we say muchisimo, very much. Muy pre- 
 cedes a few nouns, but its chief office is to modify the positive 
 degree of adjectives and adverbs ; while mucho modifies the com- 
 parative degree. When it would stand alone, the former is 
 replaced by mucho : 
 
 Es mucho, muchisimo mejor este. This one is much, very much 
 
 better. 
 
 Muy senor mio y amigo. My dear sir and friend. 
 
 Mucho mas agradable. Much more agreeable. 
 
 ^ Esta V. muy malo ? Si, mucho. Are you very sick ? Yes, very. 
 
164 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Es muy hombre de mundo. 
 
 Deben reflexionar muy mucho lo 
 que dicen. 
 
 d. Adverbs of manner : 
 
 Bien, well ; mal, badly. 
 
 Asi, so ; tan, so. 
 
 Bajo, en voz baja, low, in a low 
 
 tone. 
 
 And many adverbs in mente. 
 
 e. Adverbs of affirmation and 
 
 Si, yes ; no, no, not. 
 Que si, so ; que no, not. 
 Si tal ; si que, of course. 
 Cierto, por cierto, certainly. 
 Acaso ; tal vez ; quiza, 
 
 quizas ; puede ser, 
 Ya ya, quite so, very true. 
 Ni . . . ni, neither . . . nor. 
 Ya no, no more; ya que, now 
 
 that, since. 
 
 perhaps. 
 
 He is very much a man of the 
 
 world. 
 They ought to consider very 
 
 thoroughly what they say. 
 
 Alto, en alta voz, aloud. 
 Mejor, better ; peor, worse. 
 Lo mejor posible, as well as 
 possible. 
 
 negation : 
 
 Ni aun ; ni siquiera, not even. 
 Ni . . . tampoco ; tampoco, nor 
 
 . . . either. 
 Sin duda, undoubtedly ; nada, 
 
 by no means. 
 
 De ningun modo, by no means. 
 No . . . del todo, not wholly. 
 Claro ; vaya, of course. 
 Justo, /#.$/ so; haste, even. 
 Jamas, nunca, ever, never. 
 
 237. Position of Negatives. All negatives as such stand 
 before the word to be negatived, or alone, the verb being 
 understood. Any of them, however, except no, may follow 
 the verb, when the sentence will be affirmative, unless no is 
 used. The following examples will make clear the usage : 
 
 iQue" sabe V. de nuevo? Nada. What do you know new? 
 
 Nothing. 
 
 Nada sabemos en absolute. We know absolutely nothing. 
 
 Jamas lo hubiera hecho yo. I would never have done it. 
 
 Ha estado V. alguna vez en Have you ever been in Paris ? 
 Paris ? Nunca (jamas) . * Never. 
 
ADVERBS 
 
 I6 5 
 
 Yo no creo nunca lo que 1 me 
 dice. Ni yo tampoco. 
 
 En no lejano porvenir. 
 
 En mi vida he oido mentira mas 
 gorda. 
 
 I Tiene V. mi lapiz y mi papel ? 
 Ni el uno ni el otro. 
 
 Ni una vez siquiera vino a mi 
 
 casa. 
 Si se me paga siquiera la mitad, 
 
 estoy contento. 
 Me abandon6 sin decirme jamas 
 
 por que. 
 
 Ella esta mas bonita que nunca. 
 Creo que si ; creo que no. 
 Eso si que no. 
 
 I never believe what he tells 
 
 me. Nor do I either. 
 In the not distant future. 
 Never in my life have I heard 
 
 a bigger lie. 
 Have you my pencil and paper ? 
 
 Neither the one nor the 
 
 other. 
 Not even a single time did he 
 
 come to my house. 
 If I am paid even the half, I 
 
 shall be content. 
 He abandoned me without 
 
 ever telling me why. 
 She is prettier than ever. 
 I think so ; I think not. 
 Not that by any means. 
 
 NOTE. No may be used redundantly in comparative sentences, 
 the general effect, if any, being to render the contrast more 
 vivid : 
 
 Mejor es el trabajo que no la 
 ociosidad. 
 
 Better is work than idleness. 
 
 COMPARISON OF ADVERBS 
 
 238. Certain adverbs, chiefly the derivatives and a few 
 others, are compared like adjectives, the invariable lo (when 
 used) taking, in the superlative, the place of the gender 
 forms of the article used with adjectives. 
 
 POSITIVE 
 Lejos, far, 
 A memido, often, 
 Sabiamente, wisely, 
 Ricamente, richly, 
 
 COMPARATIVE 
 mas lejos, 
 menos a menudo, 
 mas sabiamente, 
 menos ricamente, 
 
 SUPERLATIVE 
 lo mas lejos. 
 lo menos a menudo. 
 lo mas sabiamente. 
 lo menos ricamente. 
 
1 66 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 a. Irregular comparisons : 
 
 POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE 
 
 Bien, ivell, mejor, better, lo mejor, (the} best 
 
 Mai, badly, peor, worse, lo peor, (the} worst. 
 
 Muy, ) very, 
 
 mas, more. lo mas, (the} most. 
 
 Mucho, ) much, 
 
 Poco, little, menos, less, lo menos, (the) least. 
 
 NOTE. Mas bien, rather, is not used as a comparative. 
 
 239. Than is expressed by que and de, the latter, 
 however, only being used before numbers in positive 
 sentences : 
 
 Ella toca menos a menudo que She plays less often than 
 
 antes. formerly. 
 
 Lleg6 mas tarde que el maestro. He arrived later than the 
 
 teacher. 
 No vino mas que dos 6 tres He did not come more than 
 
 veces. two or three times. 
 
 Me lo solicit6 mas de diez veces. He asked me for it more than 
 
 ten times. 
 
 240. Lo is omitted where the superlative is not limited 
 or defined in some way : 
 
 A la larga los que mas estudian, In the long run those who 
 mas aprenden. study (the) most, learn (the) 
 
 most. 
 
 Donde menos se piensa, salta la Where least expected, the hare 
 liebre. starts up. 
 
 But 
 
 Escribimos lo menos posible. We write the least possible. 
 
 Se qued6 lo mas lejos que pudo He remained the farthest from 
 de la escena. the scene that he could. 
 
ADVERBS 
 
 I6 7 
 
 Prometi6me volveria d los tres 
 cuartos de hora lo mas tarde. 
 
 Una vez por lo menos. 
 Dare" diez pesos , lo mas. 
 Deseo acabarla lo antes posible. 
 
 He promised me he would 
 return in three quarters of 
 an hour at the latest. 
 
 Once at least. 
 
 I will give ten dollars at most. 
 
 I desire to finish it as soon as 
 possible. 
 
 241. The absolute superlative is expressed either by 
 modifying the positive by some other adverb (as muy, bien, 
 etc.), or resort is had to the isimo forms, where they exist. 
 The former method, however, is generally preferred to the 
 latter : 
 
 ( muy cerca, 
 
 ( cerquisimo, 
 
 [ muy lejos, 
 
 ( lej isimo, 
 
 ( muy mal, 
 
 1 malisimo, 
 
 ( muy poco, 
 
 ( poquisimo, 
 
 ( muy bien, ) 
 
 ((wanting), ) 
 
 ( muy felizmente, ") 
 
 ( felicisimamente, ) 
 
 ( muy grandemente, > 
 
 ( grandisimamente, ) 
 
 Cerca, near, 
 Lejos, far, 
 Mal, badly, 
 Poco, little, 
 Bien, well, 
 Felizmente, happily, 
 Grandemente, greatly, 
 
 very near, 
 very far. 
 very badly, 
 very little, 
 very well, 
 very happily, 
 very greatly. 
 
 242. Tanto and cuanto lose their final syllable to before 
 adjectives and adverbs in the positive degree, but not before 
 comparatives : 
 
 No liable V. tan de prisa. 
 Yo lo hallo tan bien que no puedo 
 menos de aceptarlo. 
 
 Don't speak so fast. 
 It pleases me so much that I 
 can not do less than accept it. 
 
1 68 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 i Cuan despacio caminan ! How slowly they walk ! 
 
 i Cuan contento esta aqui ! How contented he is here ! 
 
 Tanto mejor (peor) para usted. So much the better (worse) 
 
 for you. 
 
 a. Como stands in the second term of comparisons of 
 equality, when tan, is in the first : 
 
 Este c6mico trabaja tan bien como This comedian plays as well as 
 el otro. the other. 
 
 b. But como or cuanto may be used in the second term, 
 where tanto is an independent adverb : 
 
 No juega tanto como antes. He does not play so much as 
 
 formerly. 
 
 Hoy he escrito tanto como (or To-day I have written as much 
 cuanto) he podido. as I could. 
 
 c. Note also the following expressions. In the first two, 
 tanto may be omitted, the sense remaining the same : 
 
 Cuanto mas bebe, (tanto) mas The more he drinks, the 
 
 se emborracha. drunker he gets. 
 
 Cuanto mas gana el pobrecito, The more the poor fellow 
 
 (tanto) menos tiene. earns, the less he has. 
 
 Tanto mas tarde trabajo hoy, I work the later to-day, as T 
 
 cuanto que no podr venir shall not be able to come 
 
 manana. to-morrow. 
 
 Cuanto mas se discute, mayor The more it is discussed, the 
 
 es la confusi6n. greater is the confusion. 
 
VIII 
 
 PREPOSITIONS 
 
 243. The prepositions, especially , en, de, por, and para, 
 
 constitute one of the great difficulties of the Spanish lan- 
 guage. The examples here given cover pretty well most 
 of the uses. They should be studied very thoroughly : 
 
 A, to, at, in, into, on (frequently not translated into English). 
 
 a. In expressions of time : 
 
 A las diez ; al mediodia. 
 Al dia siguiente. 
 A su nacimiento. 
 A cuantos estamos hoy? 
 Estamos a primero ; a tres. 
 A primeros de Marzo. 
 A fines de verano. 
 Cuatro veces al ano. 
 Llegara a tiempo. 
 A poco sali6 el tren. 
 Al'amanecer ; a la noche. 
 Al entrar ; al llegar. 
 A tiempo que pasaba un tren. 
 Fiie" extraido del pozo a los nueve 
 dias. 
 
 At ten o'clock ; at midday. 
 On the following day. 
 At his birth. 
 
 What is the day of the month? 
 It is 'the first ; the third. 
 Early in March. 
 Towards the end of summer. 
 Four times a year. 
 He will arrive in time. 
 In a short time the train went out. 
 At dawn ; at night. 
 On entering ; on arriving. 
 Just as a train was passing. 
 He was taken from the well at 
 the end of nine days. 
 
 b. Position, direction, etc. : 
 
 A la puerta ; a la derecha. 
 Esta a bordo del barco. 
 Voy a casa ; a casa de Juan. 
 Ire a Espana ; a Madrid. 
 j Al tren, sefiores viajeros ! 
 
 At the door ; to the right. 
 He is on board the ship. 
 I am going home ; to John's. 
 I shall go to Spain ; to Madrid. 
 All aboard, ladies and gentlemen! 
 
 169 
 
SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Vive d dos leguas de aqui. 
 
 Lo traducire al ingle's. 
 
 A medio camino entre Madrid y 
 
 Toledo. 
 
 A su paso tom6 la ciudad. 
 Sie"ntese usted a la mesa. 
 Cay6 d tierra, al suelo. 
 
 Estamos a vista de tierra. 
 Todavia no esta a mi servicio. 
 Tropas al mando del capitdn. 
 
 c. Manner, means, cause: 
 Hizo una resena a grandes rasgos. 
 
 Vino a caballo ; a pie. 
 
 A fe de caballero. 
 
 Lo hizo a ruegos de mi tio. 
 
 Se le mat6 a sangre fria. 
 Ri6 a carcajadas. 
 Dispar6 a quemarropa. 
 Gota d gota ; paso d paso. 
 A lo fi!6sofo. 
 
 d. Price, rate, etc. : 
 
 Se vende d tres pesetas el metro. 
 La descontare al cinco por ciento. 
 Al contado ; al fiado (d crdito). 
 Al por mayor ; al por menor. 
 Estd empleado d dos duros dia- 
 
 rios. 
 Andando d diez nudos por hora. 
 
 He lives two leagues from here. 
 I will translate it into English. 
 Halfway between Madrid and 
 
 Toledo. 
 
 On his way he captured the city, 
 Take your seat at the table. 
 He fell down (to the earth, to 
 
 the ground). 
 We are in sight of land. 
 He is not yet in my service. 
 Troops under the command of 
 
 the captain. 
 
 He gave a description in large 
 
 outlines. 
 He came on horseback ; on 
 
 foot. 
 
 On the word of a gentleman. 
 He did it at the instance of my 
 
 uncle. 
 
 He was killed in cold blood. 
 He roared out laughing. 
 He fired point blank. 
 Drop by drop ; step by step. 
 In a philosophical manner. 
 
 It is sold at three pesetas a meter. 
 I will discount it at five per cent. 
 For cash ; on credit. 
 At wholesale ; at retail. 
 He is employed at two dollars 
 
 a day. 
 Going at ten knots an hour. 
 
PREPOSITIONS 
 
 I/I 
 
 e. Note also : 
 Jugar a los naipes, al ajedrez. 
 Una soluci6n al conflicto. 
 Temor a la publicidad. 
 Amor a la patria. 
 La sala huele aun d tabaco. 
 
 La carne sabe a ajo. 
 
 NOTE. Other uses of a will 
 and verbs. 
 
 To play cards, chess. 
 A solution of the difficulty. 
 Fear of publicity. 
 Love of country. 
 The parlor still smells of to- 
 bacco. 
 The meat tastes of garlic. 
 
 be found in the syntax of nouns 
 
 244. En, at, on, tipon, in, into (the general idea being 
 rest in or on, or motion in or into). 
 
 a. In time relations : 
 
 El ataque comenz6 en la noche 
 
 del viernes. 
 
 No se habia separado de e"l en 
 toda la noche. 
 Volvi6 en el momento en que yo 
 
 lo esperaba. 
 
 En e"poca en que estamos. 
 Curan el dolor de muelas en un 
 
 momento. 
 La situaci6n del banco en 21 de 
 
 Octubre. 
 
 De hoy en ocho dias. 
 De dia en dia. 
 En la noche y en la manana. 
 
 b. Position, direction, etc. : 
 
 El senor esta y quedara en casa The gentleman is in and will 
 todo el dia. remain at home all day. 
 
 La comida esta en la mesa. The dinner is on the table. 
 
 Sentarse en la mesa, en la cama, To take a seat at the table, 
 en la silla. upon the bed, in the chair. 
 
 The attack began on Friday 
 
 night. 
 He had not parted from him 
 
 during the whole night. 
 He returned at the moment 
 
 when I was expecting him. 
 In these days. 
 They cure toothache instantly. 
 
 The condition of the bank on 
 
 the 2ist of October. 
 To-day week. 
 From day to day. 
 At night and in the morning. 
 
SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Muri6 en la silla ele"ctrica. 
 El vapor iba en su socorro. 
 
 Se alej6 en su bicicleta. 
 
 El crucero naufrag6 en un arre- 
 
 cife. 
 Se ofrece en venta en la libreria. 
 
 En la estaci6n del ferrocarril. 
 Esta en el fondo de ese corredor. 
 
 En la esquina de la calle. 
 Vamos a pasear en el parque. 
 
 Entran en el domicilio de los 
 
 deudores. 
 El peri6dico en que trabaja. 
 
 c. Note also : 
 Se castigara en juicio sumarisimo. 
 La reconoci en el crujido de sus 
 
 botinas. 
 <i Que" puedo hacer en servicio de 
 
 listed ? 
 La guerra podria prolongarse en 
 
 grave dafio de Inglaterra. 
 
 En bien de Espana entera. 
 Pedir en justicia. 
 Anda siempre en pleitos. 
 Lo valuo en cien pesos. 
 No se mide en las palabras. 
 El partido radical, en su mayor 
 parte, se compone de ellos. 
 
 NOTE. Many other uses of en 
 
 He died in the electric chair. 
 The steamer was going to their 
 
 rescue. 
 
 He went off on his bicycle. 
 The cruiser was wrecked on a 
 
 reef. 
 It is offered for sale at the 
 
 bookstore. 
 
 At the railroad station. 
 It is at the further end of that 
 
 corridor. 
 
 On the corner of the street. 
 Let's go to take a walk in the 
 
 park. 
 They enter the debtors' houses. 
 
 The newspaper on which he 
 works. 
 
 He will be summarily punished. 
 I recognized her by the creak- 
 ing of her boots. 
 What can I do for you ? 
 
 The war could be prolonged 
 to the serious damage of 
 England. 
 
 For the good of all Spain. 
 
 To sue at law. 
 
 He is always lawing. 
 
 I value it at a hundred dollars. 
 
 He does not weigh his words. 
 
 The radical party, for the most 
 part, is composed of them. 
 
 coincide with the English in. 
 
PREPOSITIONS 
 
 173 
 
 245. De, of, from, by, on, with, at (indicating primarily 
 possession, origin, separation, etc.). 
 
 a. Possession, origin, separation, etc. : 
 
 Vengo de casa de mi padre. 
 El palacio real de Madrid. 
 Tengo un reloj de oro y una ca- 
 
 dena de plata. 
 Una jicara de chocolate. 
 La diferencia de una cosa a otra. 
 
 6l vive de limosna. 
 
 b. Time : 
 
 De dia, de noche, de verano. 
 Digamoslo de una vez. 
 Trabaja de sol a sol. 
 En cuanto sea de dia. 
 Muri6 de poca edad. 
 
 I come from my father's(house). 
 The royal palace of Madrid. 
 I have a gold watch and a 
 
 silver chain. 
 A cup of chocolate. 
 The difference between one 
 
 thing and another. 
 He lives by alms. 
 
 By day, by night, in summer. 
 Let us say it at once. 
 He works from sun to sun. 
 As soon as it shall be day. 
 He died very young. 
 
 c. Cause, manner, characteristic, etc. : 
 
 Temblar de hiiedo, de frio. 
 Vestirse de negro ; tenir de azul ; 
 
 pintar de verde. 
 Agudo de ingenio; alto de 
 
 cuerpo ; ancho de boca ; li- 
 
 gero de pies. 
 Eso me pone el cabello de punta. 
 
 La nina de los ojos azules. 
 
 d. State, condition, etc. : 
 
 Esta de viaje en Europa. 
 Prefiero quedarme de pies. 
 
 To tremble with fear, with cold. 
 To dress in black; to dye 
 
 blue ; to paint green. 
 Sharp-witted ; tall in stature ; 
 
 wide- mouthed; light-footed. 
 
 That makes my hair stand on 
 
 end. 
 The girl with the blue eyes. 
 
 He is traveling in Europe. 
 I prefer to remain standing. 
 
 Este sombrero esta muy de moda. This hat is very much in style 
 
174 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Esta de venta en la libreria. 
 Los domingos iba de caza. 
 
 Se hinc6 de rodillas. 
 
 It is for sale at the bookstore. 
 On Sundays he used to go 
 
 hunting. 
 He knelt down. 
 
 e. Occupation, profession, etc. : 
 
 Sirve de mayordomo. 
 
 Ella trabaja de costurera a domi- 
 
 cilio. 
 
 Se recibi6 de abogado. 
 Me retire" de sargento. 
 Fu de embajador a Francia. 
 
 /. Note further: 
 
 Digale V. de mi parte. 
 El bebi6 del vino. 
 Le dieron de punaladas. 
 De un trago se lo bebi6. 
 
 Mat6 de un tiro a su mujer y 
 cometi6 suicidio despue"s. 
 
 El bueno de Juan. 
 El brib6n de cartero. 
 El pobre de Rocinante. 
 i Ay de los vencidos ! 
 
 He serves as steward. 
 She goes out to sew. 
 
 He was admitted to the bar. 
 I retired as sergeant. 
 He went as ambassador to 
 France. 
 
 Tell him for me. 
 
 He drank of the wine. 
 
 They stabbed him. 
 
 He drank it down at one swal- 
 low. 
 
 He killed with one shot his 
 wife and committed suicide 
 afterward. 
 
 Good John. 
 
 The rascal of a letter carrier. 
 
 Poor (old) Rocinante. 
 
 Woe to the vanquished ! 
 
 NOTE. See 147 for de after passive verbs. Many other uses 
 of de correspond with English of. 
 
 246. For, by, for, in, along> by means of, in place of, is 
 one of the most overworked of all the prepositions ; but 
 its various uses fall, in general, within certain lines which 
 make their classification rather easy : 
 
PREPOSITIONS 
 
 175 
 
 a. Time : 
 
 No durara por mucho tiempo. 
 
 Creo que cae por pascua. 
 
 Cuatro pesos por un ano. 
 
 Una lluvia de cenizas caia por 
 instantes. 
 
 Por entonces habia estallado una 
 guerra. 
 
 Por la noche la vi salir del res- 
 taurant. 
 
 b. Place, movement, etc. : 
 
 Pasa por la calle. 
 
 Se escap6 por la ventana. 
 
 Sin bajas por su parte. 
 
 Mis investigaciones por ese lado. 
 
 Las aves vuelan por el aire. 
 
 Se ech6 a andar por montes y por 
 
 llanos. 
 Luego revolvi6 su mirada por la 
 
 mar y por el espacio. 
 Un viaje de inspecci6n por las 
 
 costas. 
 Cuando ve al conde por la calle. 
 
 c. Price, value: 
 Vendere" mi casa por mil pesos. 
 
 Una carta puede ir a Manila por 
 dos perras chicas. 
 
 ^Cuanto pide V. por este som- 
 brero ? 
 
 Madera por valor de doscientos 
 duros. 
 
 Un real por pieza. 
 
 It will not last for a long time. 
 I think it falls at Easter. 
 Four dollars (for) a year. 
 A shower of ashes fell at times. 
 
 At that time a war had broken 
 
 out. 
 At night I saw her come out 
 
 of the restaurant. 
 
 He passes along the street. 
 He escaped by the window. 
 Without casualties on their side. 
 My investigations in that line. 
 The birds fly through the air. 
 He began to wander about 
 
 aimlessly. 
 Then he looked around over 
 
 the sea and into space. 
 A tour of inspection along the 
 
 coasts. 
 When he sees the count in the 
 
 street. 
 
 I will sell my house for a thou- 
 sand dollars. 
 
 A letter can go to Manila for 
 two pennies. 
 
 How much do you ask for this 
 hat? 
 
 Wood to the value of two hun- 
 dred dollars. 
 
 One real apiece. 
 
7 6 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 d. Vause, manner, means :- 
 
 Los regales llaman la atenci6n 
 
 por su elegancia. 
 No hay que palidecer por eso. 
 
 Alguna vez ocurria por descuido. 
 
 Ella esta loca por 1. 
 
 Acudi6 por el ruido que caus 
 
 yo. 
 La dolencia se agrav6 por ines- 
 
 perada complicaci6n. 
 
 Por Dios y por Espafia querri- 
 
 amos evitarlo. 
 
 Merezco por ello la muerte. 
 No se podian ver por la oscuri- 
 
 dad. 
 La ciudad sufri6 por falta de 
 
 agua. 
 
 Por el amor que le tenia ella. 
 La mujer lo hizo por vanidad. 
 Tememos por los colonos. 
 Por haber tolerado tales gober- 
 
 nantes. 
 
 Por un golpe de buena fortuna. 
 Se le formara causa por embria- 
 
 guez. 
 
 Lo hara por fuerza. 
 Lo divide por la mitad. 
 Entonces empez6 por decir. 
 Le llaman por su nombre. 
 Explic6, por modo concise, sus 
 
 razones para augurar exito 
 
 brillante. 
 
 The presents attract attention 
 by their elegance. 
 
 There is no reason to get pale 
 on that account. 
 
 It occurred sometimes through 
 oversight. 
 
 She is madly in love with him. 
 
 He ran up (to me) because of 
 the noise I made. 
 
 The disease grew worse be- 
 cause of an unexpected com- 
 plication. 
 
 For God's sake and for Spain's 
 we should like to avoid it. 
 
 I deserve death for it. 
 
 They could not see each other 
 on account of the darkness. 
 
 The city suffered for lack of 
 water. 
 
 For the love she had for him. 
 
 The woman did it for vanity. 
 
 We fear for the colonists. 
 
 For having tolerated such 
 rulers. 
 
 By a stroke of good luck. 
 
 He will be prosecuted for 
 drunkenness. 
 
 He will do it by force. 
 
 He divides it into halves. 
 
 Then he began by saying. 
 
 They call him by his name. 
 
 He explained, in a concise 
 manner, his reasons for pre- 
 dicting brilliant success. 
 
PREPOSITIONS 
 
 1/7 
 
 Se estableci6 por su cuenta. 
 
 Esta obligado a mirar por si 
 
 mismo. 
 Se la siti6 (a la ciudad) por 
 
 hambre. 
 
 Se despachan pedidos por correo. 
 <; Debo venir por mar 6 por tierra ? 
 Ya lo 86" por experiencia. 
 Nadie me vi6 bajar gor aquella 
 
 soga. 
 La situaci6n se explica por si 
 
 misma. 
 Muchos, por falta de sentido, no 
 
 le pierden. 
 
 He went into business on his 
 
 own account. 
 He is obliged to look out for 
 
 himself. 
 The city was besieged and 
 
 starved out. 
 Orders sent by mail. 
 Shall I come by sea or by land ? 
 I already know it by experience. 
 No one saw me come down by 
 
 that rope. 
 The situation explains itself. 
 
 Many do not lose their senses 
 because they have none. 
 
 e. Purpose, exchange, instead of, in behalf of, etc. : 
 
 Salgo sin capa por (para) ir mas 
 
 ligero. 
 
 Hubo un pleito por divorcio. 
 Tenia impaciencia por defender 
 
 a su amigo. 
 La filosofia lucha por resolver este 
 
 problema. 
 Tenia prisa por otra explicaci6n. 
 
 Lo que V. ha hecho por mi. 
 Estoy siempre velando por ti. 
 Asisto por mi companero. 
 
 Habla por su amigo. 
 Fu por lefia y agua. 
 Doy mi gaban por el de usted. 
 
 Vayase el uno por el otro. 
 
 I go out without cape in order 
 to go more rapidly. 
 
 There was a suit for divorce. 
 
 He was impatient to defend 
 his friend. 
 
 Philosophy strives to solve this 
 problem. 
 
 He was anxious for another 
 explanation. 
 
 What you have done for me. 
 
 I am always watching over thee. 
 
 I attend in place of my com- 
 panion. 
 
 He speaks for his friend. 
 
 He went for wood and water. 
 
 I will give my greatcoat for 
 yours. 
 
 Let one go for the other. 
 
 SPAN. GRAM. 12 
 
1/8 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 /. Note further : 
 
 Ruin sea el que por ruin se tiene. 
 
 Fui por Madrid a Toledo. 
 Echaronle por tierra. 
 Ella le cogi6 por la mano. 
 <i Quiere V. tomarla por esposa ? 
 
 La carta esta por escribir. 
 Repito por mi honor que lo ig- 
 
 noro. 
 Hacemos votos por vuestra for- 
 
 tuna. 
 
 Se le recibi6 por maestro. 
 Cada arbol, por decirlo asi, tiene 
 
 su lengua. 
 
 j Bien por mi sobrino ! 
 Los carlistas se dieron por ven- 
 
 cidos. 
 Pregunt6 por la salud del nino. 
 
 Vile be he who thinks himself 
 
 vile. 
 
 I went to Toledo via Madrid. 
 They threw him to the ground. 
 She took him by the hand. 
 Do you wish to take her to 
 
 wife? 
 
 The letter is yet to be written. 
 I repeat on my honor that I do 
 
 not know it. 
 We pray for your welfare. 
 
 He was received as teacher. 
 
 Every tree, so to speak, has its 
 language. 
 
 Good for my nephew ! 
 
 The Carlists gave up as con- 
 quered. 
 
 He asked after the child's 
 health. 
 
 g. In many adverbial expressions : 
 
 Por ejemplo ; por lo general. 
 Por consiguiente ; por complete. 
 Por lo demas ; por el contrario. 
 Por fin ; por dicha. 
 Por razones obvias. 
 Palabra por palabra. 
 Por orden alfabe"tico. 
 Por grande que sea. 
 
 For instance ; in general. 
 Consequently ; completely. 
 For the rest ; on the contrary. 
 Finally ; fortunately. 
 For obvious reasons. 
 Word for word. 
 In alphabetical order. 
 However great he may be. 
 
 REMARK. See 147 for por after passive verbs. 
 
PREPOSITIONS 
 
 179 
 
 247. Par SL } for, to, in, /(with infinitive, to, in order to): 
 
 a. Destination, use, etc. : 
 
 Esta carta es para el correo. 
 No es util para nada. 
 Ropa hecha para niiios. 
 
 Lo he hecho para un amigo. 
 
 Tela buena para camisas. 
 
 Al practicarse la carga para el 
 
 sexto disparo. 
 Este caballo es bueno para 
 
 correr, pero malo para tirar. 
 La casa esta para alquilar. 
 
 b. Purpose, etc. : 
 
 Comemos para vivir. 
 
 Estudi6 para abogado. 
 
 Es dificultoso para aprendido de 
 
 memoria. 
 Son incapaces para el gobierno 
 
 propio. 
 
 Vengo aqui para asuntos de familia. 
 No sirve sino para hacerle timido. 
 
 c. Time : 
 
 Lo dejaremos para mafiana. 
 Para lo future tomara otro nom- 
 
 bre. 
 Para ese tiempo se conoceran 
 
 los resultados. 
 No veia aparecer de un dia para 
 
 otro las cerezas. 
 Un almanaque para el ano que 
 
 viene. 
 
 This letter is for the post office. 
 
 It is not good for anything. 
 
 Ready-made clothing for chil- 
 dren. 
 
 I have made it for a friend. 
 
 Cloth good for shirts. 
 
 While preparing the charge for 
 the sixth shot. 
 
 This horse is good for running, 
 but bad for drawing. 
 
 The house is for rent. 
 
 We eat to live. 
 
 He studied to be a lawyer. 
 
 It is difficult to learn by heart. 
 
 They are incapable of self- 
 government. 
 
 I come here for family affairs. 
 
 It only serves to make him 
 timid. 
 
 We will leave it for to-morrow. 
 In (for the) future it will take 
 
 another name. 
 By that time the results will be 
 
 known. 
 He did not see the cherries 
 
 appear from day to day. 
 An almanac for the coming 
 
 year. 
 
180 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 d. Direction : 
 Saldre" manana para Madrid. 
 
 Partieron para el pueblo. 
 
 I shall start to-morrow for Ma- 
 drid. 
 They set out for the village. 
 
 e. Consideration, etc. : 
 
 Para principiante no lo ha hecho 
 
 mal. 
 
 Para el que habita la ciudad. 
 No es envidiable para mi la vida. 
 Es una grave ofensa para su 
 
 reputaci6n. 
 
 No hay para que" desesperar. 
 No existe para 1 y no la teme. 
 
 Es increible para muchos. 
 
 For a beginner he has not done 
 
 it badly. 
 
 For him who lives in the city. 
 Life is not enviable for me. 
 It is a grave offense against 
 
 his reputation. 
 
 There is no reason to despair. 
 It does not exist for him, and 
 
 he does not fear it. 
 It is incredible to many. 
 
 /. As a complement to certain adjectives : 
 
 Soldados aptos para la lucha. 
 Apropiado para el oficio. 
 Capaz para un empleo. 
 Habil para el empleo. 
 Id6neo para alguna cosa. 
 
 g. Note further : 
 
 El general ley 6 la relaci6n para 
 
 si. 
 Para empezar diremos que el 
 
 perito se equivoca. 
 Mi trabajo ha sido muy bene"fico 
 
 para esta republica. 
 Dijo para si : lo hare*. 
 
 Soldiers fit for fighting. 
 Suitable for the office. 
 Fit for an employment. 
 Qualified for the occupation. 
 Suitable for anything. 
 
 The general read the report to 
 himself. 
 
 To begin we will say that the 
 expert is mistaken. 
 
 My work has been very benefi- 
 cial to this republic. 
 
 He said to himself ; I will do it. 
 
PREPOSITIONS l8l 
 
 NOTE. While difference in use between por and para is nearly 
 always quite distinct, there are cases where either may be used, 
 especially before an infinitive : 
 
 Callare" por (para) no dar dis- I will hold my tongue in order 
 
 gusto a usted. not to displease you. 
 
 Viene a caballo por (para) llegar He comes on horseback in 
 
 mas de prisa. order to arrive more quickly. 
 
 248. Ante, before, in the presence of, in view of. 
 Antes de, before (in time, order, or rank). 
 Delante de, before (in front of): 
 
 Ante el tribunal, el juez. Before the court, the judge. 
 
 Lo hizo ante mis ojos. He did it before my eyes. 
 
 Ante la declaraci6n del rey. In view of the king's declara- 
 tion. 
 
 Ante todo, ante todas cosas. Before all, before all things. 
 
 Lleg6 antes de mi. He arrived before I did. 
 
 Murio antes de las tres. He died before three o'clock. 
 
 El pronombre se pone antes del The pronoun is placed before 
 
 verbo. the verb. 
 
 El obispo esta antes del sacerdote. The bishop takes precedence 
 
 of the priest. 
 
 Esta delante de la iglesia. He is in front of the church. 
 
 Lo dir delante de testigos. I will say it before witnesses. 
 
 249. Bajo, beneath, under, below (chiefly figurative). 
 Debajo de, beneath, under (material position). 
 So, under (used only in a few expressions) : 
 
 Lo hago bajo protesta. I do it under protest. 
 
 Bajo el mando del capitan. Under the command of the 
 
 captain. 
 Tres grades bajo cero. Three degrees below zero. 
 
1 82 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Bajo la rodilla ; bajo la mano. Below the knee ; under the 
 
 hand. 
 
 Ponga V. su maleta debajo del sofa. Put your valise under the sofa. 
 
 Mis zapatos estan debajo de la My shoes are under the bed. 
 
 cam a. 
 
 So capa ; so color ; so pretexto. Under cover, color, pretense. 
 
 So pena de la muerte. Under penalty of death. 
 
 250. De a, 0/"(rate, measure, price, etc.): 
 
 Sellos de a dos centavos. Two-cent postage stamps. 
 
 Un canon de a diez centimetres. A ten-centimeter gun. 
 Una pieza de a seis pulgadas. A six-inch gun. 
 
 Un puro de a real. A five-cent cigar. 
 
 Guardias de a caballo y de a pie. Mounted and unmounted 
 
 guards. 
 
 Note that in the first three examples simple de might be used. 
 
 251. Con, with, along with; also means and instrument. 
 Juntamente con, together with : 
 
 Fui al teatro con mi tio. I went to the theater with my 
 
 uncle. 
 
 No llevo dinero conmigo. I don't carry money with me. 
 
 Le mat6 con una navaja. He killed him with a clasp- 
 
 knife. 
 
 Me quiere con todo su coraz6n. He loves me with all his heart. 
 
 Juntamente con sus arnigos. Together with his friends. 
 
 252. Contra, against, towards: 
 
 Estrell6se el caballo contra la The horse dashed against the 
 
 pared. wall. 
 
 El barco di6 contra las rocas. The vessel ran against the 
 
 rocks. * 
 
 La casa esta contra el norte. The house faces towards the 
 
 north. 
 
PREPOSITIONS 183 
 
 253. Desde, from, since : 
 
 Desde la creaci6n del mundo. From the creation of the world. 
 Desde Madrid hasta Toledo. From Madrid to Toledo. 
 
 Desde nino ; desde manana. From childhood ; from to-mor- 
 
 row on. 
 
 254. Durante, during: 
 
 Durante su minoria. During his minority. 
 
 255. Entre, between, amongst, to: 
 
 Entre tii y yo ; entre amigos. Between you and me ; amongst 
 
 friends. 
 Entre los cuatro se comieron el Between the four they ate the 
 
 pavo entero. whole turkey. 
 
 Dije entre mi : no hare" tal cosa. I said to myself: I will do no 
 
 such thing. 
 
 256. Excepto, menos, salvo, except, save: 
 
 Lo hace todo excepto lo mas He does it all except the most 
 importante. important part. 
 
 Los tengo todos menos media I have them all except a half 
 docena. dozen. 
 
 Salvo los errores inevitables. Save the inevitable errors. 
 
 257. Hacia, towards (physical and moral direction). 
 Para con, towards (moral direction) : 
 
 Hacia la entrada de la casa. Towards the entrance of the 
 
 house. 
 
 Relampaguea hacia el norte. It lightens towards the north. 
 
 El camina hacia su perdici6n. He is going to his ruin. 
 
 Mi agradecimiento hacia V. sera My gratitude towards you will 
 
 eterno. be eternal. 
 
 Es siempre amable para con sus He is always amiable towards 
 
 amigos. his friends. 
 
[84 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 258. Hasta, as far as, until, even, etc.: 
 
 Pelearemos hasta veneer 6 morir. We shall fight until we conquer 
 
 or die. 
 Mariana caminaremos hasta Bur- To-morrow we shall go as far as 
 
 gos. Burgos. 
 
 Los piratas mataron hasta los The pirates killed even the 
 
 nifios. . children. 
 
 259. Mediante, by means of: - 
 
 F6rmula de un charlatan para Formula of a charlatan for kill- 
 
 matar pulgas mediante unos 
 polvos ole su invenci6n. 
 
 ing fleas by means of some 
 powder of his invention. 
 
 260. No obstante, notwithstanding: 
 
 No obstante todo lo que ha dicho, Notwithstanding all he has said, 
 es increible. it is incredible. 
 
 261. Segiin, according to : 
 El juez sentenci6 segun ley. 
 
 No pienso que las mercancias 
 
 scan segun las muestras. 
 Segun lo que se me ha dicho. 
 
 <j Viene hoy 6 manana ? Es segun. 
 
 262. Sin, without, besides: 
 
 El pobre tiene que trabajar sin 
 cesar para ganar su pan cotidi- 
 ano. 
 
 Me trajo diamantes y rubies sin 
 otras muchas piedras preciosas. 
 
 The judge gave sentence ac- 
 cording to law. 
 
 I don't think the goods are 
 according to samples. 
 
 According to what I have been 
 told. 
 
 Is he coming to-day or to-mor- 
 row? It depends. 
 
 The poor man has to work 
 
 without ceasing in order to 
 
 earn his daily bread. 
 He brought me diamonds and 
 
 rubies besides many other 
 
 precious stones. 
 
PREPOSITIONS 
 
 I8 5 
 
 263. Sobre, on, upon, of, above, over, etc. 
 Encima de, upon, over, above : 
 
 Colonia esta sobre el Rhin. 
 Pongo mi gorro sobre la mesa. 
 Disputan sobre la libre acunaci6n 
 
 de la plata. 
 Hay aqui sobre cien personas. 
 
 Hablemos sobre otra cosa. 
 Sobre lo de rustico, tiene algo de 
 
 taimado. 
 Mi sombrero esta encima de la 
 
 guardarropa. 
 
 Las aves vuelan encima de la torre. 
 Y por encima de todo. 
 
 Cologne is on the Rhine. 
 
 I put my cap on the table. 
 
 They are disputing about the 
 free coinage of silver. 
 
 There are over a hundred per- 
 sons here. 
 
 Let us speak of something else. 
 
 Besides his rusticity, he has 
 something crafty about him. 
 
 My hat is upon the wardrobe. 
 
 The birds fly over the tower. 
 And above all. 
 
 264. Tras (de), after, besides. 
 
 Atras de, j behind ( place order). 
 Detras de, J 
 
 Despues de, after (time, order). 
 En pos de, after, behind: 
 
 Tras la fortuna viene la adversidad. 
 Tras (de) perder su dinero, va 
 
 sobre su honor. 
 No se queda atras de su antepo- 
 
 sado. 
 
 Detras de la cruz esta el diablo. 
 Esta sentado detras de su sobrino. 
 Despue" s de la lluvia, el buen tiem- 
 
 po. 
 El pronombre enclitico se pone 
 
 despue"s del infinitive. 
 En pos de los demas se dirigi6 
 
 hacia el municipio. 
 
 After fortune comes adversity. 
 
 Besides losing his money, his 
 honor is at stake. 
 
 He is not inferior to his ances- 
 tor. 
 
 Behind the cross is the devil. 
 
 He is sitting behind his nephew. 
 
 After the rain, the good weather. 
 
 The enclitic pronoun is placed 
 
 after the infinitive. 
 Behind the others he went 
 
 towards the townhall. 
 
1 86 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 265. Certain combinations of prepositions have already 
 been given. Others occur with de and por : 
 
 Salieron de entre los sepulcros. They came forth from amongst 
 
 the tombs. 
 
 The little birds were hopping 
 about among the limbs. 
 
 Saltaban los pajarillos por entre 
 
 las ramas. 
 Cada uno de por si. 
 Un alambre pasa por encima de 
 
 la rueda y por delante de la 
 
 ventana. 
 De debajo de la cama. 
 
 Each one by himself. 
 A wire passes over the wheel 
 and before the window. 
 
 From under the bed. 
 
 266. Besides the prepositional examples already re- 
 corded, there are numerous phrases which serve as prepo- 
 sitions. Their use is so simple that illustrative sentences 
 are not deemed necessary : 
 
 ademds de, besides. 
 
 alrededor de, around. 
 
 acerca de, about, concerning. 
 
 cerca'de, near. 
 
 dentro de, in, into, within. 
 
 fuera de, outside of. 
 
 lejos de, far from. 
 
 conforme a, according to. 
 correspondiente a, correspond- 
 ing to. 
 
 contrario d, contrary to. 
 frente d, opposite to. 
 junto d, near, close to. 
 respecto d, with regard to. 
 tocante d, touching. 
 
 a causa de, because of. 
 a excepci6n de, excepting. 
 d fuerza de, by dint of. 
 al lado de, by the side of. 
 a(l) trave"s de, across, through. 
 d pesar de, in spite of. 
 a raz6n de, at the rate of. 
 de parte de, on the part of . 
 en cuanto d, as to, as for. 
 
 en frente de, opposite. 
 
 en lugar de, instead of. 
 
 en vez de, instead of. 
 
 en virtud de, by virtue of. 
 
 en vista de, in view of. 
 
 mds alld de, beyond. 
 
 por causa de, on account of. 
 
 por raz6n de, by reason of. 
 
 sin embargo de, notwithstanding. 
 
IX 
 
 CONJUNCTIONS AND INTERJECTIONS 
 CONJUNCTIONS 
 
 267. The distinction between pure conjunctions and 
 conjunctive adverbs can not always be strictly drawn. 
 Their classification is unimportant : 
 
 mas, pero, sino, ) que, that, for, whether, and. 
 
 empero (rare), J a que, that, until, P II bet that. 
 
 ni, nor. de que, that, because. 
 
 6, u (before o or ho), or. y, e (before / or hi), and. 
 
 6 sea, or, that is. si, if, whether, suppose, why. 
 
 a. Mas, pero (empero), are the usual connectives be- 
 tween adversative statements : 
 
 Eso lo dice Mariana, mas no That is what Mariana says, but 
 conviene con el Lafuente. Lafuente does not agree with 
 
 him. 
 
 No le he visto hoy, pero creo I have not seen him to-day, 
 que vendrd. but I think he will come. 
 
 b. Sino, if the same verb is expressed or implied in both 
 clauses, is used by way of contrast after a negative state- 
 ment. When it is used in the same clause with the negative, 
 it translates our but in the sense of only : 
 
 Yo no vivo aqui sino en Carta- I do not live here, but in Car- 
 
 gena. tagena. 
 
 No una vez sino tres veces me Not once, but three times, he 
 
 lo solicit6. begged it of me. 
 
 187 
 
1 88 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 No tengo sino tres pesos en mi I have but three dollars in my 
 
 cartera. pocketbook. 
 
 No llega el vapor sino pasado The steamer arrives only the 
 
 maiiana. day after to-morrow. 
 
 C-. becomes u before words beginning with o or ho: 
 
 Vendre" hoy 6 manana. I shall come to-day or to-morrow. 
 
 Siete u ocho ; diez u onze ; mujer Seven or eight ; ten or eleven ; 
 u hombre. woman or man. 
 
 d. Que is the common connective between principal and 
 subordinate clauses, but it likewise has other uses, some 
 of which are purely idiomatic and arbitrary. It may be 
 omitted in certain cases, but is not nearly so often omitted 
 as the English that: 
 
 Pienso que lo hara tarde 6 tern- I think he will do it sooner or 
 
 prano. later. 
 
 Permitame le diga que no esta d Allow me to tell you that it is not 
 
 mi gusto. satisfactory to me. 
 
 Al mismo tiempo cay6 enferma At the same time his mother fell 
 
 su madre ; que rara vez una sick ; for rarely does a misfor- 
 
 desgracia viene sola. tune come alone. 
 
 Que quiera 6 no, lo hare". Whether he will or not, I shall 
 
 do it. 
 
 Justicia pide, que no gracia. Justice he asks, and not pardon. 
 
 i Socorro ! j que me matan ! Help ! they are killing me ! 
 
 NOTE. In some instances a preceding clause may be sup- 
 plied : 
 
 i Que pase! (i.e. quiero que ). Let him come in (i.e. I wish 
 
 that) he come in. 
 
 i Que se van todos ! (i.e. creo (I believe) they are all going 
 que ) . away. 
 
CONJUNCTIONS 189 
 
 e. A que is used after such verbs as invitar, instar, ex- 
 hortar, esperar, aguardar, etc. : 
 
 Invita a los franceses a que in- He invites the French to invest 
 
 viertan sus capitales. their capital. 
 
 El Globo insta al gobierno a que The Globe urges the government 
 
 tome posesi6n de la bahia. to take possession of the bay. 
 
 Le exhortamos a que no pierda We exhort him not to lose hope. 
 
 las esperanzas. 
 
 Aguardare" a que venga. I will wait until he comes. 
 
 A que no vendra. I'll bet he will not come. 
 
 /. De que, in general, is employed after words which, in 
 other constructions, would be followed by de : 
 
 No hay duda de que el proyecto There is no doubt (of the fact) 
 
 llegara a ser ley. that the bill will become a law. 
 
 Estoy seguro de que e"! lo acep- I am sure (of the fact that) he 
 
 tara. will accept it. 
 
 g. Y becomes e before i or hi, but not before hie or at 
 the beginning of an interrogative sentence: 
 
 Fernando e" Isabel ; padres e" Ferdinand and Isabella; fathers 
 
 hijos. and sons. 
 
 Tigres y hienas ; nieve y hielo. Tigers and hyenas; snow and ice. 
 
 <i Y interns al cinco por ciento ? And interest at five per cent ? 
 
 h. Si commonly expresses a condition, but it has other 
 uses which may be seen in the following : 
 
 Dudo si traera su escopeta. I doubt whether he will bring 
 
 his gun. 
 Si sera verdad lo que se me ha Suppose what has been told me 
 
 dicho ? shall turn out to be true ? 
 
 Si no sali6 en toda la noche. Why, he did not go out during 
 
 the whole night. 
 
190 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 268. Besides the conjunctions already given, there are 
 numerous conjunctive phrases. Those in heavy type are 
 followed by the subjunctive under conditions to be here- 
 after explained : 
 
 a fin de que, in order that. 
 a medida que, according as. 
 
 a menos que, ) 
 
 [ unless. 
 a no ser que ; j 
 
 ahora que, now that. 
 antes que, before. 
 asi que, so that, as. 
 
 aunque, ) Jj7 , 
 I although. 
 bien que, j 
 
 como, when, as. 
 
 como quiera que, however. 
 
 con que, so, so then. 
 
 con motive que, so that. 
 
 con tal que, provided that. 
 
 cuando, when. 
 
 cuanto mas que, the more since. 
 
 dado que, in case. 
 
 dado caso que, supposing that. 
 
 de manera que, 1 
 
 de modo que, \ so that. 
 
 de suerte que, J 
 
 desde que, since. 
 
 despues que, after. 
 
 en caso que, in case that. 
 en tanto que, while, in case that. 
 en vez de que, instead of. 
 entre tanto que, while. 
 excepto que, except that. 
 hasta que, until. 
 luego que, as soon as. 
 mientras (que), while. 
 no obstante que, notwithstand- 
 ing. 
 
 para que, in order that. 
 por que, however (246, g). 
 porque, because, in order that. 
 por si, in case that. 
 
 pues que, ) . 
 
 \ since. 
 puesto que, } 
 
 sea que, whether, while. 
 
 segun que, according as. 
 
 siempre que, whenever. 
 
 sin que, without. 
 
 supuesto que, supposing, since. 
 
 tanto que, so that. 
 
 ya que, since. . 
 
 269. Certain conjunctions, which occur in pairs, are 
 called correlatives: 
 
 Apenas cuando. 
 
 Asi como; ni ni (237). 
 
 No bien cuando. 
 
 No s61o sino (que). 
 
 Scarcely when. 
 
 Both and ; neither nor. 
 
 Scarcely when. 
 
 Not only but. 
 
INTERJECTIONS 19 1 
 
 No solamente sino (que). Not only but. 
 
 6 6; ora ora. Either or; now now. 
 
 Sea sea; ya ya. Whether or; now now. 
 
 NOTE. Where que follows sino, as above, a verb will be ex- 
 pressed, which need not be the same as that of the first clause 
 (267,*): 
 Te suplico que no rompas esta I beg you not to tear up this 
 
 carta, sino que la guardes. letter, but to keep it. 
 
 INTERJECTIONS 
 
 270. Conversational Spanish is profuse in interjections. 
 Their exact shade of meaning depends, to some extent, on 
 the circumstances which call them forth. The English 
 translations assigned to them must be regarded as merely 
 approximative. The pure interjections are : 
 
 1 ah ; ' h ' , \ oh , ah ! alas , ' I"? ' <f n > h ' . 
 j ay ! j guay I j \ ja ! \ ja ! \ ja ! (laughter). 
 
 i bah ! pshaw / \ ojala ! God grant ! 
 
 \ ca ! or \ quia ! nonsense / \ ox ! shoo ! 
 
 \ caramba ! the deuce ! \ puf ! ugh ! pah / 
 
 I caspita ! zounds / j sus ! courage ! come on / 
 
 \ ea ! come ! \ tate ! beware ! 
 
 \ eh ! eh ! say ! j uf ! (weariness), oh ! 
 
 \ hola ! (ola) oh / hello f \ zape ! scat! goodness ! 
 
 271. Besides the pure interjections, various parts of 
 speech are used as such. Among the more common 
 are : 
 
 j al asesino ! murder / \ cuidado ! take care ! 
 
 \ al Iadr6n ! stop thief! \ de veras ! indeed '/ truly ! 
 
 \ & lincharle ! lynch him f \ fuego ! fire ! 
 
 \ anda ! pshaw f nonsense! \ otra ! j otra ! j otra vez ! en- 
 
 \ a quemarle vivo ! burn him core / 
 
 alive/ j toma ! indeed! really! 
 
IQ2 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 i basta ! enough ! \ socorro ! help ! help / 
 
 i bravo ! bravo ! good for you! \ vamos ! come ! well! 
 
 \ calle ! shut up ! nonsense ! \ vaya ! indeed ' ! of course ! 
 
 \ c6mo ! how ! why ! \ voto va ! thunderation ! 
 
 \ corriente ! all right ! \ ya ya ! yes, yes, of course ! 
 
 NOTE. Hombre, man, and mujer, woman, often occur as 
 interjections, particularly to add emphasis or to protest against a 
 statement. 
 
 272. The names of holy personages and evil spirits are 
 freely used as exclamations, Spaniards not feeling the 
 same aversion to their use as we do. In translating into 
 English, they may be rendered by dear me ! heavens ! 
 gracious me! or any other equivalent appropriate to the 
 context : 
 
 i cielos ! heavens ! \ ave Maria ! hail Mary ! 
 
 \ ay Dios mio ! oh, my God! \ ave Maria purisima ! hail Mary 
 
 \ Dios ! God! most pure ! 
 
 \ Dios mio ! my God! \ Virgen Santa ! Holy Virgin / 
 
 \ por Dios ! for God's sake ! \ Jesus ! or, \ Jesus, Maria, Jose" ! 
 
 i sefior ! lord! sir! \ demonio ! 1 
 
 i pardiez ! by George ! \ diablo ! 
 
 i valgame Dios ! God help me ! \ diantre ! J 
 
 273. Adjectives and ay and guay are connected by de 
 with a following noun or pronoun : 
 
 i triste de mi ! poor me ! \ ay de ti ! alas for thee ! 
 
 \ pobre de mi amigo ! my poor \ guay tie la victima ! woe to the 
 friend! victim ! 
 
 274. Finally qu6 and qu6 tan introduce many exclama- 
 tory phrases : 
 
 i que" lastima ! what a pity ! \ que" hombre ! what a man ! 
 
 \ que" bonita ! how pretty ! \ que" nina tan hermosa ! what a 
 
 pretty child ! 
 
X 
 
 SYNTAX 
 
 THE DEFINITE ARTICLE 
 
 275. The English and Spanish definite articles coincide 
 in many of their uses. In general we shall note only such 
 cases as differ from English usage. The Spanish article 
 is used 
 
 a. With the names of certain countries, provinces, 
 mountains, and cities, and with others when they are lim- 
 ited by some qualifying word or are not preceded by a 
 preposition : 
 
 el Brasil, el Canada, la America del Sur. 
 
 el Peru, la Coruna. la Carolina del Norte. 
 
 la Habana, el Vesuvio. la Gran Bretana. 
 
 el Helic6n. Castilla la Nueva or la Vieja. 
 
 el Jap6n, el Paraguay. la Francia produce mucho vino. 
 
 NOTE. Familiarly also before the baptismal names of women : 
 la Carlota, la Dolores, la Pepita. 
 
 b\ In expressing periods or points of time : 
 
 Volver6 a los ocho dias v I shall return in eight days. 
 
 Lo vi el lunes y lo vere" el mie>- I saw him on Monday and shall 
 
 coles. see him on Wednesday. 
 
 Doy mi Iecci6n de musica los I take my music lesson (on) 
 
 martes y los jueves. Tuesdays and Thursdays. 
 
 La semana entrante ; el ano que Next week ; next year. 
 
 viene. 
 
 SPAN. GRAM. 13 193 
 
194 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Es la una ; son las dos, las tres It is one o'clock ; it is two, 
 
 y media. half- past three. 
 
 A or por la noche. At night. 
 
 c. In expressions of rate, measure, weight, etc. : 
 
 Al tanto por ciento. At so much per cent. 
 
 A dos pesos la fanega. At two dollars a bushel. 
 
 A tres pesetas la libra. At three francs a pound. 
 
 A diez centavos la milla. At ten cents a mile. 
 
 NOTE. But the article is frequently omitted and por may be 
 used : 
 
 Este pafio vale dos pesos vara This cloth is worth two dollars 
 
 (la vara or por vara) . a yard. 
 
 La mantequilla se vende a 25 Butter sells at twenty-five cents 
 
 centavos libra (la 1. or por 1.). a pound. 
 
 d. With nouns expressing universal or abstract ideas: 
 
 El mentir es un vicio abomi- Lying is an abominable vice. 
 
 nable. 
 
 . Mas vale la alegria que la ri- Mirth is better than riches. 
 
 queza. 
 
 El hombre propone y la mujer Man proposes and woman dis- 
 
 dispone. poses. 
 
 El oro es mas precioso que la Gold is more precious than 
 
 plata. silver. 
 
 El perro es un animal muy util. The dog is a very useful animal. 
 
 e. Before titles when used in the third person, except 
 don and dona : 
 
 El doctor Sanchez ; el general Dr. Sanchez ; General Espar- 
 
 Espartero ; el almirante Cer- tero ; Admiral Cervera ; Mr. 
 
 vera ; el senor Silvela ; la Silvela ; Mrs. Bazan ; Pope 
 
 senora Bazan ; el papa Le6n Leo the Thirteenth. 
 trece. 
 
THE DEFINITE ARTICLE 
 
 195 
 
 But 
 
 Buenos dias, senor Garcia. 
 <j C6mo esta V., sefiora Pe" rez ? 
 Don Juan y dona Maria ban 
 llegado. 
 
 Good morning (day), Mr. Garcia. 
 How are you, Mrs. Perez ? 
 Don John and Donna Mary 
 have arrived. 
 
 f. Before nouns expressing nationality, profession, or sex, 
 when they limit pronouns of the first or second person 
 plural : 
 
 Nosotros los espanoles. 
 Vosotros los actores. 
 Ustedes las mujeres. 
 Todos los hombres del Mediodia 
 
 somos muy pundonorosos. 
 
 We Spaniards. 
 You actors. 
 You women. 
 
 All we men of the South are very 
 nice about points of honor. 
 
 Note also : 
 
 Tengo una buena edici6n del 
 
 Quijote. 
 El Dante y el Petrarca eran 
 
 poetas italianos. 
 Dar el parabie"n ; dar el pe"same. 
 
 La Maria tiene la boca pequena, 
 el pelo rubio, los ojos azules y 
 las mejillas color de rosa. 
 
 Los ocult6 en el pecho. 
 
 El pobre Juan ha muerto. 
 
 I have a fine edition of Don 
 
 Quijote. 
 Dante and Petrarca were Italian 
 
 poets. 
 To congratulate ; to condole 
 
 with. 
 Mary has a small mouth, blond 
 
 hair, blue eyes, and rosy 
 
 cheeks. 
 
 He hid them in his bosom. 
 Poor John has died. 
 
 276. The definite article is omitted 
 
 a. Before nouns in predicate relations, when they are 
 qualified by adjectives or other attributes : 
 
 Es obra magica de Brunilda. It is the magic work of Brunilda. 
 
 Es supcrintendente de la Acade- He is the superintendent of the 
 
 mia naval.- Naval Academy. 
 
 Es primo de un marque's. He is the cousin of a marquis. 
 
196 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 b. Before certain nouns in apposition : 
 
 Maria Cristina, reina regente de Maria Cristina, the Queen Re- 
 
 Espana. gent of Spain. 
 
 Juan Valera, autor de Pepita Juan Valera, the author of Pepita 
 
 Jimenez. Jimenez. 
 
 Pelayo, primer rey de Asturias. Pelayo, the first king of Asturias. 
 
 c. Before numbers indicating the order of sovereigns : 
 
 Alfonso trece, rey de Espana. Alfonso XIII, king of Spain. 
 
 Isabel segunda, ex-reina de Isabella the second, ex-queen of 
 
 Espana. Spain. 
 
 Pio nono, Papa que fu de Roma. Pius IX, the late Pope of Rome. 
 
 Su Santidad, Le6n trece. His Holiness, Leo XIII. 
 
 d. While the definite article is usually expressed before 
 each noun of a series, it may be omitted before all but the 
 first, especially when they are of similar meaning or are 
 connected by 6 : 
 
 Ella tiene toda la inocencia, She has all the innocence, sim- 
 
 sencillez y blandura de una plicity, and gentleness of a 
 
 ninita. little girl. 
 
 A causa de la ignorancia 6 tor- Because of the ignorance or dull- 
 
 peza de su amigo. ness of his friend. 
 
 e. Sometimes the use or omission of the definite article 
 gives a different meaning to the sentence: 
 
 hacer la cama, to make the bed. hacer cama, to be sick in bed. 
 
 dar el alma, to expire. dar alma, to encourage. 
 
 dia del juicio, judgment day. dia de juicio, the day set for trial. 
 
 tomar el habito, to become a tomar habito, to adopt the cus~ 
 nun or monk. torn. 
 
THE DEFINITE ARTICLE . 197 
 
 f. Finally, the definite article is omitted in many cases 
 which do not admit of classification. This occurs particu- 
 larly after certain prepositions and in certain expressions 
 fixed by usage. A few examples only can be cited : 
 
 En Filipinas. In the Philippines. 
 
 Bajo mando de. Under the command of. 
 
 En nombre del rey. In the name of the King. 
 
 En dicha mafiana. On the morning in question. 
 
 Broma de nuevo ano. New Year's joke. 
 
 En numero singular. In the singular number. 
 
 En tercera persona. In the third person. 
 
 En presente de indicativo. In the present of the indicative. 
 
 Un hombre de mar. A man of the sea (seaman). 
 
 En medio del camino. In the midst of the way. 
 
 En presencia del juez. In the presence of the judge. 
 
 De parte del presidente. By order of the president. 
 
 A ultima hora de la sesi6n. At the last hour of the session. 
 
 THE NEUTER ARTICLE 
 
 277. Lo is freely used to form nouns expressing abstract 
 and other ideas. From its nature it can not have a plural, 
 and can not be omitted like other articles. It is joined 
 
 a. To adjectives and participles : 
 
 Lo bueno ; lo util ; lo mio. The good ; the useful ; mine, 
 
 what is mine. 
 
 Hice todo lo posible. I did all I could (my best). 
 
 La puse al corriente de lo I informed her of what had 
 
 ocurrido. happened. 
 
 La relaci6n de lo visible con lo The relation of the visible to the 
 
 invisible. invisible. 
 
198 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 b. To adverbs and nouns by means of de: 
 
 Lo de ayer; lo de siempre. The affair of yesterday; the same 
 
 old story. 
 Lo de Filrpinas. The Philippine question. 
 
 NOTE. See 89, ist to 4th, for other uses of lo. 
 
 THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE 
 
 278. While the Spanish indefinite article agrees in many 
 of its uses with the English, it differs in many others. 
 Among these differences is its omission 
 
 a. Before nouns in predicate relations. These nouns 
 may be qualified by adjectives or other adjuncts: 
 
 Es abogado ; es medico. He is a lawyer ; he is a doctor. 
 
 Es espanol ; es espanola. He is a Spaniard ; she is Span- 
 ish. 
 
 Es excelente compositor. He is an excellent composer. - 
 
 Nos parece modelo de ingrati- He appears to us a model of 
 
 tud. ingratitude. 
 
 Quiere meterse a hermana de She wishes to become a sister 
 
 caridad. of charity. 
 
 NOTE. The above usage is not constant, as the article is 
 expressed, whenever it is desired to define more sharply the 
 individual : 
 
 El es un hombre de importancia. He is a man of mark. 
 
 Es un estadista de primer or- He is a statesman of the first 
 
 den. order. 
 
 Es un viejo de muy pequena es- He is an old man of very small 
 
 tatura. stature. 
 
THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE 
 
 b. Before nouns in apposition : 
 
 199 
 
 El Sombrero de tres Picos, no- 
 vela de Alarc6n. 
 
 Nueva York, gran ciudad de los 
 Estados Unidos, se halla en la 
 desembocadura del Hudson. 
 
 The Three-Cornered Hat, a novel 
 by Alarcon. 
 
 New York, a great city of the 
 United States, is situated at 
 the mouth of the Hudson. 
 
 c. Before certain adjectives and indefinite expres- 
 sions : 
 
 Buen susto me has dado. 
 Esta en muy mal estado. 
 Recibe gran quebranto. 
 Tan noble acci6n. 
 Tamana idea no me ocurri6. 
 
 En semejante materia. 
 Por igual raz6n. 
 Media docena de naranjas. 
 Con cierto tono malicioso. 
 Como se dijo en otro lugar. 
 No pienso en tal cosa. 
 
 No tuvo e"xito como actor. 
 
 i Que" verguenza ! \ que" lastima ! 
 
 You gave me a good scare. 
 He is in a very bad state. 
 It receives a great damage. 
 Such a noble action. 
 Such an idea did not occur to 
 
 me. 
 
 In such a matter. 
 For a like reason. 
 Half a dozen oranges. 
 With a certain malicious tone. 
 As was said in another place. 
 I am not thinking of such a 
 
 thing. 
 
 He had no success as an actor. 
 What a shame ! what a pity ! 
 
 d. After negative expressions and others implying 
 negation : 
 
 Por no sufrir extrano yugo. In order not to suffer a foreign 
 
 yoke. 
 Dudo que V. encuentre mejor I doubt whether you will find a 
 
 calidad. better quality, 
 
 fiste no hablaba palabra. The latter was not saying a word. 
 
 Sigui6 sin pronunciar palabra. He followed without speaking a 
 
 word. 
 
200 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Con todo eso apenas tendra V. With all that you will scarcely 
 
 idea de ella. have an idea of her. 
 
 <f Hay hombre mas arrogante? Is there a more arrogant man? 
 
 e. Before words indicating quantity : 
 
 Precio, diez pesetas ano en Es- Price, ten pesetas a year in Spain. 
 
 pana. 
 
 Pre"steme V. cien pesos. Lend me a hundred dollars. 
 
 A treinta pesetas tomo. At thirty pesetas a volume. 
 
 No llegaria a vara y media. It would not reach a yard and a 
 
 half. 
 Hay aqui mil soldados. There are a thousand soldiers 
 
 here. 
 
 Quiero docena y media. I want a dozen and a half. 
 
 A media milla de aqui. Half a mile from here. 
 
 f. Lastly, the indefinite article is omitted before nouns 
 used in a general or indeterminate sense : 
 
 Datos tornados de fuente fide- Data taken from a trustworthy 
 
 digna. source. 
 
 Despue"s de brevisima noche. After a very short night. 
 
 Tambie" n tenemos sala de patinar. We have also a skating rink. 
 
 Form6 parte del primer minis- He formed a part of the first 
 
 terio. ministry. 
 
 Di6 palabra de curarme. He promised to cure me. 
 
 Lo atribuyo a falta de fuerza I attribute it to a lack of physi- 
 
 flsica. cal strength. 
 
 Le ha dado habitaci6n en el pala- He has given him a room in the 
 
 cio. palace. 
 
 NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 
 
 279. We have seen (is) that it is convenient to treat 
 nouns as having a declension, although they only vary to 
 express number. A brief treatment of the cases will suffice. 
 
NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 
 
 2OI 
 
 280. The nominative has the same uses as the English 
 nominative. 
 
 281. The genitive is formed by the preposition de, of, 
 and is the equivalent of the English possessive case or of 
 a word preceded by of (occasionally to) : 
 
 El caballo de mi arnigo. 
 
 Una taza de te ; una copa de agua. 
 
 Una eadena de oro. 
 
 Los manzanos del huerto. 
 
 El camino de la vifia. 
 
 My friend's horse. 
 
 A cup of tea j a glass of water. 
 
 A gold chain. 
 
 The apple trees of the orchard. 
 
 The way to the vineyard. 
 
 a. The genitive occurs also after certain quasi-intran- 
 sitive and reflexive verbs : 
 
 Los soldados carecen de todo. 
 Tiro de un rev61ver. 
 Voy a cambiar de traje. 
 
 No dudo de lo que dice usted. 
 6l no entiende de poesia. 
 
 Goza de buena reputaci6n. 
 Debjera usar de sus privilegios 
 
 y no abusar de ellos. 
 Necesitamos de mucho dinero. 
 El barco vari6 de rumbo. 
 No se acuerda de lo ocurrido. 
 
 No me fio de sus promesas. 
 Se bur!6 de 1 y no de mi. 
 
 Nos alegramos de su xito. 
 Se rie de todo el mundo. 
 
 The soldiers lack everything. 
 
 He drew a revolver. 
 
 I am going to change my cloth- 
 ing. 
 
 I don't doubt what you say. 
 
 He does not know anything 
 about poetry. 
 
 He enjoys a good reputation. 
 
 He ought to use his privileges 
 and not abuse them. 
 
 We need much money. 
 
 The vessel changed her course. 
 
 He does not remember what 
 occurred. 
 
 I don't trust his promises. 
 
 He made fun of him and not of 
 me. 
 
 We rejoice at his success. 
 
 He laughs at everybody. 
 
202 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Se compadece del pobre perro. 
 Sirvase V. de sus talentos. 
 Se ha enamorado de la joven. 
 
 Se apoder6 del palacio. 
 
 He takes pity on the poor dog. 
 
 Make use of your talents. 
 
 He has fallen in love with the 
 
 young girl. 
 He took possession of the palace. 
 
 282. The dative, expressed by a when a noun or pronoun 
 follows, is the case of the indirect object and occurs mostly 
 after verbs whose equivalent, in English, takes to (some- 
 times of or from) as a complement : 
 
 El general hablaba al soldado. 
 
 A mi me lo dijo y no a 1. 
 Dara un terr6n de azucar a la 
 
 muchachita. 
 Devolvi6 el libro al maestro. 
 
 Lo mandare" a casa por usted. 
 Anoche fui a la 6pera. 
 El salteador quit6 al viajero su 
 . reloj y su capa. 
 Le agradezco a V. su bondad. 
 Le gan6 todo su dinero. 
 Me pidi6 una limosna. 
 Beso a usted la mano. 
 Ella tom6 el brazo a su hermano. 
 Sobrevivira a toda su familia. 
 
 The general was speaking to the 
 
 soldier. 
 
 He told it to me and not to him. 
 He will give a lump of sugar to 
 
 the little girl. 
 He returned the book to the 
 
 teacher. 
 
 I will send it home for you. 
 Last night I went to the opera. 
 The footpad took from the 
 
 traveler his watch and cloak. 
 I thank you for your kindness. 
 He won from him all his money. 
 He asked alms of me. 
 I kiss your hand. 
 She took her brother's arm. 
 He will outlive all his family. 
 
 a. The dative occurs also after some nouns : 
 
 El amor a la patria. 
 Su afici6n a la musica. 
 El miedo a la muerte. 
 
 The love of country. 
 His love for music. 
 The fear of death. 
 
NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 2O3 
 
 283. The accusative has two forms, the personal, formed 
 by the preposition a, and the simple accusative. They 
 both stand as the object of a transitive verb. The personal 
 is used 
 
 a. When the object is a common noun referring to 
 living beings or to things personified : 
 
 La madre quiere a sus hijas, y The mother loves her daughters, 
 las hijas la quieren a ella. and the daughters love her. 
 
 El cazador vapula al perro. The hunter flogs the dog. 
 
 El buen ciudadano ama a su The good citizen loves his 
 patria. country. 
 
 b. When the object is a proper name not preceded by 
 the article : 
 
 Mand6 a Jos al correo. I sent Joseph to the post office. 
 
 Ayer vi a Juan y a Carlos. Yesterday I saw John and 
 
 Charles. 
 Con eso pic6 a Rocinante y With that he spurred Rosinante 
 
 parti6 a galope. and started off at a gallop. 
 
 Dejare a Espana manana. I shall leave Spain to-morrow. 
 
 c. With pronouns and pronominal adjectives, when used, 
 by way of contrast or emphasis, to define more nearly other 
 pronouns : 
 
 Le aseguro a usted que no. I assure you it is not so. 
 
 No me lo envi6 a mi sino a el. He did not send it to me, but 
 
 to him. 
 
 Se admiran el uno al otro. They admire each other. 
 
 Nos aborrecen a todos. They hate us all. 
 
 i A quien vi6 V. ? <i a 1 6 a ella ? Whom did you see ? him or her ? 
 
2O4 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 d. With most pronouns and pronominal adjectives des- 
 ignating persons : 
 
 De los dos hombres prefiero a Of the two men I prefer this 
 
 e"ste. one. 
 
 No encontre" a nadie en el I did not meet (find) any one 
 
 parque. in the park. 
 
 No quiere a ninguno de ellos. He does not like any one of 
 
 them. 
 
 No 5e" a quie"n busca. I don't know whom he is look- 
 
 ing for. 
 
 Consuela a cada uno por turno. He consoles each one in turn. 
 Vino el diluvio y destruy6 a The flood came and destroyed 
 
 todos. all. 
 
 e. When two objects, whether persons or things, stand 
 in a factitive relation to each other, the true accusative 
 takes a. One of them may be an adjective : - 
 
 Hizo al agua vino. He made the water wine. 
 
 Llama a su capricho amor. She calls her caprice love. 
 
 El rey design6 capitan al teni- The king appointed the lieu- 
 
 ente. tenant captain. 
 
 Su e"xito hace vano al soldado. His success makes the soldier 
 
 vain. 
 
 f. When two or more nouns, the names of things, are 
 in the same sentence, a must precede the object, provided 
 the subject is also the name of a thing; otherwise the 
 subject and object might be confounded : 
 
 El adjetivo precede al nombre. The adjective precedes the 
 
 noun. 
 Al verbo se antepone el pro- The pronoun is placed before 
 
 nombre. the verb. 
 
 Sigue el dia a la noche. The day follows the night. 
 
NOUNS AND PRONOUNS 2O5 
 
 284. The simple accusative, i.e. without a, occurs 
 
 a. When the object is a thing or insignificant animal, 
 the subject generally a person : 
 
 Ella esta dando Iecci6n de mu- She is taking a music lesson. 
 
 sica. 
 
 Escribe una carta a su padre. He writes a letter to his 'father. 
 
 Habla espanol muy al pelo. He speaks Spanish very glibly. 
 
 El cazador mata la liebre. The hunter kills the hare. 
 
 b. When the object, though designating a person, is not 
 preceded by a determining word, as the article, demon- 
 strative, etc. : 
 
 No conozco hombre mas torpe, I don't know a duller man nor 
 ni mujeres mas amables. more amiable women. 
 
 c. When the object is preceded by a numeral (except 
 un, una). Usage is not constant : 
 
 Envi6 50 hombres en su ayuda. He sent 50 men to his assistance. 
 Vi se<is amigos mios en el teatro. I saw six friends of mine in the 
 
 theater. 
 Nadiepuedeserviradossenores. No one can serve two masters. 
 
 d. When the object stands in immediate relation with a 
 dative, unless the former be a proper name without the 
 article : 
 
 Envie" el criado a la plaza. I sent the servant to market. 
 
 Paris arrebat6 d Menelao su mu- Paris carried off from Menelaos 
 jer Elena. his wife Helen. 
 
 But- 
 
 Pascual entrega 2 Maria a su ri- Pascual delivers up Mary to his 
 val. rival. 
 
206 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 e. When the object is a proper name preceded by the 
 
 article : 
 
 Pizarro conquist6 el Pen'i. 
 Prefiero el Dante al Tasso. 
 Vamos a visitar los Alpes. 
 Ponce de Le6n descubri6 la Flo- 
 rida en 1512. 
 
 Pizarro conquered Peru. 
 I prefer Dante to Tasso. 
 We are going to visit the Alps. 
 Ponce de Leon discovered Flor- 
 ida in 1512. 
 
 f. When the object represents a general idea: 
 La antigua ' Grecia produjo Ancient Greece produced great 
 
 grandes oradores. 
 Es la practica la que hace los 
 
 maestros. 
 Toda buena mujer ama los buenos 
 
 nifios. 
 
 orators. 
 Practice is what makes masters 
 
 (makes perfect). 
 Every good woman loves good 
 
 children. 
 
 g. For the sake of euphony, but not before a proper 
 name: 
 
 6l mira aquel hombre. He looks at that man. 
 
 Vi6 aquella mujer. He saw that woman. 
 
 Hall6 a Anita en la escuela. He found Anita in the school. 
 
 NOTE. This rule is not constant. 
 
 285. After a few verbs the use or omission of a gives a 
 different turn to the thought : 
 
 WITHOUT 
 
 Tenemos un novel autor. 
 We have a new author. 
 Quiere amigos que le amen. 
 He wants friends to love him. 
 Los romanos robaron las sabinas 
 
 en tiempo de R6mulo. 
 The Romans stole the Sabine 
 
 women in the time of Romulus . 
 
 WITH 
 
 El caballerizo tiene al caballo. 
 The groom holds the horse. 
 Quiere muchisimo a sus amigos. 
 He loves his friends very much. 
 Los romanos robaron a los sabi- 
 
 nos sus hijas. 
 The Romans robbed the Sabines 
 
 of their daughters \ 
 
THE ADJECTIVE 2O/ 
 
 Dejo el criado en la casa. Dejo al criado hacerlo. 
 
 / leave the servant in the house. I have the servant do it. 
 
 Perdi6 ayer su padre. Ha perdido a su hijo. 
 
 He lost his father yesterday. He has spoiled his son. 
 
 NOTE. What has been said covers pretty well the general use 
 of the two forms of the accusative; but the subject is confessedly 
 a difficult one, at least for the foreigner, and the student must not 
 be surprised if he find, even in the best authors, violations of some 
 of the above rules. The degree of individuality which the speaker 
 wishes to assign to the object frequently determines the use or 
 omission of a. Hence it may appear, at times, a little arbitrary. 
 
 THE ADJECTIVE 
 
 286. Adjectives agree in gender and number with the 
 nouns or pronouns they qualify : 
 
 El es un hombre honrado. He is an honest man. 
 
 Ella es una mujer bonita. She is a pretty woman. 
 Falsas esperanzas y vanos temo- False hopes and vain fears. 
 
 res. 
 
 Ella es aplicada y buena. She is diligent and good. 
 
 <iCuantos anos tiene usted? How old are you? 
 
 Es usted injusta, senora. You are unjust, madam. 
 
 287. When two or more nouns or pronouns are in the 
 singular and of different genders, the adjective is put in 
 the masculine plural : 
 
 El medico y su hermana son The doctor and his sister are 
 
 ricos. rich. 
 
 Lacasayeljardinsonmagnificos. The house and garden are mag- 
 nificent. 
 6l y ella son generosos. He and she are generous. 
 
2O8 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 NOTE. Where the nouns are of similar meaning, the adjective 
 may agree with the nearest : 
 
 Tiene una energia y un celo in- He has an indomitable energy 
 domable. and zeal. 
 
 288. Adjectives qualifying singular nouns of the same 
 gender are put in the plural and in the gender of their 
 nouns: 
 
 El bianco y el negro son colores White and black are opposite 
 
 opuestos. colors. 
 
 La yegua y la vaca son pardas. The mare and the cow are gray. 
 
 289. Sometimes a plural noun may be qualified dis- 
 tributively by several adjectives in the singular: 
 
 Las edades prete*ritas, griega, The past ages, Grecian, Roman, 
 
 latina, 6 barbara. or Barbarian. 
 
 Los siglos dcimoctavo y dci- The eighteenth and nineteenth 
 
 monono. centuries. 
 
 290. Two or more nouns referring to animate beings 
 take the masculine adjective, if they are of different gen- 
 ders : 
 
 Tanto los padres como las madres Both the fathers and the mothers 
 son caritativos. are charitable. 
 
 Los caballos, las vacas y las The horses, the cows, and the 
 ovejas son gananciosos. sheep are profitable. 
 
 NOTE. But if the nouns represent things or ideas, the adjec- 
 tive generally agrees in gender with the nearest noun : 
 
 Vanas son mis esperanzas y te- Vain are my hopes and fears. 
 
 mores. 
 
 Tiene buenos melocotones y He has (some) good peaches 
 
 manzanas. and apples. 
 
THE ADJECTIVE 2OQ 
 
 ; Tenga V. las orejas y los ojos Keep your ears and tyes open. 
 
 abiertos ! 
 
 La igualdad de nuestro linaje y The equality of our lineage and 
 
 riquezas. riches. 
 
 Las ideas y educaci6n ameri- American ideas and education. 
 
 canas. 
 
 291. When a title grammatically feminine is applied to 
 men, the adjective, unless it is part of the title, is put in 
 the masculine : 
 
 Su Majestad (el rey) esta satis- His Majesty (the king) is satis- 
 
 fecho. fied. 
 
 Su Santidad (el Papa) es muy His Holiness (the Pope) is very 
 
 caritativo. charitable. 
 
 But- 
 
 Su Majestad (la reina) esbonita. Her Majesty (the queen) is 
 
 pretty. 
 
 Su graciosa Majestad. Her gracious Majesty. 
 
 Su Alteza serenisima. His most serene Highness. 
 
 292. When adjectives express dimension they are some- 
 times treated as nouns and connected with numbers by 
 means of de : 
 
 Tiene una sala de 80 pies de It has a hall 80 feet long, 60 
 largo, 60 de ancho y 30 de alto. wide, and 30 high. 
 
 NOTE. But dimension may be otherwise expressed : 
 
 Tiene la torre TOO pies de altura. The tower is a hundred feet high. 
 
 La calle es de 40 pies en ancho. The street is 40 feet wide. 
 
 La goleta tiene una manga de The schooner has a beam of 30 
 30 pies. feet. 
 
 293. The complements of adjectives, i.e. the prepositions 
 which connect them with other words, form a subject which 
 
 SPAN. GRAM. 14 
 
2IO 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 does not admit of concise and orderly treatment. The 
 preposition to be used in each case has to be learned by 
 practice. The following examples will show a few of the 
 differences between the two languages : 
 
 Atento con sus mayores. 
 Una espada bota de punta. 
 Escaso de medios. 
 Falto de juicio. 
 
 Generoso para con sus parientes. 
 Impropio para su edad. 
 Ingrato a los beneficios. 
 Ingrato con los amigos. 
 Humano con los presos. 
 Penetrado de dolor. 
 Sed bueno conmigo. 
 Sordo de un oido. 
 Aficionado a la musica. 
 Alegre con la noticia. 
 
 Respectful to one's superiors. 
 
 A sword blunt at the point. 
 
 Limited in means. 
 
 Lacking in sense. 
 
 Generous towards one's relatives. 
 
 Unbecoming to his age. 
 
 Ungrateful for benefits. 
 
 Ungrateful to friends. 
 
 Humane towards the prisoners. 
 
 Penetrated with grief. 
 
 Be kind to me. 
 
 Deaf in one ear. 
 
 Fond of music. 
 
 Joyful at the news. 
 
 THE VERB 
 
 294. Sentence structure. Spanish being more highly 
 inflected than English, its words have a greater freedom of 
 position in the sentence. This is doubtless a relic of Latin 
 syntax, which secured fine rhetorical effects by varying the 
 logical order of the words. In Spanish such variations 
 often depend merely on the choice of the speaker who 
 arranges his words according to his own ideas of harmony 
 and rhythm. The following sentence, arranged in three 
 ways, will serve as an illustration : 
 
 Logical order. Tres grandes artistas liricos estaban 
 encargados (encharged) de las principales partes de la 
 obra (piece). 
 
THE VERB 211 
 
 1. Rhetorical order. Estaban encargados de las prin- 
 cipales partes de la obra tres grandes artistas liricos. 
 
 2. Rhetorical order. De las principales partes de la 
 obra estaban encargados tres grandes artistas liricos. 
 
 295. Agreement. In a general way the Spanish rules 
 for the agreement of subject and predicate are the same as 
 those of English. There is some diversity, however, which 
 may be noted under the following headings : 
 
 a. A noun of multitude, not modified by a plural adjunct, 
 has the verb in the singular, when the idea of unity is 
 uppermost in the speaker's mind : 
 
 El ejercito atac6 la ciudad. The army attacked the city. 
 
 Toda la gente aplaudi6. All the people applauded. 
 
 La multitud qued6 at6nita. The multitude was astonished. 
 
 La mayor parte del publico ri6 The greater part of the public 
 a mandibula batiente. laughed uproariously. 
 
 NOTE. But the verb may be put in the plural when the idea 
 of plurality is prominent : 
 
 Multitud de gente acudieron a A crowd of people hurried to 
 
 la ciudad. the city. 
 
 La mitad del regimiento resul- Half of the regiment were killed. 
 
 taron muertos. 
 
 b. When a noun of multitude is limited by a plural ad- 
 junct, the verb can be singular or plural, but plural only 
 when it is logically applicable to the individuals of the 
 adjunct : 
 
 Un batal!6n de soldados defien- A battalion of soldiers defend 
 den (or defiende) el castillo. the castle. 
 
212 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Un enjambre de abejas con su A swarm of bees with their 
 maestra salieron {or salio) de queen came out of the hive, 
 ia colmena. 
 
 NOTE. But if the verb stands before the subject or is not 
 logically applicable to the adjunct, the verb in the former case is 
 usually singular, in the latter it must be : 
 
 Sale de la trinchera un destaca- A detachment of laborers come 
 mento de trabajadores. out of the intrenchment. 
 
 El precio de las manzanas esta The price of apples is high, 
 subido. 
 
 296. Two or more singular subjects require a plural 
 verb, when they are considered as distinct agencies, and 
 especially if the verb follows : 
 
 El jinete y el caballo cayeron. The rider and horse fell. 
 
 El sol y la luna alumbran la The sun and moon give light 
 
 tierra. to the earth. 
 
 El mon61ogo del baritono y el The solo of the baritone and 
 
 duo con la tiple conmovieron the duet with the soprano 
 
 mucho al publico. created great enthusiasm in 
 
 the audience. 
 
 a. But if the verb precedes, or the nouns are taken as 
 forming one idea, the verb may, and generally will, be in 
 the singular : 
 
 Cuando el maestro empun6 la When the maestro seized his 
 
 batuta, reinaba en el teatro un baton, there reigned in the 
 
 silencio profundo y una emo- theater a profound silence 
 
 ci6n intensa. and intense expectancy. 
 
 El subir y bajar la escalera me Going up and coming down the 
 
 cansa. stairs tires me. 
 
 Su sabiduria y elocuencia nos His learning and eloquence con- 
 
 convenci6. vinced us. 
 
THE VERB 213 
 
 NOTE. When the ideas are distinct, each noun will usually be 
 preceded by some determining word : 
 
 El nacer y el morir son los dos Birth and death are the two 
 
 extremes de la vida. extremes of life. 
 
 La salida y la puesta del sol The rising and setting of the 
 
 marcan el principio y el fin sun mark the beginning and 
 
 del dia. end of day. 
 
 Su voz y su pronunciaci6n son Her voice and her pronuncia- 
 
 encantadoras. tion are charming. 
 
 297. When ni stands between two or more subjects, the 
 verb will be singular or plural, according as it logically 
 refers to one or all of them : 
 
 Ni 1 ni su hijo ira de c6nsul a Neither he nor his son will go 
 
 Cartagena. as consul to Cartagena. 
 
 Ni el uno ni el otro se cas6 con Neither the one nor the other 
 
 ella. married her. 
 
 Ni el ala derecha ni el centro Neither the right wing nor the 
 
 pudieron hacer frente al ene- center could withstand the 
 
 migo. enemy. 
 
 a. Where 6 serves as a connective between subjects, 
 as it implies an alternative, the verb will usually be 
 singular : 
 
 Su amigo 6 1 me ha enganado. His friend or he has deceived 
 
 me. 
 
 6 el amo 6 el criado compr6 el Either the master or the servant 
 bar6metro. bought the barometer. 
 
 298. When subject and predicate nouns differ in number, 
 the copula will generally be plural : 
 
 Panal de miel son hablas suaves. Pleasant words are (as) honey- 
 comb. 
 
214 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Su unico recurso son los tribu- His only recourse is the United 
 
 nales de los Estados Unidos. States courts. 
 
 Mas su salida son caminos de But the end thereof are the 
 
 muerte. ways of death. 
 
 299. When the subject of a verb is a relative preceded 
 immediately by a personal pronoun as its antecedent, it 
 will be in the person and number of this antecedent : 
 
 Yo, que lo digo, lo probare". I, who say so, will prove it. 
 
 Se lo dijo a el quien no es su He said it to him who is not his 
 
 amigo. friend. 
 
 Nosotros, que ya no somos j6ve- We who are no longer young. 
 
 nes. 
 
 300. When el, los, la, las, are predicates after some part 
 of the verb to be (ser) in the first or second person, the verb 
 of the relative clause may be either in the same person or 
 in the third person : 
 
 Y respondi6 Dios a Moists : Yo And God said unto Moses : I 
 
 SOY EL QUE SOY. AM THAT I AM. 
 
 He sido la que se lo dije (or It was I who said it to him. 
 
 dijo). 
 <j Sois los que me lo pedis ? Is it you who ask it of me ? 
 
 NOTE. When quien stands in the same relation, both verbs 
 may or may not be in the same person : 
 
 Soy yo quien lo dije. It is I who said so. 
 
 Nosotros somos quienes lo soste- We are the ones (it is we) who 
 
 nemos. maintain it. 
 
 Soy yo quien va a contdrtelo. I am the one who is going to 
 
 tell it to you. 
 
THE VERB 215 
 
 THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE 
 
 PRESENT 
 
 301. The present tense, besides discharging the usual 
 functions of the verb in the present time, is likewise used, 
 
 a. For the perfect in certain idiomatic expressions, and 
 at times in familiar epistolary style : 
 
 Cudnto tiempo lleva V. en este How long have you been in this 
 
 pais ? country ? 
 
 Hace diez afios que vivo aqui. I have been living here ten years. 
 
 Vengo de visitar a mi tio. 1 I have just come from visiting 
 
 my uncle. 
 
 Recibo su interesante carta de I have received your interesting 
 
 ayer. letter of yesterday. 
 
 b. For the preterit in lively narrative : 
 
 Viene a mi casa ; pregunta por He came to my house ; asked for 
 
 mi, y cuando se le informa me, and when he was informed 
 
 que no puede verme, se va that he could not see me, he 
 
 maldicie'ndome. went away cursing me. 
 
 c. For the future : 
 
 El lunes que" viene parto para This coming Monday I shall 
 
 Europa. * start for Europe. 
 
 De hoy en ocho dias se casa mi To-day week my daughter will 
 
 hija. be married. 
 
 IMPERFECT 
 
 302. The imperfect, if studied in all its phases, presents 
 some difficulty for the English-speaking person ; but its 
 general use may be easily acquired. It is employed 
 
2l6 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 a. To express habitual or repeated action in past time, 
 sometimes rendered in English by used to ; also state or 
 condition : 
 
 Cuando vivia en Washington, iba When I lived in Washington, I 
 a las escuelas raunicipales. used to go to the public 
 
 schools. 
 Venia a verme muy a menudo. He used to come to see me very 
 
 often. 
 Estaba malo y no podia salir. He was sick and could not go out. 
 
 NOTE. Customary action is also expressed by the verb soler 
 (221):- 
 
 Yo solia ir a la pesca con mi I used to go fishing with my 
 padre, cuando yo era mucha- father, when I was a boy. 
 cho. 
 
 b. To indicate that one action was taking place, when 
 another supervened : 
 
 Yo salia a paseo, cuando encon- I was going out for a walk, when 
 
 tre" a mi tia. I met my aunt. 
 
 Lleg6 la carta mientras yo comia. The letter arrived while I was 
 
 dining. 
 
 NOTE. Continuous action of this kind may also be expressed 
 by the progressive form of the verb (140) : 
 
 Estaba yo leyendo, cuando vino Lwas reading when he came to 
 a mi cuarto. my room. 
 
 c. When simultaneous actions are to be expressed : 
 
 Mientras yo escribia (estaba es- While I was writing, he was 
 
 cribiendo), 61 leia (estaba le- reading. 
 
 yendo). 
 
 Amenazaba lluvia, y llevaba un It threatened rain, and he was 
 
 paraguas. carrying an umbrella. 
 
THE VERB 217 
 
 d. In descriptive narrative : 
 
 Ya era noche, y la oscuridad, It was already night, and the 
 con cada momento, ibase po- darkness, with each moment, 
 niendo mas profunda. Cuanto was getting more profound, 
 mas buscabamos, mas nos per- The more we tried to find our 
 diamos. way, the more bewildered we 
 
 became. 
 
 e. When the action took place at a time specified in the 
 sentence : 
 
 Se hizo a la vela y al dia siguiente He set sail and on the following 
 arribaba a Cadiz. day he arrived at Cadiz. 
 
 Habia gigantes en la tierra en There were giants on the earth 
 aquellos dias. in those days. 
 
 Estaba muy bien el verano pasa- He was very well last summer, 
 do. 
 
 f. To indicate what was possible in the past : 
 
 Ayer se fiaba de mi firma. Yo Yesterday people had faith in 
 tomaba un pedacito de papel, my signature. I could take 
 escribia en e"! mi nombre, y a scrap of paper, write my 
 valia cien mil pesos. name on it, and it was worth 
 
 a hundred thousand dollars. 
 
 g. With the force of the pluperfect : 
 
 Ya habia tres anos que vivia en It had already been three years 
 Sevilla. that I had been living in 
 
 Seville. 
 
 Tenian defensores, pero eran They had had defenders, but 
 todos muertos. they were all dead. 
 
 h. As a substitute for the conditional : 
 
 Si yo anduviera en vapor, no If I went by steamer, I should 
 
 lle^aba antes de la noche. not arrive before night. 
 
 A no ser por el temporal, mafia- But for the storm, the work 
 
 na se concluia la obra. would be finished to-morrow. 
 
218 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 i. Note also: 
 
 Ha comprado lo que queria com- 
 
 prar. 
 Ni por suefio, decia mi primo. 
 
 Como deciamos ayer. 
 S6crates era fi!6sofo griego. 
 
 Castelar era elocuentisimo. 
 No faltaba mas. 
 
 He has bought what he wished 
 to buy. 
 
 Not by any means, said my 
 cousin. 
 
 As we were saying yesterday. 
 
 Socrates was a Greek philoso- 
 pher. 
 
 Castelar was very eloquent. 
 
 That capped the climax. 
 
 REMARK. The examples given will suffice to show fairly well 
 the varied uses of the imperfect. The student should bear in mind 
 that it is a past tense which always implies some idea of extension 
 or incompleteness in time, hence expresses habit, state or condition, 
 repetition, duration not fixed by any specified limits, and the like. 
 
 THE PRETERIT 
 
 303. The preterit states what took place at some point 
 or period of past time separated from the present. The 
 interval may be a minute or centuries and must always 
 be expressed or implied. When repetition or duration is 
 mentioned, the limits must be specified : 
 
 I Cuando llego ? Lleg6 hoy, esta When did he arrive ? He arrived 
 
 to-day, this morning, a few 
 minutes ago. 
 
 He came to this country ten 
 years ago. 
 
 My youthful folly is already over. 
 
 God created the heavens and 
 
 manana, hace algunos minu- 
 tos. 
 Vino a este pais hace diez anos. 
 
 Ya se acab6 mi juvenil locura. 
 Dios cre6 los cielos y la tierra. 
 
 Cuando estuvo en Madrid, iba a 
 menudo al teatro. 
 
 the earth. 
 
 When he was in Madrid, he went 
 often to the theater. 
 
THE VERB^ 219 
 
 Lo hice no s61o una vez sino cien I did it not only once but a hun- 
 
 veces. dred times. 
 
 Vivi6 en Europa veinte anos. He lived in Europe twenty years. 
 
 REMARK. In place of the preterit, some writers of the present 
 day, in imitation of the older writers, use the first form of the 
 imperfect subjunctive (which was the old pluperfect) : 
 
 El impostor quiere pasar por The impostor wishes to pass him- 
 
 libertador de aque"! a quien self off as the liberator of him 
 
 asesinara. Alarc6n. whom he assassinated. 
 
 No ambicionara Luzbel a estar Lucifer never desired to be far- 
 mas lejos de Dios. ther from God. 
 
 THE PERFECT 
 
 304. The perfect has but three well-recognized uses: 
 
 ist. To express what has occurred in the past without 
 reference to any special point or period of time : 
 
 ji Ha leido V. los poemas de Have you read the poems of 
 
 Be"cquer? Becquer? 
 
 Si, los lei muchos anos ha. Yes, I read them many years ago. 
 
 2d. Where the action of the verb, having begun in the 
 past, comes up to and continues in the present : 
 
 Hemos vivido en esta casa quince We have lived in this house fif- 
 anos. teen years. (We are still living 
 
 here.) 
 
 3d. Where an action is begun and finished in a period 
 of time still present: 
 
 Ella ha escrito muchas cartas She has written many letters to- 
 
 hoy. day. 
 
 Este invierno ha habido mucha This winter there has been much 
 
 lluvia y nieve. rain and snow. 
 
220 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 NOTE. In the newspapers and writers of their style, the per- 
 fect is frequently used for the preterit, especially in periods of 
 time not very remote from the present. It is a construction not 
 recognized by the Spanish Academy : 
 
 El senor Silvela ha contestado 
 ayer mafiana a aquella asocia- 
 ci6n. 
 
 El entierro se verific6 el dia 31. 
 El cadaver ha sido conducido 
 en una carroza tirada por ocho 
 caballos. 
 
 Mr. Silvela replied yesterday 
 morning to that association. 
 
 The burial took place on the 
 3 1 st. The corpse was carried 
 in a coach drawn' by eight 
 horses. 
 
 THE PLUPERFECT 
 
 305. The pluperfect expresses the action of the verb 
 
 a. As having been completed in the past before some 
 point of time expressed or implied, or before some other 
 action usually represented by the preterit : 
 
 Me dijo que ya lo habia hecho. 
 
 Habian atacado la ciudad antes 
 
 de la puesta del sol. 
 Habia acabado su tarea cuando 
 
 yo llegue. 
 
 He told me that he had already 
 
 done it. 
 They . had attacked the city 
 
 before sunset. 
 He had finished his task when 
 
 I arrived. 
 
 b. As having customarily taken place before some other 
 action expressed by the imperfect or preterit : 
 
 Luego que habiamos dado nues- After we had recited our lessons, 
 
 tras lecciones, ibamos a pasear. 
 No bien habia vuelto a casa que 
 
 alguien venia a verle. 
 
 Yo no habia esperado largo rato 
 cuando pas6 el tren. 
 
 we used to go walking. 
 No sooner had he returned 
 
 home than some one used to 
 
 come to see him. 
 I had not been waiting a long 
 
 while, when the train passed. 
 
THE VERB 
 
 221 
 
 REMARK. The first form of the imperfect subjunctive (etymo- 
 logically the Latin pluperfect) is not infrequently used with the 
 force of the pluperfect : 
 
 Y se Ilev6 lo que al entrar dejara And he carried away what on 
 sobre la mesa. Alarc6n. entering he had left on the 
 
 table. 
 
 PAST ANTERIOR 
 
 306. The past anterior is another form of the pluperfect 
 and expresses the action as completed immediately before 
 some other past action always expressed by the preterit. 
 The past anterior is always preceded by some time word 
 such as : 
 
 apenas, hardly. no bien, no sooner. 
 
 cuando, when. en cuanto a, i 
 
 despue"s que, 
 luego que, 
 
 after. 
 
 asi que, 
 
 tan pronto como, 
 
 as soon as. 
 
 Apenas hubo comido su cena 
 
 cuando muri6. 
 Asi que hubo tornado la palabra, 
 
 rein6 un silencio profundo. 
 
 Scarcely had he eaten his supper 
 
 when he died. 
 As soon as he had taken the floor 
 
 (word), a profound silence 
 
 reigned. 
 
 FUTURE 
 
 307. The future, besides expressing future time, has 
 certain idiomatic uses : 
 
 ,jQue" hara e"l ahora? 
 
 <i Qu horas seran ? 
 
 No habra hombre mas arrogante. 
 
 Ella tendra unos quince anos. 
 
 What can he be doing now? 
 
 About what time can it be ? 
 
 There can not be a more ar- 
 rogant man. 
 
 She is some fifteen years old, I 
 should think. 
 
222 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT 
 
 308. The future perfect implies, by its name, that the 
 action will be finished in the future before some point of 
 time or some other action : 
 
 Habra acabado su tarea antes de He will have finished his task 
 
 cansarse. before getting tired. 
 
 Habra salido del puerto a las She will have gone out of the 
 
 ocho. port at eight o'clock. 
 
 Lo habremos hecho cuando lie- We shall have done it when the 
 
 gue el tren. train arrives. 
 
 a. Idiomatically as in 307 : 
 
 <; Quie" n lo habra hecho ? Who can have done it ? 
 
 Ya habra acabado su tarea. He must surely have finished his 
 
 task by this time. 
 
 CONDITIONAL 
 309. The conditional is used 
 
 a. To express a future regarded from the standpoint of 
 the past: 
 
 Me dijo que vendria esta ma- He told me he would come this 
 nana. morning. 
 
 b. To express a conclusion dependent on a condition 
 stated or implied : 
 
 Si estuviera (or estuviese) V. If you were sick, you would not 
 
 malo, no podria venir. be able to come. 
 
 For eso no lo haria yo. For that (reason) I would not 
 
 doit. 
 
THE VERB 223 
 
 c. Idiomatically after the manner of the future: 
 
 Seria a eso de las cuatro. It must have been about four 
 
 o'clock. 
 
 Que seria hermosa sin duda. Who was pretty, of course. 
 Tendria unos veinte anos. She must have been some twenty 
 
 years old. 
 
 CONDITIONAL PERFECT 
 
 310. The conditional perfect bears very nearly the same 
 relation to the conditional as the future perfect does to the 
 future (307-8) : 
 
 a. 
 
 Me asegur6 que habria acabado He assured me that he would 
 su tarea antes del verano. have finished his task before 
 
 summer. 
 b. 
 
 Si yo hubiera (hubiese) estado If I had been sick, I should not 
 malo, no habria podido venir. have been able to come. 
 
 Por eso no lo habria hecho. For that (reason) I would not 
 
 have done it. 
 c. 
 
 Algunenemigole habria acechado. Some enemy must have waylaid 
 
 him. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD 
 
 311. The imperative and subjunctive overlap each other 
 in some respects, both as to- form and use. Whether the 
 forms of the latter be regarded as imperative or subjunc- 
 tive, it matters not, since their force is imperative : 
 
 Ama \ tus padres. Love thy parents. 
 
 Vaya usted con Dios. God be with you. 
 
 Que no entre aqui. Let him not come in here. 
 
224 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Loado sea Dios. God be praised, 
 
 filtebendigacomoyotebendigo. May he bless you as I bless you. 
 
 Sobre mi caiga la ley. Let the law fall upon me. 
 
 Vivamos como es debido. Let us live as is fitting. 
 
 Haced lo que querais. Do whatever you will. 
 
 Tengan VV. la bondad de escu- Have the goodness to listen to 
 
 charme. me. 
 
 Pidanse catalogos. Let catalogues be asked for (ask 
 
 for catalogues) . 
 
 i Plegue a Dios que llegue sano God grant that he may arrive 
 
 y salvo ! safe and sound. 
 
 a. When the second persons singular and plural are 
 negatived, the corresponding forms of the subjunctive are 
 used : 
 
 No vayas mas adelante. Don't go any further. 
 
 No temais que yo lo impida. Have no fear that I will hinder it. 
 
 THE TENSES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 312. The principles underlying the use of the subjunc- 
 tive are those of uncertainty, doubt, expectation, require- 
 ment, and mental or moral emotions. It appears mostly in 
 dependent clauses and is usually introduced by some con- 
 junction, generally que. The character of the principal 
 clause usually decides whether the verb of the dependent 
 clause will be indicative or subjunctive, but sometimes the 
 determining factor may be in the dependent clause itself. 
 In both indicative and subjunctive constructions, the infini- 
 tive in the one language will often translate the personal 
 verb of the dependent clause of the other; but practice only 
 will teach when this can be done. A thorough treatment 
 of the subjunctive would require a volume. What is here 
 given is intended merely as a s general guide to the student. 
 
THE VERB 225 
 
 THE PRESENT 
 
 313. The subjunctive occurs, then, after words ex- 
 pressing 
 
 a. Command, request, demand, etc. : 
 
 Mando que se traiga el preso. I order the prisoner to be 
 
 brought in. 
 
 Digale que venga en seguida. Tell him to come at once. 
 
 Ruega (suplica) que yo me vaya. He entreats me to go away. 
 
 Le pido a V. que lo haga. I beg you to do it. 
 
 Exigimos que se le trate con We demand that he be treated 
 justicia. justly. 
 
 b. Permission, approval, disposition, preference : 
 
 Permitame V. le diga que no es Allow me to tell you it is not 
 
 verdad. true. 
 
 Aprueba que yo pase la noche He approves of my passing the 
 
 aqui. night here. 
 
 Dispondra que todos sean con- He will arrange it so that all 
 
 vidados. will be invited. 
 
 Prefiere que partamos esta tarde. He prefers that we start this 
 
 afternoon. 
 
 Note, in the first example, the omission of que before diga (see 
 267, O. 
 
 c. Wish, joy, regret, grief , surprise, hope, fear, etc. : 
 
 Quiero (deseo) que no consienta I wish (desire) him not to con- 
 en ello. sent to it. 
 
 Me alegro que nos marchemos I rejoice that we shall go away 
 
 manana. to-morrow. 
 
 Sentimos que V. no pueda venir. We are sorry that you can not 
 
 come. 
 
 Se pone triste de que me 'au- He grieves because I absent 
 
 sente. myself. 
 
 SPAN. GRAM. 15 
 
226 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Extrafio que sea ofendido. I am surprised that he is of- 
 
 fended. 
 Espero con ansia que resulte I anxiously hope that it will 
 
 bien. turn out well. 
 
 Tememos que llueva antes de la We fear that it will rain before 
 
 caida de la noche. nightfall. 
 
 d. Doubt, denial, and after questions : 
 Dudo que nieve esta noche. 
 
 No creemos que sea posible. 
 ^Piensa V. que tengamos bas- 
 tante dinero? 
 
 I doubt whether it will snow 
 
 to-night. 
 
 We do not believe it is possible. 
 Do you think we have enough 
 
 money? 
 
 e. After impersonal verbs and most impersonal expres- 
 sions, but not after such as imply certainty: 
 
 Es necesario (precise, menester) 
 que esperemos dos horas. 
 
 Es lastima que no 4 pueda venir. 
 
 Es bueno (bien) que lo hagamos. 
 
 Es justo (injusto) que lo pague- 
 mos. 
 
 Es tiempo que nos levantemos. 
 
 Es posible que no lo sepa. 
 
 Conviene que lo olvidemos. 
 Basta que no lo niegue. 
 
 Es.de desear que se quede aqui. 
 
 Importa mucho que lleguemos a 
 
 tiempo. 
 Puede (ser) que no sea asi. 
 
 It is necessary that we wait two 
 
 hours. 
 
 It is a pity he can not come. 
 It is right that we do it. 
 It is just (not just) that we 
 
 should pay it. 
 It is time that we get up. 
 It is possible that he may not 
 
 know it. 
 
 It is proper that we forget it. 
 It is enough that he does not 
 
 deny it. 
 It is desirable that he remain 
 
 here. 
 It is very important that we 
 
 arrive in time. 
 It may be that it is not so. 
 
THE VERB 
 
 227 
 
 314. Que is sometimes used with the subjunctive to 
 express an alternative, the use of the subjunctive being 
 determined by the thought rather than by the principal 
 clause : 
 
 No lo hago, que le guste 6 no. I shall not do it, whether he 
 
 like it or not. 
 
 Whether he goes or stays, it is 
 all one. 
 
 Que se vaya 6 se quede, todo es 
 uno. 
 
 315. The subjunctive is used after relative pronouns 
 a. When the antecedent clause involves an idea of doubt, 
 
 negation, uncertainty : 
 
 Dudo que haya hombre que le 
 
 iguale. 
 No hay mal que por bien no 
 
 venga. 
 
 <iSe puede encontrar mujer que 
 sea mas encantadora? 
 
 <iQuie"n habra que no recuerde 
 aquel dia? 
 
 I doubt whether there is a man 
 
 who equals him. 
 There is no evil which may not 
 
 come for good (It is an ill 
 
 wind, etc.). 
 Is it possible to find a woman 
 
 who is more enchanting? 
 Who can there be who does not 
 
 remember that day ? 
 
 b. When uncertainty, doubt, contingency, are implied in 
 the relative clause : 
 
 Busco un criado que no se em- 
 
 borrache. 
 Pese a quien pese, no puedo 
 
 volver atras. 
 Vaya V. a un retire donde este 
 
 tranquilo. 
 El dia en que esa ley se quebrante 
 
 se. derrumbara el coloso. 
 De quienquiera que V. liable, no 
 
 le calumnie. 
 
 I seek a servant who will not 
 
 get drunk. 
 Grieve whom it may grieve, I 
 
 can not turn back. 
 Go into a retreat where you will 
 
 be quiet. 
 The day on which that law is 
 
 broken, the colossus will fall. 
 Of whomsoever you speak, don't 
 
 slander him. 
 
228 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 316. Turn to 268. It will be seen that the words in 
 boldface type express purpose, proviso, denial, supposition, 
 exception, concession, etc. The subjunctive, therefore, will 
 be used after these conjunctions and a few others, whenever 
 the thought of the subordinate clause implies contingency 
 or uncertainty of some kind, or where there is an idea of 
 causation in the principal clause : 
 
 A fin de que no tenga que que- 
 
 jarse. 
 A menos que no llueva hoy, ir 
 
 al campo. 
 Yo estare de vuelta antes que 
 
 llegue. 
 
 Con tal que lo acabe hoy: 
 Cuando venga, digale lo que he 
 
 dicho. 
 Dado que no lo admita, que 
 
 harem os? 
 Esperare hasta que sepa la lec- 
 
 ci6n. 
 
 No sera mientras yo viva. 
 Me esconder para que no me 
 
 importunen. 
 For rico que sea, no esta con- 
 
 tento. 
 Lo hara sin que nadie le ayude. 
 
 Note also : 
 
 In order that he may have no 
 
 reason to complain. 
 Unless it rains to-day, I shall go 
 
 to the country. 
 I shall be back before he arrives. 
 
 Provided he finishes it to-day. 
 
 When he comes, tell him what I 
 have said. 
 
 In case he does not admit it, 
 what shall we do ? 
 
 I shall wait until he knows the 
 lesson. 
 
 It will not be while I live. 
 
 I shall hide in order that they 
 may not importune me. 
 
 Rich as he is, he is not con- 
 tented. 
 
 He will do it without any one 
 helping him. 
 
 Acaso no sepa que estamos aqui. Perhaps he may not know n^ 
 
 are here. 
 Quizas no oiga lo que V. dice. Perhaps he may not hear what 
 
 you say. 
 j Ojala que el viva un dia mas ! Oh that he may live a day 1 
 
 longer ! 
 
THE VERB 229 
 
 THE FUTURE AND FUTURE PERFECT 
 
 317. The future and future perfect subjunctive occur only 
 in clauses expressing future contingency, and their use is 
 determined only by the thought of their own clauses, which 
 are introduced by a conjunction or a relative : 
 
 Sea cual fuere el valor de usted, Be whatever may be your valor, 
 
 1 tiene mas. he has more. 
 
 Viva V. si pudiere, y muera, si no Live, if you can, and die, if you 
 
 pudiere mas. can do no better (more). 
 
 Mande V. lo que gustare. Command whatever you please. 
 
 Aunque lo hubiere hecho, no le Even though he shall have done 
 
 ayudara. it, it will not help him. 
 
 NOTE. It should be observed that the above tenses are now 
 little used, as, in most instances, their places may be taken by the 
 present or perfect subjunctive : 
 
 Mientras yo viviere or viva. While I (shall) live. 
 
 Cuando hubiere or haya venido. When he shall have come. 
 
 OTHER TENSES 
 
 318. The rules given for the use of the present subjunc- 
 tive apply equally to the imperfect, perfect, and pluperfect. 
 Hence, examples need not be given. 
 
 a. The sequence of tenses is about the same in Spanish 
 as in English, the thought to be expressed determining in 
 each case what tense shall follow any other. 
 
 CONDITIONAL SENTENCES 
 
 319. Conditional clauses are of two kinds: 1st, those 
 which, in the mind of the speaker, are assumed as realized ; 
 2d, those which are conceived as contingent or uncertain. 
 The former require the indicative, the latter the subjunc- 
 tive : 
 
230 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Si viene a verme, vamos or iremos 
 
 a caza. 
 Si venia a verme, ibamos al 
 
 campo. 
 Si vino a verme aquel dia, no lo 
 
 supe. 
 Si habia venido a mi casa, fiie" 
 
 porque queria verme. 
 
 If he comes to see me, we go or 
 
 shall go hunting. 
 If he came to see me, we used 
 
 to go to the country. 
 If he came to see me that day, 
 
 I did not know it. 
 If he had come to my house, it 
 
 was because he wished to see 
 
 me. 
 
 Si viniere a verme hoy, iremos 
 
 de caza. 
 Si viniera or viniese a verme, iri- 
 
 amos or fue"ramos al teatro. 
 Si hubiera or hubiese venido a 
 
 verme, habriamos or hubie"ra- 
 
 mos ido a pasear. 
 
 If he shall come to see me to- 
 day, we shall go hunting. 
 
 If he should come to see me, we 
 should go to the theater. 
 
 If he had come to see me, we 
 should have gone to take a 
 walk. 
 
 a. The last two examples show that the first and second 
 forms of the subjunctive (imperfect and pluperfect) are in- 
 terchangeable in the protasis, and the conditional and first 
 form in the apodosis. 
 
 Note also that neither the present nor perfect subjunctive 
 can be used after si, if. 
 
 EXCLAMATORY SENTENCES 
 
 320. The subjunctive occurs in exclamations with the 
 force of an optative: 
 
 i Si s61o viniese una vez ! 
 
 i Pluguiera a Dios que no saliese 
 
 asi! 
 
 j Quie"n supiera escribir ! 
 i Quisiera el cielo que asi fuese ! 
 
 If he would but come once ! 
 Would to God it did not turn 
 
 out thus ! 
 
 I wish I knew how to write ! 
 Heaven grant that it were so ! 
 
THE VERB 
 
 231 
 
 THE INFINITIVE 
 
 321. The Spanish infinitive is the equivalent of the 
 English infinitive, the picsent participle and the verbal 
 noun in -ing. In the latter sense it is usually preceded 
 by el : 
 
 Comer demasiado es peligroso. 
 En tomar y dar es facil errar. 
 
 La vista se deleita con el variar 
 
 de las nubes. 
 El leer buenos libros es prove- 
 
 choso. 
 
 El dulce cantar de las aves. 
 El amar una madre a sus hijos 
 
 es natural. 
 
 To eat too much is dangerous. 
 In taking and giving it is easy 
 
 to err. 
 The sight is delighted by the 
 
 changing of the clouds. 
 The reading of good books is 
 
 profitable. 
 
 The sweet singing of the birds. 
 A mother's loving her children 
 
 is natural. 
 
 322. The Spanish uses the infinitive after the preposi- 
 tions which, in English, take the present participle: 
 
 Comi6 antes de salir. 
 Habl6 sin saber lo que decia. 
 
 Despue"s de escribir la carta. 
 Empez6 por confesar la verdad. 
 
 No tardare" en poner por obra 
 
 esa idea. 
 
 Preguntar hasta'saberlo. 
 A. pesar de decirselo yo, el rey. 
 
 Las Novedades se complace en 
 hacer publica tan halagtiena 
 noticia. 
 
 He dined before going out. 
 
 He spoke without knowing what 
 he was saying. 
 
 After writing the letter. 
 
 He began by confessing the 
 truth. 
 
 I shalbnot delay in putting into 
 execution that idea. 
 
 I shall ask until I know it. 
 
 In spite of me, the king, telling 
 him so. 
 
 The News takes pleasure in mak- 
 ing public such a flattering 
 piece of news. 
 
232 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 323. Other uses of the infinitive are 
 
 a. In general questions : 
 
 <i Como pintar mi deleite al ver How describe my delight at see- 
 tan linda criatura? ing such a pretty creature? 
 
 b. In questions expressing surprise, indignation, etc. : 
 I El aceptar tal oferta ? j Jamas ! He accept such an offer ? 
 
 Never ! 
 
 c. With a and the article in temporal clauses : 
 
 Al entrar en la calle se detuvo. When entering the street he 
 
 stopped. 
 
 Al ponerse el sol, desapareci6. At the setting of the sun it dis- 
 appeared. 
 
 d. With d and de to form conditional clauses : 
 
 A saber yo el delito, no le hu- If I had known the crime, I 
 biera perdonado. should not have pardoned 
 
 him. 
 
 De haberlo hecho 1, habria abu- If he had done it, he would 
 sado de la hospitalidad de s.u have committed an offense 
 amigo. against the hospitality of his 
 
 friend. 
 
 e. As a general or impersonal imperative : 
 
 i Obedecer ! \ No alborotar ! Obey ! Don't raise a disturb- 
 
 ance ! 
 
 Con que, no faltar. Therefore, don't fail. 
 
 Dirigirse por escrito a X, Y. Address in writing X. Y. 
 
 .324. The use or omission of the preposition, which is 
 the equivalent of the to of the English infinitive, is not 
 easy to fix by rules, but some help may be given. It is 
 determined somewhat by the inherent nature of the noun, 
 adjective, or verb on which the Spanish infinitive depends. 
 The subject may be treated under the following headings : 
 
THE VERB 
 
 233 
 
 a. De is used before a dependent infinitive 
 
 i. After most nouns and a few adjectives : 
 
 I have a desire to go skating. 
 
 Tengo ganas de ir a patinar. 
 Tenga V. la bondad de escu- 
 
 charme. 
 
 Tiene intenci6n de casarse. 
 Yo no soy capaz de hacerlo. 
 Seguro de llevarse el primer pre- 
 
 mio. 
 Temeroso de salir enganado. 
 
 Have the goodness to listen to 
 
 me. 
 
 He intends to get married. 
 I am not capable of doing it. 
 Sure of carrying off the first 
 
 prize. 
 Afraid of being deceived. 
 
 2. When an infinitive, depending on an adjective or the 
 verb to be (ser), may logically be turned into a passive : 
 
 It assumes an importance diffi- 
 cult to be exaggerated. 
 
 Nothing is more easy to be 
 
 remedied. 
 Una declaraci6n imposible de A declaration impossible to be 
 
 Reviste una importancia dificil 
 
 de exagerar. 
 Nada es mas facil de remediar. 
 
 comprender. 
 
 understood. 
 
 Eran de ver los saraos que habia The entertainments which were 
 
 entonces en los palacios. 
 No es de extranar que sea asi. 
 Es de esperar que no vendra. 
 
 then given in the palaces were 
 
 worth being seen. 
 It is not to be wondered at that 
 
 it is so. 
 It is to be hoped that he will 
 
 not come. 
 
 b. After a few nouns and adjectives a is used : 
 
 Desde largo tiempo era su am- 
 bici6n a venir a Nueva York. 
 
 For a long time his ambition 
 had been to come to New 
 York. 
 Hasta que se establece su dere-. Unfil his right to land is estab- 
 
 cho a desembarcar. 
 
 lished. 
 
 Se hallaba proxima a desfallecer. She was ready to faint. 
 
234 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 c. An infinitive usually takes no preposition when it 
 depends on a noun or adjective standing in a predicate 
 relation : 
 
 Gran parte es de la fortuna venir 
 un hombre en una edad u otra. 
 
 Cosa es clara y conocida ser la 
 historia luz de la verdad. 
 
 Mejor fuera no hablar de ello. 
 
 Acaso no sea posible volver a 
 
 verle. 
 Yo creo de mi deber aprovechar 
 
 esta ocasi6n. 
 Creemos del caso dar opini6n 
 
 sobre lo que en otra secci6n 
 
 tomamos del Herald. 
 
 La visita que tuvieron VV. a bien 
 hacerme. 
 
 It is largely a matter of chance 
 whether a man is born in one 
 age or another. 
 
 It is a clear and well-known fact 
 that history is the light of 
 truth. 
 
 It would be better not to speak 
 of it. 
 
 Perhaps it is not possible that 
 we shall see him again. 
 
 I think it is my duty to take ad- 
 vantage of this occasion. 
 
 We think it is pertinent to give 
 our opinion on what we have 
 elsewhere copied from the 
 Herald. 
 
 The visit which you were kind 
 enough to make me. 
 
 325. An infinitive depending on a verb takes either de, 
 a, or no preposition. Except after verbs of motion, when a 
 is used, por or para will appear as the equivalent of the 
 English to, meaning in order to. A list of the more com- 
 mon verbs of the first three categories is here given. Verbs 
 marked with a star (*) are irregular. 
 
 Those followed by de are : 
 
 abstenerse,* abstain. cesar, cease, stop. 
 
 acordarse,* remember. dejar,/<z//, leave off. 
 
 afligirse, lament. desesperarse, despair. 
 
 alegrarse, be glad. desistir, desist. 
 
 arrepentirse,* repent. disuadir, dissuade. 
 
THE VERB 235 
 
 dispensar, excuse. olvidarse, forget. 
 
 jurar, swear. temblar,* fear. 
 
 lisonjearse,y?##<?r oneself. tratar, try. 
 ocuparse, busy oneself. 
 
 326. Verbs requiring a usually have an inherent meaning 
 of motion or tendency towards. Such are : 
 
 acertar,* happen, succeed. imzzx* force, compel. 
 
 alcanzar, succeed, reach. habituar, accustom. 
 
 aprender, learn, teach. inducir,* induce. 
 
 aspirar, aspire. invitar, invite. 
 
 atreverse, ventiire, dare. ir,* go. 
 
 comenzar,* begin. negarse,* refuse. 
 
 condenar, condemn. obligar, oblige. 
 
 convidar, invite. pasar, pass, 
 
 far* give. ponerse,* begin. 
 
 decidirse, decide. prepararse, get ready. 
 
 detenerse,* stop, desist. principiar, begin. 
 
 disponerse/* get ready. resignarse, resign oneself. 
 
 echar, begin. resistirse, resist. 
 
 empezar,* begin. salir,* go out. 
 
 ensenar, teach. venir,* come. 
 
 esforzarse,* endeavor. volver,* return (227). 
 enviar, send. 
 
 327. Finally, certain verbs govern the infinitive directly 
 without a connecting preposition. The more common of 
 these are: 
 
 aconsejar, advise. decir,* say. 
 
 acostumbrar, be accustomed. dejar, let, allow. 
 
 bastar, suffice. desear, wish. 
 
 celebrar, be glad. determinar, determine. 
 
 conviene,* // is proper. dignarse, condescend. 
 
 deber, ought, must, be. esperar, hope, expect. 
 
 declarar, declare. gustar, please, like. 
 
236 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 hacer,* make, do, cause. preferir,* prefer. 
 
 impedir,* prevent. pretender, claim, try. 
 
 intentar, attempt. procurar, try. 
 
 lograr, succeed. prohibir,/0?7fo/. 
 
 mandar, order. prometer, promise. 
 
 mas vale,* it is better. querer,* wish, be willing. 
 
 merecer, deserve, merit. resolver,* resolve. 
 
 necesitar, need, want. saber,* know how, can. 
 
 ofrecer, offer. sentir,* regret. 
 
 osar, dare, venture. servirse,* please, help oneself. 
 
 parecer, seem, appear. soler,* be accustomed. 
 
 pensar,* think, intend. temer,fear. 
 
 poder,* be able, can. 
 
 a. Verbs indicating the functions of sight and hearing 
 take preferably the infinitive without a preposition but 
 may take the gerund: 
 
 Le oigo hablar or hablando con I hear him talk or talking with 
 
 mi amigo. my friend. 
 
 Le veo dibujar or dibujando. I see him sketch or sketching. 
 
 b. For para before an infinitive, see 247, a and b, and 
 for por see 246, e. 
 
 THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE 
 
 328. The present participle as such has now but few 
 forms in use. Such other forms as exist are used as nouns 
 or adjectives. The following and a few others (all from 
 intransitive verbs) occur with an undoubted participial 
 force : 
 
 consistente, consisting. pendiente, pending, hanging. 
 
 dependiente, depending. perteneciente, belonging. 
 
 existent e, existing. \>roct&en.te, proceeding, coming. 
 
 obediente, obeying. referente, referring. 
 
THE VERB 
 
 237 
 
 Examples : 
 
 Una carga consistente en mine- 
 rales, cueros, y cafe\ 
 
 Efectos pertenecientes a la Cruz 
 Roja. 
 
 Una cruz de brillantes pendiente 
 de su cuello. 
 
 A cargo consisting of minerals, 
 
 leather, and coffee. 
 Effects belonging to the Red 
 
 Cross. 
 A cross of brilliants hanging from 
 
 her neck. 
 
 THE GERUND 
 
 329. The present participle being no longer in general 
 use as such, its functions are discharged by the gerund, 
 which has but one form, and differs but little, in its use, 
 from our present participle. We need only to note the 
 principal differences, which are 
 
 a. To indicate a completed action: 
 Llegando mi amigo, partimos a My friend having arrived, we 
 
 cazar. 
 
 started out hunting. 
 
 b. To express cause, manner, means, time: 
 
 Gana su pan cotidiano vendiendo He earns his daily bread by sell- 
 ing newspapers. 
 
 Misfortunes come rapidly. 
 
 She carried her point by flatter- 
 ing him. 
 
 He died when he was very young. 
 
 He did not wish to advance while 
 the general was absent. 
 
 c. Absolutely in place of a finite verb : 
 
 Les consult^ si creian que podia I consulted them as t whether 
 continuar el combate, con- they thought I could continue 
 
 peri6dicos. 
 
 Los males vienen corriendo. 
 Ella se sali6 con la suya lison- 
 
 jeandole. 
 
 Muri6 siendo muy joven. 
 No queria avanzar, estando au- 
 
 sente el general. 
 
 testando que no. 
 
 the fight, and they answered 
 no. 
 
238 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 d. The gerund occurs with en to express an action 
 completed before that of the personal verb ; but as the 
 same idea can be rendered without en, this preposition is 
 rarely used : 
 
 iQue" no hara (en) llegando a What will he not do after be- 
 ser tu marido ? coming your husband ? 
 
 e. The compound forms are of quite frequent use, but 
 as they are constructed in the same way as the simple, a 
 single example will suffice : 
 
 El senador habiendo concluido The senator having concluded 
 su discurso se sent6. his speech sat down. 
 
 NOTE. For the use of the gerund with estar and verbs of 
 motion, see 140 and 140, a. 
 
 THE PAST PARTICIPLE 
 
 330. The past participle used as such or as an adjective 
 varies for gender and number : 
 
 El proyecto de ley votado por el The bill having been passed by 
 
 Senado fue" rechazado por la the Senate was rejected by 
 
 Camara. the House. 
 
 Su hija amada muri6. His beloved daughter died. 
 
 See also 138, 4, and 145, d. 
 
 331. Special cases of its use are 
 
 a. In absolute constructions : 
 
 Pasado el momento de peligro, The moment of danger having 
 renovamos nuestros esfuerzos. passed, we renewed our efforts. 
 
THE VERB 239 
 
 b. After despufe de, antes de, luego de : 
 
 Despue"s de acabada la tarea, After having finished the task 
 
 fuimos a casa. we went home. 
 
 Antes de concluido su discurso Before having concluded his 
 
 se desmay6. speech, he fainted. 
 
 Luego de contadomelo no quiso As soon as he had related it to 
 
 hablar mas. me, he would not speak any 
 
 more. 
 
 c. After para and par : 
 
 No es una proposici6n para It is not a proposition to be 
 
 rechazada. rejected. 
 
 Entonces se di6 por vencido. Then he gave up as conquered. 
 
XI 
 
 FORMS OF ADDRESS (TRATAMIENTOS) 
 332. 
 
 a. Senor Garcia, Mr. Garcia. 
 
 Senor Carlos Garcia, Mr. Charles Garcia. 
 Senor Don C. Garcia, Mr. Charles Garcia. 
 Don Carlos (no equivalent in English). 
 
 b. Senora Garcia, Mrs. Garcia. 
 
 Senora Josefa Garcia, Mrs. Josephine Garcia. 
 Senora Dona J. Garcia, Mrs. Josephine Garcia. 
 Dona Josefa (no English equivalent). 
 
 c. Senorita Garcia, Miss Garcia. 
 
 Senorita Maria Garcia, Miss Mary Garcia. 
 Senorita Maria, Miss Mary. 
 
 d. The above are the forms of address when speaking 
 to people. When speaking about them, senor, senora, and 
 senorita must be preceded by the definitive article : 
 
 El senor, la senora y la senorita Mr., Mrs., and Miss Garcia. 
 Garcia. 
 
 e. Caballero and senor are our sir, the latter (senor) 
 being a little more distant and formal and consequently 
 always used in addressing deliberative bodies. For in- 
 stance, in the Cortes, a speaker would address his auditors 
 as senores ; but, if speaking to an audience of ladies and 
 gentlemen, he would say : Senoras, senoritas y caballeros. 
 After si t yes, and no, no, senor is always used : Si, senor; no, 
 senor. 
 
FORMS OF ADDRESS 24! 
 
 f. Senor is used before all titles in formal address : 
 
 Buenos dias, senor capitan. Good morning, Captain. 
 
 <; Esta el senor profesor? Is the professor at home? 
 
 g. El senor y la senora (or los senor es) are used by 
 servants in speaking of the master and mistress of the 
 house. 
 
 h. In speaking of a person's relatives, politeness re- 
 quires us to say : sit (your) senor padre, su senora madre, 
 su senorita hermana, etc., instead of su padre, etc. 
 
 i. When talking to a man of his wife; we say su (your) 
 senora; while he will mention her as mi senora or mi 
 esposa, or less formally, mi mujer. 
 
 j. Don and dona are only used before baptismal names, 
 which are the common forms of address, where we use Mr., 
 Mrs., etc., with the family name. 
 
 As in English, men are also addressed familiarly by their 
 family names. 
 
 k. Senorito is used by servants in their intercourse with 
 their masters who are young men. It is also quite gen- 
 erally used by the lower orders in addressing men who are 
 not their masters. 
 
 /. Spanish family names consist of two parts connected 
 by y. The first is the name of the father, the second, that 
 of the mother : Pascual Cervera y Topete. The second 
 part is frequently dropped. 
 
 m. A woman, when she marries, keeps her maiden 
 name but joins it to the family name of her husband by de. 
 For instance, if Josefa Perez marries a Mr. Garcia, her 
 name becomes Josefa PJrez de Garcia. She is commonly 
 known as Senora Ptrez, or Dona Josefa, but not as Senora 
 Garcia. 
 
 SPAN. GRAM. 1 6 
 
242 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 SPANISH ABBREVIATIONS 
 
 333. The following is a list of the more common abbre- 
 viations. Where usage varies in regard to small or capi- 
 tal letters, the former have been given in parenthesis. 
 When beginning a sentence any of them may be written 
 with a capital. 
 
 (a), alias, alias. 
 
 @, arroba ( = 25 Ibs. ; also 4 
 
 gals.), and a, at. 
 A., afecto, obedient, affectionate. 
 
 A. C. (ano de Cristo) = A.D. 
 a eta., a cuenta, on account. 
 
 a v/a, a la vista, at sight. 
 adm6n., administraci6n. 
 admor., administrador. 
 af"?, afectisimo, most obedient, 
 
 affectionate. 
 
 af '., afecto, obedient, affectionate. 
 ag*?, agosto, August. 
 am?, amigo, friend. 
 apble., apreciable,/#z>0r. 
 art. or arto., articulo, article. 
 atr?, atento, respectful. 
 
 B. L. M. (b. 1. m.) , besa la mano. 
 B. L. P. (b. 1. p.), besa los pies. 
 brl., barril, barrel. 
 
 c/., cuenta de, account of. 
 cap. or cap?, capitulo, chapter. 
 cap 1 ?, capitdn, captain. 
 etc., corriente, instant. 
 eg., centigramo, centigram. 
 cia., compania, company. 
 cl., centilitre, centiliter. 
 
 com., comisi6n, commission. 
 
 cm., centimetre, centimeter. 
 
 C. M. B. (c. m. b.), cuya mano 
 beso. 
 
 comp* (cia.), compania Co. 
 
 consig., consignaci6n, consign- 
 ment. 
 
 corr*?, corriente, instant. 
 
 C. P. B. (c. p. b.), cuyos pies beso. 
 c. , cuenta, account. 
 
 c./c*?, cuenta corriente, account 
 current. 
 
 eta. d/v., cuenta de venta, ac- 
 count of sales. 
 
 c 4 ?, cuarto, quarter, fourth. 
 
 cy., currency, currency. 
 
 D. or Dn., Don. 
 die?, 10?, diciembre. 
 d/v., dias vista, days sight. 
 doz., docena, dozen. 
 
 dro., derecho, duty, right. 
 
 dup d ., duplicado, duplicate. 
 
 E., este, east. 
 
 en?, enero, January. 
 
 feb?, febrero, February. 
 
 fha., fecha, date. 
 
 fol., folio, page, folio. 
 
SPANISH ABBREVIATIONS 
 
 243 
 
 g., gramo, gram. 
 
 gral., general. 
 
 grs., gruesa, gross. 
 
 h., hora, hour. 
 
 HI., hectolitre, hectoliter. 
 
 ib., ibidem, in the same place. 
 
 id., idem, ditto. 
 
 II?, ilustre, noble, honorable. 
 
 II 1 ? , ilustrisimo, most noble, etc. 
 
 izq, izquierdo, left. 
 
 Kg., kilogramo, kilogram. 
 
 Km., ki!6metro, kilometer. 
 
 Ibs., libras, pounds. 
 
 m., minuto, metro, minute, meter. 
 
 mg., miligramo, milligram. 
 
 mm., milimetro, millimeter. 
 
 mrz., marzo, March. 
 
 N., norte, north. 
 
 N. B., nota bene, 0& w^//. 
 
 n/., nuestro, tf&r. 
 
 n, <?r num, number. 
 
 nov?, 9, noviembre, November. 
 
 ntro., nuestro, 0#r. 
 
 O., oeste, west. 
 
 oct?, 8?, octubre, October. 
 
 onz., oz., onza, 02*;^. 
 
 P., Papa, or Padre, Pope or 
 
 Father. 
 P*, para,>r. 
 pag., pagina, /<*#?. 
 pc/o., % , por ciento, per cent. 
 P. D., posdata, postscript. 
 pgdro., pagadero, payable. 
 p/cta., por cuenta, for account. 
 p. ej., por e]tm$\o, for example. 
 
 p?, pero, but. 
 p. o., por orden, by order. 
 P. P., porte pagado, postpaid. 
 P. P., por poder, by power of 
 
 attorney. 
 
 pp d -, pr6ximo pasado, ultimo. 
 p r , por, by, for. 
 pral., principal. 
 P. S., poscriptum, postscript. 
 pxo., proximo, proximo, next. 
 Q. B. S. M. (q. b. s. m.) , que besa 
 
 sus manos. . 
 Q. B. S. P. (q. b. s. p.), que besa 
 
 sus pies. 
 Q. D. G.(q. D. g.), que Dios 
 
 guarde. 
 
 q?, que, that, which, who. 
 ql., quintal, quintal (cwt.) . 
 q", quien, who, whom. 
 q. e. g. e., que en gloria este*. 
 q. e. p. d., que en paz des- 
 
 canse. 
 q. s. g. h., que santa gloria 
 
 haya. 
 
 R. I. P., requiescat in pace. 
 R!*, recibi, (I) received. 
 Re., re"cipe, recipe. 
 rl, real, "real" (about 10^). 
 s/., sobre, on. 
 S. e. u. o., salvo error u omision, 
 
 save errors and omissions. 
 serv?, servicio, service. 
 serv or , servidor, servant. 
 sept?, set?, 7?, septiembre. 
 sig 1 . 6 , siguiente, following. 
 
244 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Sr., sefior, Sir, Mr. 
 
 spre., siempre, always, ever. 
 
 Sra., senora, Mrs., Madam. 
 
 Srta., senorita, Miss. 
 
 S. S. S., su seguro servidor, your 
 
 faithful servant. 
 test?, testigo, witness. 
 tom.(t?), tomo, volume. 
 tpo., tiempo, time. 
 
 tilt?, ultimo, ultimo, last. 
 
 V. E., Vuestra Excelencia, Vue- 
 
 celencia, Vuecencia, Your 
 
 Grace. 
 
 v. gr., verbigracia, for example. 
 vol., volumen, volume. 
 vro., vuestro, your. 
 v/ta., vista, sight. 
 v* a , vuelta, forward. 
 
 EPISTOLARY FORMALITIES 
 
 334. Spanish letter-headings and forms of address differ 
 but slightly from our own. We need only note the use of 
 nuestro or nuestros, whenever several persons address one 
 or more persons, as if we should say : Our dear sir or our 
 dear sirs; and further that, in certain forms of address, the 
 adjectives, while essential in Spanish, have no equivalents 
 in English, and have either to be omitted in translating or 
 rendered by our simpler forms of address. The following 
 will suffice as examples of the common modes of address : 
 
 a. Formal : 
 Muy senor mio, Dear Sir. 
 Muy sefiores mios, Dear Sirs. 
 Muy senor nuestro, Dear Sir. 
 Muy sefiores nuestros, Dear 
 
 Sirs. 
 Mi distinguido amigo, Esteemed 
 
 friend. 
 
 Muy senorita mia, Dear Miss . 
 
 Muy distinguido senor mio, Dear Sir. 
 
 Muy senora mia y de mi mayor consideraci6n, Dear Madam. 
 
 Reverendo Padre or Respetable senor. (To a priest or clergy- 
 man.) 
 
 Muy senoritas mias, Dear 
 
 Misses . 
 
 Muy senora mia, Dear Madam. 
 Muy senora nuestra, Dear 
 
 Madam. 
 Muy estimada senora N., Dear 
 
 Mrs. N. 
 
EPISTOLARY FORMALITIES 245 
 
 b. Less formal : 
 
 Muy Sr. mio y distinguido amigo, Dear Sir and {distinguished) 
 friend. 
 
 Muy sefior mio y amigo, Dear Sir and friend. 
 
 c. Informal: 
 
 Apreciables amigos mios, My dear friends. 
 
 Querido amigo nuestro, Dear friend. 
 
 Muy estimados amigos nuestros, Esteemed friends. 
 
 Mi respetable amigo, My dear friend. 
 
 Estimado amigo mio, My esteemed friend. 
 
 Mi bueno y querido amigo, My {good and) dear friend. 
 
 d. Familiar: 
 
 Mi querido Juan, My dear John. 
 Amigo Jose", Friend Joe. 
 Queridisima Anita, My dearest Anita. 
 Mi mas querido amigo, My dearest friend. 
 
 NOTE. The above are the usual forms, but there may be 
 others, depending on the will and temperament of the writer. 
 
 335. Letters may begin in one of many ways, but the 
 following may be taken as specimens in formal and infor- 
 mal correspondence. For abbreviations see 333: 
 
 Aunque no tengo el honor de conocer d V., me tomo la libertad 
 de dirigirle estas lineas para . . . 
 
 Ya es tiempo que coja la pluma para dedicar un rato d mis 
 buenos amigos . . . 
 
 Adjunto remito a V. una libranza de 30 pesetas en pago de . . . 
 
 Lleg6 d sta su deseada en e"poca que yo me encontraba en 
 Madrid . . . 
 
 Refine" ndome a su favorecida del 25 del pp d -, tengo el honor 
 de contestar que . . . 
 
246 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Tengo el gusto de acusar recibo de su atenta fechada el 10 
 corriente . . . 
 
 Contestando su grata fechada el 7 del actual, desearia infor- 
 marle que . . . 
 
 Es en mi poder su muy atenta de ayer, y me apresuro a con- 
 testar que . . . 
 
 Acusando recibo de su favorecida fechada en 22 de octubre, 
 me permito mandarle la eta. d/v. de . . . 
 
 336. Of the many ways of closing letters, the following 
 will serve as specimens : 
 
 a. Formal (more or less) : 
 
 Nos repitimos de V. con afecto S. S., r 13 c A/T 
 
 { Jj. o. 1V1. 
 
 Tenemos mucho gusto en ofrecernos S. S. S. y amigos, 
 
 Q. B. S. M. 
 Dios guarde a V. muchos anos como desea su muy atento ser- 
 
 vidor - Q.B.S.M. 
 
 Reitero a W. mi afecto y quedo como siempre S. S. S., 
 
 Q. B. S. M. 
 
 Soy (quedo) de V. su muy afecto seguro servidor, 
 
 q. b. s. m. 
 Entre tanto queda a sus 6rdenes su atto. S. S., b s m 
 
 Con tal motivo me ofrezco de V. afmo. S. S., , 
 
 q. b. s. m. 
 
 b. Fam iliar and informal : 
 
 Salude V. a su senora y ninos y sabe que es su afmo. que le 
 quiere > LOPE DE VEGA. 
 
 Afectos de toda la familia y sabe V. es su afmo. y S. S., 
 
 ESTEBAN BANCHS. 
 
EPISTOLARY FORMALITIES 247 
 
 Saludo carinosamente a V. y a todos los suyos, y quedo su am? 
 
 y S " S '> ENRIQUE GARCU. 
 
 Que le vaya bien y disponga de este su am? y servidor, 
 
 MANUEL MENDOZA. 
 
 Sin mas por hoy sabes que puedes disponer del afecto de este 
 tu amigo y S. S., DIEGO GuTI RREZ 
 
 NOTE. While the letters Q. B. S. M. are still in good use, 
 especially in very formal communications, it is becoming more 
 and more customary to omit them, as in the last examples and 
 more particularly in business letters. 
 
 337. Letters are addressed as follows : 
 
 When sent by mail, 
 
 Senor Don (or Sr. Dn.) E B . 
 
 Senora Dona (or Sra. Da.) M O . 
 
 Senorita A G de P . 
 
 The direction coming immediately after, as in English. 
 When sent by hand, 
 
 B. L. M. B. L. M. B. L. M. 
 
 Al Sr. Dn. L. de Q . A Don R . Al Sr. M . 
 
 S. S. S. S. S. S. S. S. S. 
 
 Enrique Pe"rez. D. de Manj6n. Benito Bazan. 
 
 B. L. P. B. L. P. 
 
 A mi Sra. Da. J P . A la Sra. Da. J- 
 
 S. A. S. S. S. A. S. S. 
 
 Rodriguez Guevara. Emilio Castelar. 
 
 B. L. P. 
 
 A la Sra. A S . 
 
 S. A. S. S. 
 Ram6n Rey. 
 
XII 
 EXERCISES 
 
 REMARKS. The grammar references and Spanish exercises 
 should be thoroughly learned before an attempt is made to write 
 the English exercises, as many words, expressions, and explana- 
 tions are there given which could not be so clearly stated in the 
 vocabulary, and hence are not therein repeated, unless they occur 
 in other exercises, in which case they are again properly provided 
 for. 
 
 In the English exercises, translate all words in parentheses ( ), 
 and leave out all those in brackets [ ]. 
 
 The small figures to the right of several English words indicate 
 the order in which their Spanish equivalents are to be placed. 
 
 The figures in heavy type in parentheses refer to sections of the 
 grammar, and should always be looked up before the sentences 
 are translated. 
 
 Words connected by a dash (-) will be found in the vocabulary 
 under the first word. 
 
 1 
 
 338. Learn 136 and 142 o imperfect tense, and read 
 135-135, c. Learn also 11-15, e. 
 
 i. La tierra gira alrededor del sol en un ano. El ano tiene 
 doce (12) meses y cuatro (4) estaciones. 2. Los meses son: 
 enero, febrero, marzo, abril, mayo, junio, Julio, agosto, se(p)tiem- 
 .bre, octubre, noviembre y diciembre. 3. Las estaciones son : la 
 primavera, el verano 6 estio, el otono y el invierno. 4. Un ines 
 tiene cuatro semanas ; una semana tiene siete (7) dias, que son: 
 lunes, martes, mie"rcoles, jueves, viernes, sabado y domingo. 
 
EXERCISES 249 
 
 5. Dia significa un espacio de veinticuatro (24) horas, y tambie'n 
 el tiempo entre la salida y la puesta del sol. 6. Cuando el sol se 
 pone, comienza (comenzar) la noche, y el sol parece pasar por 
 debajo de la tierra. 7. La cortesia es la flor de la humanidadl. 
 
 8. The sun seems [to] revolve around the earth. 9. There are 
 (137, ,3) twelve (38) months in a year and three months in a 
 season. 10. An hour has sixty (38) minutes, and a minute, sixty 
 seconds, n. (The) Monday is the first (25) day of the week, 
 (the) Tuesday is the second (38), (the) Wednesday is the third, 
 (the) Thursday is the fourth, (the) Friday is the fifth, (the) Sat- 
 urday is the sixth, and (the) Sunday is the seventh or last. 
 12. [On] (the) Sunday the good (25) Christian goes to (the) 
 church and prays; the other six days he works. 13. But [he 
 does] not work all the time, for [he] is 2 not 1 a machine, and has 
 to (138, 3) rest when [he] is (139) very tired. 
 
 2 
 339. Study 16-19, d, and review 14-15 and 136 and 142. 
 
 i. Podemos (209) hacer tres divisiones del cuerpo humano : la 
 cabeza, el tronco y las extremidades. 2. Las dos (2) primeras 
 (38) son las mas importantes, porque sin ellas (44) no podemos 
 vivir. 3. Los cabellos (el pelo) cubren la cabeza que tiene una 
 forma redonda. 4. La cara (el rostro) forma la parte anterior de 
 la cabeza. 5. La frente es la parte superior de la cara, y la barba 
 es la parte inferior. 6. Debajo de la frente tenemos los ojos con 
 los cuales (90) miramos y vemos (205) si no somos ciegos. 7. En 
 medio de la cara (del rostro) esta (139) la nariz que es el 6rgano 
 del olfato. 8. Con la nariz olemos (172), olfateamos ; los olores 
 pasan por las dos ventanas de la nariz, llamadas narices (15, a). 
 
 9. Las mejillas son las prominencias del rostro debajo de los ojos. 
 
 10. Las dos orejas estan colocadas la una a un lado de la cabeza, 
 y la otra al otro lado. n. Con las orejas escuchamos y oimos 
 (194), cuando no somos sordos. 
 
 12, The mouth is (139) between the chin and the nose, and is. 
 
25O SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 (esta) formed (146) by the two lips. 13. When a young-man 
 arrives at the age (19, d) of sixteen or eighteen years, a mustache 
 grows (nace) on his (= the) upper 2 lip, 1 and then he (44) is very 
 proud. 14. In the mouth are the teeth, the tongue, and the palate. 
 15. These (estos) with the nose, the throat, and the lips, are the 
 organs of (the) speech. 16. With the mouth (the) man and (the) 
 woman eat, drink, speak, flatter, deceive, and slander (13, Note) 
 their (sus) friends. 17. The tongue is the worst enemy of (the) 
 man. 18. The five senses are the sight, the hearing, the taste, the 
 touch, and the smell. 
 
 340. Review references given for Exercises l and 2. 
 
 i. El cuello (= pescuezo) une la cabeza al tronco. 2. A los 
 hombros estan unidos los brazos cuya (90) extremidad forman las 
 manos (19, a). 3. Los dedos, que forman la extremidad de la 
 mano, son : el dedo pulgar, el indice, el dedo de en medio (6 del 
 corazon), el dedo anular y el dedo menique. 4. La parte dura 
 en la extremidad de cada (116) dedo es la una. 5. Con el puno 
 (= la mano cerrada) el hombre se defiende contra su enemigo. 
 6. El pecho es la parte anterior y superior del tronco y encierra 
 el coraz6n y los pulmones. 7. El coraz6n es un musculo hueco y 
 carnoso que imprime movimiento a la sangre y la hace circular 
 por las venas y arterias. 8. Los pulmones son los 6rganos de la 
 respiraci6n. 
 
 9. The food is masticated and swallowed and enters into (en) 
 the stomach, where the organs of (the) digestion transform 2 it 1 
 into blood. 10. Then the blood ascends to the heart, whence 
 (de donde) [it] passes through the veins, n. To the lower part 
 of the trunk are fixed the legs, which are divided by the knees. 
 12. The feet form the lower extremity of the legs. 13. (The) 
 men and (the) women use the feet and (the) legs to (para) walk, 
 run, dance, and skate. 14. A biped is an animal that has two legs, 
 but a quadruped has four legs. 
 
EXERCISES 251 
 
 341. Study 20-20, /, and review the verbs. 
 
 i. La familia se compone (149 and 150) del padre, de la madre 
 y de los nifios. 2. Los nifios son los hijos y las hijas de los padres 
 (17, a). 3. El abuelo y la abuela son los padres del padre y de 
 la madre. 4. El tio es el hermano y la tia es la hermana del 
 padre 6 de la madre. 5. El hijo de mi (63) tio es mi primo y la 
 hija es mi prima. 6. Si mi hermano 6 mi hermana se casan y 
 tienen hijos, ellos son mis sobrinos 6 sobrinas. 7. Cuando un 
 hombre pierde su esposa (=mujer), es viudo, y una mujer que 
 pierde su marido (= esposo) es viuda. 8. Todas (116) las per- 
 sonas que tienen el mismo (116) parentesco se llaman parientes. 
 9. Safo era (was) gran poetisa lirica de la antigua Grecia, pero 
 nos (tq us) quedan muy pocos de sus poemas. 
 
 s ib. The family lives in a house which is small or large accord - 
 ing-to the requirements or the taste of the persons who occupy 2 
 it. 1 ii. The house contains various rooms which are (139) in 
 the different stories. 12. We go-up or come-down the stairs, when 
 [we] wish (209) [to] go from one story to another (127). 13. In 
 the kitchen the cook prepares the food which the family eats in 
 the dining-room. 14. Generally [we] eat three times (veces) 
 each (116) day. 15. [We] take (the) breakfast in (por) the 
 morning, (the) dinner at (the) noon and (the) supper at. (the) 
 nightfall. 16. When the servant sets (pone) the table, [she] 
 covers 2 it 1 (la) with the table-cloth; then [she] puts a plate, a 
 knife, a fork, a spoon, a glass and a napkin for (para) each person. 
 17. Next she puts the victuals on (en) the table and tells (195) 
 (to) her mistress that (que) the meal is (139) ready. 
 
 5 
 
 342. Study 21-23, f t and review the verbs. 
 
 i. (22). El hombr6n y la mujerona tienen un hijo quien es un 
 mocet6n y lleva zapatones. 2. (a). Una punalada es la herida 
 
SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 que se hace (is made) con el punal. 3. (b). El populacho em- 
 briagado de vinacho tira piedras contra la casucha de mi amigote. 
 4. (c). Un ventarr6n acompanado de un nubarr6n derriba los 
 caserones del poblachon. 5. El enano con un narig6n espantoso 
 asusta a (13, Note) los ninos. 6. El politicastro es el veneno de 
 todo buen gobierno. 
 
 7. (23, a) . Jennie, the little-daughter of my neighbor, has in her 
 (la) little-hand (b) a beautiful little-flower. 8. Jack's (13) little- 
 dog kills a little-bird. 9. Little-Lou, the little-son of the laundress, 
 carries-on a flirtation with his little-cousin (#). 10. (c}. A silly- 
 little-girl becomes usually a dawdling- woman. n. (d). The 
 petty-king lives in a palace which is (139) on a rivulet and has 
 small-doors and little-windows. 12. (e}. The poor-girl, who lives 
 in the small-town, sells to the small-boy [some] young-pigeons. 
 
 13. The water (11, b} of this spring is (139) full of animalcules. 
 
 14. She gives (to) the poor-fellow (23, a) [some] fritters with 
 butter (/) and cheese. 15. [He] has 3 not 2 yet (aun 1 ) come-out 
 (salido) of-his (del) shell, and already [he] is presumptuous. 
 
 6 
 343. Review references for Exercise 5. 
 
 i. La familia se reune en el comedor ; la madre se sienta a la 
 cabecera, el padre enfrente y los otros miembros a los lados de la 
 mesa. 2. El padre pide (181) la bendicion, y la comida co- 
 mienza. 3. La madre echa el cafe", el te 6 el chocolate en tazas. 
 4. El padre trincha y sirve (servir) la carne, el pan y la mante- 
 quilla, y las personas del lado sirven la leche, las legumbres y 
 otras viandas, si las (56) hay (137, ^,3). 5. Mientras comen, la 
 conversaci6n esta animada y chistosa, porque saben (209) que la 
 alegria es la mejor (32) ayuda a la digesti6n. 6. Despue"s de 
 acabada (331, b) la comida, todos se levantan ; el papa enciende 
 (encender) un tabaco (= puro), los ninos van (214) a la escuela, 
 y la mama atiende a sus quehaceres dome"sticos. 
 
EXERCISES 253 
 
 7. The other rooms of the house are : the parlor, the hall, the 
 library, the bathroom, the pantry and the bedrooms. 8. In the 
 parlor we receive (13, Note) our friends, when [they] make 2 (197) 
 us l visits. 9. In the library there are (137, b, 3) a book-stand with 
 many books, a table, various chairs and an easy-chair. 10. The 
 pantry is the room where the eatables 2 are-kept 1 (154, c). n. The 
 bedroom is where [we] sleep (177). We lie-down in the bed and 
 sleep seven or eight hours and then rise. 12. [We] go to the 
 washstand, pour water from (de) the pitcher into the basin and 
 wash ourselves (150) with soap and water. 13. Then [we] wipe 
 our (la) face and (the) hands with the towel, put-on our clothes, 
 arrange (componer) our hair with the comb and the brush and 
 go-down (the) stairs, where [we] read (leemos) the paper, while 
 [we] wait for (the) breakfast. 
 
 344. Study 24-26 and review the verbs. 
 
 i . Las casas se construyen de madera, de piedra y de ladrillos. 
 
 2. Hay casas pequenas y grandes, bonitas y feas, altas y bajas. 
 
 3. Nuestras casas tienen puertas y ventanas que sirven (servir) 
 para dar aire y luz a las habitaciones. 4. El techo y las paredes 
 nos protegen contra el calor del sol y contra los rigores del frio y 
 de la humedad cuando llueve (158). 5. El jardin y los huertos 
 rodean la casa y nos dan hermosas flores, buenas frutas y legum- 
 bres diversas. 6. For las puertas entramos y salimos, y por las 
 ventanas miramos. 7. Si un incendio se declara, vienen (202) los 
 bomberos, vestidos de camisas rojas (24, a) y brillantes cascos 
 negros ; con la bomba (= maquina) arrojan torrentes de agua 
 sobre las llamas y apagan el fuego. 
 
 8. In the orchard grow (crecer) fruit-trees which produce (pro- 
 ducir) fruits of exquisite taste, as (the) pears, (the) apples, (the) 
 peaches, (the) pineapples, (the) grapes, (the) plums, (the) cherries, 
 (the) strawberries and others. 9. The common 2 flowers 1 are : the 
 rose, the pink, the dahlia, the violet, the tulip, the lily, the camellia, 
 
254 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 and many others, which are the ornament of our gardens. 10. The 
 principal vegetables are : the potato, the kidney-bean, the tomato, 
 the pea, the chick-pea, the lentil, etc. n. In the sea, in the 
 rivers, and in the ponds [we] catch (coger) the fish(es), which 
 form part of our food. 12. [We] eat also the flesh of othei 
 animals, as that (la) of the ox, of the cow, of the lamb, of the 
 hog, etc. 13. The flesh of (the) domestic 2 and wild 3 birds 1 fur- 
 nishes 2 us 1 a sweet and delicate food. 14. Such (tales) are : the 
 hen, the turkey, the duck, the goose ; and the quail and the par- 
 tridge which [we] hunt in the fields, woods, and mountains. 
 
 8 
 345. Review 24-26 and study 34-37. 
 
 i. La fiebre amarilla es indigena de los climas tropicales. 
 2. Los muchachos holgazanes y las muchachas holgazanas apren- 
 den poco. 3. Los ingleses y los franceses no se aman (152) los 
 unos a los otros. 4. Los franceses desprecian tambie"n a los 
 (13, Note) alemanes desde la guerra franco-prusiana y dicen 
 (say) de un hombre muy aficionado a los placeres del paladar : 
 come como un ingle's y bebe como un aleman.- 5. La poesia 
 alemana, especialmente la poesia lirica, es deliciosa ; pero la len- 
 gua francesa siendo (being) mas ret6rica, su poesia no es tan 
 buena. 6. Ella tiene ojos burlonesy una boca chiquitma. 7. Las 
 andaluzas son muy guapas y graciosas. 8. Las clases agricolas son 
 oprimidas (223) por las combinaciones comerciales e" industriales. 
 
 9. My good father comes (202) by the first train. 10. The 
 subjects of a good king are always happy, n. No (25) man can 
 (puede) serve equally well two masters. 12. Unfortunately none 
 of my friends are (139) here to-day. 13. San Juan is the capital 
 of Porto Rico, which is one of the islands of the Great [er] An- 
 tilles. 14. Lope de Vega was (me") a great poet. 15. A great 
 soul pardons easily an injury. 16. Any house is better (mejor) 
 than no house. 17. Every day brings (trae) its (63) trials and its 
 pleasures. 18. The others (25, e) remain at (en) home all (the) 
 
EXERCISES 255 
 
 day. 19. A (el) good name is worth more than much riches. 
 20. When a noble 2 sentiment 1 sways the heart, [it] inspires 
 great actions. 21. A large house is 2 not 1 always a great house. 
 22. Nothing is more despicable than a great man who vacillates 
 between two actions for (por) lack of courage. 
 
 9 
 346. Study 27-28 and review 24-25, /. 
 
 i. El sol es mas grande que la tierra y los otros planetas, pero 
 la luna es menos grande que la tierra. 2. Las estfellas fijas son 
 mucho mas distantes de nosotros que el sol. 3. En el invierno 
 los dias son mas cortos que en el verano, pero las noches son mas 
 largas. 4. Un buen perro es mucho mas fiel que un buen gato. 
 5. El ejercicio de hoy es mas facil que el (that) de ayer. 6. Cier- 
 tas casas de una ciudad son mas altas que otras, y ciertas calles 
 son menos anchas que otras. 7. Mi prima es mas hermosa que 
 mi hermana, pero es menos inteligente. 8. El dinero, como el 
 fuego, es un muy buen criado pero un muy mal duefio. 
 
 9. [He] spends in a banquet every week more than (de) five 
 hundred (38) dollars. 10. He needs more than (de) the half 
 of the sum necessary to (para) pay the debt. n. We [do] not 
 need more than twenty dollars this week. 12. They are more 
 skillful than [they] seem. 13. [He] spends more money than 
 [he] admits. 14. The general has less soldiers than [he] needs. 
 
 15. [We] have more inhabitants than we can (podemos) support. 
 
 1 6. Yes, he is a great orator, but [he] is 2 not 1 so eloquent as 
 Castelar. 17. A good dog is as faithful as [he] is brave. 18. The 
 captain is not so prudent as the lieutenant. 19. That (esa) little- 
 girl is as innocent as a lamb. 20. The teacher has as much 
 wisdom as prudence. '21. This (este) exercise has as many mis- 
 takes as that (el) of yesterday. 22. (The = la) ( Florida produces 
 as many oranges as [the = la] California. 23. When a man 
 spends as much money as [hej earns, [he] can 2 (puede) not 1 
 get-rich. 
 
256 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 10 
 
 347. Study 29-33 and review the verbs. 
 
 i. El hierro es el mas util y el acero es el mas duro de los 
 metal es. 2. El rubi, el diamante y la esmeralda son las mas her- 
 mosas y mas preciosas de las piedras, pero no son las mas utiles". 
 
 3. Los pajaros .(= las aves) mas comunes son : el aguila (11, <), 
 el buitre,' el buho. el cuervo, la corneja, el papagaya. el payojrejfl 
 (= pav6n), el estbrnirio, la golondrina, el 'ruisenor'y la avestruz. 
 
 4. Mi libro mas entretenido es obra de un autor muy conocido. 
 5*- Una madre esta mas contenta cuando esta rodeada de sus 
 hijos. 6. La mas dichosa de las mujeres es la (she) que tiene 
 buenos y sanos hijos. 7. Mi querido amigo, el mas honrado de, 
 los hombres, pasa la mayor parte de su tiempo viajando. 8. La 
 manzana, fruta la mas saludable, no es tan dulce como el melocot6n. 
 
 9. To-converse with one's friends after [a] long absence is 
 exceedingly pleasant. 10. The rose and the violet are very- 
 beautiful, ii. The winters of the north are very-cold (31, a). 
 12. The robber commits a very-atrocious 2 (31, b) crime. 1 13. The 
 juice of the orange is very-sweet. 14. The translation of this (esta) 
 letter is very-easy (31, c, Note). 15. The very-celebrated 2 (31,^) 
 poets 1 of this century are very-few (32). 16. She is the best (32) 
 of my friends. 17. This (esta) beer is dearer than the wine but 
 it is very-bad (32). 18. [We] are here in the mountains, a very- 
 healthy 2 place. 1 19. [It] is the youngest (32) of my brothers 
 who is dead. 20. My cousin is in the upper 2 class 1 and my brother 
 is in the lower 2 class. 1 21. (The) very-candid 2 men 1 (31, e) are 
 rarely popular. 22. [He] leads a very-wretched 2 life 1 (31, e) on 
 account of his bad health. 23. The most of (the) men prefer 
 (the) repose to (the) activity. 24. A good (25) man is an acci- 
 dent, a good woman is an incident. 
 
 11 
 
 348. Study again 34-37. Learn (38) tbe cardinal and 
 ordinal numbers to 30, and read the remainder. 
 
EXERCISES 257 
 
 i. Ella tiene ojos azules y pelo castafio. 2, Un rayo de luz 
 blanca contiene los elementos de todos los colores. 3. La guerra 
 anglo-boer continiia todavia en el Africa austral. 4. La herida 
 penetrante fue" (was) el resultado de una punalada. 5. La peste 
 bub6nica es una de las enfermedades mas horrorosas. 6. La 
 telegrafia policiaca espanta al ladron y el salta por la ventana. 
 7. Un acto tan bueno merece el reconocimiento de toda buena 
 gente. 8. La miisica alemana difiere mucho de la musica italiana. 
 9. La edad media es el tiempo transcurrido desde el siglo quinto de 
 la era vulgar hasta mediados del siglo de"cimoquinto. 10. Una negra 
 acci6n es caracteristica de un coraz6n malo y ruin. n. Mucho 
 ruido y pocas nueces es un refran espanol que significa que el 
 mucho trabajo trae poca ganancia. 12. Los mimeros cardinales 
 sirven (servir) de (as) base a toda operaci6n aritme'tica; los 
 ordinales senalan el lugar en que colocamos las personas 6 las 
 cosas. 
 
 13. The four cardinal 2 points 1 are : the North, the South, the 
 East and the West. 14. To Flavio Gioia, [a] Neapolitan 2 navi- 
 gator 1 of the fourteenth 2 century, 1 is attributed (se le atribuye) the 
 invention of the mariner's compass. 15. The consumption of soap 
 is the best measure of the manners, intelligence, civilization, and 
 morality of a people. 16. [It] is a great misfortune for (para) a 
 man, when his mother and three sisters think (that) he is perfect. 
 17. The Greeks, (the) nation [the] most cultured of (the) antiq- 
 uity, are to-day mere shadows of their (sus) ancestors. 18. The 
 dreams of the morning of (the) life are the nightmares of (the) 
 old-age. 19. What o'clock (hora) is [it]? [It] is (the) one 
 [o'clock]. 20. Saturn makes (hace) the revolution in his orbit 
 in thirty years. 21. The moon revolves around the earth in twenty- 
 seven days, seven hours, and forty- three minutes. 22. I am (tengo) 
 eighteen years [old] . 23. To-day is the thirteenth (40, d) of April. 
 24. My music-teacher comes. every third day (25). 25. Leo [the] 
 thirteenth (40, c) is the present 2 Pope 1 ; his predecessor was (fue") 
 Pius [the] ninth. 26. Sancho Panza calls (13, Note) Don Quijote 
 the knight of the rueful countenance (37) . 
 
 SPAN. GRAM- I 7 
 
258 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 12 
 
 349. Study 39-43. Review 38 and the verbs so far as 
 studied. 
 
 i. La navidad (el veinticinco de diciembre) es el dia en que 
 celebramos el nacimiento de Jesucristo. 2. El cuatro de Julio se 
 celebra (150) como el aniversario de la declaraci6n de indepen- 
 dencia de nuestra Republica. 3. Tres multiplicado por seis es 
 igual a diez mas ocho, y veintiocho dividido por siete es igual a 
 trece menos nueve. 4. Multiplicamos todos los guarismos del 
 multiplicando por cada uno de los (those) del multiplicador. 
 5. Escribimos el dividendo y el divisor sobre una misma linea, 
 separados por una vertical ; el divisor se separa (150) del cociente 
 por una horizontal. 6. El mes de febrero tiene veintinueve dias 
 en los anos bisiestos. 7. Cien valientes soldados valen (200) mas 
 que todo un regimiento de cobardes. 8. Ciento y cincuenta 
 pesos (=duros) bastan para hacer el viaje. 9. Carlos segundo, 
 rey de Espana, muri6 (died) a los treinta y nueve anos de edad. 
 
 10. A Spaniard calls (13, Note) his wife jocularly : his dear 
 half 'or his half orange, n. A quarter of [an] hour is equal to 
 fifteen minutes. 12. A watch has three hands : the hour-hand 
 marks the hours, the minute-hand the minutes, and the second- 
 hand the seconds. 13. I am 2 not 1 (138, 2) hungry in (por) the 
 morning ; [I] only take a couple of eggs, a cup of coffee, and a 
 little (of) bread with butter. 14. They take (dan) a walk towards 
 four o'clock (42, Note). 15. His story has [a] double meaning. 
 1 6. Our men-of-war and other steamers have engines of triple and 
 quadruple expansion, but (the) locomotives [do] not have 2 them 1 
 (las). 17. He gives 2 me 1 a dozen (of) oranges and about twenty 
 (42, Note) apples. 18. Some forty soldiers witness the execution 
 of the traitor. 19. They need about twenty dollars to (para) com- 
 plete the sum which [they] propose (se proponen) [to] raise. 
 20. Without money (the) honor is only a malady. 21. The hog 
 is your (el) true gentleman, because he alone has nothing to do 
 (138, 3 ). 
 
EXERCISES 259 
 
 13 
 
 350. Study 44 and 135, a and 140. Review present indic- 
 ative and learn imperfect indicative (136 and 142). 
 
 i. Cuando yo estaba en el campo, vivia con mi tio (302, a). 
 2. <iComia V. mucha fruta, cuando vivia en la Habana? 3. Si, 
 porque las frutas de aquel pais eran excelentes y saludables. 4. En 
 aquella epoca yo era joven y amaba con delirio a mi santa madre 
 ( j que Dios haya ! 137, c). 5. Nuestra tia daba una tertulia todas 
 las semanas, y yo bailaba con mi novia. 6. Ella era muy amable 
 hacia todo el mundo (132, 2d), pero bailaba s61o conmigo (58). 
 7. Nosotros e"ramos felices en aquellos dias ; tocabamos el piano 
 y el violin y cantabamos, recordando que donde hay (137, ^,3) 
 musica, no puede (can) haber cosa mala. 8. Ustedes pasaban 
 dias enteros pescando en el arroyo, mientras esperaban el regreso 
 de sus (your) compafieros. 9. Ellos tenian mucho que (138, 3) 
 hacer, cada vez que llegaba el buque. 10. Una golondrina no 
 hace verano. 
 
 NOTE. Translate here all past tenses by the imperfect and 
 put the pronouns of the second column immediately before the 
 verb and no (not) before these pronouns, when the sentence is 
 negative. 
 
 ii. While I was- writing my exercise, he was-studying his les- 
 son. 12. When we were (139) on (a) board (of) the steamer the 
 food was bad, and [we did] not eat it (lo). 13. You (usted) 
 used-to-tell me entertaining 2 stories 1 when I was sick; I liked 
 (gustar) them (44) very-much (236, c, Note). 14. If I liked the 
 oranges and other fruits, [I] ate them, but [they] were 2 not 1 
 always good. 15. I was not thinking of (en) him, nor (ni) of her 
 when I was-speaking, but (sino) of you. 16. The gardener used- 
 to-give us many flowers, and we gave them (54) to the children. 
 17. He was in the city (the) last week, but we [did] not know it 
 (lo). 1 8. The letters which he wrote 2 [to] me 1 from Europe 
 were interesting, and I read 2 them 1 with much pleasure. 19. We 
 
260 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 bought a paper every morning and read it before (the) breakfast ; 
 then gave 2 it 1 to our landlady. 20. He used-to-go (214) with us 
 to the theater when [he] had sufficient time, but [he did] not 
 always 3 have 2 it. 1 21. Certain men interest-themselves (150) so- 
 much in what (lo que) the 2 ancients 3 did 1 (hacian), that [they do] 
 not know [how to] live with the moderns. 
 
 14 
 
 351. Study 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 59, 61, and review refer- 
 ences for Exercise 13. 
 
 i. Usted se engana pensando que yo le amaba, porque no es 
 verdad. 2. l me enganaba asegurandome (60) que no era 
 casado. 3. Me lo dice (decir) pero no lo creo, porque yo no me 
 fio de e"l. 4. Nosotros mismos (53) les enviabamos melocotones 
 de nuestro huerto, cuando los (56) teniamos. 5. He" aqui (137, d] 
 la gramdtica espanola que yo compre" (bought) ; <;la quiere (209) 
 usted? 6. No, .no la quiero, porque tengo una que es muchc 
 mejor ; s61o que no me pertenece a mi sino a mi sobrino quien 
 me la presta. 7. Dios ayuda a los (those) que se ayudan a si 
 mismos. 8. La gloria es el heft'o con que se alimenta a la bestia 
 humana. 9. La lima de la poesia es una imagen de la paz y de 
 la ternura ; pero la luna de la ciencia se nos presenta como una 
 soledad sin vida y sin encanto. 10. El hombre, que no tiene un 
 dolor de dientes, no sabe lo (89, 5th) grande que es el placer de nc 
 tenerlo (60). n. <iCual es el refran ingle's correspondiente al 
 espanol ? : Mas vale pdjaro en mano que buitre volando. 
 
 12. He tells (195) it to me and thinks (164) that I believe it, 
 but [he] deceives himself. 13. To be (el ser) [a] slave of one- 
 self (53) is the worst kind of slavery. 14. He offers her his (la) 
 hand, but she refuses it, because [she does] not love him. 
 15. Here I am (137, d) ; what [do] you wish of me (44)? Your 
 teacher writes me that you [do] not come to (the) school every 
 day ; how [do] you explain your absence? 16. I am asked (61, fr) 
 whether [I] accept the conditions which are offered me (61, b). 
 
EXERCISES 26l 
 
 17. My friends are asked, whether [they] intend [to] travel in 
 (por) Spain this year. 18. We are informed that the proposed 
 tariff [does] not please 2 (them 1 ) (to) the Porto Ricans ; and 
 [they] consider it as a great injustice. 19. You are informed that 
 the president is here and will remain (permanecera) here for (por) 
 two days. 20. (62). He comes (viene) to me and asks me why 
 his proposition is not satisfactory. 
 
 15 
 
 352. Study 63, 64, 65, 71, 73, and the preterits of 136 
 and 142. 
 
 i. Los resales de mi jardin principian a echar botones, y mis 
 otras flores no tardaran (fut.) en mostrar los suyos (73). 2. Mis 
 perritos ahuyentaron anoche a ciertos gatos que daban su con- 
 cierto de costumbre en nuestro patio. 3. Su padre politico de 
 V. Ileg6 esta tarde con su familia de e"l (65). 4. Entonces nues- 
 tras relaciones politicas eran excitadisimas a causa de lo (89) de 
 Filipinas y Puerto Rico. 5. La pena tiene sus placeres, el peligro 
 sus encantos. 6. Nadie sabe tan bien como un subordinado la 
 cortedad de su superior. 7. Cuando un hombre se vuelve (226, 2) 
 cristiano, su caballo es el primero que lo averigua. 8. Los anti- 
 guos consideraban a la culebra tragando su propia (66) cola como 
 un perfecto simbolo de la eternidad. 9. Aun el insensate, cuando 
 calla, es considerado por sabio ; el que cierra los labios es enten- 
 dido. 10. Su hermana recie"n casada esta pasando (140) la luna 
 de miel en el mediodia de Francia. 
 
 NOTE. In this exercise, use usted for you throughout. 
 
 IT. The possessive 3 adjectives 1 and pronouns 2 agree (concuer- 
 dan) in gender and number with their nouns. 12. A pupil of 
 mine (67) learned the Spanish 2 conjugations 1 in [a] few days. 
 13. His exercise was well written (222), but yours (75) was badly 
 written. 14. His photograph is not so good as yours, but is better 
 than hers (73). 15. Your clothes (64) are finer than theirs, but 
 
262 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 are not so durable. 16. A friend of ours (67) set-out yesterday 
 in a balloon for (para) the North 2 pole. 1 17. He took my over- 
 coat and left his own. 18. [We] remained in his house (69) 
 three days, and when the rain stopped, [we] continued our jour- 
 ney. 19. (The) patience is bitter, but its fruit (fruto) is sweet. 
 20. He washed his face and hands and trimmed his nails (71) and 
 then went (fiie") to (the) church. 21. He lost his (la) life (71) 
 crossing the ocean. 22. The color of his hair and of mine (74) 
 is chestnut, but yours (el de V.) is black. 23. Our [soldiers, 77] 
 attacked the (al) enemy at (the) sunrise. 
 
 16 
 
 353. Study 78, 86, 88-88, 3d, and review preterits in 
 136 and 142. 
 
 i. Este libro me perteneci6, pero ahora no es mio (76). 
 2. Esta ropa sucia debi6 lavarse en casa. 3. Cuando V. encontr6 
 ese caballo, <J d6nde estaba? 4. Esa gallina pone un huevo todos 
 los dias. 5. Aquel gato es bueno, porque limpia la casa de ratas 
 y ratones. 6. -Eso es absurdo ; no tiene cabal juicio. 7. En 
 aquellos dias habia (137, b, 3) gigantes en la tierra. 8. Esos pasa- 
 tiempos nos agradaron mucho mas que los que tuvimos mas tarde. 
 
 9. stos son mejores que sos, pero yo prefiero e"sos a aquellos. 
 
 10. Lo de la libre acufiaci6n (89) de la plata foe" discutido en la 
 ultima campafia presidencial. n. Su cunado y su tio son sena- 
 dores de los Estados Unidos ; ste es libre-cambista, y aque"! 
 favorece un arancel subido 6 proteccionista. 12. Los peri6dicos de 
 hoy y los de ayer no traen noticias fidedignas acerca del asunto. 
 
 13. This fountain-pen cost me two dollars and [a] half (41). 
 14. These pencils were made (hechos) in Germany and had to 
 (138, 3) pass through (por) the custom-house. 15. I bought 
 those goods [near you] in a shop on (en) the corner of this street. 
 1 6. That schooner and that man-of-war anchored in the harbor 
 last-night. 17. (86). This watch is mine, that-one [near you] is 
 his (7*6), and the-one-yonder belongs to my sister-in-law. 18. The 
 
EXERCISES 263 
 
 two wives of Alfonso [the] twelfth (40, <r) were Mercedes and 
 Cristina : the former (87) died (murio) young, the latter is now 
 queen-regent. 19. Yesterday we paid this bill and that of the 
 contractor. 20. This letter and that which (88, 2d) arrived yes- 
 terday started from Madrid the same day. 21. Our newspapers 
 and those of Spain differ very-much. 22. The manners of this 
 gentleman and those of his friend are very pleasing. 
 
 17 
 354. Study 90, 91, 94, 95, and the futures of 136 and 142. 
 
 i. El pecado es el abismo que separa del ideal divino el carac- 
 ter moral del hombre. 2. Es la libertad que da a la flor de la 
 vida fugaz, su brillantez y fragrancia, y sin ella somos malas yerbas. 
 3. Mark Twain propuso erigir un monumento al. hombre que des- 
 cubri6 la ostra. 4. La hipocrisia es el tributo que el vicio pagara 
 siempre a la virtud. 5. Guardate (150, a) de la mujer a quien 
 (92, 2d) no gustan las flores, y del hombre a quien no gustan las 
 mujeres. 6. El centauro era un monstruo de la mitologia antigua, 
 el cual (94) se representaba mitad hombre y mitad caballo. 7. En 
 su Arte portico dice (195) Horacio : quien (92, 3d) mezcla lo util 
 con lo dulce se llevara siempre el dia. 8. Todos llegaran hoy, 
 qui^nes (92, 4th) por el ferrocarril, quienes por el tranvia ele"ctrico. 
 9. Tendremos manana por la tarde una exhibicion de estatuas y 
 pinturas, la cual gustara a ustedes sin duda alguna. 10. A quien 
 tiene la ictericia, todo le parecera amarillo. u. La duda es la 
 niebla deslumbrante que se levanta entre la visi6n del hombre y 
 la verdad eterna. 
 
 12. According-to Homer (the) religion is the chain of gold with 
 which the earth is (esta) suspended from the throne of the Eternal. 
 13. (The) men speak more often of the virtues which [they do] 
 not have, than of those (88, 2d) which [they] have. 14. The offi- 
 cers who are now in [the] Philippines will remain there for (por) 
 three months, and then will return to this country. 15. Even (the) 
 honey will be bitter for (para) him who (92, 3d) has his (el) 
 
264 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 stomach 2 full. 1 16. Some (92, 4th) will live in the village, some 
 will go (214) to (a) live in the country. 17. The man to whom 
 (92, 2d) you spoke will represent the Society of the Red 2 -Cross. 1 
 18. [It] is the flower of the English 2 army 1 which (94) will perish 
 in the Anglo-Boer 2 war. 1 19. The general will select (13, Note) 
 the man who (92, ist) will carry the flag-of-truce. 20. Then [we] 
 shall have a teacher whose (95) influence will produce the best 
 results. 21. The Greeks, whose enlightenment [we] shall always 
 admire, succumbed to the evil effects of (the) war. 22. The at- 
 torney-general, whose speech we listened to to-day, will take the 
 floor again (227) to-morrow. 
 
 18 
 
 355. Study 99, 100, 101, 103, 105, 150, and review preter- 
 its and futures. 
 
 i. <i Quie'n me ayudara en este asunto? 2. ^Quie'nes eran los 
 abogados que hablaron en pro del preso ? 3. <i Cuantos regimientos 
 enviara Inglaterra al Africa austral? 4. <i A cual de los dos pre- 
 tendientes preferira usted? 5. <<Sabe V. quie'n la acompan6 al 
 teatro? 6. <iQu comeremos en la cena esta noche? 7. <jPor 
 cudl me*dico mandare" yo? 8. <jQu juez de paz le conden6? 
 9. iQue' artistas trabajaran en la 6pera? 10. \ Qu6 feliz es el 
 hombre que escapa a la censura de sus vecinos ! n. j Qu malos 
 pensamientos abrigamos de vez en cuando ! 12. <iDe quie'n son 
 estas sortijas? 13. <?En cuya tienda compr6 V. el papel y los 
 sobres? 14. (jQue" hora es? (or ^qu^ horas son?). Es la una, 
 son las dos, las cuatro y cuarto, las cinco y veinte minutos, las seis 
 y media, las siete menos cinco minutos, etc. 15. ^Sabe V. qu 
 tal tiempo tendremos manana? 16. <iA qu hora se levanta V, 
 cada dia? Me levanto entre las siete y las ocho. 
 
 NOTE. Use usted tot you. 
 
 17. "Who is your fat 2 friend 1 ?" asked Beau Brummel, speak- 
 ing to (al) Lord Alvanley of the then Prince of Wales, who (quien) 
 
EXERCISES 265 
 
 was later George (Jorge) IV. 18. What city is the capital of 
 Cuba? 19. In what street is (139) the townhall? 20. How 
 many days [do we] need to (para) go from New (Nueva) York to 
 (the = la) Habana? 21. Who is the governor-general, and where 
 [does he] live? 22. What ocean is-there (hay) to the north and 
 to the east of the Antilles? 23. What land was the first which 
 Columbus 2 (Col6n) discovered 3 ? 24. Which of the two fleets 
 gained the victory in the battle of Santiago de Cuba? 25. What 
 is astronomy? [It] is the science which treats of the movements 
 and structure of the heavenly 2 bodies. 1 26. Of whose poems (102) 
 were you speaking (imp.) when I entered (pret.) ? 27. How much 
 (105) money will you receive by (the) mail? 28. How long will 
 they remain in the capital? 29. At what o'clock will you (pi.) 
 go-to-bed to-night? [We] shall go-to-bed at midnight. 
 
 19 
 
 356. Learn 107 and the Spanish examples of ill, ill a, 
 112, 113, 114 ; review 136 and 142 to futures inclusive ; 
 also 150, a and b, 
 
 i. Somebody desires [to] see you (60), sir; [it] is the same 
 gentleman who came (vino) here this morning. 2. Very well; 
 [he] may (puede) enter, if [he] desires [to] consult me (60) about 
 something important. 3. [Do] you know (211, b) anybody more 
 contented and happy than he? 4. Nothing is more noble than 
 (the) kindness, nothing more royal than (the) truth. 5. Each one 
 of his sons received a prize in the school. 6. Is there (137, b, 3) 
 anything more agreeable and profitable than a good book ? 7. [We] 
 shall not find any one (113) more fit for the employment. 8. If 
 one (uno) is (esta) discontented, [he] can 2 (puede) not 1 be happy. 
 9. Nothing is more certain in this world than (the) death and 
 (the) taxes. 10. He retired from the position without saying 
 (inf.) anything (ill, a) to any one (113, a), n. Of what [do] 
 you speak? I [do] not speak of anything important. 
 
266 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 20 
 
 357. Learn 116 and the Spanish examples of 124, 126, 
 127, 128, 132, and the conditionals of 136 and 142. 
 
 i. When I left 2 him, 1 [I] hoped (that) [he] would live many 
 years. 2. Some friends came (vinieron) to my house during my 
 absence and said (dijeron) that [they] would return at four 
 o'clock ; but no one returned. 3. That (eso) would be foreign 
 (117) to my intention. 4. I would remain here another hour, but 
 in that (ese) case I should not arrive in (a) time. 5. Certain per- 
 sons would prefer [to^ attend to other-people's 2 affairs, 1 neglect- 
 ing their own (73 and 66). 6. Few soldiers would be (estar) 
 satisfied with a ration of embalmed 2 meat. 1 7. In your place I 
 should reject such conditions. 8. Every honorable 2 man 1 would 
 scorn such [a] proposition. 9. If I should go (fuera) to San Juan, 
 [I] should pass the whole summer there. 10. If [we] represented 
 (representasemos) that drama, everybody and his wife would be- 
 present. n. Our only (134) recourse would be [to] appeal to 
 the Supreme 2 Court. 1 
 
 21 
 
 358. Review 136 and learn the three regular conjuga- 
 tions in accordance with the plan given in 145 for the 
 formation of tenses. Students should be required to de- 
 vote several recitations to writing verbs on the blackboard 
 in the manner indicated, giving at the same time, as far as 
 practicable, the meanings of each mood and tense. This 
 will serve as an excellent exercise. 
 
 Imperative. (Put the object pronouns after the verb in 
 affirmative, and before in negative sentences.) 
 
 i. Hableme V. con franqueza, 6 no me hable del todo. 2. Tenga 
 V. la bondad de decirme (60) quie"n llama a la puerta. 3. El rey 
 ha muerto ; j viva el rey ! 4. Esa frtita no es buena ; no la coma 
 V. ; coma mas bien esta banana. 5. Diganme ustedes (195) toda 
 
EXERCISES 267 
 
 la verdad, 6 no me digan nada. 6. Marchemonos (151, a) en 
 seguida, 6 esperemos el pr6ximo tren. 7. Tomad este libro y 
 dadlo al maestro. 8. No, no quiero (209) tomarlo. Pues, no lo 
 tomis. 9. De"nselo (189) a 61, si quiere aceptarlo ; si no, no se 
 lo den. 10. Cuando venga (202), digale V. (195) que estoy en 
 mi cuarto. n. Vamos (214) a ver si el cartero ha llegado. 
 12. S6ate la tierra leve, pobre amigo mlo. 13. No seas tonto; 
 pero esta contento con lo que tu tienes. 
 
 1 (Study 60 carefully.) 14. Speak to them (44) of the affair, but 
 don't reveal to them our secret. 15. Let (que) him enter (267, d, 
 Note), I will speak to him now. 16. Let us give him the money 
 before going-away (inf.). 17. [It] is eleven o'clock (355, 14); 
 let us go-to-bed. 18. At what hour shall we rise? Let us rise 
 (149, a) at eight o'clock. 19. Let us go (214) to (a) take-a- 
 walk after dinner. 20. Let (que) them get married (267, d, Note) 
 if [they] love each other (152). 21. Have the goodness (358, 2) 
 to pass me that plate. 22. Come (202) here and tell me (358, 10) 
 what (lo que) you have heard. 23. Lend it to me, but don't lend 
 it to him. 24. Pass me the butter, if [you] please. 25. Hear 
 (194) what I have to say (138, 3) before pronouncing (inf.) the 
 verdict. 26. Prepare your lesson before coming (inf.) to (the) 
 class. 27., Let us return (to) home as soon as (como sea) pos- 
 sible. 28. When [they] come (subj. 202), give (189) them these 
 flowers. 29. Do (197) me the favor to (de) listen to me a 
 moment. 
 
 22 
 
 359. Learn 146-148; commit to memory the Spanish 
 illustrative examples. 
 
 i. I am loved by my mother, and she is loved by her father. 
 2. (Imperf.) When we were children [we] were much (muy) loved 
 by our parents (17, a). 3. (Pret.) This horse was sold by the 
 dealer at a very 2 low 3 price. 1 4. The money will be loaned at 
 (al) six per cent. 5. If they did 2 (hiciesen) it, 1 [they] would be 
 abhorred by all (the) honorable 2 men. 1 6. You (usted) have been 
 
268 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 more feared than esteemed by your pupils. 7. Few statesmen 
 had been more honored and esteemed by their fellow-citizens. 
 8. The train having been held-up by the bandits, the passengers 
 would have been robbed but-for the bravery of the guards. 9. It 
 will be (habra) ten years the fifteenth of the present month that he 
 has been dead. 10. You (ustedes, fern.) would have been killed 
 instantly, but-for the arrival of the patrol. n. [We] shall be 
 (quedar) satisfied if he finishes the task before (the) night. 
 12. [They] go (andar, 188) armed to (hasta) the teeth. 
 
 23 
 
 360. Learn 149-152. Commit to memory the Spanish 
 examples. Translate you by listed. 
 
 i. All (the) good pupils behave themselves well, when [they] 
 are (139) in (the) school. 2. [We] go-to-bed at eleven [o'clock] 
 (355, 14) at (de) (the) night and rise at seven in (de) the morning. 
 
 3. Get-up; don't you know T (211, a) that [it] is nine [o'clock]? 
 
 4. I shall rise within [a] few minutes ; I wish [to] stretch myself 
 and rub my (71) eyes first (antes). 5. I am going (215) to take- 
 a-bath before dressing (inf.) ; and then I shall come-down the 
 stairs. 6. Let us take-a-walk after breakfasting (inf.). 7. No; 
 let us not take-a-walk this (por la) morning, but (sino) this after- 
 noon ; I have to (138, 3) write some important 2 letters. 1 8. While 
 you were washing and dressing, I wrote my letter, and [I] shall 
 put it in the box after (the) breakfast. 9. Let him behave him- 
 self, or I shall punish 2 him 1 severely. 10. Let them not deceive 
 themselves; [we] shall await the result, being (estar) sure that 
 (de que) [they] are wrong (138, 2). n. (152). We shall help 
 each other the best (lo mejor) that [we] can (subj. 209). 
 12. Don't [you] congratulate each other yet. 
 
 24 
 
 361. Review formation of tenses (l45) and reflexive verbs 
 (149-152). Study 153-157 ; learn Spanish examples by heart. 
 
EXERCISES 269 
 
 i. (153). He has forgotten his handkerchief and has to (138, 3) 
 buy another. 2. We imagine (that) [they] will devise other 
 means. 3. (154, a). He has been informed of the measures 
 adopted by the assembly. 4. (^). No smoking in this hall be- 
 tween nine and three o'clock (355, 14). 5. (<r). All our goods 
 are sold under guarantee of their quality. 6. Wanted, in a large 
 establishment of ready-made 2 clothing, 1 a clerk who speaks (hable) 
 Spanish. 7. (Note). My brother is asked whether he will accept 
 the offer. 8. [We] ask ourselves whether the end will justify the 
 means. 9. (155). They are hungry (138, 2) and devour their 
 supper ravenously. 10. (156). During the whole night there is 
 dancing, there is skating, there is joking, and there is laughing 
 (182, a), ii. [We] shall remain there a week or two, if [it] is 
 good weather (158, b). 
 
 25 
 
 362. Study 158-162. Learn by heart the Spanish ex- 
 amples. 
 
 i. It is drizzling now, but it will rain soon. [We] need rain 
 very-much. 2. Usually, when [it] stops raining (inf.) the clouds 
 disappear and the sun comes-out. 3. In the winter [it] hails and 
 freezes and snows, but [it] rarely rains or thunders, especially in 
 (the) northern 2 climates. 1 4. [We] hope [to] arrive in Toledo at 
 dawn and in Salamanca at nightfall. 5. Hacer is used (154, c] in 
 certain idioms [in] speaking of the weather. 6. For (por) 
 example : it is warm in this room ; it was very good weather 
 when we were (139) in the country ; many years ago I received 
 that letter from a friend of mine (67) who was then residing in 
 Europe. 7. (160). It is said in Spanish: better is good repute 
 than [a] golden 2 bed. 1 8. [It] is necessary [to] accept what 
 (the) Providence sends 2 us 1 without murmuring (inf.). 9. [They] 
 say that a bad 2 man 1 can (puede) do us (60) much harm as [an] 
 enemy, but much more as [a] friend. 
 
 REMARK. As it is not practicable, in a short grammar, to give 
 exercises on the numerous irregular verbs, it is suggested that the 
 
2/0 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 teacher assign one or more of them to be studied for each recita- 
 tion. One or more of the students, while the others are reciting, 
 may be sent to the board to conjugate the irregular tenses in the 
 form of sentences, as : 
 
 Yo pienso que no es verdad. 
 Tu piensas en tu amigo ausente. 
 El piensa hacer algunas visitas, etc. 
 
 The idioms given under certain verbs, as for instance under 
 dar (189), might be assigned, from time to time, as special 
 lessons. 
 
 26 
 
 363. Study the four verbs (209), and learn by heart the 
 Spanish examples in 210-211, b. 
 
 i. (210). The firm can not pay its debts. 2. Can you lend 
 me five dollars for (por) a week? 3. The Boers can not help 
 submitting to [the] hard conditions. 4. [He] could not come 
 this evening on account of the absence of his partner. 5 . [They] 
 consoled themselves as best [they] could. 6. Up-to the present 
 [he] has not been able to collect (juntar) the necessary 2 funds.' 1 
 7. [They] assured us that [they] would not be able to collect 
 (cobrar) the money. 8. [They] might have been able to continue 
 their course but-for the fog. 9. [We] may have left it at home. 
 10. [They] might have accepted other terms, n. (211). She 
 can play the guitar and sing. 12. If we were attacked (acome- 
 tiera) we should be able to defend ourselves. 13. (a). What do 
 you know (of) new? Absolutely nothing. 14. I do not know 
 who (quie'n) has made the offer, but [it] Is [a] good [one]. 
 15. (^). Do you know that gentleman? Yes, I know him very 
 well, and I know (a) that [he] belongs to a very good family. 
 
 27 
 
 364. Study 212-216, learning by heart the Spanish ex- 
 amples. Review the four verbs of 209. 
 
EXERCISES 2/1 
 
 I. Will you accompany me to the post-office? I wish to buy 
 [some] postage-stamps and get a registered 2 letter 1 which [I] 
 expect. 2. The king was willing to grant the petition under (bajo) 
 certain conditions, which they would not accept. 3. If we were 
 offered (ofreciera, 211) (the) immortality on (en) this earth, who 
 would be willing to accept this sad gift? 4. (213). Even (hasta) 
 (the) kings have to obey the rules of (the) grammar. 5. We were 
 to go-driving yesterday, but it rained (158). 6. [They] have been 
 compelled to abandon their trip around the world for (por) want 
 of money. 7. He must have missed (errar) the train, for (porque) 
 [he] is returning with his grip. 8. We had been obliged to pass 
 the night in the waiting-room, where there was not (137, ^, 3) [any] 
 fire. 9. He who (88, 2d) does not wish to collect (cobrar) an 
 enemy ought not to lend money to a friend. 10. (216). [We] 
 have just returned from our country-seat, where we passed a de- 
 lightful 2 time 1 (temporada). n. They had just lost their father 
 (285), and were wearing mourning. 
 
 28 
 365. Commit to memory all the examples in 226-228. 
 
 i. (226). On hearing the thunder [they] became (201) pale 
 with (de) fear. 2. She became furious when I refused her (the) 
 admittance. 3. (2). He got lazy after working (inf.) two or three 
 hours. 4. He turned traitor when [he] reached the lines of the 
 enemy. 5. (3). The situation is becoming more perilous for (para) 
 us every hour. 6. (4). After much labor he became a noted law- 
 yer. 7. (5). He is becoming (202) more famous every day. 8. She 
 wishes to become a sick-nurse. 9. Japan (275, a), without doubt, 
 will become one of the leading nations of the world. 10. What 
 has become of all his bluster? u. (6). [We] became satisfied 
 that the danger had passed. 12. (227). Balzac, the French novel- 
 ist, wvote and rewrote his novels several times (veces) before pub- 
 lishing (inf.) them. 13. (228). Formerly [they] punished (imp.) 
 criminals [by] sending them (60) to [the] galleys. 14. The curate 
 
2/2 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 baptized the little-child. 15. When the spring begins, the trees 
 put forth leaves and flowers. 16. [We] miss our friends who 
 returned to their home this morning. 17. An indulgent 2 mother 1 
 spoils (13, Note) her children. 18. [They] began to advance 
 rapidly toward our right 2 wing. 1 
 
 29 
 
 366. Study 230-236, e. Review formation of tenses, 145. 
 
 i. Mi sobrina canta de una manera encantadora. 2. Emilio 
 Castelar hab!6 clara y elocuentemente. 3. (235). Llovi6 anoche 
 y llueve ahora (158). 4. Hable V. mas despacio. 5. (a). Ella 
 se viste (181) a la espanola. 6. A la larga los que mas trabajan 
 mas ganan. 7. Yo ir (214) con usted de buena gana. 8. Cay 6 
 (192) de rodillas para recibir la bendici6n del Papa. 9. A mas 
 andar alcanza el torpedero una velocidad de treinta nudos por 
 hora. 10. (236, a). <iD6nde encontraron al encargado de nego- 
 cios? ii. Si V. quiere ir a caballo, aqui tiene V. un magnifico 
 caballo de silla. 12. (b). ^Cuando ocurri6 el suceso de que V. 
 me informa? 13. ^Cuantas veces ha estado ella en Madrid? 
 14. Desde entonces el caciquismo se ha desarrollado con una 
 rapidez increible. 15. Eso tendra (will take) lugar tarde 6 tem- 
 prano. 16. (c). Buenas tardes, sefior doctor (332, f) ; ^6010 
 esta usted ? Muy bien, gracias ; <i y usted ? 1 7. (e). Le mataron 
 a sangre fria (243, c) ? Pienso que si. 18. <i Ustedes se marchan ? 
 
 Si que nos marchamos. 
 
 30 
 
 367. Study 237-242, c. Review passive voice, 146. 
 
 i. (237). How-much has [he] paid? Nothing. 2. Nothing 
 has [he] done (hecho) since yesterday. 3. Never have [I] seen 
 such effrontery. 4. Has he ever believed in the free coinage of 
 (the) silver? Never. 5. [We] never accept aid from such men. 
 
 Nor do we either. 6. In [the] not distant future there will be 
 (137, b, 3) war between (the) Japan (275, a) and (the) Russia. 
 
EXERCISES 273 
 
 7. His health is better than ever. 8. (238). He acted more 
 wisely than before. 9. This proposition turned out more strictly 
 true than the other. 10. (The) ignorance and cheek get-along 
 in this world much more rapidly than (the) modest intelligence. 
 
 11. (239). [It] will grow better in (a) the shade than in the 
 sun. 12. This author writes more than three books every year. 
 
 13. (240). He who is (esta) most contented wants [the] least. 
 
 14. She plays (tocar) the best of all his pupils. 15. I read the 
 least possible at (de) night. 16. (242). [He] speaks so fast that 
 I [do] not understand him. 17. (a). He [does] not skate so 
 well as his brother, but better than his cousin. 18. He [does] not 
 progress so-much as [he] might (pudiera). 19. (t). The more 
 [I] associate with (the) men, the more [I] respect (the) dogs 
 (13, Note). 
 
 31 
 
 368. Study 243-244, c. Learn by heart the Spanish 
 examples. Review reflexive verbs, 149. 
 
 i. (a). On the following day the troops retired from the 
 trenches. 2. Early in April, the army broke (levantar) (the) 
 camp to (para) begin the campaign. 3. (). [They] started at 
 dawn, and on their way captured a village halfway between the 
 camp and the capital. Having arrived in (the) sight of the city 
 [they] halted. 4. (<:). Some came (202) on horseback, others on 
 foot. The former, at the instance of the latter (87), dismounted. 
 5. (d). We offered [to] discount the draft at five per cent. 6. He 
 buys his goods at wholesale and sells them at retail, but not 
 on credit. 7. (244, a) . At the moment when we were crossing 
 the ford, the 2 axle 3 broke, 1 throwing us into the (al) water. 
 
 8. [They] told (195) us that [they] would see us to-day fort- 
 night. 9. (b}. [We] passed the whole day at home. 10. [They] 
 will be offered for sale in the bookstore on (de) the corner of this 
 street. n. (c). What can (209) [we] do for you, gentlemen? 
 
 12. He valued his library at two thousand (38) dollars. 
 
 SPAN. GRAM. 1 8 
 
2/4 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 32 
 
 369. Study 245-246, g. Commit to memory the Spanish 
 examples. Review impersonal verbs, 158. 
 
 i. [We] started from Boston [on] the seventeenth (40, d) ultimo 
 and arrived here [on] the twentieth instant. 2. (). At night all 
 (the) cats are gray. 3. In the country the farmers work from 
 sun to sun. 4. (c). According-to our customs, a woman, when 
 [she] loses her husband or other near 2 relative, 1 dresses in black. 
 5. He was sharp-witted and light-footed, but [he] allowed himself 
 to be caught.* 6. (d). They were traveling in Europe when the 
 war broke-out. 7. The enemy took a strong position on (a) the 
 other side of the river. 8. (e). The two brothers went (214) as am- 
 bassadors, the one to France, the other to Spain. 9. (246, a). At 
 that time he was working on (en) a newspaper which was pub- 
 lished by the strikers ; but the strike [did] not last for a long time. 
 10. (). He who (88, 2d) does not enter the sheep-fold, by the 
 door is a robber. 1 1. The hare started-up and began to run across 
 the field, followed by the greyhound. 12. (c). [We] can (210) 
 send a letter to any (cualquier) part of the United States for two 
 pennies. 13. (d). [He] lost his place by his negligence and lazi- 
 ness. 14. By a stroke of good luck [we] got-out of the house 
 just as (243, a) the 2 roof 3 fell 1 (192). 15. Orders to (por) 
 [the] value of five dollars will be sent by mail, postage prepaid. 
 
 16. (e). [He] succeeded [in] escaping (inf.) from the burning 2 
 house, 1 but returned for his money and thus lost his (la) life. 
 
 17. At her death the mother promised her daughter that she 
 would watch over, her (44). 18. The lawyer pleaded for the 
 acquittal of the accused, alleging self-defense as [the] motive of 
 the murder. 19. (/). Wilt (212) thou take this woman to [to be] 
 thy wife? 20. The father of the bride conducted her along 
 (246, fr) the aisle to the altar, where [they] met the groom and 
 his best-men. 21. He was bitten by a rattlesnake and sent for a 
 surgeon. 
 
 * Use active form. 
 
EXERCISES 275 
 
 33 
 
 370. Study 247-252, learning by heart the Spanish ex- 
 amples. Review the verbs in 136. 
 
 i. (247, a}. These flowers are for the church, and those for 
 the pastor's wife. 2. While preparing the charge for the tenth 
 shot, the piece (la pieza) exploded, killing the gunner and two 
 of his aids (sirvientes). 3. (^). Some [people] eat to live, 
 others live to eat. 4. To please others [it] is necessary [to] be 
 amiable and kind-hearted. 5. It is said (160) that the Filipinos 
 are incapable of self-government ; be that as it may (sea lo que 
 fuere) [it] is certain that they are capable of (the) self-delense. 
 6. (c). By that hour [we] shall have finished all that (lo que) [we] 
 have to do (138, 3). 7. In the future [they] will pass the winter 
 in the city. 8. (d}. The cruiser will start for Manila (the) next 2 
 week. 1 9. (<?). For those who live in the cities, (the) life in (de) 
 the country has few charms. 10. (/). [He] has a large army, 
 but many of his soldiers are (estan) not fit for (the) service. 
 
 11. (g). She read the letter to herself and then tore it up. 
 
 12. To tell [the] truth, I had (imp.) other plans which [I] con- 
 sidered more feasible. 13. (248). Before the jury he denied all 
 that (lo que) [he] had told (dicho) me. 14. We breakfasted 
 before eight [o'clock]. 15. (249). In the absence of the colonel, 
 the regiment started under the command of a captain. 16. My 
 hat-box is under the bed. 17. (250). To (para) go from Boston 
 to San Francisco a letter needs a two-cent stamp. 18. (251). I 
 wished (pret.) to go with him (44) to the concert, but not having 
 [any] money with me, [I] had to (tuve que) borrow some. 
 19. (252). I came (202) here against my will, and I shall go 
 away willingly (235, a). 
 
 34 
 
 371. Study 253-266. Commit to memory the Spanish 
 examples. Review the formation of tenses, 145. 
 
2/6 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 i. (253). Since the Reformation many religious 2 sects 1 have 
 sprung-up. 2. (255). Between the sword and the wall is said 
 (160) in Spanish, but we say (195) in English : between the devil 
 and the deep 2 sea. 1 3. (256). She played the whole piece well 
 except \hefinale. 4. Save the few errors almost inevitable in a 
 first edition, the book is well printed (222). 5. (257). The ban- 
 dits having been beaten retreated toward the mountains. 6. Our 
 teacher is severe toward the pupils, but always just. 7. (258). The 
 first (25) day even the infantry went (214) as far as the upper 
 ford, where [they] bivouacked until (the) morning. 8. (261). Ac- 
 cording- to my humble opinion the remedy proposed is worse than 
 the disease. 9. (262). The gods have given nothing valuable (ill) 
 to (the) man without much work. 10. (263). A detachment of 
 the vanguard fell upon the rear-guard of the enemy and captured 
 (hizo) over two hundred (38) prisoners, u. Above my book- 
 case [I] have a bust of Cervantes. 12. (264). Every rose con- 
 ceals a thorn behind its beauty. 13. After many trials and tribu- 
 lations [we] secured what [we] desired. 14. (265). The pale 
 light of the moon penetrates between the rifts of the clouds. 
 
 15. The electric 2 wires 1 pass over the houses of the village. 
 
 16. (The) political 2 parties 1 are great conspiracies formed in-the- 
 interest-of (en pro de) the few against (en contra de) the many. 
 
 35 
 
 372. Study 267-269, learning the Spanish examples by 
 heart. Read carefully 270-274. 
 
 i. (267, a). The promoters of the French 2 Revolution 1 took 
 for (por) [a] motto the words : liberty, equality, fraternity; but 
 the liberty degenerated into license, the equality into vulgarity, 
 and the fraternity was only (b] that which (88, ist) exists amongst 
 robbers. 2. There are (137, b, 3) many sects but a single reli- 
 gion. 3. (b). We are not the slaves of the king but his subjects. 
 4. A man, however great he may be (por grande que sea), is but a 
 little-mote lost in the 'immensity of (the) matter. 5. (<r). On 
 
EXERCISES 277 
 
 the (al) seventh or eighth (38) day either (6) this man or another 
 will be here to (para) accompany the travelers. 6. (//). [It] is 
 perfectly certain that [he] will not appeal to [a] higher court, 
 because [he] has no money. 7. (/). The Creator repented that 
 [He] had made (197) (the) man, but not that [He] had made 
 (the) woman. 8. (g). Ferdinand, king of Aragon, and Isabella, 
 his wife, were the first king-and-queen (17, a) of (the) united 2 
 Spain. 1 9. (/*). If [it] is true (verdad) that (the) speech is silver, 
 (the) silence is often pure 2 gold. 1 10. (269). Scarcely was estab- 
 lished our Republic when the evils of (the) bossism began to (a) 
 gnaw its vitals, n. Either the bosses will have to (deberan) 
 take a back-seat, or (the) popular 2 government 1 will be worse than 
 the most absolute despotism. 12. (The) true religion can (209) 
 not be found in any (ningun) book ; it dwells only in the human 2 
 heart. 1 
 
 36 
 
 373. Study 275-277. Learn by heart the Spanish ex- 
 amples and review formation of tenses, 145. 
 
 i. (275, a). Brazil and Peru are countries of South America. 
 
 2. Helicon, [a] mountain of Boeotia (Beocia), was the dwelling- 
 place of the Muses, to which (adonde) [it] was supposed (se 
 suponia) the poets went to (a) seek their poetic 2 inspiration. 1 
 
 3. (<). [We] shall receive our friends Tuesdays and Fridays. 
 
 4. (c). I bought this wheat at seventy-five cents a bushel. 5. A 
 return-ticket will cost five cents a mile. 6. (d~). The elephant is 
 the largest (mayor) and most intelligent of the quadrupeds. 7. For 
 the wages of sin is death. 8. In an assembly of asses kicks are 
 cheap. 9. (<?). Captain Eulate commanded the (el) Vizcaya in 
 the battle of Santiago. 10. (/). We Spaniards are beginning to 
 (a) learn that a nation can not live and prosper by backward 2 
 methods. 1 n. (276, a}. A poet may (puede) have [a] master; 
 but to' (el) be [a] poet is the gift of nature. 12. Being the nephew 
 of a prime-minister [he] arrogates-to-himself certain special 2 
 privileges. 1 13. (b and c). Charles [the] Second, the son and 
 
2/8 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 successor of Felipe [the] Fourth, known also as the Bedeviled, 
 died (178) [an] old [man] at the age of thirty-nine. 14. One of 
 the Spanish (35, 2d) cruisers bears the name of Pelayo, the first 
 king of Asturias. 15. (^/). The noise and hubbub of a great 
 city distract [any] one who is accustomed to the quiet of the 
 country. 16. Because of the blundering or ignorance of his lawyer 
 [he] lost his suit. 17. (/). The American army in the Philip- 
 pines is under the command of General Otis. 18. The (las) 
 Cortes passed (votar) the budget at the last hour of the session. 
 
 19. (277, a). The beautiful is merely the flower of the useful. 
 
 20. We ought (213) to cultivate what is good, for the good is 
 the path which leads to the true. 21. (). The affair of last 2 
 week 1 and that of to-day are (es) the (lo) same. 
 
 37 
 
 374. Study 278-282, a, learning by heart the Spanish 
 examples. Study also 162-164. 
 
 i. (278, a). One of rny brothers-in-law is a lawyer, the other is 
 a doctor ; the former (87) lives in San Juan, the latter in Ponce. 
 2. Goya, [a] celebrated Spanish painter, was an imitator of Velaz- 
 quez. 3. (Note). The rose is a voluptuous 2 and 3 fragrant 4 flower 1 ; 
 but she is not the prettiest inhabitant, of Flora's (13) kingdom. 
 4. (<). Echegaray, a Spanish dramatist, has written (222) many 
 plays, but few good [ones]. 5. (<:). Such a noble action merits our 
 highest praise. 6. In such a case [we] can only (267, t>) choose 
 the lesser evil. 7. For a like reason they refused to (a) promise 
 their support. 8. He entered the fruit-store and bought half [a] 
 dozen oranges. 9. What a pity ! Surely [he] knew what (cuales) 
 would be the consequences. 10. (</). The American colonies 
 rebelled in order not to suffer a foreign yoke. 1 1. I doubt whether 
 (que) there is (haya) a more 2 eloquent 3 man 1 in the whole country. 
 12. (<?). Price of subscription: eight dollars a year, postage- 
 prepaid. 13. My house is (at) a short (poca) distance from 
 here. 14. (/). There-was (pret.) a reception at (en) [the] palace 
 
EXERCISES 279 
 
 last-night. 15. He will not take part in the campaign, but (sino 
 que) like Achilles (Aquiles) will sulk in his tent. 16. (281). [He] 
 drank a glass of beer and ate a couple of crackers. 17. The 
 way to eternal 2 life 1 is narrow, and few find it. 18. (a). He enjoys 
 a good reputation in our neighborhood, but he has not many 
 intimate 2 friends. 1 19. You change your opinion so often that 
 [it] is difficult [to] know from day to day (244, a) what you 
 think. 20. (282). We went to the custom-house this morning to 
 (a) see if our boxes had arrived. 21. Sit down ; he will return to 
 the office shortly, and I think the matter can be settled without 
 difficulty. 22. (a). The fear of something after death makes us 
 bear rather the ills [we] suffer than fly-to (buscar) others of which 
 [we] know 2 nothing. 1 
 
 38 
 
 375. Study 283^-285, learning the Spanish examples by 
 heart. Study also 166-167. 
 
 NOTE. From now on, the student must determine for himself 
 whether the subject pronouns are to be expressed or omitted. The 
 rule is to omit them when they are not necessary for clearness or 
 emphasis. 
 
 i. (283, a). The professor reproves the students because they 
 do not behave themselves (150) well. 2. The soldiers defend their 
 country against its enemies. 3. (b). Now (ya) I remember that 
 I sent Joseph to the post-office an 2 hour 3 ago. 1 4. He meets his 
 friend John and consoles him in his affliction. 5. (<r). What I 
 don't understand is, how they killed him and not the other [man]. 
 6. Those two men hate each other as only mortal 4 enemies 3 can 1 
 hate. 2 7. (d). He does not find any one who is (este") disposed 
 to (d) do it. 8. He who strives to (a) please everybody does not 
 please anybody. 9. (e). He considers vain all my hopes. 10. The 
 orphan calls his uncle father, n. Flattery makes the fool vain. 
 12. (/). The verb governs (rige) another verb when the latter is 
 [the] direct 2 object 1 of the former (87). 13. The calm follows the 
 
28O SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 storm. 14. (284, a). A man may (puede) mend his broken 2 repu 
 tation, 1 but his neighbors will not fail to (cle) keep their (71) eyes 
 on (sobre) the fracture. 15. The hunter is he (88, 2d) who caught 
 the hare. 16. (b). If the army has not good officers, it can not 
 gain victories. 1 7. (c). With fifty men he attacked two hundred 
 (38) horsemen and routed them. 18. (d). The Gypsies stole 
 the child from his parents (17, a). 19. The Moor enticed 
 away (llevarsele) from (a) Brabantio his daughter Desdemona. 
 
 20. (e). We cross the Pyrenees going (214) from France to Spain. 
 
 21. (/). A misogynist hates women. 22. (The) ancient Rome 
 produced orators, poets, historians, and statesmen. 
 
 39 
 376. Commit to memory the Spanish examples in 286- 
 
 293. Study 170, 171, 172. 
 
 i. An honest man is the noblest work of God. 2. Many men 
 pass life chasing rainbows and despising the precious jewels which 
 'lie (les quedan) at the[irj feet. 3. (287). The teacher and his 
 wife are very charitable. 4. The pink and the violet are both 
 pretty. 5. (Note). He showed a cheek and boldness very unusual. 
 6. (288). Iron and copper are not so precious as (27, </) gold 
 and silver. 7. The mother and the daughter are both charming. 
 
 8. (289). The modern languages, French, Spanish, and Italian, 
 are derived from the Latin, and are called Romanic 2 languages. 1 
 
 9. (290). The lion, the tiger, and the hyena are carnivorous, but the 
 horse, the ox, and the sheep are herbivorous. 10. (Note). These 
 peaches and apples are delicious. 1 1. Some Europeans think (164) 
 that American 3 manners 1 and customs 2 are bold. 12. (292). The 
 library has a reading-room ninety feet long, seventy wide, and 
 forty-five high (38). 13. (170). This dog barks and shows his 
 teeth (71), but he does not bite. 14. (171). Return to-morrow; 
 I shall have more time, and we will discuss the question. 15. I 
 have ransacked the whole house and have not been able (210) to 
 
EXERCISES 28l 
 
 find it (lo). 1 6. Sugar, salt, and many minerals dissolve in water 
 and other liquids. 17. (172). This room smells of (a) tobacco; 
 open the windows and give (189) us [some] fresh 2 air. 1 
 
 40 
 
 377. Learn 294-300, Note. Commit to memory the 
 Spanish examples. Learn also 173, 174, and 176. 
 
 NOTE. The student should now pay particular attention to the 
 rhetorical position of the words of the Spanish sentence and imitate 
 the same in writing the exercises. 
 
 i. (295, a). The flock remained in the fold all (the) night. 2. The 
 rabble applauds the vaporings of the demagogue. 3. (Note). But 
 the greater part do not admit the possibility of his success. 4. Half 
 of the flock fled before (ante) the wolves. 5. (b). \ detachment of 
 cavalry and of infantry advanced toward our left 2 wing. 1 6. [A] 
 crowd of people (personas) came (202) to (a) congratulate the old 
 admiral. 7. (b, Note). [There] came to my office a dozen mendi- 
 cants asking- for (181) bread. 8. The congress of South- American 2 
 nations 1 will meet in the city of Mexico next year. 9. (296). The 
 revolution of the earth on (sobre) its axis, and its revolution 
 around the sun are different. 10. Venus and Mars move in orbits 
 of different 2 dimensions. 1 n. (a]. When we opened the door 
 [there] came-up from the cellar a cold 2 draught 1 and a disagree- 
 able 2 smell. 1 12. The opening and closing [of] the eyes is invol- 
 untary. 13. (Note). The applause and evident satisfaction of 
 the audience pleased the 2 actors 3 much. 1 14. (297). Neither 
 the one nor the other obtained the place in the custom-house. 
 
 15. Neither the infantry nor the cavalry could cross the river. 
 
 1 6. (a). Either the Democrat or the Republican will be elected 
 president. 17. (299). We, who have lost all our possessions, are 
 (estar) not discouraged. 18. (300). We are the ones who deserve 
 the honor of the victory. 19. (174). If they regret it as much 
 as (242, b] I regret it, neither they nor I (297) will consent to 
 
282 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 (en) repeat the experiment. 20. They did not consent to (en) 
 it (44), because they suspected his motives. 21. (176). He who 
 acquires a practical 2 knowledge 1 of a language learns it [by] 
 speaking with the natives. 22. Children (275, d) acquire their 
 native 2 language 1 in this way (233, c) t but only after many years. 
 
 41 
 
 378. Study 301-302, Remark. Learn by heart Spanish 
 examples. Study also 177-179. 
 
 i. (177). How-many hours do you sleep daily? Usually I 
 sleep seven hours, going-to-bed at eleven and getting-up at six. 
 2. Did you sleep well last-night? Yes, I went-to-bed very early 
 and slept like a top, for I was (139) tired. 3. (178). The good 
 Christian dies, hoping [to] awake in eternal 2 life. 1 4. If they 
 die on (en) the field of battle in defense of their country, [they] 
 will not have died in vain. 5. The wounded died for (por) lack 
 of care. 6. (Note). He was killed by a pistol-shot fired by it is 
 not known (no se sabe) whom. 7. (301, a). How long have you 
 (ustedes) been living in this city? 8. We have been living here 
 for (desde hace) seven years, but not always in the same house. 
 
 9. (b). The bugle sounded and our cavalry advanced, attacked the 
 right 2 flank 1 of the Moors, and retired, not losing a single man. 
 
 10. (<:). I shall finish this task before night; if not, I shall remain 
 later, n. (302, a). When he was studying at (en) the University, 
 he used to work fifteen hours daily. 12. He was dying, and [it] 
 was impossible [to] do anything (nada) to (para) relieve him. 
 13. (^). They were beginning to (a) ascend the hill, when the 
 besiegers opened fire. 14. (Note). We were returning, when we 
 saw a squadron of horsemen trying to get between us and our 
 camp. 15. (c). The large projectiles, which the gunners were 
 hurling 2 [at] us, 1 as (mientras) we were advancing did not do 
 (pret. 197) us any 2 damage. 1 16. (d). The battle was ended. 
 The field was strewn with (de) dead and wounded and presented 
 a horrible 2 aspect, 1 The surgeons were running from place to 
 
EXERCISES 283 
 
 place (244, a) alleviating the sufferings as best they could (imp. 
 210). 17. (e). At dawn (243, a) of the following day the enemy 
 were retreating toward the South. 18. (/). Before the arrival of 
 our reinforcements they could dictate the conditions of our sur- 
 render. 19. (g). [It] had 2 already 1 been (habido) five days that 
 they had been retreating, and we concluded that (/i) we should 
 not overtake them for (antes de) several days even [by] using our 
 best cavalry. 
 
 42 
 
 379. Study 303-306. Commit to memory Spanish ex- 
 amples. Study also 180183. 
 
 i. (303). The prince took the casket into his hand and con- 
 templated it [a] long time (rato). Then he opened it, put his 
 (la) hand into it (44) and took-out a snood which he kissed 
 passionately. 2. (304). He has never (230) ceased to (de) regret 
 the folly of his youth. He admits that he has spent more than 
 (27, <, Note) one fortune during his lifetime, and for (desde) many 
 years he has had (138, 3) to depend on (de) the charity of his 
 relatives. Even to-day he has written to them letters, asking (181) 
 aid. 3. (305). He had inherited a large fortune from an uncle of 
 his (67), but he had spent it all before completing (inf.) his twenty- 
 fifth (= five) year(s). 4. Shortly after, his father had died, leav- 
 ing (legar) him another fortune which he had wasted in less than 
 (27, b, Note) five years. 5. He then went to (a) live in the country 
 with a maiden 2 aunt 1 ; but this quiet bucolic 2 life 1 was not to (de) 
 his taste (agrado), and already he had been meditating () for 
 (desde) some time on (en)' an act of desperation which (el que) 
 would have ended his shameful 2 life, 1 when I happened to (a) run- 
 across him. 6. He was (139) much dejected and revealed to me 
 his purpose. 7. He asked me for advice, and I tried to dissuade 
 him [from] it (lo) ; but he insisted that (en que) he did not wish 
 to live any-longer (mas). 8. Then I changed tactics and told 
 (195) him (that) I thought (that) he was right (138, 2). 9. I cited 
 the example of Werther, alleging that suicide would be good for 
 
284 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 (para) him also, since he might (pudiera) become (226, 5) the 
 subject of a novel, and that moreover his friends and particularly 
 his relatives would rejoice at (de) his death ; and finally that he 
 would make a beautiful corpse. 10. [I] even induced him to 
 (a) buy a pistol, and we fixed the day for the great event ; but 
 when (306) the day had come and after we had made all the 
 preparations, his courage forsook him and he declared that he 
 was not going to (a) kill himself to (para) please others. 1 1 . From 
 (desde) that (aquel) day he has never talked again (227) of suicide. 
 
 43 
 
 380. Study 307-311, a, learning the Spanish examples 
 by heart. Review 180-183 and study 184-186. 
 
 i. I will ask pardon of (a) you, if you think (that) I ought to 
 do it. 2. Yes, ask it [of] me ; if not, I shall demand satisfaction 
 on the field of (the) honor. 3. And he asked it [of] him, laugh- 
 ing ; for, said he (302, /), according to Horace, we may (210) tell 
 the truth in a laughing-strain (gerund). 4. Certainly ; but when 
 a man laughs, [it] is not always [a] sign that (de que) he is telling 
 the truth; for he may be joking. 5. The wicked [man] flees, 
 even when no-one pursues him. 6. Demosthenes fled from the 
 battle of Chseronea, and defended his action [by] saying : " A man 
 who runs away will be able (210) to fight another time." 7. The 
 professor will instruct his class in the most important international 2 
 laws. 1 8. The question of the Porto-Rican 2 tariff 1 will be argued 
 shortly before (ante) the Supreme 2 Court 1 of the United States. 
 9. (307). Who can be knocking at the door? 10. It can not be 
 three [o'clock] yet. n. (308). We shall have received the news 
 before (268) he returns (vuelva). 12. He will have been executed 
 if the pardon does not arrive soon. 13. (a). Who can have told it 
 to him (61, a)? He can not have guessed it. 14. (309, a). He 
 declared that they would die before surrendering (322). 15. I was 
 assured (154, a) that you would discount the note at six per cent 
 (243, //). 1 6. (). Yes, I would discount it, even at five per cent, 
 

 EXERCISES 285 
 
 >if it were properly indorsed, but I can not accept that (82) man ; 
 he is bankrupt. 17. (V). He was crazy, of course, or he would not 
 have done it. 18. (310,0). They told (195) me that the bank 
 would have honored the draft. 19. (311).* "Come (2d sing.) 
 here, little-girl," said the bishop ; " tell me where God is, and I 
 will give thee an orange." "Tell (usted) me where [He] is not, 
 Monsenor, and I will give you two." 20. Bring me my overcoat 
 and gloves. Where are they? I don't know; look-for them 
 [for] me. 21. Let (que) him go away; I don't wish to see him. 
 
 22. Let us keep our word, although they have not kept theirs (73). 
 
 23. Abandon all hope, ye (44) who enter here. 24. Do (ustedes) 
 me the favor to (de) pay (prestar) attention while I am talking. 
 25. (a). And lead (meter) us not into temptation, but deliver us 
 from evil. 26. And when ye fast, be not (p. 81) as the hypocrites. 
 
 44 
 
 381. Study 312-315, b, committing to memory the Span- 
 ish examples. Study also 188-188, Note. 
 
 i. (313). The general orders the first corps to advance as far as 
 (258) the river. 2. We shall entreat them (44) to delay the matter 
 for the present (235, a). 3. My attorney will insist that (en que) 
 the surplus be equally distributed amongst the shareholders. 
 4. (fr). The court will not permit the accused to give bail. 5. The 
 court of appeals decides that the State shall refund the bail. 
 6. The defendant prays (pedir, 181) that the court dismiss the suit 
 for want of jurisdiction. 7. (c). The plaintiff desires that he be 
 granted (154, a) sufficient time to (para) procure the sworn 2 state- 
 ment 1 of an absent 2 witness. 1 8. The judge regrets that he can not 
 extend the time (plazo). 9. For that reason (309, b) the plaintiff 
 fears (that) he may lose his suit ; but in that case he will enter-an- 
 appeal. 10. (d\ It is a disastrous 2 failure 1 ; the liabilities are (es) 
 enormous, and we doubt whether the assets will suffice to (para) 
 
 * Read over Spanish of Exercise 21. 
 
286 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 pay the depositors, n. The board-of- directors denies that there^ 
 is (137, b, 3) [any] fraud or misappropriation of funds, and we our- 
 selves (53) do not think that such a thing is probable. 12. (e). The 
 creditors believe it is necessary that a receiver be appointed, 
 and it is possible that a meeting may be called to-day. 13. If it 
 is desirable that this (esto) be done, it is very important that the 
 meeting be held at once. 14. (315, a). There is a Spanish prov- 
 erb which says : There is no evil which lasts 3 a hundred 1 (39, c) 
 years. 2 15. We have not in the store a hat which will fit you 
 better. 16. (). I want a suitor who will love my daughter for 
 (por) herself (53) and not for her money. 1 7. If that man invents 
 a watch that will wind itself up, he will have solved the problem 
 of perpetual 2 motion. 1 
 
 45 
 
 382. Study 316-320, learning by heart the Spanish sen- 
 tences. Study also 268. 
 
 i. In order that you may know the condition of the company, I 
 have arranged that the members of the board and the manager shall 
 be here to-morrow in my office. 2. I shall be here without fail 
 unless something unforeseen shall happen. 3. (317). As to the 
 other matter, if you will come to my house this afternoon at five 
 [o'clock], we will discuss it thoroughly. 4. I shall be there at the 
 hour agreed-upon, if the board shall have finished its deliberations ; 
 if not, a little later. 5. (318). We demanded that he should be 
 treated justly (313). 6. He preferred that we should start that 
 afternoon (&). 7. He wished him not to consent to it (c). 8. We 
 doubted whether it would snow that night (</). 9. It was a pity 
 he could not come (e). 10. He did not think there was a man 
 who equaled him (315, a), n. He was seeking a servant who 
 would not get-drunk (). 12. I should be back (cond.) before he 
 arrived (316). 13. I should have been satisfied, provided he had 
 finished it that day. 14. However rich he might have been, he 
 would not have been contented. 15. (319). If we have nothing 
 better (mas) to do (138, 3) at night (246, a\ we play cards, chess, 
 
EXERCISES 287 
 
 or dominoes. 16. If we had nothing better to do, we used to play 
 cards, chess, or dominoes. 17. If you (shall) go-out to-day, have 
 the goodness to buy [some] pens, paper, envelopes, postal- cards, 
 and pencils; our supply has 2 almost 1 run-out. 18. He assured 
 me that, if we should write him a letter on arriving (323, c) here, 
 he would answer it by return-mail. 19. If Congress had passed 
 a law dissolving the trust-companies, there would have been 
 (137, b, 3) great rejoicing on (por) the part of those (los) who 
 did not belong to these companies. 
 
 46 
 
 383. Study 321-324, learning by heart the Spanish 
 examples. 
 
 i. To think of (en, 322) organizing a company without charter 
 or (ni) by-laws is folly ! 2. To women is imputed (61, b) as a 
 great fault the frequent changing of opinion ; but it is not so (55) 
 according-to the proverb, which says : [it] is [the part] of the 
 wise (pi.) to change [their] mind. 3. To preserve one's life is 
 the first law of nature ; consequently to commit-suicide is un- 
 natural. 4. We should drink water with much more pleasure if it 
 were [a] sin to (el) drink it. 5. (322). A minute after dying, 
 man's soul will be what (89, 3d) it was a minute before being 
 born. 6. He rejected my petition without reading it. 7. He 
 thinks of (en) establishing a business-house in this city and open- 
 ing a branch-office in Caibarie'n. 8. (323, a). But how carry-on a 
 commission-business of that kind without having [a] large (buen) 
 capital? 9. (b). That (82) man act as head-of-the-firm? Noth- 
 ing could be more absurd. 10. (c). On seeing him stop at the 
 door, I rose and welcomed him. n. When going-to-bed last- 
 night I forgot to (de) close one of my windows and caught-a-cold 
 during the night. 12. (d). If I had not raised my hands, the 
 robbers would have killed me. 13. (324, a, i). Metaphysics is 
 the art of going-astray with [a] method; 14. Do me the favor tc 
 pass me those scissors. 15. He had the misfortune to lose his 
 
288 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 parents when he was very young. 16. The desire of performing 
 his duties conscientiously made (imp.) him go-out often, when he 
 should have (213) stayed at home. 17. (a, 2). A movement of 
 concentration from (desde) the Rio Grande toward (al) Cape 
 Horn is not difficult to observe. 18. Yes, but it is to be taken 
 into account that paper-money is merely a species of promissory- 
 note and has no intrinsic value. 19. (). His disposition to re- 
 assert his individuality cost him his position. 20. (<:). Always it 
 will be for me a consolation to know that she does not belong to 
 another. 21. It is idle to waste words with such a man. 22. It 
 is honorable to die for one's (la) country. 23. It is sad to hate 
 the person who has saved our life. 
 
 47 
 384. Study 325-326. Review formation of tenses, 145. 
 
 i. The undersigned does not remember to have heard used 
 (usarse) the words : dude, crank, or humbug. 2. I knew that if 
 (319) he did not abstain from drinking and going (andar) in bad 
 company, he would die some day by a running ^noose. 1 3. They 
 did not cease before midnight to discuss the question which they 
 were considering. 4. He will not fail to make-your-hair-stand-on- 
 end by his pranks and inconsiderate 2 actions. 1 5. He excused 
 me from witnessing the parade because of the inclemency of the 
 weather. 6. She swears that she will give him the mitten, if he 
 does not propose shortly. 7. I doubt that he will try to support 
 his misfortune with greater resignation. 8. (326). The bookkeeper 
 endeavors to unravel the complicated 2 account, 1 but he does not 
 succeed in doing it. 9. He is learning to keep (llevar) books in 
 order to (325) aid his father in his business. 10. The young-man 
 who aspires to master the intricacies of bookkeeping has to 
 (138, 3) learn at (desde) the outset the fundamental distinction 
 between debit and credit, n. I will venture to suggest that, if it 
 begins to rain, we ought (213) to invite the strangers to seek- 
 shelter under our roof. 12. He gave me to understand that he 
 
EXERCISES 289 
 
 had decided to turn-into-cash all his personalty-and-realty and 
 invest the proceeds in government-bonds, which (los cuales) he 
 can now buy at par. 13. I am told (154) that he is getting ready 
 to speculate-in-stocks. 14. Yes, a friend of his (67), who has 
 been " bearing "-and-" bulling "-the-market and won a good-deal- 
 of money, has induced him to try (buscar) [his] fortune. 
 15. What folly ! Still, it does not surprise me. You know the old 
 adage : every hog to his sty. His father lost a large fortune in the 
 stock-exchange. 16. Or we might express it by two 2 other 1 say- 
 ings, namely : they are wolves of the same flock, and : he who 
 (quien) goes (188) with the wolves learns to (a) howl. 
 
 48 
 385. Study 327-327, b. Review auxiliary verbs, 136. 
 
 i. (327). I am accustomed to go to the produce-exchange 
 every day, but since the panic I am not buying nor selling ; but 
 when the crisis passes, I shall begin again (227) my operations. 
 2. It suffices to say that he is a member of the Chamber-of-Com- 
 merce and he ought to know what (cuales) commercial-paper 
 (pi.) it is proper to buy. 3. He says he did not advise to make 
 the purchase. 4. We have heard it said (327, a) that the Board- 
 of-Directors of the Central Railroad does not expect to pay the 
 coupons this year. 5. Do you know why? Yes, on account of 
 the falling-off of the earnings. Last year the earnings were big, but 
 since then the losses are such that they have wiped-out all the 
 surplus. 6. It is [a] great pity, because our city-government 
 has just (216) bought for its sinking-fund a considerable batch 
 of the shares of this road. 7. The mayor and councilmen deter- 
 mined to buy them (44) in spite of the protest of the daily-papers. 
 8. I asked the mayor this morning how he intended to explain 
 this in his campaign for reelection ; but he only shrugged-his- 
 shoulders and did not condescend to answer me. 9. It is better 
 to hold-one's-tongue than to excuse oneself; for he who (quien) 
 excuses himself accuses himself. 10. He deserves to be beaten 
 
2QO SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 and he will need to " orate " a good-deal before (antes que, 316) 
 he will succeed [in] convincing the people that (de que) he could 
 not have prevented the purchase, n. It seems to be probable 
 that he did not venture to oppose the councilmen, fearing not to 
 receive their support in the primary election. 12. I had offered 
 to go to visit my friend in his hotel, but he preferred to come to 
 see me in mine (73). 13. We promised them (44) to send (poner) 
 a telegram and regretted not to be able to do it. 14. I send 
 herewith a draft in payment of my subscription to the Critical 2 
 Review J / please acknowledge-reception. 
 
 49 
 
 386. Study 328-331, c. Review modal auxiliaries, 209. 
 
 i. (328). The manuscript existing in the National 2 Museum 1 
 of Mexico contains all the poems. 2. Obeying the (al) mandate 
 of the Constitution, I send herewith my annual message. 3. Two 
 sailors arrived at Boston coming from Newport. 4. (329, a). Hav- 
 ing killed the bear, he fell fainting from (por) loss of blood. 
 5. Having missed the train, he had to wait until (a que) another 3 
 should 1 go-out. 2 6. (6). By moving in elliptical 2 orbits, 1 the 2 
 sun 3 being 1 in one of the foci, the planets are nearer their primary 
 when they are in their perihelion than when in their aphelion. 
 7. The radius-vector of a planet passing over equal areas in equal 
 portions of time, the radius 2 -vector 3 being 1 a line drawn from the 
 sun to the planet, the planet must (debe de) go faster when it is 
 near the sun than when it is more distant. 8. Having given the 
 first 2 two 1 laws of Kepler, we shall now give the third, the latter 
 (87) not being so easy to understand (324, a, 2) as the former. 
 9. Here you 2 have 1 the third law: the squares of the times of 
 revolutions of the planets around the sun are proportional to the 
 cubes of their mean 2 distances 1 from the sun. 10. These laws 
 laid the foundation of modern 2 astronomy, 1 Newton 3 complet- 
 ing 1 them 2 by his grand discovery of universal 2 gravitation. 1 
 IT. (d). And putting his hand into his (71) pocket he took- 
 
EX'ERCISES 291 
 
 out a small coin. 12. (330). Having been routed in the first 
 attack, the enemy, reenforced by two regiments, fell upon our left 
 center with renewed impetus. 13. (331, #). The religious cere- 
 mony having been finished, there will be a reception at (en) the 
 residence of the bridegroom's (13) mother. 14. (I)). After hav- 
 ing written the letter I went (326) to put it into the box. 
 
XIII 
 
 SPANISH READINGS 
 
 387. Study 47-50 and 332-332, m. 
 
 NOTE. The small figures set to the right of the Spanish 
 proverbs indicate that their English equivalents will be found 
 at the end of the ESCENAS. The student, however, should be 
 required to work out their literal meaning by means of the 
 vocabulary. 
 
 ESCENAS SOCIALES 
 I 
 
 (Don Benito (Benedict) encuentra a su amigo, don Diego (James) 
 en la calle.j 
 
 DON B. jHola, don Diego! < Que tal (sigue V.)? 
 
 DON D. Muy bien, para servir a V. Y ese cuerpo 
 <; como esta ? 
 
 DON B. No mal, gracias. <? Como se hallan (estan) en 
 su casa ? 
 
 DON D. Tal cual ; solo que mi mujer esta un poco 
 indispuesta desde ayer. Tiene un resfriado y le duele 
 la cabeza. 
 
 DON B. Lo siento mucho. Quizas sea trancazo. Se 
 me ha dicho que desde algunos dfas se ban declarado unos 
 cuantos casos en la ciudad. 
 
 DON D. Es posible que sea trancazo lo que tiene mi 
 esposa, pero pienso que no. Los smtomas no,lo indican. 
 
 292 
 
SPANISH READINGS 293 
 
 For lo menos espero que no lo sea, porque es una terrible 
 enfermedad, y parece que se va poniendo mas peligroso y 
 mortifero cada ano. 
 
 DON B. Si; sobretodo para los ancianos. Usted sabe 
 que mi pobre padre (q. e. g. e.) murio de el el invierno 
 pasado. La humedad de nuestro clima no permite esperar 
 su pronta extirpacion, una vez que echa raices aqui. 
 
 DON D. Tiene V. razon, visto que los medicos son ab- 
 solutamente impotentes para curarlo. La ultima vez que 
 tuve el trancazo, probe todos los remedios que me sugirie- 
 ron mi me'dico y mis amigos, resultando que yo fin durante 
 meses enteros una especie de botica andante, siendo el 
 hazmerreir de todo mi vecindario. Y lo gracioso del caso 
 es que no halle alivio alguno antes de la llegada del verano. 
 i Ah ! he ahi que viene un caballero que conozco, el 
 senor Martinez. Buenos di'as, senor Martinez, (pfrecien- 
 dole la mano) <; como lo pasa V. esta manana ? 
 
 EL SENOR M. Excelentemente bien, para servir a usted. 
 < Y usted ? 
 
 DON D. Yo no podria mejorar de salud, gracias. ( Vol- 
 viendose a don B.}. Este caballero es un amigo mio. Per- 
 mi'tame se lo presente. Senor Martinez, tengo el honor 
 de presentar a usted mi amigo, el senor don Benito Perez 
 y Selle"s,de quien V. ha oido hablar sin duda. 
 
 DON B. Caballero, celebro muchisimo la ocasion de 
 conocer a usted. 
 
 EL SENOR M. Y yo tengo mucho gusto en conocer a 
 usted, caballero. Puedo decir que le conozco indirecta- 
 mente, por decirlo asi, siendo su senor padre corresponsal 
 de nuestra casa de banca. 
 
 DON B. Ah ! <; V. es banquero ? 
 
 EL SENOR M. Si senor; tenemos un banco de depositos 
 en esta ciudad y sucursales en otras ciudades. Yo soy el 
 
294 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 gobernador. Si V. tiene operaciones bancarias que ajustar, 
 seremos muy felices en servir a usted. 
 
 DON B. Le agradezco a V. infinite. Aprovechare su 
 buena oferta, si tuviere ocasion de hacerlo. 
 
 EL SENOR M. (mirando su relofy. Son las nueve y media ; 
 tengo que marcharme. Pues, caballeros, j que ustedes lo 
 pasen bien ! Me llevo la esperanza, don Benito, de que 
 volveremos a reanudar nuestro conocimiento. Reconoz- 
 came V. por su servidor. j Adios, caballeros ! 
 
 DON B. y DON D. j Vaya V. con Dios, caballero ! 
 
 DON D. Es un perfecto caballero y muy h ombre de 
 mundo. Hice su conocimiento hace dos anos, cuando 
 estabamos veraneando mi mujer y yo en las montanas. 
 Eso me hace pensar en que se aproxima el verano. ,; Adonde 
 va V. a veranear este ano ? 
 
 DON B. No sabemos todavia. Todo lo dejo a la discre- 
 cion de mi mujer, opinando que es, si no la sola, a lo menos, 
 la mejor filosofia para un hombre a quien gusta la paz y 
 tranquilidad. Los maridos nos lisonjeamos de que gober- 
 namos en nuestro reinecito, la casa ; pero nada y nada. 
 No somos sino tenientes gobernadores. La mujer se sale 
 siempre con la suya. Por consiguiente, cuando llega el 
 verano, yo digo a mi media naranja : " <; Adonde quieres 
 tu ir a veranear ? " Si opta por las montanas, no me 
 opongo ; si prefiere ir a orillas de la mar, la digo : / cor- 
 riente ! Como nuestro primer padre, Adan, me como el 
 fruto que se me ofrece. 
 
 DON D. Por supuesto piensa su senora que V. es un 
 marido modelo. Se me ocurre el cuento del filosofo 
 frances a quien se vino a decir que un incendio se habia 
 declarado en su casa y respondio : "Eso no me importa; 
 vaya a decirselo a mi mujer. Yo no me mezclo jamas en 
 los asuntos de familia." 
 
SPANISH READINGS 295 
 
 DON B. jja! jja! jja! Eso es impagable. Aquel 
 hombre habia alcanzado el verdadero nirvana de los 
 indios.' Aun Socrates, con toda su abnegacion v de si 
 mismo, no llevo su filosofi'a tan lejos ; porque volvia a 
 casa de vez en cuando solo por el placer de hacerse re- 
 prender por su cam mitad. Pues <| por que esta V. tan 
 meditabundo ? 
 
 DON D. Estoy pensando en lo que V. me ha referido. 
 Dudo que esa filosofi'a sea la mejor, sobretodo cuando re- 
 cuerdo lo que ha dicho otro filosofo, a saber, que la mujer 
 es como la dinamita, porque jamas se sabe lo que hard, 
 conocidas las circunstancias. 
 
 DON B. Dispenseme V., amigo mio. Temo que V. no 
 me haya comprendido. Cuando yo dije que concedia a 
 mi mujer una licencia completa, hablaba solo de los asun- 
 tos domesticos. Casa afuera yo mantengo mi autoridad y 
 derechos. Nunca permito a mi mujer que se meta en mis 
 negocios. Eso seria volver el mundo patas arriba. (Dan 
 las diez en la torre de la iglesia de Nuestra Senora.) 
 \ Diablo mil veces ! j Cuanto tiempo hemos estado char- 
 lando ! j Que habladores somos los hombres ! Me voy 
 con la musica a otra parte ! 1 Sail a hacer compras para mi 
 mujer, y estoy seguro de que me refiira cuando vuelva 
 a casa. j Abur ! V. vendra al Circulo esta noche 
 <; verdad ? 
 
 DON D. Si que vendr6, y acabaremos el partido de 
 billar que comenzamos ayer y no acabamos. 
 
 DON B. Eso si, lo haremos. Hasta la vista. Pongame 
 a los pies de su senora. (Sale). 
 
 DON D. (Solo}, j Que gurrumino es aquel hombre ! A 
 que en casa no dice esta boca es mia. 2 Me hace gracia, 
 cuando habla de su autoridad de casa afuera. Por aquel 
 lado adelanta como el cangrejo. 3 (Reparando en tina 
 
296 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 senora que viene por la calle). \ Caramba ! Alii esta mi 
 mujer que viene. Voy yo tambien tomar las de Villa- 
 diego. 4 (vSV va d todo escape). 
 
 II. 
 388. Review 47-50 and 332-332, m. 
 
 (Una dama, la senora Maria Mendoza de Aunon, esta haciendo visitas, y 
 su coche para delante de una casa grande, la de la senora Isabel Diaz de 
 Blanco. Se apea y se acerca al portico donde esta el chico de la casa con su 
 chucho. El perro se levanta erizandose.) 
 
 LA DAMA. Chico, tu perro va a morderme. 
 
 EL CHICO. No senora. No muerde sino cuando come. 
 
 LA DAMA. j Pero si me muestra los dientes ! 
 
 EL CHICO. Eso no lo niego ; y si V. tuviera dientes tan 
 blancos y bellos como los de mi perro, los mostraria 
 tambien. 
 
 LA DAMA. Eres tu un mal muchachito. ,; Esta tu senora 
 madre ? 
 
 EL CHICO. Si, senora ; esta con otra dama ; pero dudo 
 que este para usted. Voy a preguntarselo. 
 
 LA DAMA. No ; espera. Voy a llamar yo misma. (Em- 
 puja el baton y suena el timbre ettctrico. La criada viene d 
 abrir). << Esta en casa la senora ? 
 
 LA CRIADA. Si, senora; tenga V. la bondad de entrar. 
 (Trae la tarjeta d su ama, qnien viene d encontrar d la 
 visita, ddndole la mano, diciendo) : 
 
 LA SRA. DIAZ. Sea usted bienvenida, dona Maria. 
 Dichosos los ojos que ven a usted. ,; Como ha estado V. 
 desde la ultima vez que tuve el gusto de verla ? 
 
 LA SRA. MENDOZA. Medianamente, mil gracias. < Y 
 como se encuentra V., dona Isabel? 
 
 LA SRA. D. Oh ! en cuanto a mi, yo estoy siempre 
 
SPANISH READINGS 297 
 
 buena. Venga que la quiero presentar a mi buena amiga, 
 la senora Onate. Senora Ofiate, tengo el gusto de 
 presentar a V. la senora dona Maria Mendoza de Aunon. 
 
 LA SRA. O. (Levantdndose). A mi me es muy grato 
 hacer su conocimiento, senora Mendoza. 
 
 LA SRA. M. Muchisimas gracias. Me considero muy 
 dichosa en hacer el de usted. 
 
 LA SRA. D. Pero, sientense VV., senoras, y continuemos 
 nuestra platica. Hablabamos del baile de anoche. No 
 tuvimos el honor de ver a V., dona Maria. 
 
 LA SRA. M. No, no podia venir, porque tenia a mi 
 hermana muy mala. 
 
 LA SRA. D. <; Su senorita hermana estaba mala ? <; Que 
 tenia ? 
 
 LA SRA. M. Tenia una tos y gran calentura, y estaba 
 obligada a hacer cama. 
 
 LA SRA. D. Lo siento muchfsimo y espero que se halle 
 mejor hoy. 
 
 LA SRA M. For supuesto. A no estarlo ella, yo no 
 estaria aqui. Ustedes hablaban del baile de la ministra, 
 me deci'a V. <[ Fue tan frecuentado como de costumbre ? 
 
 LA SRA. O. Que si, que si, y aun mas, visto que re- 
 vestia mas importancia que de ordinario. Se di6 la 
 funcion especialmente en honor de la segunda hija de los 
 ministros. Fue su primer baile, y era un contento verla, 
 rodeada, como lo estaba, por jovenes y ancianos, grandes y 
 pequenos, bailando como Terpsicore y sonriendo y rubori- 
 zandose como Aurora. 
 
 LA SRA. D. Pero V. da en el lirismo, amiga mfa. 
 
 LA SRA. O. j Que mucho, si me corre en las venas! 
 Mi pobre padre (que la santa gloria haya) era un poeta de 
 los mas sublimes. Ademas, la ocasion hace al ladron, 
 como se dice. ^ Quien pudiera menos de entusiasmarse 
 
2Q8 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 hablando de aquella divina criatura, hermosa como un 
 angel de la gloria. 
 
 LA SRA. D. Dale con Juana. Naturalmente yo no 
 quiero decir que la chiquilla no sea todo lo que V. dice ; 
 solo que lo expresaria de otra manera. 
 
 LA SRA. M. d Y esa Juliana estuvo en el baile ? 
 
 LA SRA. O. For sabido, con su narigon y ojos de 
 bitoque. j Jesus, que coqueta ! j Y cuantas locuras cometio 
 anoche ! 
 
 LA SRA. M. j Valgame Dios ! Parece mentira que a su 
 edad no tenga todavia la muela del juicio. 
 
 LA SRA. D. Si, si, la tiene, pero es postiza. (Todas 
 rien a carcajadas). 
 
 LA SRA. M. Pero chanzas aparte, senoras; <jno han 
 echado VV. de ver que todos sus dientes superiores son 
 artificiales ? 
 
 LA SRA. D. Cabal ! Se rie por nada, como ustedes 
 saben, pero jamas abre la boca, temerosa de perder su 
 dentadura postiza, que no la viene bien. 
 
 LA SRA. O. Eso puedo yo afifmar con certidumbre y al 
 mismo tiempo relatar a ustedes un incidente que de seguro 
 las hara reir. Estabamos yo y nuestra amiga en una 
 reunion de media docena de personas algunas semanas ha. 
 Alguien conto un chiste de lo mas ridiculo. A la pobre 
 de Juliana se la olvidaron los dientes, y rio a mandibula 
 batiente. Cayeron en la alfombra en donde jugaba un 
 gatito, que pensando eran un raton se los asio y fue al 
 patio a todo correr. Siendo de noche, cuando, segun el 
 refran, todos los gatos son pardos, tuvo el criado mucho 
 que hacer antes de que pudiera devolver a la rjobrecita sus 
 preciosos dientes. Entre tanto ella estaba entre la espada 
 y la pared; 5 porque, aunque tiene malas pulgas, como es 
 sabido, no pod/a ni quejarse ni mostrarnos los dientes, no 
 
SPANISH READINGS 299 
 
 teniendolos, ni en fin abrir una boca, que, aun con su 
 dentadura de a cien reales, con perdon sea dicho, deja 
 mucho de ser encantadora. 
 
 LA SRA. M. El cuentecito es divertido ; pero baste de 
 Juliana y volvamos al baile. <; Que traje lucfa la senora 
 Aguilar de Ceron ? 
 
 LA SRA. D. Oh ! el de siempre por supuesto. No 
 tiene otro que el que compro hace dos anos. Solo que 
 el viejo trapo ha sido reformado por segunda vez este 
 invierno, queriendo imitar los de ultima moda. 
 
 LA SRA. O. No puede hacer otra cosa, como que su 
 marido es cesante desde dos anos y medio, y no hay perro 
 ni gato que no sepa que esta, como la manga de un chaleco, 
 completamente a seco. Y cuando uno no tiene monises, su 
 mujer no puede pintar la mona. 
 
 LA SRA. M. Ni el dguila tampoco, si ustedes quieren 
 excusar el juego de palabra. Ceron es inimitable como 
 callejero. Se le encuentra en todas partes buscando in- 
 fluencia politica, segun dice. Azotar las calles puede ser 
 agradable para quien ama la ociosidad, pero no hace cocer 
 el puchero. 
 
 LA SRA. D. j Oh que no! En estos dfas de Dios se 
 necesita mucho dinero para proveer a los gastos ordinarios 
 y extraordinarios que exige nuestra vida de alta presion. 
 
 LA SRA. M. Es verdad ; y no comprendo que la senora 
 Aguilar se hubiese divertido tanto anoche. Dicen que 
 bailo, sonrio y chanceo como la que mas. 
 
 LA SRA. O. i Por que no? Diz que la invitation es 
 senal de que su marido sera rehabilitado dentro de poco. 
 
 LA SRA. M. | A que no ! Eso es imposible. El minis- 
 tro actual tiene tantos amigos a quienes lo debe todo, que 
 no puede pensar en dar un puesto a uno a quien no debe 
 nada. 
 
30O SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 LA SRA O. No le hace. El arma formidable que mas 
 garantiza el triunfo en las lides politicas, dice mi esposo, 
 es la osadia, y al senor Ceron no le falta aquella arma. . . . 
 (Entra el senor Blanco). 
 
 EL SR. B. A los pies de ustedes, senoras. 
 
 LA SRA. O. Beso a V. la mano, caballero. 
 
 LA SRA. M. (jQue tal sigue V., don Jose? ^ V.vuelve 
 de su despacho ? 
 
 EL SR. B. No, senora. Hoy es di'a festivo. Yo estaba 
 en la habitacion vecina. 
 
 LA SRA. O. Entonces, V. nos acechaba. Quien escu- 
 cha su mal oye. 6 
 
 EL SR. B. Dispenseme V., senora ; yo no of mi mal, 
 sino el de mis amigos. ^ Pluguiera a Dios que no f uese 
 asi! (Todas se miran desconcertadas, y don Jose", como si 
 hablara para si, sigue diciendo) : Es una gran lastima que 
 las malas lenguas no sean postizas como los dientes de 
 nuestros amigos. En ese caso podria suceder que cayeran 
 al suelo al rei'r los hombres, y minino, a no ser por el 
 veneno que contienen, pudiera comerselas. 
 
 LA SRA. D. No te pasas de corte"s hoy, amigo mi'o. 
 
 EL SR. B. i Y por que no, gloria mi'a ? Yo hablaba de 
 los hombres. No hay malas lenguas mujeriles. Ustedes 
 las mujeres son todas angeles. (Aparte). Solo que en la 
 mujer no se sabe donde el angel finaliza y el diablo prin- 
 cipia. 
 
 LA CRIADA. (Entray dice d su ama): Senora, la merienda 
 esta servida. {Sale). 
 
 LA SRA. D. (A las sras. M. y O.). Disp6nsennos. 
 I Ustedes gustan, verdad ? 
 
 LAS SRAS. M. Y O. (Levantdndose). Muchas gracias. 
 Estabamos para marcharnos. \ Que aproveche a VV. ! 
 Y trate V., dona Isabel, de corrigir a ese mal hombre. 
 
SPANISH READINGS 301 
 
 EL SR. B. Digan VV. mas bien : d ese mal salvaje. 
 
 LA SRA. D. Oh, mi marido no Co malo. Perro que 
 ladra no muerde jamas. Pues jvayan VV. con Dios ! 
 
 LAS SRAS. M. Y O. j Y queden VV. con Dios! Eso no 
 lo decimos con lenguas postizas, senor don Satirico Blanco. 
 (Salen). 
 
 EL SR. B. j Dios mio ! j Qu6 mujeres tan comadreras ! 
 Y yo no comprendo, querida, que tu puedas consentir en 
 tijerear con aquellas atolondradas. 
 
 LA SRA. D. Oh! la mujer que no chismea no vive. 
 Ademas, quien con los lobos anda, a aullar se ensena. 7 
 Mejor seria no estar en el mundo que no saber lo que 
 sucede en el. La vida mujeril es tan estrecha, tan vacia 
 que moriiiamos las mujeres, si no pudi^semos poner la 
 lengua en nuestros amigos. En cambio, nos pagan en la 
 misma moneda, y asf somos tales para cuales. 
 
 EL SR. B. (Apart e). Hay un fondo de verdad en lo 
 que dice. (Alto). \ Que parlera eres tu ! 
 
 LA SRA. D. Yo no hago sino imitar el ejemplo de las 
 que conmigo frecuentan la alta sociedad. Dime con quien 
 andas, y te dire quien eres. 8 En todas partes cuecen 
 habas. 9 << Como puedes esperar que tu mujer sea distinta 
 de las con quienes se acompana ? Y ademas, yo confieso 
 que el charlar de vez en cuando con mis amigas es para 
 mi un pasatiempo sumamente grato, sea lo que fuere el 
 sujeto de la conversacion. j Ea Jose! tu oiste lo que dijo 
 la Mendoza acerca de su ausencia del baile <; verdad? 
 Pretendio que su hermana estaba enferma; pero nada de 
 eso. La verdadera causa era de que no recibio invitacion. 
 
 EL SR. B. i Y por que no la recibio, vista su posicion 
 social ? 
 
 LA SRA. D. Voy a decirte lo que me conto la seftora 
 Onate. 
 
302 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 EL SR. B. Ahora no. Tengo un hambre de todos los 
 diablos, y si no como en el instante (hacidndola caricias), 
 habra aqui repugnantes escenas de canibalismo. Vamos 
 a merendar, y tu me lo contaras com'iendo. (Empuja las 
 puertas corredizas y se ve el comedor.) 
 
 
 
 III. 
 
 389. DICHOS, PEPE (JOE) Y EL PERRO. 
 
 (Padre ,y madre se sientan en la mesa. Pepe entra con el perro.) 
 
 PEPE. (Tirando itna silla hacia la mesa.) \ Ven aca, 
 Toto! 
 
 LA SRA. D. <j Que vas a hacer, chiquillo ? 
 
 PEPE. Voy a ponerlo en la silla, para que coma a mi 
 lado. 
 
 LA SRA. D. j A que no ! Eso no lo permito nunca 
 jamas. 
 
 PEPE. Pues, si mi Toto no puede comer conmigo, yo no 
 como tampoco. 
 
 LA SRA. D. Que sf que tu comes, pero no con el chucho. 
 
 PEPE. Yo no como un bocado, si no con Toto. ( F/- 
 dose furioso con el perro.) 
 
 EL SR. B. Tu vas a hacer enfermo al chico. Sabes 
 que es enfermizo y que no ha comido desde esta manana. 
 Vuelve, Pepe, con tu chucho. Vais a sentaros a mi lado y 
 no al de esa mala mama. 
 
 LA SRA. D. Y tu vas a echar a perderle, y yo sere" la 
 que tendra que sufrir la consecuencia. 
 
 EL SR. B. Y con justicia. Le cogi ayer un cigarro en 
 la boca y me dijo que tu se lo habfas comprado, cuando 
 fuisteis a pasear. 
 
 LA SRA. D. <;Tu dijiste al papa que te compre el 
 
SPANISH READINGS 303 
 
 cigarro ? <? No te dije que no debieras decirselo? jEs 
 muy malo chismear ! 
 
 PEPE. Papa me dice que no debo jamas mentir, y no lo 
 hago. 
 
 LA SRA. D. La verdad es que era una flaqueza de mi 
 parte. El chico me atormentaba, diciendo que queria apren- 
 der a fumar como sus companeros, y cedi a sus ruegos. 
 
 EL SR. B. j A otro perro con ese hueso ! 10 El caso es 
 que tu no ejerces la debida autoridad en la casa. 
 
 LA SRA. D. A no ser por mi, no tendriamos casa alguna. 
 A principios de nuestro matrimonio, tu empezaste a soltar 
 la perra, y si no fuera por mis esfuerzos sobrehumanos, tu 
 hubieses gastado toda nuestra fortuna, y ahora.no tendri- 
 amos una perra chica. <; No es verdad, mi senor ? 
 
 EL SR. B. Acabemos, senora, de una vez, esta deliciosa 
 escena de familia, y prestemos atencion a aquel chocolate 
 humeante. Ven, Pepe ; sientate con Toto. 
 
 LA SRA. D. <; Tu consientes en que acerque el perro a la 
 mesa? 
 
 EL SR. B. j Si ! j que lo ponga en donde quiera ! Yo soy 
 de la opinion de Rousseau, a saber, que el perro es la mas 
 sublime expresion de la perfection humana. No hay cua- 
 drupedo mas noble, ni bipedos que le igualen. A la vez 
 que es muy nel, es tambien el mas imprudente de los seres, 
 visto que no se informa jamas de si su dueno tiene razon 6 
 no ; no se inquieta de si este sube 6 baja la escalera de la 
 vida ; no pregunta si es rico 6 pobre, tonto 6 sabio, pecador 
 6 santo. Es el su dueno y companero. Eso le basta ; y 
 venga lo que viniere, la dicha 6 la desdicha, buen renombre 
 6 malo, honra 6 vergiienza, se arrima a su amo para ale- 
 grarle, guardarle, y, si es necesario, sacrificarle su propia 
 vida. ,; En donde encontraras un h ombre siempre agra- 
 decido, siempre carinoso, jamas egoista, olvidando las 
 
304 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 injurias y recordando solo los beneficios ? No le busques ; 
 seria inutil. Pero toma al primer perro que viniere, y 
 desde el momento en que te adopta, tu hallaras en 1 todas 
 esas cualidades. Te amara sin reserva. Su mayor felici- 
 dad la encontrara estando contigo ; y, si tu f ueses reducido 
 a pedir el pan cotidiano, no solo te ayudara, sino que no te 
 abandonara ni siquiera para seguir un rey a su palacio. 
 Ademas, el perro no chismea como nuestros llamados 
 amigos ; no divulga nuestros secretos de familia como los 
 criados (mirando a la criadd) ; no se obstina como los malos 
 muchachitos (sonriendo a Pepe) ; no hace preguntas indis- 
 cretas como las mujeres (fijando los ojos en su imijer); 
 nunca regatea sobre su salario como los hombres ; y al fin 
 y al fallo, esta siempre listo para triscar y regocijarnos. 
 Toda familia debiera tener un buen perro y tratarle como 
 un prmcipe. 
 
 PEPE. (Dando palmadas). \ Bueno por papa ! j Un 
 aplauso a mi papa ! Y mirad a Toto. Escucha como si 
 entendiera todo lo que decia. 
 
 LA SRA. D. <; Que nos cuentas tu ? j El perro comprender 
 todo ese chapurrado con que acaba de inundarnos tu papa ! 
 Temo que saigas malo como ese tu padre. 
 
 EL SR. B. Que si me entiende el chucho ; <j verdad, Toto ? 
 (El perro coled). No ves que dice que si con la cola ? 
 i Vamos ! ,; Puedes decirme por qu6 el perro menea la 
 cola ? 
 
 LA SRA. D. Dispensa. Yo no me entusiasmo por tus 
 tonterias. 
 
 EL SR. B. La respuesta es sencilla, como vas a ver. Es 
 porque el perro es mas f uerte que la cola. Si no lo fuera, 
 la cola menearia al perro. La cola es'la lengua del perro, 
 y sabe gobernar esta lengua mejor que gobiernan su lengua 
 ciertas mujeres (con intenciori) que conozco. 
 
SPANISH READINGS 305 
 
 LA SRA. D. Puesto que das en los enigmas, <; quieres tu 
 decirme que diferencia hay entre un espejo y un hombre? 
 
 EL SR. B. Nada de mas facil. El espejo refleja las 
 vanidades de la mujer y el hombre no lo hace. 
 
 LA SRA. D. Nada de eso. La diferencia es de que el 
 espejo es siempre pulido y que el hombre no lo es. 
 
 EL SR. B. Y dime por tu turno que diferencia hay de 
 un espejo a una mujer. 
 
 LA SRA. D. Te lo digo sin vacilar. Es de que el espejo 
 refleja todo lo feo moral y fi'sico del hombre y que la mujer 
 pasa por encima de ello a ojos cerrados. 
 
 EL SR. B. Eso si que no, sino que el espejo refleja sin 
 hablar y que la mujer habla sin reflejar. 
 
 LA SRA. D. Lo que prueba la correction de mi respuesta. 
 Pero prescindamos de comparaciones que, segun el barbero 
 de Don Quijote, son odiosas y mal recibidas, y hablemos 
 de algo mas divertido. Te prometi decirte lo que me 
 conto dona Anita acerca de la sefiora Mendoza. Dicen 
 que ella y ese polio de la Embajada francesa se dan citas 
 en el parque, y que la ministra acertando a pasar en coche 
 por la glorieta, no ha muchos di'as, vio a los dos paseandose 
 de bracete y cuchicheandose como dos novios, y que por 
 eso no la envio invitation. ^ No es una vergiienza ? 
 
 EL SR. B. i Y lo sabe su marido ? 
 
 LA SRA. D. Si ; la aplanchadora me dijo que ella estaba 
 en la cocina, cuando estallo el furor de Aunon. Hablo de 
 romper la crisma al joven, afirmando que derramarfa la 
 ultima gota de su propia sangre antes de sufrir tal ultraje. 
 Pero es sabido que los que hablan de sacrificar su ultima 
 gota de sangre, estan siempre escasos de la primera. 
 
 EL SR. B. Verdad. Pero no extrano de que su esposa 
 se haya conducido de esa manera. Aunon es graduado 
 de la Universidad y estudioso, lo cual equivale a decir: 
 
306 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Bachiller en artes y burro en todas partes. 11 Esta siempre 
 lleno de sus libros. No sale jamas con su mujer, y apenas 
 la habla en casa. Una mujer, que tiene tanta beldad y 
 atractivos como ella, necesita diversiones. Cuando no las 
 halla en casa, las busca afuera; y no faltan aventureros 
 que la tienten. El hombre es fuego, la mujer es estopa ; 
 viene el diablo y los sopla. 
 
 LA SRA D. j Cuan indulgente eres tu para con otras mu- 
 jeres ! <; Que harias, si yo me portase de la misma manera? 
 
 EL SR. B. Te mataria a sangre fri'a y pegaria un tiro al 
 miserable que osara violar de tal modo la santidad de mi 
 casa. 
 
 LA SRA. D. (Chanceando). Veremos. Al freir sera el 
 refr. 12 ( Todos se levantan de la mesa). 
 
 EL SR. B. No hablemos ligeramente de cosas serias. 
 (Enciende un puro y se pone el sombrero}. 
 
 LA SRA. D. i Tu sales ? < Adonde vas ? 
 
 EL SR. B. Tengo que poner un telegrama a mi corredor. 
 
 LA SRA. D. i For que no telefonas por un mandadero ? 
 El servicio se paga mensualmente, y menester es usarlo. 
 
 EL SR. B. No ; prefiero salir a estirar las piernas. 
 
 LA SRA. D. Confiesa que quieres ir a aquel horrible 
 Circulo en donde pasas tanto tiempo, dejando a solas tu 
 pobre mujercita. 
 
 EL SR. B. Es posible que vaya al Club, pero te prometo 
 estar de vuelta dentro de hora y media. 
 
 LA SRA. D. Pues, como que quieres de todos modos 
 salir, haz el favor de pasar por la tienda del mercader de 
 vinos y decirle que envie una caja de vino de pasto, que no 
 tenemos mas en la bodega. 
 
 PEPE. Papa <; puedo ir contigo ? 
 
 EL SR. B. No; que"date en casa para estudiar tus 
 lecciones. 
 
SPANISH READINGS 307 
 
 PEPE. (Hacienda pucheros). Estoy seguro de que mama 
 va a renirme, cuando este a solas con ella. 
 
 EL SR. B. El gato escaldado del agua fria huye. 13 
 Pues, pon tu gorro. Temo, segun dice la mama, que 
 saigas malo como tu malhadado padre. 
 
 PEPE. (Salfando de gozo). \ Victoria ! jVen aca, Toto ! 
 j Salta ! (El perro salta por encima de una silla y con la 
 cola arroja a I suelo nna preciosa jicara, hactindola anicos). 
 
 LA SRA. D. j Que animalucho ! j La ultima del juego 
 de tacitas que me dio mi santa madre (que en gloria este) ! 
 (A su esposo). i Quien ahora echa a perder al chico ? Y 
 la proxima vez que pronuncies tu discurso kilome'trico 
 sobre las perfecciones de ese bruto, j no olvides esta su 
 hazana ! 
 
 EL SR. B. Siento en el alma que haya hecho pedazos tu 
 ji'cara. Pero ja lo hecho pecho! 14 Te comprare otro 
 juego mas bonito. (Sale con Pepe y el perro). 
 
 390. IV. 
 
 LA SRA. DIAZ: EN SEGUIDA LA LAVANDERA. 
 
 LA SRA. D. (Sola). \ Dulce Jesus de mi alma! e'Que 
 haremos de aquel chico ? Es voluntarioso cual una mula 
 y no hay bribonada que no aprenda en las calles. Mi 
 marido tiene mucho de calavera, y Pepe le sale mas y mas 
 cada dia. Es bien el caso de decir : de tal padre tal hijo. 
 Con todo nos ama a ambos con delirio mi Jose, y no hay 
 nada que no quisiera hacer por nosotros. Verdaderamente 
 yo creo que si aquel chico tuviera el capricho de poseer la 
 luna como juguete, y es capaz de ello, tratana su padre de 
 ir a descolgarsela. j Que" padre ! \ que" muchachito ! 
 
 LA CRIADA. (Entrando). Sefiora; es la lavandera que viene 
 por la ropa. 
 
308 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 LA SRA. D. j Bien ! j que pase ! Ya puedes levantar la 
 mesa. 
 
 LA LAVANDERA. (Entrando). \ Buenos di'as, senora ! He 
 venido por el lavado. No he podido venir ayer por la 
 enfermedad de mi nino que tiene el sarampion y esta muy 
 malo. 
 
 LA SRA. D. Lo siento mucho, y espero que este mejor 
 hoy. Afortunadamente mi hijo lo tuvo el ano pasado. 
 Aqui tiene V. la lista. Todas las piezas estan marcadas 
 con nuestras iniciales, para que no se confundan con la 
 ropa de otros. A proposito, mi esposo se quejo la semana 
 pasada de que las pecheras de las camisas y los punos y 
 cuellos no quedaban bastante tiesos. listed debiera usar 
 mas almidon. 
 
 LA LAVANDERA. Dispense V., senora ; creo que no es 
 mia la falta sino de la aplanchadora.* Roci'a demasiado 
 la ropa y la deja mojada durante horas ; de manera es 
 que se disipa el almidon, y los cuellos y punos no quedan 
 bastante duros. 
 
 LA SRA. D. Puede ser. Hablare" a la aplanchadora. - 
 Pues, trate de traerlo todo el viernes a mas tardar. 
 
 LA LAVANDERA. Si, senora ; yo hare cuanto se pueda, 
 aunque tal vez, a causa de mi chica, no lo traiga antes del 
 sabado. j Buenas tardes, senora! (Sale. Se oye tin ruido 
 estrepitosd). 
 
 LA SRA. D. ( Volviendose hacia la mesa). << Que es eso, 
 Juana ? 
 
 LA CRIADA. La ensaladera que se me escapo de la mano 
 y cayo al suelo. 
 
 LA SRA. D. (Con ironia). < Y por que" no bajas a recogerla 
 antes de que se quiebre ? 
 
 * In Spain, washing and ironing are distinct trades and are not usually 
 done by one and the same person. 
 
SPANISH READINGS 369 
 
 LA CRIADA. (Con inocencia). Ya esta hecha pedacitos, 
 senora. 
 
 LA SRA. D. j Hecha pedacitos aquella ensaladera que 
 me costo un ojo ! Ya voy a decirte, Juana, que no estoy 
 contenta de ti. Desde que recibes las atenciones de aquel 
 joven, no tienes la mente en nada. No cumples con tus 
 deberes como antes, y vas por la casa sembrando la ruina 
 y el destrozo detras de ti. i Para cuando es la boda ? 
 
 LA CRIADA. Dentro de poco, espero. 
 
 LA SRA. D. Y yo tambien. j Ojala que fuese hoy ! 
 Porque si tu continuas rompiendo las cosas, como vienes 
 haciendolo desde algunas semanas, no habra en la casa 
 mas que quebrar. 
 
 LA CRIADA. Tanto va el cantaro a la f uente que al fin se 
 quiebra. 15 
 
 LA SRA. D. Es una impertinencia que profieres, Juana, 
 y no me gusta nada. Te advierto que desde hoy te busques 
 otra plaza 6 te despedire al fin del mes. 
 
 LA CRIADA. No se lo dije para gustar a usted, senora, 
 sino a mi misma. 
 
 LA SRA. D. (Con enojo, dejando el comedor y avanzando 
 en la sala). \ Dios mio ! << En donde van a parar esas 
 ideas democraticas que debemos a los americanos. Hace 
 muchos afios que los criados vienen dandose aires de prm- 
 cipe. Se visten a la ultima moda, y usan del don y dona 
 entre si ; de manera que en los paseos publicos es casi im- 
 posible distinguirlos de entre sus amos. (Va d sentarse 
 en el taburete del piano y toca una de las " CANCIONES SIN 
 PALABRAS " de Mendelssohn. De spue's de acabada la pieza, 
 dice): jQu6 compositor tan fino era aquel hombre! Su 
 musica no tiene la voluptuosidad de la de Mozart, ni la 
 majestuosa grandeza de la de Beethoven, pero si la ternura 
 y riqueza de armonia que concuerda perfectamente con la 
 
310 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 mdole espanola. (Ejecuta unas gamas en las teclas del 
 piano, entondndolas a I mismo tiempo con la voz. Se le~ 
 vanta). Hoy no puedo tocar ni cantar ; estoy demasiado 
 agitada. (Sale, corriendose el telon). 
 
 391. V. 
 
 (La escena pasa en el CIRCULO COLON. 
 
 Al subirse el telon se ven unos doce 6 quince caballeros jugando, quienes 
 al ajedrez, quienes a los naipes, otros al domino 6 al billar). 
 
 EL SR. B. (Entrando con Pepe y el perro). \ Buenos di'as, 
 caballeros ! No les pregunto como lo pasan. Los hombres 
 que se divierten, como VV. lo hacen, 6 deben de estar buenos 
 y felices 6 rezando por sus pecados. (El y Pepe se sientan 
 en una mesa, donde hay im polio puesto d lo Pompadour, 
 fnmando un cigarro y acariciando un bigotito de los mas 
 delgados). jMozo! 
 
 EL Mozo. | Ya voy, senor ! (D espies de breve rato se 
 acerca d la mesa). <; Que se le ofrece al senorito ? 
 
 EL SR. B. Traigme un rabo de gallo de ginebra y un 
 buen tabaco. Y tu, Pepe, <? que tomas ? 
 
 PEPE. Lo mismito. (Los caballeros sueltan la carcajada, 
 y Pepe mira desconcertado en torno snyo). 
 
 EL SR. B. j Como ! j Fuego de Dios ! j que guasa ! Se 
 me cae la cara de vergiienza. Verdaderamente tu haces 
 adelantos. j Ayer un cigarillo, y hoy un rabo de gallo y de 
 ginebra ! 
 
 EL POLLO. La cabra tira siempre al monte. 16 
 
 EL SR. B. No, Pepe, tu tomas una gaseosa que conviene 
 mas a tu edad. 
 
 PEPE. Pero, papa, la gaseosa no es sino viento endulzado 
 y no tiene nada de sustancioso. 
 
 EL sk. B. Pues, escoge entre gaseosa y limonada. 
 
 PEPE. No las quiero ; son bebidas de nino. 
 
SPANISH READINGS 3 1 1 
 
 EL SR. B. j Caramba y caracoles ! Ven aca, Toto ! Te 
 tomamos por juez. Tu escogeras la bebida por tu amo. 
 El cocktail, \ dos golpes de cola en la alfombra ! Gaseosa 
 6 limonada, j tres ! j Ea ! (El perro da tres golpes}. 
 
 PEPE. (Furiosd). \ Fuera de aqui, bruto ! No te quiero 
 mas. {El perro baja la cola y se esconde debajo de la mesa). 
 Me marcho. | Adios, caballeros ! 
 
 EL SR. B. j Vamos, chiquillo ! <; Te contentaras con una 
 copa de cerveza blanca ? 
 
 PEPE. i Y una cajita de cigarrillos ? 
 
 EL SR. B. Si ; pero no digas nada a la mama. (Pepe 
 vuelve a sentarse en la mesa. El mozo trae lo pedido, y el 
 Sr. B. le entrega una propina). 
 
 UN CABALLERO. Blanco, tu tienes una verdadera joya 
 en ese chico. 
 
 EL POLLO. No dejaria de llevarse el primer premio en 
 una exhibicion de bebes. 
 
 PEPE. (Ponitndose cenudo y furioso). Y usted, senor, 
 con su bigote de' solterona, se llevaria el primer premio de 
 vanidad en una exhibicion de tontos. (Algunos caballeros 
 dejando sus jitegos rodean la mesa). 
 
 UNO DE ELLOS. (En chanza). Pero, senores, esto es de 
 lo mas serio. Este lance debe de servir de base a un duelo 
 de los mas formidables. Mas, si cabe, evitemoslo. Es una 
 mala inteligencia, sin duda. 
 
 PEPE. (Meneando la cabeza airadamente). Yo no soy 
 un pollito, y no me dejo insultar por el primero que venga. 
 Desde que estoy aqui', ese tipo no cesa de mirarme como si 
 yo tuviera alguna danza de monos en la cara. 17 Al fin me 
 fatiga. (El polio, viendo las risas supresas de los otros, no 
 sabe que semblante tomar. Al fin cede a los ruegos burlescos 
 del caballero y consiente en pedir perdon a Pepe). 
 
 EL POLLO. (Hablando en tono algo comico). Don Pepe, 
 
312 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 le pido a V. perdon, y confieso que no tenia la menor inten- 
 cion de ofender la dignidad de un caballero que honro y 
 respeto como el que mas. (Se dan las manos, y Pepe bebe 
 su cerveza de un trago. Festivas risas entre los asistentes). 
 
 UN CABALLERO. Alguien ha dicho que los refranes son 
 la sabidun'a de las naciones, y podriamos verificar el dicho 
 en este caso, si dijeramos que padre e hijo son lobos de la 
 misma camada. 18 Blanco no puede contar sus duelos en 
 los dedos de sus manos. Ya recuerdo uno de ellos. El y 
 su contrario, que era agregado militar a la legacion rusa, 
 habian renido por una actriz, de la cual este estaba enamo- 
 rado, y el amor y la guerra, como es sabido, son una misma 
 cosa. Fuimos al campo. Yo servia de padrino a Blanco. 
 Se bati'an a espada y no andaban en chiquitas. El ruso, 
 un loco de atar, se abalanzaba, pensando hender la cabeza 
 a Blanco. Este paro el golpe, lo que hizo resbalar a su 
 contrincante ; y como un rayo la espada de Blanco le atra- 
 vesaba el corazon. 
 
 OTRO CABALLERO. \ Demonio ! j que V. tiene interesante 
 hoja de servicio, don Jose ! 
 
 EL SR. B. Diga V. mas bien : desgraciada; porque yo no 
 ceso de sentir la muerte de aquel hombre que ten/a familia. 
 Al regresar nosotros del campo, nos encontraron su mujer 
 y ninita, y era desgarradora la escena que se verifico. 
 Poco despues me case y renuncie al duelo. 
 
 EL CABALLERO. Y bien hizo V., visto que nuestros duelos 
 no son farsas como la mayor parte de los de los franceses. 
 Hoy mismo lefa en el Madrid Comico un parte divertido de 
 un duelo frances. Los dos combatientes estaban el uno 
 enfrente de un arbol corpulento y el otro cerca de un pozo. 
 Al primer disparo, ste salto en el pozo, y aquel, detras del 
 arbol. Despues de disipado el humo, los padrinos miraron 
 en torno suyo y, no viendo a nadie, exclamaron : " j Muy 
 
SPANISH READINGS 313 
 
 bien, caballeros ! La honra esta satisfecha. Ustedes se 
 han aniquilado." Durante la escena algo violenta que 
 acabamos de presenciar, yo no pude menos de recordar 
 esto de los franceses aniquilados, (en tono festivd) sea dicho 
 con perdon, don Pepe. 
 
 OTRO CABALLERO. j Cuidado, don Enrique ! V. no va 
 sobre seguro. Lo atrevido de su discurso me pone carne 
 de gallina. For lo visto, don Pepe no es hombre de 
 aguantar mofas. Seria capaz de desafiar a todo un 
 regimiento de cazadores, y aqui solo somos una docena de 
 pisaverdes. 
 
 EL POLLO. (Pensando que se hace referenda a e"l le in- 
 terrumpe) : Hable V. en singular, si gusta, caballero. 
 
 PEPE. (Enfadadd). Caballeros, VV. dispensen. Yo 
 estoy cansado de sus burlas y tonterias. Ahora no soy 
 capaz de desafiar un regimiento de cazadores, pero un dfa 
 que otro lo estare bastante para batirme con todo el genero 
 humano ; y entonces j cuidado ! 
 
 UN CABALLERO. Blanco, a tu estirpe no le faltaran 
 guerreros que defender su honor. 
 
 EL SR. B. j A Dios no plazca que haya de que ! Pero 
 amigos mi'os, echemos la platica a otra parte, si os gusta. 
 Temo que exciteis demasiado al chico. <? Que hay de 
 nuevo, don Rufino ? 
 
 DON RUFINO. Nada que sepa. <: V. sabe que hoy salio 
 la lista grande ? 
 
 EL SR. B. Si; lo se por mi criada que jugo medio duro ; 
 pero no le toco nada, como sucede casi siempre. <? No es 
 de extranar cuanta confianza tienen en la loteria aun per- 
 sonas inteligentes ? 
 
 DON R. Si. Todos, quien mas, quien menos, confian 
 en que la suerte cambie y esperan poder exclamar en pre- 
 sencia de la simpatica lista : j Cielos ! j por fin ! Pero ya 
 
314 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 vera V. como les toca y no les toca a veces. For de 
 pronto, hay que desconfiar de la lista que sale momentos 
 despues del sorteo. For ejemplo, aparece en ella preme- 
 diado el numero que V. posee. El jubilo se apodera de su 
 corazon y abraza V. a mujer y ninos, prometiendoles un 
 sinnumero de pequeneces y placeres. Amigos descarrila- 
 dos vienen a pedirle prestado dinero, lo que no les rehusa, 
 temeroso de ser considerado por un miserable rico ; pero 
 al fin y al cabo resulta que en la imprenta ban puesto un 
 9 en vez de un 6 6 un 5 en vez de un cero. 
 
 EL SR. B. j Que decepcion ! 
 
 DON R. Si, decepcion cuando esta equivocada la lista ; 
 pero cuando no lo es, j que regocijo ! Hace dos anos, a 
 mi mama politica, Matilde, la toco el segundo premio y 
 cobro unos seis mil duros ; y era de ver como derrocho 
 aquel dinero. Entre bailes y tertulias, y romerias y yo no 
 se que, no le quedaba un maravedf dentro de menos de un 
 ano. Cuando yo me burle de ella sobre su locura, se en- 
 cogio de hombros y me dio por toda respuesta : " Pero, 
 hombre, yo vivi mientras duro." 
 
 EL SR. B. j Lo espanola que debe de ser dona Matilde ! 
 Asi vivimos los espanoles de dia en dia, dejandolo todo a 
 Dios quien es viejo santo. Viene la desgracia, la son- 
 reimos, esperando que manana sera otro dia; 19 y asi con- 
 tinuaremos hasta el fin del tiempo. 
 
 DON R. ,; Y por que" no ? Segun mi humilde parecer, 
 este mundo no es sino un juguete del Eterno una especie 
 de bola de billar que tiro en el principio y se divierte de 
 vez en cuando golpeandola con el taco para darle nuevo 
 impetu. Los hombres, unos microbios arrastrandose en la 
 superficie, pensamos que el juego es serio. Pero el Todo- 
 poderoso se rie de nosotros en su capote, y tiene razon. 
 Visto lo cual ^ por qu no gozarnos, juvenes dum sumus t 
 
SPANISH READINGS 315 
 
 como cantabamos en nuestros convites de la Universidad ? 
 (Chupa en su pipa). \ Diantre ! Mi cachimba se ha apa- 
 gado mientras yo peroraba. 
 
 EL SR. B. Tiene V., don Rufino, unas ideas estrambo- 
 ticas sobre nuestras relaciones con esta bola en que habita- 
 mos. Cuando un espanol de su ilustracion profiere tales 
 opiniones, no hemos de halagarnos con respecto al por- 
 venir de nuestro pais. 
 
 DON R. Creame, amigo mio, no tiene porvenir. En los 
 primeros meses de nuestra desgracia,* yo, como otros 
 muchos, tuve momentos de expansion y esperanza y forme 
 castillos en el aire. El gobierno prometio dedicar todos 
 sus esfuerzos a la regeneracion del pais. Tuvimos confi- 
 anza en las promesas. Se reunieron las camaras de 
 Comercio y de Productores para buscar solucion a la situa- 
 cion que atravesabamos. En ellas se abomino a los ora- 
 dores y politicos, y cada asambleista que se levanto para 
 hablar se convirtio en orador, filosofo, literato y parlanchm 
 igual a los que trato de censurar. No hay remedio 
 humano y parece que, a pesar de toda nuestra religion, 
 Dios nos ha abandonado no hay, repito, remedio humano 
 de conseguir que los espanoles hablemos menos y obremos 
 mas. Todos estamos educados en la misma escuela y no 
 podemos prescindir de la oratoria. Conozco que el mal no 
 tiene remedio, y por tanto no hago caso de tantos locos 
 que ahora tratan de regenerarnos. En cuanto a las pro- 
 mesas de los gobernantes, como la gaseosa de nuestro 
 amiguito, Pepe, no son sino viento endulzado. Regalan 
 un momento el paladar, eso si, pero despues de bebidas 
 muchas, no contiene el estomago nada de sustancioso. 
 Se ha dicho mas de una vez que no se puede gobernar sin 
 partidos. Se % puede ; pero esto nos lo ensena la experi- 
 
 * Reference to the result of the Spanish-American war. 
 
316 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 encia, d saber, que los partidos politicos no son sino 
 grandes conspiraciones organizadas por los politicastros 
 en pro de si mismos y en contra de los demas de sus con- 
 ciudadanos. Por eso, nuestras elecciones son meras farsas, 
 porque no indican los verdaderos sentimientos de los elec- 
 tores sino el poder del dinero corruptor cuyo reino va 
 extendiendose en todas partes. Si, senores, estamos en 
 'epoca en que el becerro de oro y la fuerza bruta estan 
 llegando a ser los casi exclusivos objetos de universal 
 adoracion. La honra y la virtud se compran y se venden 
 como los valores en la bolsa, y aun la religion esta de 
 venta al mayor poster. Una Virgen que no se viste a la 
 ultima moda ya esta anticuada, y tanto mas se venera un 
 Cristo cuantos mas quilates de oro macizo tenga su cruz y 
 mas diamantes su corona. j Santo Dios ! <? Cuando ven- 
 dra el reino de tu hijo? Y hasta que venga <J que 
 hemos los desheredados de esperar ? j Nada ! j mil veces 
 nada ! Solo que podemos consolarnos teniendo presente 
 que la situacion en otros pai'ses no se diferencia sino un 
 tantito de la del nuestro, y podemos aplicarle el famoso 
 dicho del satirico francos, -de que en la desgracia de 
 nuestros amigos hay algo que no nos desagrada. (En 
 tono festivd). En prueba de todo lo cual firmo la presente 
 con mi puno y letra y la hago sellar con el gran sello 
 del CIRCULO COLON. (Se sienta. Palmadas entre los 
 asistentes). 
 
 DON ENRIQUE. \ Caballeros ! Propongo que brindemos 
 a la salud de nuestro afamado orador. (Todos, Pepe in- 
 cluso, se levantan y chocan y vacian, de un trago, sus copas. 
 Mientras cae el telon, se oye la primera estancia de la 
 camion estudiantina) : 
 
 Gaudeamus igitur, 
 Juvenes dum sumus. S. G. 
 
SPANISH READINGS 317 
 
 392. PROVERBS 
 
 1. I must be going, must be off. 
 
 2. He dares not open his mouth at home. 
 
 3. Along that line he loses more than he gains. 
 
 4. I, too, am going to take French leave.* 
 
 5. She was between the devil and the deep sea. 
 
 6. Listeners hear no good of themselves. 
 
 7. Birds of a feather flock together. 
 
 8. Show me your company, and I will tell you who 
 you are. 
 
 9. People are about the same everywhere. 
 
 10. Tell that to the marines. 
 
 11. He is a man of learning, but is, lacking in experience 
 and common sense. 
 
 12. The proof of the pudding is the eating of it. 
 
 13. A burnt child fears the fire. 
 
 14. What can't be cured must be endured. 
 
 15. The pitcher goes to the well until it is broken. 
 
 1 6. As the twig is -bent, the tree is inclined. 
 
 17. As if I were a simpleton. 
 
 1 8. He is a chip of the old block. 
 
 19. To-morrow we shall have better luck. 
 
 393. BATALLA DE TETUAN 
 
 A eso de las diez se saludaron al fin los dos ejercitos 
 Una de las Lanchas Canoneras que subian por el Martin, 
 
 * Tomar las [calzas] de Villadiego, "to put on Villadiego breeches," i.e. 
 such breeches as were worn by the Jews of this village, which, by their form 
 and color, showed that they were specially protected by the king's privilege 
 (granted them by Ferdinand III. in 1223). Whenever any Jew did not have 
 on his protective breeches and was threatened with persecution, he would 
 rush off to get them. Hence the expression, in common parlance, came to 
 mean : run away hastily. See Modern Language Notes, XV., 64. 
 
318 SPANISH GRAMMAR . 
 
 protegiendo nuestro flanco izquierdo contra el dafio que a 
 mansalva hubiera podido hacersenos desde el lado alia del 
 rio, avisto algunos moros que venian por aquel lado, y les hizo 
 fuego. Este primer canonazo basto para alejarlos; pero, 
 como si aquella hubiese sido una senal aguardada con 
 impaciencia, a nuestro disparo respondieron inmediata- 
 mente los canones de las trincheras moras, y diose por 
 principiada la batalla. 
 
 Los gruesos proyectiles que nos lanzaba el enemigo 
 alcanzaban a nuestros batallones, si bien no les causabari 
 gran dafio. Los artilleros marroquies tiraban por eleva- 
 cion, y las balas cai'an en los claros de nuestras filas. 
 Seguimos, pues, caminando, sin atender a aquel mal diri- 
 gido fuego ni contestarle por entonces. 
 
 Asi llegamos a situarnos a unos mil setecientos metros 
 de las baterias contrarias. Su canoneo era cada vez mas 
 vivo; la Torre de Jelett habia. unido sus disparos a los de la 
 llanura; los globos de plomo pasaban zumbando sobre 
 nuestra frente, como aerolitos atraidos por la tierra; las 
 columnas de aire que conmovian, azotaban a veces nuestro 
 rostro, y el golpe brusco y ahogado que daban al sepul- 
 tarse en el suelo se parecia al ultimo resoplido del toro 
 cuando fenece 6 de la locomotora cuando se para. 
 
 Los moros, entre tanto, viendo que nuestro movimiento 
 era siempre de frente, y con direccion al extremo Sur de 
 sus trincheras comprendieron en parte nuestro plan ; y, 
 dejando a sus canones y a sus infantes el cuidado de 
 defender los amenazados campamentos, avanzaron por 
 nuestro flanco derecho en numero de cuatro 6 cinco mil 
 jinetes, con el visible proposito de interponerse entre noso- 
 tros y el terreno que acababamos de abandonar, y atacar- 
 nos por retaguardia cuando mas empenados estuviesemos 
 por el frente. 
 
SPANISH READINGS 319 
 
 Pero al General O'Donnell no le inquieto aquella manio- 
 bra. Lo admirable de su plan era haber adivinado y pre- 
 venido todo lo que los mahometanos habian de intentar 
 hoy. El CUARTO CUERPO, que permanecia inmovil y sobre 
 las armas en el Reducto de la Estrella, tenia precisamente 
 otro encargo que evitar : el que los moros nos envolviesen 
 de la manera que ya procuraban hacerlo. Dejo, pues, el 
 Conde de Lucena al General Ri'os el cuidado de enten- 
 derse con la caballeria marroqui, y continue marchando 
 hacia el campamento de Muley-el- Abbas. 
 
 Llegamos, en fin, a encontrarnos a un kilometro de las 
 baterias enemigas, y solo entonces se mando hacer alto a 
 nuestras masas y avanzar a la Artilleria de Reserva. 
 Diez y seis canones ocuparon instantaneamente la van- 
 guardia, y rompieron vivisimo fuego contra la posicion 
 enemiga. Densa cortina de humo nos robo un instante la 
 vista del campamento moro ; largo trueno ensordecio el 
 espacio, y la* salvaje soledad de los montes circunvecinos 
 se estremecio hondamente con el fragor de la descomunal 
 batalla. 
 
 j Magm'fica, soberbia sinfonia ; digno prologo de la 
 espantosa tragedia que se preparaba! 
 
 Ya en adelante, la ruidosa tempestad fue aumentando 
 en rapido crescendo. A la Artilleria de Reserva, que em- 
 pezo a ganar terreno, marchando por baterias, unio pronto 
 sus barbaros estampidos la Artilleria Rayada de a cuatro, 
 de la que un regimiento entero salio al galope por nuestra 
 izquierda, principiando a batir el flanco derecho de los 
 atrincheramientos marroquies. 
 
 Aflojo, en su consecuencia, un poco el fuego de las 
 piez?s enemigas. El nuestro, en cambio, se duplico en 
 breves instantes. Dos nuevos regimientos de artilleria 
 entraron juntos en fuego, vomitando granadas encendidas, 
 
320 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 mientras que dos baterias mas, del Segundo Regimiento 
 Montado, canoneaban el extreme Norte del campamento 
 moro y rechazaban las fuerzas de infanteria y caballeria 
 que bajaban a apoyar a los seis mil jinetes agrupados en 
 torno de las posiciones del General Ri'os. 
 
 For lo que alii pudiera acontecer, mando entonces el 
 Conde de Lucena al Brigadier Villate que se corriese por 
 aquel lado con sus escuadrones de lanceros, y obrase en 
 combination con el CUERPO DE RESERVA si los moros 
 insistian en atacar nuestra retaguardia; dispuesto lo cual, 
 nosotros continuamos marchando por nuestra parte en el 
 seno de una verdadera tormenta. 
 
 Aun no se habia disparado un tiro de fusil 6 de espin- 
 garda. Solo el canon tronaba reciamente en la llanura. 
 Asi llegamos a unos seiscientos metres de las f ortifica- 
 ciones enemigas. 
 
 En este momento se presentaron por nuestra izquierda, 
 siguiendo el curso del Guad-el-Jelu, algunos moros de a pie 
 y de a caballo ; pero el General Mackenna se adelanto a 
 su encuentro con dos batallones, y el fuego de nuestras 
 guerrillas bast6 para rechazar a los agarenos hacia la 
 Plaza. Sin embargo, el bravo General (ya protegido por 
 la Brigada de Lanceros, que mandaba en persona el Gene- 
 ral Galiano) permanecio hasta el fin del combate en 
 aquella comprometida position, interpuesto entre la ciudad 
 y el campo de batalla. 
 
 En el interin, el TERCER CUERPO se adelantaba al SE- 
 GUNDO, que habia vuelto a hacer alto ; seguia un recodo 
 del Martin ; rebasaba denodadamente el angulo de la 
 trinchera enemiga; hacia un cambio de frente sobre la 
 derecha, y amenazaba el flanco izquierdo de los moros, a 
 cuatrocientos metros de distancia de sus canones. 
 
 A igual altura se puso por el frente el SEGUNDO CUERPO. 
 
SPANISH READINGS 321 
 
 - Es decir, que el campamento de Muley- Ahmed estaba 
 medio envuelto. j Acercabase por tanto el momento de la 
 suprema embestida ! . . . Nuestras columnas se pararon 
 por tercera.vez. 
 
 Tratabase de apagar los f uegos de la artilleria enemiga 
 antes de emprender la lucha de unos infantes contra otros. 
 Pero las trincheras de los musulmanes, construidas con 
 tierra y arregladas a los adelantos del arte, no permitian a 
 nuestras piezas desmontar las suyas. Causaban, si, grandes 
 destrozos en las f ortificaciones ; introducian la muerte y el 
 espanto en los que las custodiaban ; hacian callar a veces a 
 todas sus bocas de fuego . . . mas al poco rato volvian 
 estas a bramar sedientas de matanza, mientras que desde 
 la Torre de Jelele, desde la Alcazaba de Tetudn, y desde las 
 artilladas puertas de la misma Plaza nos enviaban una 
 incesante lluvia de solidos proyectiles. 
 
 Nuestros bizarros artilleros no desisten, sin embargo, de 
 su proposito ; y, adelantados a todo el ejercito, a pecho 
 descubierto (y no detras de espesas murallas, como los 
 marroqui'es), colocan en bateria cuarenta piezas, y rompen 
 un canoneo horroroso, cerrado, incesante, contra los fuer- 
 tes enemigos. j Nunca faltan del.aire diez 6 doce grana- 
 das ! j Nunca se interrumpe el prolongado trueno de los 
 bronces ! 
 
 En esto principian a alzarse nubes de polvo revueltas 
 con el humo de las baterias contrarias. ... j Es la trin- 
 chera que se derrumba ! Ademas, muchas granadas 
 entran en el campo contrario y revientan a nuestra vista, 
 incendiando las tiendas y destrozando a los hombres, 
 cuyos cuerpos vemos volar en pedazos. ... j Todo 
 inutil, sin embargo ! j Nada quebranta hoy el desesperado 
 valor de los agarenos ! 
 
 De pronto, elevase una anchisima, densa y aplomada 
 
322 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 columna de humo, que arrancando de entre las tiendas 
 islamitas, sube a nublar el infinite cielo ; y un estruendo 
 nunca oi'do superior al estampido de mil truenos, resuena 
 al mismo tiempo en aquel lugar, haciendo Qstremecerse 
 hasta el humedo suelo que pisamos. j Oh ventura ! Es 
 que una granada nuestra ha cai'do en un repuesto de 
 polvora y lo ha volado ! j Que regocijo en nuestras filas ! 
 j Como se adivinan los estragos que habra producido esta 
 catastrofe en el ejercito enemigo !~ 
 
 Y nuestra artilleria avanza siempre, corriendo y dispa- 
 rando, estrechando cada vez mas en un circulo de bronce 
 el codiciado campamento. ... Las Baterias de a caballo 
 se baten en guerrilla. . . . Hay una, la del capitan 
 Alcala, que gallardea vistosamente delante de los canones 
 marroquies. ... En pos de ellas avanzan las restantes 
 con pasmosa serenidad. Y por los claros de las piezas 
 adelantanse tambien los batallones, paso d paso, porque asf 
 lo mandan los jefes ; pero agitados, impacientes, fogosos, 
 enardecidos hasta el frenesf por el olor de la polvora, 
 por el estallido de los canones, por la proximidad de la 
 presa. 
 
 I Cudndo f i Cudndo ? parece que dicen nuestros 
 soldados, nuestros bizarrisimos infantes, requiriendo sus 
 bayonetas. . . . 
 
 / Cudndo ? i Cudndo ? parece que preguntan Ros de 
 Elanof y Prim, refrenando sus impacientes bridones, a la 
 cabeza de las ordenadas tropas. 
 
 I Cudndo ? i Ctidndo ? exclama todo el mundo, viendo 
 caer deshechos a algunos de nuestros soldados bajo las 
 ponderosas balas de los canones enemigos. 
 
 / Ahora ! / Ya ! / Viva la Reina ! / A la bayo* 
 neta ! / A ellos ! grita de pronto el General O'Donnell, 
 cuando calcula que nuestra infanteria puede llegar de un 
 
SPANISH READINGS 323 
 
 solo aliento, de una sola carrera, a las trincheras moras, y 
 saltarlas, y penetrar en los campamentos. 
 
 /A la bayoneta ! / A ellos ! contestan veinte mil 
 voces. 
 
 Y todas las musicas, todas las cornetas, todos los tarn- 
 bores repiten la serial de ataque ; y los treinta y dos 
 batallones, y la caballeria, y el Cuartel General, y la arti- 
 lleria, y los ingenieros, j todos en fin ! acometen furiosa- 
 mente a las posiciones enemigas, como impulsados por un 
 solo y magico resorte, como un pantano que rompe su 
 dique, como la mar, cuando la vuelca sobre la playa un 
 terremoto. 
 
 i Oh momento! jYo no se describirlo ! Su nero re- 
 cuerdo inflama mis sentidos y agolpa a mis ojos lagrimas 
 de entusiasmo. ... j Que embriaguez ! j qu'e vertigo ! 
 i que" locura aquella ! j La alegria, el furor, la soberbia 
 espanola, el miedo de que los moros tuvieran tiempo de 
 rehacerse y nuestros soldados para cansarse ; la subita 
 aparicion de la Patria, regocijada por tan hermoso triunfo ; 
 la admiracion y la gratitud que los unos sentiamos hacia 
 los otros ; la curiosidad de conocer el campamento arabe *, 
 todo nos enardecia, todo nos arrebataba a tal. punto, que 
 jovenes y viejos, proceres y reclutas, nos saludabamos y 
 hablabamos sin conocernos, como para transmitirnos tanta 
 felicidad ! 
 
 i Y, sin embargo, aquel momento era horrible, rr ortal, 
 desastroso ! Corriendo, como ibamos, entre musicas y 
 aclamaciones, entre vivas y jubilosa fiesta, mil y mil tiros 
 nos recibian a boca de jarro. j Treinta mil enemigos 
 guarnecian las dilatadas trincheras ! j treinta mil espingar- 
 das nos apuntaban al corazon ! 
 
 Y j como caian nuestros jefes, nuestros oficiales, nues- 
 tros soldados ! \ Cuantos, cuantos, Dios mfo ! Fueron 
 
324 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 treinta minutos de lucha ; -treinta minutos solamente . . . 
 j y mas de mil espanoles se banaban ya en su sangre 
 generosa ! 
 
 Pero i que importaba ? <; Ni quien reparo en ello ? 
 I One importaba, si nuestras tropas habian acometido de 
 frente y de flanco, escalade el muro de tierra con manos y 
 pies, derribado a las numerosas huestes que lo guardaban, 
 tornado los canones a la bayoneta (despues de recibir sus 
 ultimos y mortiferos disparos a quemarropa), invadido el 
 campamento como una inunadacion, luchado cuerpo a 
 cuerpo fuera y dentro de las tiendas, sembrado de muertos 
 su triunfal camino, y puesto en vergonzosa fuga a todo 
 el eje"rcito mahometano ? 
 
 I Y he de decir quien merecio mas, quien penetro el 
 primero, quien derramo mas sangre enemiga ? j Todos 
 fueron iguales ! j Todos eran uno solo ! j Todos acome- 
 tieron con igual brio ! j Nadie penso en si propio, sino en 
 el resto del ejercito ! j Nadie deseo triunfar por si mismo, 
 sino que triunfase Espana ! ; Nadie trato de llegar al ter- 
 mino de aquella carrera, sino de que llegase el Estandarte 
 Nacional ! 
 
 ***#*#* 
 
 Y, con todo, ,1 como pasar en silencio los mas culminantes 
 episodios de . la Jornada ? <; Como callar los hechos inmor- 
 tales que he tenido la felicidad de ver ? 
 
 Dire, pues, en primer lugar, el arrojo y bravura del Gen- 
 eral en Jefe, de D. Leopoldo O'Donnell, del heroe de la 
 batalla. ... Desde el dia de los Castillejos, nadie le habia 
 vuelto a ver convertido de ordenador de la lid en instru- 
 mento de ella, de jefe supremo en batallador, de caudillo 
 en soldado. . . . jHoy, si! jHoy volvio el entusiasmo a 
 su alma, el fuego belico a sus venas, la ardiente poesia del 
 combate a su corazon, j Hoy, como nunca, inflamado, 
 
SPANISH READINGS 325 
 
 vehemente, impetuoso, dominaba con su talla marcial y 
 arrogante las masas de inf anteria y caballeria ; hoy, como 
 en sus heroicos tiempos de coronel, de brigadier y de 
 mariscal de campo, lanzabase a las balas con el acero 
 desnudo, buscando al enemigo, arengando a las tropas, 
 lleno de actividad y fuerza, resplandeciente el rostro de 
 jubilo y ternura, con el llanto del amor patrio en los 
 ojos ! 
 
 / En avant ! / En avant ! (j adelante ! j adelante !) 
 / Viva la Reina ! gritaba, saltando la trinchera, metiendo 
 su caballo en lo mas recio de la lid, y penetrando de los 
 primeros en el campamento enemigo. 
 
 / Soldados ! / Viva Espana ! exclamaba otras veces, 
 dirigiendose a los que luchaban y a los que morian. 
 
 / Viva la Inf anteria espanola ! anadi'a por ultimo, 
 volviendose hacia el Cuartel General, tambien entusiasmado 
 al ver la violencia irresistible de nuestros batallones. 
 
 Y la voz, el gesto, la actitud del noble capitan nos arre- 
 bataban a todos ; nos subyugaban materialmente ; nos 
 hubieran hecho despreciar mil vidas que tuvieramos. 
 
 / Viva O' Donne II / gritaban Generales y soldados. 
 
 / Viva la Reina ! gritaba el General en Jefe. 
 
 i VIVA EL DUQUE DE TETUAN ! se oyo por primera 
 vez en las filas de no se que regimiento. 
 
 j VIVA EL DUQUE DE TETUAN ! repitieron mil y mil 
 voces, saludando espontanea y carinosamente al antiguo 
 vencedor de Lucena, al actual vencedor del moro. 
 
 Y los acordes de la Marcha Real, confundidos con. el 
 toque de ataque que resonaba en una extension de legua 
 y media, solemnizaban aquella augusta aclamacion ; la mas 
 verdadera, la mas legitima y soberana de cuantas he pre- 
 senciado en toda mi vida. 
 
 PEDRO ANTONIO DE ALARCON. 
 
326 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 394. 
 
 PARTE DEL COMBATE DE SANTIAGO DE 
 CUBA 
 
 EL ALMIRANTE (CERVERA) AL GENERAL EN JEFE (BLANCO) 
 
 Excmo. e Iltmo. Sr. : En cumplimiento de las ordenes 
 de V. E. L, con la evidencia de lo que habi'a de suceder y 
 tantas veces habi'a anunciado, sail de Santiago de Cuba 
 con toda la Escuadra que fue de mi mando, en la manana 
 del 3 del corriente Julio. 
 
 Las instrucciones dadas para la salida eran las sigui. 
 entes: El Infanta Maria Teresa, buque de mi insignia, 
 habi'a de salir el primero, siguiendole sucesivamente el 
 Vizcaya, Colon, Oquendo y destructores. Todos los barcos 
 teni'an todas sus calderas encendidas y con presion. Al 
 salir el Teresa empenaria el combate con el enemigo que 
 estuviera mas aproposito, y los que le seguian procuranan 
 dirigirse al Oeste a toda fuerza de maquina, tomando la 
 cabeza el Vizcaya. Los cazatorpederos habian de man- 
 tenerse, si podi'an, fuera del fuego, expiar un momento 
 oportuno para obrar, si se presentaba, y tratar de escapar 
 con su mayor andar, si el combate nos era desfavorable. 
 Los buques salieron del puerto con una precision tan 
 grande, que sorprendio a nuestros enemigos, quienes nos 
 han hecho muchos y muy entusiastas cumplimientos sobre 
 el particular. Tan pronto como salio el Teresa rompio el 
 fuego a las 9 11 35 sobre un acorazado que estaba proximo, 
 pero dirigie"ndose a toda fuerza de maquina sobre el 
 Brooklyn, que se encontraba al SO. y que nos interesaba 
 tratar de poner en condiciones de que no pudiera utilizar su 
 superior andar. Los demas buques empenaron el combate 
 con los otros enemigos que acudian de los diversos puntos 
 donde estaban apostados. La Escuadra enemiga constaba 
 
SPANISH READINGS 327 
 
 aquel dia de los siguientes buques frente a Santiago de 
 Cuba : New- York, insignia del Contraalmirante Sampson, 
 Brooklyn insignia del Comodoro Schley, Iowa, Oregon, In- 
 diana, Texas y varios buques menores, 6 mejor dicho, 
 trasatlanticos y yates armados. Realizada la salida se 
 tomo el rumbo mandado, y el combate se generalize con la 
 desventaja, no solo del numero, sino del estado de nuestra 
 artilleria y municiones de 14 centimetres que conoce V. E. 
 por el telegrama que le puse al quedar a sus ordenes. 
 Para mi no era dudoso el e"xito, por mas que alguna vez 
 crei que no seri'a tan rapida nuestra destruccion. 
 
 Al Infanta Maria Teresa, un proyectil de los primeros 
 le rompio un tubo de vapor auxiliar, por el que se escapaba 
 mucho, que nos hizo perder la velocidad con que se con- 
 taba ; al mismo tiempo otro rompia un tubo de la red de 
 contra incendios. El buque se defendia valientemente del 
 nutrido y certero fuego del enemigo, y no tardo mucho en 
 caer entre los heridos su valiente Comandante ^Capitan de 
 Navi'o D. Victor M. Concas, que tuvo que retirarse, y 
 como las circunstancias no permitian perder un segundo, 
 tome por mi mismo el mando directo del buque, esperando 
 ocasion de que pudiera llamarse al segundo Comandante, 
 pero e"sta no llego, porque el combate arreciaba, los muer- 
 tos y heridos caian sin cesar, y no habia que pensar en 
 otra cosa que en hacer fuego en tanto que se pudiera. 
 
 En tal situacion, teniamos fuego en mi camara, donde 
 debieron hacer explosion algunos de los proyectiles que alii 
 habia para los canones de 57 mm. ; vinieron a participarme 
 haberse prendido fuego al cangrejo de popa y caseta del 
 puente de popa, al mismo tiempo que el incendio iniciado en 
 mi camara se coma al centro del buque con gran rapidez, 
 y como no contabamos con agua, fue tomando cada vez 
 mas incremento, siendo impotentes nosotros para atajarlo. 
 
328 . SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Comprendi que el buque estaba perdido y pense* desde 
 luego en donde lo vararia para perder menos vidas, pero 
 continuando el combate en tanto que fuera posible. 
 
 Desgraciadamente, el fuego ganaba terreno con mucha 
 rapidez y voracidad, por lo que envid uno de mis Ayudantes 
 con la orden de que se inundasen los pafioles de popa, 
 encontrandose este ser imposible penetrar en los call ej ones 
 de las camaras a causa del mucho humo y del vapor que 
 salia por la escotilla de la maquina donde tambien le fue 
 absolutamente imposible penetrar, a causa de no permitir 
 la respiracion aquella abrasadora atmosf era ; por tanto fue 
 necesario dirigirnos a una playita al O. de Punta Cabrera, 
 donde embarrancamos con la salida, al mismo tiempo que 
 se nos paraba la maquina ; era imposible subir municiones 
 ni nada que exigiera ir bajo la cubierta acorazada, sobre 
 todo a popa de las calderas, y en tal situacion no habia 
 que pensar mas que en salvar la parte que se pudiera de la 
 tripulacion, de cuya opinion fueron el segundo y tercer 
 Comandantes y los Oficiales que se pudieron reunir, a los 
 que consulte si creian que podia continuar el combate, con- 
 testando que no. 
 
 En tan penosa situacion, habiendo empezado las ex- 
 plosiones parciales de los depositos de las baterias, di orden 
 de arriar la bandera e" inundar todos los pafioles ; la 
 primera no pudo ejecutarse a causa del terrible incendio 
 que habia en la toldilla, habiendose quemado al poco rato. 
 -Ya era tiempo: el fuego ganaba con mucha rapidez y 
 apenas hubo el suficiente para abandonar el buque, 
 cuando ya el fuego llegaba al puente de proa, y eso ayu- 
 dados por dos botes americanos que llegaron como tres 
 cuartos de hora despues de la embarrancada. 
 
 Entre los heridos estan el Teniente de Navio D. Antonio 
 Lopez Ceron y Alferez de Navio D. Angel Carrasco y 
 
SPANISH READINGS 329 
 
 faltan el Capitan de Infanteria de Marina D. Higinio 
 Rodriguez, al que creo mato un proyectil, el Alferez de 
 Navio D. Francisco Linares, el segundo Medico D. Julio 
 Diaz del Rio, el Maquinista Mayor de primera clase D. 
 Juan Montero y el de segunda D. Jose Melgares, cuyo 
 cadaver salio a la play a. El salvotaje se hizo tirandose al 
 agua los que sabi'an nadar, intentando tres veces llevar una 
 guia a tierra, lo que solo se consiguio a ultima hora y 
 ayudados por los dos botes americanos de que llevo hecho 
 mention. Nosotros arriamos un bote que parecia bueno e 
 inmediatamente se fue a pique, y se echo al agua un bote 
 de vapor, que solo pudo hacer un viaje, porque tambien se 
 fue a pique por efecto de las averias que tenia, al intentar 
 volver a bordo segunda vez, quedando agarrados a el los 
 tres 6 cuatro hombres que lo llevaban y que se salvaron 
 unos a nado y otros los recogio un bote americano. 
 
 El Comandante, ayudado por buenos nadadores, habia 
 ido a tierra ; el segundo y tercero dirigian a bordo el em- 
 barco, y necesitandose direction en tierra, cuando ya 
 vem'an los botes americanos, yo me fui a nado, ayudado 
 por dos cabos de mar llamados Juan Llorca y Andres 
 Sequeiro y mi hijo y Ayudante, Teniente de Navio D. 
 Angel Cervera. 
 
 Concluido el desembarco de la gente, fui' invitado por el 
 Oficial americano que mandaba los botes de seguirle a su 
 buque, que era el yate armado Gloucester, a donde fui 
 acompafiado de mi Capitan de bandera, herido, de mi hijo 
 ayudante y del segundo del buque, que fu el ultimo que 
 lo abandono. 
 
 Durante este periodo, el aspecto del buque era imponente, 
 porcue se sucedian las explosiones y estaba para aterrar a 
 las almas mejor templadas. Nada absolutamente creo 
 que pueda salvarse del buque, y nosotros lo hemos perdido 
 
330 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 todo, llegando la inmensa mayoria absolutamente desnudos 
 a la playa. Pocos minutos despues que el Teresa, emba- 
 rrancaba el Oquendo en una playa como a media legua al 
 Oeste de el, con un incendio parecido al suyo, y se perdie- 
 ron de vista por el Oeste el Vizcaya j el Colon, perseguidos 
 por la Escuadra enemiga. Segun me ha manifestado el 
 Contador del Oquendo, linico Oficial que esta en el mismo 
 buque que yo, la historia de este desgraciado buque y su 
 heroica tripulacion es la siguiente, que tal vez se rectifique 
 algo, pero solo en detalles, no en el fondo de los hechos. 
 
 El desigual y mortifero combate sostenido por este buque, 
 se hizo mas desigual aun porque al poco tiempo de comen- 
 zado, un proyeetil enemigo entro en la torre de proa matando 
 a todo el personal de ella, menos un artillero que quedo 
 muy mal herido. A la bateria de 14 cm., barrida por el 
 fuego enemigo desde el principio, solo le quedaron dos 
 canones utiles con los que continue defendiendose con una 
 energia incomparable. Tambien la torre de popa quedo 
 sin su Oficial-Comandante, muerto por un proyeetil del ene- 
 migo que entro al abrir la puerta para poder respirar, porque 
 se asfixiaban dentro. No conoce el Contador la historia 
 de la bateria de tiro rapido, y solo sabe que disparaba, 
 seguramente, lo mismo que toda esta valiente tripulacion. 
 Hubo dos incendios : el primero, que se domino, ocurrio en 
 el sollado de proa, y el segundo, que se inicio a popa, no se 
 pudo dominar, porque ya no daban agua las bombas, quiza 
 por las mismas causas que en el Teresa. 
 
 Los ascensores de municiones de 14 cm., faltaron desde 
 el principio, pero no faltaron municiones en la bateria, 
 mientras que pudo batirse, por los repuestos, que a preven- 
 cion, se habian puesto en todos los buques. Cuando el 
 valiente Comandante del Oquendo vio que no podia dominar 
 el incendio y no tenia ningun canon en estado de servicio, 
 
SPANISH READINGS 331 
 
 file* cuando se decidio a embarrancar, mandando previa- 
 mente disparar todos los torpedos, menos los dos de popa, 
 por si se acercaba algun buque enemigo, hasta que llegado 
 el ultimo extreme, mando arriar la bandera, minutes des- 
 pues que el Teresa y previa la consulta a aquellos Oficiales 
 que estaban presentes. Los Comandantes segundo y ter- 
 cero y tres Tenientes de Navio habian ya muerto. El 
 salvamento de los supervivientes fue organizado por su 
 Comandante, que ha perdido la vida por salvar la de sus 
 subordinados. Hicieron una balsa, arriaron dos lanchitas, 
 umcas embarcaciones que les quedaban utiles, y ultima- 
 mente fueron auxiliados por embarcaciones americanas, y 
 segun me dijo un insurrecto con quien hable en la playa, 
 tambien les auxilio un bote que e"stos teni'an. Sublime era 
 el espectaculo que presentaban estos dos buques ; las con- 
 tinuas explosiones que se sucedian sin cesar, no acobardaban 
 a estos valientes, que ban defendido sus buques hasta el 
 punto de no haber podido ser hollados por la planta de 
 ningun enemigo. Cuando fui invitado por el Oficial ame- 
 ricano a seguirlo, segun digo a V. E. I. anteriormente, df 
 instrucciones para el reembarco al tercer Comandante D. 
 Juan Aznar, a quien no he vuelto a ver desde entonces. 
 Al llegar al buque americano, que era el yate armado 
 Gloucester, encontre" alii una veintena de heridos, pertene- 
 cientes en su mayor parte a los cazatorpederos, los Coman- 
 dantes de estos, tres Oficiales del Teresa, el Contador 
 del Oquendo y nos reunimos entre todos hasta 93 per- 
 sonas, pertenecientes a las dotaciones de la Escuadra. 
 El Comandante y Oficiales del yate nos recibieron con las 
 mayores atenciones, esforzandose por atender a nuestras 
 necesidades, que eran de todo ge*nero, porque llegabamos 
 absolutamente desnudos y hambrientos ; me manifesto el 
 Comandante, que como su buque era tan pequeno, no podia 
 
332 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 recibir aquella masa de gente, e iba a buscar un buque 
 mayor que los embarcara. Los insurrectos, con quienes 
 yo habia hablado, me habian dicho que con ellos tenian 
 unos 200 hombres, entre los que habia cinco 6 seis heridos, 
 y me anadieron de parte de su Jefe que si queriamos irnos 
 con ellos, les siguieramos y nos auxiliarian con lo que ellos 
 tenian, a lo que les conteste que dieran las gracias a su Jefe 
 y le dijeran que nosotros nos habiamos rendido a los ame- 
 ricanos ; pero que si tenian Medico, les agradeceria que 
 curara a una porcion de heridos que temamos en la playa, 
 algunos de ellos muy graves. 
 
 Al Comandante del yate le comunique esta conversacion 
 con los insurrectos y le suplique reclamara nuestra gente, 
 lo que me prometio, enviando al efecto un destacamento 
 con bandera. Tambien envio algunos viveres de que tan 
 necesitados estaban en la playa. 
 
 Seguimos despues hacia el O. hasta encontrar el grueso 
 de la Escuadra, de la que se destaco el crucero auxiliar 
 Paris, y nuestro yate siguio hasta frente a Cuba, donde 
 recibio ordenes, con arreglo a las que, unos fuimos trasbor- 
 dados al Iowa y otros lo fueron a otros barcos, de ellos, los 
 heridos al buque hospital. 
 
 Durante mi permanencia en el yate, pedi a los Coman- 
 dantes de los cazatorpederos noticia de la suerte que les 
 habia cabido, teniendo el sentimiento de saber su triste fin. 
 
 De lo ocurrido al Furor, puede V. E. I. enterarse detalla- 
 damente por la adjunta copia del parte de su Comandante; 
 en el encontro una muerte gloriosa el Capitan de Navi'o D. 
 Fernando Villaamil, y el numero de bajas acredita como 
 se ha conducido este pequeno buque, cuyo Comandante 
 tambien fue" herido levemente. 
 
 Tambien acompano a V. E. I. copia del parte que me ha 
 producido el Comandante del Pluton> quien tambien estd 
 
SPANISH READINGS 333 
 
 herido en un pie y cuyo buque tiene en este dia una historia 
 tan gloriosa como su companero, y ambos como no puede 
 pedir mas ni el mas exigente. 
 
 ******* 
 
 Restame decir a V. E. I., para completar los rasgos ca- 
 racteristicos de esta lugubre Jornada, que nuestros enemigos 
 se han conducido y se conducen actualmente con nosotros, 
 con una hidalguia y delicadeza que no cabe mas ; no solo 
 nos han vestido como han podido, desprendiendose de 
 efectos no solo del Estado, sino de propiedad particular, 
 sino que han suprimido la mayor parte de los " hurras " por 
 respeto a nuestra amargura ; hemos sido y somos objeto de 
 entusiastas felicitaciones por nuestra accion, y todos, a por- 
 fi'a, se han esmerado en hacernos nuestro cautiverio lo mas 
 llevadero posible. 
 
 Ignoro aun las perdidas de gente, por estar repartidos en 
 diversos buques, pero estaran en las ideas que hace conce- 
 bir el telegrama antes inserto. 
 
 En resumen : la Jornada del 3 ha sido un desastre ho- 
 rroroso, como yo habia previsto ; el numero de muertos es, 
 sin embargo, menor del que yo tern fa ; la Patria ha sido 
 defendida con honor y la satisfaccion del deber cumplido 
 deja nuestras conciencias tranquilas, con solo la amargura 
 de lamentar la perdida de nuestros queridos companeros y 
 las desdichas de la Patria. 
 
 ******* 
 
 Dios guarde a V. E. I. muchos anos. En la mar, a 
 bordo del San Luis> 9 de Julio de 1898. 
 
 PASCUAL CERVERA. 
 
 395. UN MONSTRUO DEL MAR 
 
 En Chatham (Inglaterra) fue lanzado al agua ayer tarde 
 un enorme acorazado de primera clase, el mayor de la flota 
 
334 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 inglesa. Bautizole con el n ombre de Magnificent la con- 
 desa Spencer, esposa del jefe del Almirantazgo. 
 
 Esta asombrosa maquina de guerra, cuyas condiciones 
 justifican su nombre, mide 370 pies de eslora, 75 de manga 
 y 2J\ de puntal, desplazando 14,900 toneladas. 
 
 Su andar ordinario es de i6|- nudos por hora, pero con 
 tiro forzado puede alcanzar una velocidad de 17^. 
 
 En la bateria principal se colocaran cuatro canones de a 
 12 pulgadas, recubiertos de alambre, y colocados, dos en 
 barbeta en la parte anterior y dos a popa. La bateria 
 auxiliar se compondra de seis canones de a 6 pulgadas de 
 tiro rapido y la bateria secundaria de 16 de a 12 libras y 
 doce de a tres, tambien de tiro rapido. Llevara cinco tubos 
 lanza-torpedos, cuatro de los cuales podran descargarse de- 
 bajo del agua. Los canones de a 12 pulgadas se colocaran 
 de modo que sea facil cargarlos en todas posiciones, a mano 
 6 por maquinaria, y protegidos por planchas de tres pul- 
 gadas de diametro colocadas de modo que giren con el 
 canon. La construccion de este buque empezo hace solo 
 un ano y los trabajos se ban llevado a cabo con rapidez 
 notable. 
 
 396. LA POLVORA INGLESA 
 
 La polvora infume que usan los ingleses es la llamada 
 "cordita," mezcla mtima de 58 partes de nitro-glicerina, 37 
 de algodon-polvora y 5 de vaselina, y se llama cordita 
 porque para comprimirla y secarla se presenta en masas 
 gelatinosas en forma de cuerdas. Se inflama en un mini- 
 mum de 1 80 grados cuando esta en grano, y en tempera- 
 turas mas elevadas cuando en forma de cuerdas de 50 
 centimetres de largo y centimetro y medio de grueso. La 
 fabrica de Waltham Abbey manufactura unas mil toneladas 
 al ano. Al decir de un colega frances, la cordita se ase- 
 
SPANISH READINGS 335 
 
 meja a ia polvora francesa conocida bajo la denomination 
 " B," aunque la inglesa tiene menos potencia explosiva y 
 desarrolla mas calor, lo que ofrece el inconveniente de de- 
 teriorar rapidamente las piezas. La lyddita, que segun el 
 mismo colega, no es otra cosa que la melinita, cuyo secreto 
 robaron los ingleses a Francia, solo se emplea en la carga 
 de bombas y granadas. 
 
 397. 
 
 EL COMERCIO ESPANOL EN AMERICA 
 
 La Camara de Comercio espanola de Buenos Aires con- 
 tinua en su meritoria labor de abrir nuevos mercados en 
 America a los productos espanoles. 
 
 Al efecto ha dirigido cartas a las Camaras de Comercio 
 espanolas y a los centres de production, manifestandoles 
 que el Consejo directive de dicha Camara insiste en su 
 laudable proposito de celebrar en aquella republica una 
 exposition de productos espanoles y argentinos. En 
 dichas cartas se hace constar que los argentinos y los 
 espanoles alii residentes, en vista de las desgracias que 
 pesan sobre Espana con la perdida de las colonias, quieren 
 poner todo su empeno en protegerla y dan cabida en sus 
 regiones a los productos de nuestra patria. 
 
 No solamente en la Argentina, sino en otras republicas 
 sud-americanas hay tambien el proposito de estrechar los 
 lazos comerciales con Espana, fomentando alii la venta de 
 los articulos espanoles. 
 
 Importantes casas de Valparaiso estan decididas a pagar, 
 para reembolsarse despue"s de la venta, los derechos de 
 aduanas y otros gastos que originen las remesas de merca- 
 denas, debiendo ser enviadas libres hasta el puerto. 
 
 Creen los conocedores de aquellos mercados que lo mas 
 rapido y seguro para abrirlos a la exportation espanola 
 
336 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 seria el envi'o de medianas remesas en consignation, forma 
 que daria lugar a que sin p&rdida de tiempo y en terreno 
 practice se pudieran hacer algunas operaciones. 
 
 Los articulos de mas facil y segura venta, segun la nota 
 enviada, son : 
 
 Aceite de oliva, aguardiente embotellado, alambre, alam- 
 brados, almendras, alfombras, arroz, azucar refinado, bara- 
 jas, calzado para ninos, camisas, cepillos, chocolate, clavos 
 de todas clases, colchas, cominos, conservas, corbatas, ta- 
 pones, cortinas y transparentes, cristaleria surtida, cueros 
 bayos, charoles, drogas, efectos para el culto divino, en- 
 cordaduras, escopetas, cobertores, generos de punto en 
 general, guitarras, jabon comun y perfumado, ladrillos y 
 azulejos, loza y porcelana, mantas, mantones, chales y 
 panuelos, panos y cachemires, papeleria en general, para- 
 guas, peifumeria, pimienta, pistolas y revolvers, rifles y 
 carabinas, sardinas, sillas de madera curvada, sombreros 
 de lana y fieltro, toallas, velas de esperma y composicion, 
 artfculos para cazar. 
 
 398. BOLSA DE MADRID 
 
 Empezo la contratacion de la semana con alguna parali- 
 zacion y pesadez en las operaciones ; pero luego mejoro 
 algun tan to el aspecto del mercado, debido a la mejor fiso- 
 nomia que ofrecian los del extranjero. 
 
 Resultado de esta mejor disposicion de los hombres de 
 negocios es el alza que ofrece el cuadro comparativo, ob- 
 servandose que se han repuesto los valores, siendo los mas 
 f avorecidos los de Aduanas, y los que no han tenido altera- 
 cion, los de Filipinas. 
 
 La situacion de la plaza no se ha modificado en lo esen- 
 cial; sigue abundando el dinero para colocaciones lucrativas, 
 y no aspiran mas los capitalistas que a un interes que se 
 
SPANISH READINGS 337 
 
 aproxime al 5 por 100, admitiendo hasta el 4^ siempre que 
 se cuente con firmeza y alguna esperanza de alza que 
 aumente el capital. 
 
 En la semana ban circulado rumores que pudieron alarmar 
 a los tenedores de valores, como el de que se iban arebajar 
 los intereses de las obligaciones del Tesoro y de las demas 
 operaciones del mismo ; pero este rumor ha sido rectificado 
 de un modo terminante por el ministro de Hacienda, mani- 
 festando que no tiene semejante proposito, entre otras 
 razones, porque no podria imponerse por una ley la rebaja, 
 puesto que dependera de que los acreedores la admitiesen 
 6 que el Tesoro tuviera fondos para reembolsarles sus cre- 
 ditos, y no ocurre lo uno ni lo otro. 
 
 En cambio, las noticias que circulan sobre las economias 
 efectivas que se introducen y de la combinacion financiera 
 que se prepara, para encomendar a una Sociedad el pago 
 de los haberes de las clases pasivas mediante un canon 
 fijo, permiten esperar que los gastos del presupuesto se 
 rebajaran en unos sesenta millones, y esto asegura la nive- 
 lacion y aun la posibilidad de suavizar los impuestos que 
 puedan ser mas gravosos, con lo cual podria restablecerse 
 la normalidad financiera y darse alguna satisfaccion a los 
 que piden alivio en los tributes. 
 
 Sin embargo, esta perspectiva halagiiena viene a turbarla 
 la actitud de resistencia que mantienen los industriales de 
 Barcelona, y que en otras poblaciones quieren imitar, porque 
 hasta que no termine ese conflicto, que puede hacer nece- 
 sario el empleo de la fuerza, si no hay medio de resolverlo 
 en forma conciliadora, no solo no habra tranquilidad com- 
 pleta en el mercado bursatil, sino que pueden surgir altera- 
 cionos violentas, si ocurre algiin suceso desagradable. 
 
 Por eso la contratacion de valores se halla, al presente, 
 en circunstancias especiales, que exigen prudencia y no 
 
 SPAN. GRAM. 22 
 
338 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 dejarse impresionar sin motive justificado, teniendo la se- 
 guridad de que en definitiva el afianzamiento y la mejora 
 del credito es un hecho que se impone por el conocimiento 
 que se va teniendo de las f uerzas del pai's y por la tendencia 
 que existe de acometer empresas que desarrollen la riqueza 
 y engendren el movimiento industrial. 
 
 Los valores mercantiles siguen siendo predilectos, por- 
 que se capitalizan al 5 por 100 y se tiene la seguridad de 
 que redituan mas con los dividendos que se vislumbran. 
 
 El cambio internacional ha descendido porque ha cesado 
 el acaparamiento de oro para la guerra del Transvaal, y hay 
 mas papel de que disponer sobre las plazas extranjeras. 
 No sabemos si en esto habra influido tambien algun cambio 
 en el comercio exterior, y habra que esperar a la publica- 
 cion de la estadistica para conocer ese dato. 
 
 He aqui la cotizacion comparada de la semana: 
 
 
 DIA 14 
 
 OCTUBRE 
 
 Df A 22 
 
 OCTUBRE 
 
 DIFERENCIAS 
 
 EN LA 
 
 ULTIMA SEMANA 
 
 VALORES DEL ESTADO 
 
 4 por 100 interior 
 
 64..80 
 
 6c oo 
 
 -j- O 2O 
 
 4 por 100 exterior 
 
 71 OO 
 
 71 3O 
 
 + O 3O 
 
 4 por 100 amortizable 
 
 72.3O 
 
 72 cc 
 
 V.JW 
 
 + o 25 
 
 Billetes de Cuba, 1886. 
 
 72 7C 
 
 /*'jj 
 
 72 QO 
 
 + OI5 
 
 Idem 1890 
 
 60 80 
 
 6l IO 
 
 + O 3O 
 
 Obligaciones de.Aduanas . . . . 
 Idem de Kilipinas 
 
 96.10 
 
 78 QO 
 
 9650 
 
 78 QO 
 
 + 0.40 
 
 o 
 
 VALORES MERCANTILES 
 
 Banco de Espana 
 Compafiia de Tabacos 
 
 424.OO 
 348.OO 
 
 427.25 
 3C4.OO 
 
 + 3-25 
 
 + 6.00 
 
 Cddulas Banco Hip. al 5 . . . . 
 Ce'dulas al 4 
 
 103.00 
 
 IOO OO 
 
 102.90 
 
 I OO . OO 
 
 O.IO 
 
 o 
 
 CAMBIOS 
 
 Londres . 
 
 32 4C 
 
 31 ?? 
 
 O QO 
 
 Paris .... . . 
 
 j**r3 
 
 28 40 
 
 2C OO 
 
 3 4O 
 
 
 
 
 
SPANISH READINGS 339 
 
 399. ANUNCIOS 
 
 Fonda Leones de Oro, stituada en la calle del Carmen 
 30, proximo a la Puerta del Sol. Tiene hospedaje desde 
 20 reaies diarios, chocolate, almuerzo y comida, todo ser- 
 vido a la hora que les convenga. Hay restaurant en la 
 planta baja, donde se sirven almuerzos y comidas desde 8 
 reaies en adelante. 
 
 JORGE BLANCO Y CIA., 
 IMPORTADORES, FABRICANTES Y DETALLISTAS. 
 
 GRAN SURTIDO DE 
 
 GENEROS DE PRIMAVERA Y VERANO 
 
 en estilos de alta novedad y absolutamente 
 correctos. 
 
 Telas de Seda, Lana, Lino y Algodon, 
 Vestidos para Sefioras, Senoritas y Ninas. 
 
 Abrigos, Impermeables, Encajes, Corses, Sombreros, Calzado y 
 
 Guantes, Ropa Interior, Manteles, Frazadas, 
 
 Plateria y Tapiceria. 
 
 ROPA HECHA PARA NESTOS 
 
 v 
 ARTICULOS PARA CABALLEROS, 
 
 PARAGUAS, SOMBRILLAS 
 para Sefioras y Sefioritas. 
 
 Un escogido y elegante surtido de Sedas para vestidos, chaquetas y adornos, 
 
 y ge"neros blancos de todas clases. Secci6n especial de confecciones 
 
 para sefioras y niiios. Precio fija invariable. Hay ascensor. 
 
 Se despachan pedidos por Correos y por Expreso. 
 
 Se envian rauestras y catdlogos. 
 
340 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Aranas bronce y cristal, de nuestra fabricaci6n, para 
 iglesias y salas. Objetos para regalos de utilidad y adorno. 
 Lamparas de comedores, gabinetes y todo uso. Mueble- 
 citos y otros mil articulos de fantasia. Instalaciones de 
 campanillas electricas, telefonos, telegrafos, pararrayos, 
 luz electrica y gas y construction de todo aparato de 
 alumbrado. Calle Mayor 10, Perez Hermanos. 
 
 Un Medico Especialista garantiza la cura perfecta de 
 todas las enfermedades de la piel, del pecho, del corazon, 
 del higado, del estomago, dolores musculares y de la cabeza, 
 falta de memoria, cansancio, debilidad organica, tumores, 
 cancer, palidez, etc. Todas las enfermedades nerviosas, 
 gota, reumatismo, epilepsia, apoplejia, etc. Los defectos 
 de nacimiento, lombriz solitaria,. todas las formas de hernia, 
 etc. Emplea los mejores aparatos electricos para el trata- 
 miento de las enfermedades nerviosas. Cura 
 
 TODAS LAS ENFERMEDADES 
 
 en pocos dfas. El envenenamiento de la sangre y todas las 
 afecciones cutaneas. Los males de garganta, boca, nariz y 
 oidos. 
 
 GARANTIZA EN TODOS LOS CASOS UNA CURA PERFECTA. 
 TRATAMIENTO ESPECIAL DE LAS ENFERMEDADES CRONICAS. 
 
 Examen y tratamiento cientifico. 
 EXAMEN PERSONAL GRATIS. CONSULTAS FOR CORRESPONDENCIA. 
 
 HORAS DE CONSULTA: 
 
 De 9 a I y de 5 a 8. Domingos, de 8 a 10 y de 2 a 4 y por convenio. 
 
SPANISH READINGS 34! 
 
 400. LETTERS AND BUSINESS FORMS* 
 
 CARTA DE COMERCIO 
 
 CEBALLOS Y CIA., 
 
 NEW YORK. 
 
 Cable: CEBALLOS. 
 
 Setbre. 9, 1895. 
 
 SRES. B. SANCHEZ Y CIA., 
 
 Habana. 
 Muy Sres. nuestros : 
 
 Confirmamos n/. anterior de 5 del cte. y acusamos recibo 
 de su apble. del i, de cuyo contenido quedamos impuestos 
 y seguiremos sus instrucciones respecto al embarque de las 
 sillas para el Sr. D. Julio Sanchez. 
 
 Ahora tenemos el gusto de acompanar factura corres- 
 pondiente al embarque que hemos hecho en el vapor 
 City of Washington de 200 rollos alambre para cercas, 
 cuyo importe de $646.65 dejamos cargado a VV. en 
 cuenta. 
 
 Somos sus muy atos. S. S., 
 
 Q. B. S. M. 
 
 * See page 242 for all abbreviations hereinafter found. 
 
342 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 FACTURA 
 
 FACTURA de lo siguiente embarcado por CEBALLOS Y CIA., 
 por el vapor City of Washington con destino a la 
 Habana de orden y cuenta de B. SANCHEZ y CIA. y 
 a la consignation de los mismos. 
 
 B. S. y Cia. 
 Habana. 
 
 No. 598. 
 
 200 rollos alambre para cercas Brutas 
 20,000 Ibs.. Netas 19,000 Ibs., 2.15 
 Descuento 2 % . . . . . . 
 
 $408.50 
 8 17 
 
 
 GASTOS 
 
 Seguro maritime s/ $715 @ \ % 
 Despacho de aduana y menudos . . . 
 Flete s/ conocimiento 
 
 $3-57 
 
 3-5 
 220.00 
 
 $400.33 
 
 Factura consular 
 
 -2. CQ 
 
 27Q.S7 
 
 
 oo 
 
 
 Comisi6n 2\ fo 
 
 
 $630.90 
 
 IC.7C 
 
 
 
 
 AL DEBE de la cuenta de los 
 SRES. B. SANCHEZ Y CIA. 
 
 
 $646.65 
 
 S. e. ti. o. 
 
 NEW YORK, 9 de Setbre., 1895. 
 
 CEBALLOS & CIA. 
 
SPANISH READINGS 343 
 
 CARTA DE COMERCIO 
 
 CEBALLOS Y CtA., 
 NEW YORK. 
 
 Cable: CEBALLOS. 
 
 Agosto 15, 1897. 
 
 SRES. B. SANCHEZ Y CIA., 
 
 Habana. 
 Muy Sres. nuestros : 
 
 Confirmamos n/. anterior del 6 de Julio ppdo. y care- 
 cemos de sus apbles. a que referirnos. 
 
 Ahora tenemos el gusto de acompanar la c/venta de 1 1 
 balas caucho y 7 sacos cafe por el vapor City of Wash- 
 ington , cuyo liquido producido de $489.26 dejamos abonado 
 a VV. en cuenta. 
 
 Sentimos que no hayamos podido sacar mejor partido 
 por el cafe pero su calidad era tan inferior que no pudimos 
 vender el articulo por mejor precio. 
 
 Nos repetimos sus muy atos. S. S., 
 
 Q. B. S. M. 
 
344 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 CUENTA DE VENTA 
 No. 952. 
 
 CUENTA DE VENTA de lo siguiente recibido por vapor 
 City of Washington llegado Julio 7, 1897, y vendidos 
 por CEBALLOS & CIA. por orden y cuenta y riesgo de los 
 Sres. B. Sanchez y Ci'a. 
 
 A A 
 A 
 
 J s 
 
 
 
 7 Balas caucho 648^7 Ibs. @ 51 J . . 
 4 idem idem 3563^5 idem 45 .... 
 
 $322.90 
 
 i55- 2 5 
 
 ft A 'iR T C 1 
 
 7 sacos Caf 1189 17^ 1171! @ 6J . 
 Menos 2 % descuento .... 
 
 76.15 
 1.52 
 
 # > 47 5 ' I 5 
 74.63 
 
 GASTOS 
 
 Seguro maritime s/. $600 a \ % . . . 
 Flete caucho y cafe ($10.46) .... 
 Gastos de Aduana 
 
 $3.00 
 
 3M3 
 
 ^?.6o 
 
 $552.78 
 
 Conducci6n al almacen 
 
 I.7C 
 
 
 Almacenaje y trabaj adores 
 
 S6 
 
 
 Pesar 
 
 ^6^ 
 
 
 Seguro de incendio 
 
 .CQ 
 
 
 Corretaje i % s/. $552.78 .... 
 Comisi6n 2% % 
 
 5-53 
 13,82 
 
 6-Z.Z2 
 
 
 
 
 Liquido producido .... 
 
 
 $4.80.26 
 
 AL HABER de la cuenta de los 
 SRES. B. SANCHEZ Y CIA. 
 
 
 
 S. e. ri. o. 
 
 NEW YORK, Agosto 15, 1897. 
 
 CEBALLOS & CIA. 
 
For $150.24 cy. 
 
 SPANISH READINGS 345 
 
 LETRA DE CAMBIO 
 
 HABANA, 26 de Marzo, 1897. 
 
 A cinco di'as vista de esta Primera de Cambio (no habien- 
 dolo hecho por la Segunda 6 Tercera) se serviran VV. 
 mandar pagar a la orden de los SRES. CEBALLOS Y CIA. la 
 cantidad de 
 
 Ciento cincuenta -ffa pesos currency 
 
 valor recibido que cargaran VV. en nuestra cuenta, segun 
 aviso de 
 
 A los S. S. Q. B. S. M. 
 
 SRES. ALVARO BAZAN Y CiA.. 
 
 563 Pearl Street, B ' SANCHEZ Y CiA. 
 
 NEW YORK. 
 
 UN PAGARE 
 Vence en 23 de Octubre de 1903. Por $1575.57 oro americano. 
 
 Pagaremos en esta Ciudad prefijamente el dia Veintitres 
 de Octubre de Mil Novecientos tres a la orden de los Sres. 
 Ceballos y Cia. la cantidad de Un mil quinientos setenta y 
 cinco -f-^-Q pesos en oro americano, 6 su equivalente en oro 
 espanol, valor por saldo de nuestra cuenta corriente, segun 
 convenio, con intereses al seis (6 %) por ciento desde esta 
 fecha hasta el dia de su vencimiento. 
 
 HABANA, 23 de Octubre, 1898. 
 
 B. SANCHEZ Y CiA. 
 
346 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 401. QUIEBRA INDUSTRIAL 
 
 La firma de A. D. & Son de Nueva York se ha de- 
 clarado en quiebra con un pasivo que se hace subir a 
 $500,000. 
 
 Dedicabase la sociedad a diversos negocios, pero con 
 especialidad a la fabrication de fieltros para pianos y cajas 
 para los mismos. 
 
 En sus talleres trabajaban unos mil obreros, y setenta 
 empleados en sus almacenes y escritorios. 
 
 Atribuyese la quiebra a la imposibilidad en que se en- 
 contro la firma de levantar fondos con su papel, pues 
 aunque gozaba de buen cre"dito, los rumores de guerra 
 que ban causado tanta perturbacion en los negocios, le 
 imposibilitaron hacerse con el numerario indispensable. 
 
 Dicese que la firma espera poder continuar mas tarde 
 sus operaciones. 
 
ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 All -nouns are preceded by the definite article to indicate their gender. In 
 writing the sentences, this article must be used or omitted, according as it is 
 required by the syntax or not. 
 
 A dash ( ) means the repetition of the English word previously defined 
 
 in Spanish. 
 
 admiral, el almirante. 
 
 admire (to), admirar. 
 
 admit (to), admitir. 
 
 admittance, la entrada. 
 
 adopt (to), adoptar. 
 
 advance (to), avanzar (143, 4). 
 
 advice, el consejo. 
 
 affair, el asunto. 
 
 affliction, la afliccion. 
 
 after, despues de. 
 
 afternoon, la tarde. 
 
 against, contra. 
 
 age, la edad. 
 
 ago, hace (before the expression of 
 time, as : hace un afio, a year ago). 
 
 agreeable, agradable. 
 
 agreed upon, convenido, -a. 
 
 aid (help}, la ayuda; pecuniary) t 
 
 abandon (to), abandonar. 
 
 abhor (to), detestar. 
 
 able (to be), poder (209). 
 
 about, acerca de. 
 
 absence, la ausencia. 
 
 absent, ausente. 
 
 absolute, absolute, -a. 
 
 absolutely, absolutamente. 
 
 absurd, absurdo, -a. 
 
 accept (to), aceptar. 
 
 accident, el accidente. 
 
 accompany (to), acompanar. 
 
 according to, segdn. 
 
 account, la cuenta; on 
 causa de. 
 
 accuse (to) oneself, acusarse. 
 
 accused, el reo. 
 
 accustomed, acostumbrado, -a. 
 
 acknowledge reception, acusar recibo. 
 
 acquittal, el descargo. 
 
 act, el acto. 
 
 act (to), obrar; (discharge func- 
 tions}, actuar. 
 
 action, la accion. 
 
 activity, la actividad. 
 
 actor, el actor. 
 
 adage, el adagio. 
 
 adjective, el adjetivo. 
 
 Of, a 
 
 el auxilio. 
 aid (to), ayudar. 
 air, el aire. 
 aisle, la nave. 
 
 all, todo, -a; all that, todo lo que. 
 allege (to), alegar. 
 alleviate (to), aliviar. 
 allow (to), dejar. 
 almost, casi. 
 alone, solo, -a. 
 already, ya. 
 
348 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 also, tambien. 
 
 altar, el altar. 
 
 although, aunque. 
 
 always, siempre. 
 
 American, americano, -a. 
 
 amiable, amable. 
 
 amongst, entre. 
 
 an, un, una. 
 
 ancestors, los antepasados. 
 
 anchor (to), fondear. 
 
 ancient, antiguo, -a; el antiguO. 
 
 and, y (e before i- and hi-). 
 
 Anglo-Boer, anglo-boer. 
 
 animal, el animal. 
 
 annual, anual. 
 
 another, otro, -a. 
 
 answer (to), responder; (a letter), 
 contestar. 
 
 Antilles, las Antillas. 
 
 antiquity, la antigiiedad. 
 
 any one (after negat.}, nadie. 
 
 aphelion, el afelio. 
 
 appeal (to), apelar. 
 
 appeals, la apelacion. 
 
 applaud (to), aplaudir. 
 
 applause, el aplauso. 
 
 apple, la manzana. 
 
 appointed (to be), nombrarse. 
 
 April, (el) abril. 
 
 Aragon, (el) Aragon. 
 
 area, el espacio. 
 
 argue (to), argtiir (186). 
 
 arm (to), armar. 
 
 army, el ejercito. 
 
 around, alrededor de. 
 
 arrange (to), componer (201); (dis- 
 pose} , disponer (201). 
 
 arrival, la llegada. 
 
 arrive (to), llegar. 
 
 arrogate to oneself, arrogarse. 
 
 art, el arte. [cuanto a. 
 
 as, como; (=so), tan; as to, en 
 
 ascend (to), subir. 
 
 ask (as a question}, preguntar; ask 
 for, pedir (181) ; (= to beg}, pedir. 
 
 aspect, el aspecto. 
 
 ass, el burro. 
 
 assembly, la reunion; (deliberative'}, 
 la asamblea. 
 
 assets, el active (used in singular}. 
 
 associate (to), acompanarse. 
 
 assure (to), asegurar. 
 
 astronomy, la astronomia. 
 
 at, a. 
 
 attack, el ataque. 
 
 attack (to), atacar. 
 
 attend (to), atender. 
 
 attention, la atencion. 
 
 attorney, el procurador; ge- 
 neral, el procurador general. 
 
 audience, el auditorio. 
 
 aunt, la tfa. 
 
 author, el autor. 
 
 await (to), esperar. 
 
 awake (to), despertar (164). 
 
 axis, el eje. 
 
 axle, el eje. 
 
 B 
 
 back-seat, el postrer lugar. 
 
 backward, atrasado, -a. 
 
 bad, malo, -a (25). 
 
 badly, mal. 
 
 bail, la fianza. 
 
 balloon, el globo. 
 
 bandit, el bandido. 
 
 bank, el banco. 
 
 bankrupt (to be), estar en quiebra. 
 
 banquet, el banquete. 
 
 bark (to), ladrar. 
 
 basin, la jofaina. 
 
 batch, la porcion. 
 
 bathroom, el cuarto de banos. 
 
 battle, la batalla. 
 
ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 349 
 
 be (to), ser, estar (136); back, 
 
 estar de vuelta. 
 bear (to suffer}, sufrir; (to carry}, 
 
 ' llevar. 
 bear, el oso. 
 bear and bull (to) the market, jugar 
 
 (168) a la baja y al alza. 
 beat (to), batir. 
 beaten, batido. 
 beautiful, bello, -a; the , lo 
 
 bello. 
 
 beauty, la beldad. 
 because, porque. 
 because of, a causa de. 
 become (to), llegar a ser, meterse a 
 
 (226). 
 
 bed, la cama. 
 Bedeviled, el Hechizado. 
 bedroom, la alcoba. 
 beer, la cerveza. 
 before (prep.), antes de; (adv.\ 
 
 antes. 
 
 begin (to), principiar. 
 believe (to), creer (206). 
 belong (to), pertenecer (143, a). 
 besieger, el sitiador. 
 best, mejor; best man, el padrino. 
 better, mejor; is better, mas vale, 
 between, entre. 
 big (earnings}, pingiie. 
 bill, la cuenta. 
 biped, el bipedo. 
 bird, el pajaro. 
 bishop, el obispo. 
 bite (to), morder (170). 
 bitten, mordido, -a. 
 bitter, amargo, -a. 
 bivouac (to), vivaquear. 
 blood, l.i sangre. 
 blundering, el desatino. 
 bluster, la jactancia. 
 board, la junta; of directors, la 
 
 junta directiva, el consejo adminis- 
 trative; (of boat}, el bordo. 
 
 body, el cuerpo. 
 
 Boers, los boers. 
 
 bold, osado, -a. 
 
 boldness, la osadfa. 
 
 book, el libro. 
 
 bookcase, la biblioteca. 
 
 bookkeeper, el tenedor de libros. 
 
 bookkeeping, la teneduria de libros. 
 
 bookstand, el estante. 
 
 born (be), nacer (143, a}. 
 
 borrow (to), pedir prestado. 
 
 boss, el cacique. 
 
 bossism, el caciquismo. 
 
 both, ambos, -as. 
 
 box, la caja; (letter}, el buzon. 
 
 branch office, el sucursal. 
 
 brave, valiente. 
 
 bravery, la valenti'a. 
 
 bread, el pan. 
 
 break (to), romper, quebrar (164); 
 (burst, break ouf} , estallar. 
 
 breakfast, el almuerzo. 
 
 breakfast (to), almorzar (143, 4, 
 167). 
 
 bride, la novia. 
 
 bridegroom, el novio. 
 
 bring (to), traer (193). 
 
 broken, quebrantado, -a. 
 
 brother, el hermano. 
 
 brother-in-law, el cunado. 
 
 brush, el cepillo. 
 
 bucolic, bucolico, -a. 
 
 budget, el presupuesto. 
 
 bugle, la corneta. 
 
 burning, abrasador, -a. 
 
 business, los negocios; house, 
 
 la casa de negocios; man, el 
 
 hombre de negocios. 
 
 bust, el busto. 
 
 but, pero; but for, a no ser por. 
 
350 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 butter, la mantequilla. 
 buy (to), comprar. 
 by, por. 
 by-laws, el reglamento. 
 
 call (to),llamar; be called, llamarse ; 
 
 be called (of a meeting}, convo- 
 % carse (143, i). 
 calm, la bonanza, 
 camellia, la camelia. 
 camp, el campamento. 
 campaign, la campana. 
 can, poder (209). 
 capable, capaz, -ces. 
 Cape Horn, el Cabo de Hornos. 
 capital (city), la capital ; (money}, 
 
 el capital. 
 
 captain, el capitan. 
 card (playing), el naipe. 
 cardinal, cardinal. 
 care, el cuidado. 
 carnivorous, carnivore, -a. 
 carry (to), llevar; carry on, llevar, 
 
 hacer (197). 
 case, el caso. 
 casket, la cajita. 
 cat, el gato. 
 catch (to), coger; a cold, res- 
 
 friarse. 
 
 cavalry, la caballeria. 
 cease (to), cesar. 
 celebrated, celebre. 
 cellar, el sotano. 
 cent, el centavo. 
 center, el centre, 
 central, central, 
 century, el siglo. 
 ceremony, la ceremonia. 
 certain, cierto, -a. 
 certainly, por cierto. 
 Chaeronea, Queronea. 
 
 chain, la cadena. 
 
 chair, la silla. 
 
 chamber of commerce, la camara de 
 
 cotnercio. 
 change (to), cambiar de; one's 
 
 mind, mudar de consejo. 
 changing, el cambiar. 
 charitable, caritativo, -a. 
 charity, la caridad. 
 Charles, Carlos, 
 charm, el encanto. 
 charming, encantador, -a. 
 charter, la escritura de fundacion. 
 chase (to), cazar. 
 cheap, barato, -a. 
 cheek, el descaro. 
 cheese, el queso. 
 cherry, la cereza. 
 chestnut (color}, castano, -a. 
 chess, el ajedrez. 
 chickpea, el garbanzo. 
 child, el nifio. 
 chin, la barba. 
 choose (to), escoger. 
 Christian, el cristiano. 
 church, la iglesia. 
 cite (to),citar. 
 city, la ciudad ; government, el 
 
 ayuntamiento. 
 civilization, la civilizacion. 
 class, la clase. 
 clerk, el dependiente. 
 climate, el clima. 
 close (to), cerra (164). 
 closing, el cerrar. 
 clothes, los vestidos. 
 clothing, la ropa. 
 cloud, la nube. 
 
 coffee, el cafe. [ci6n. 
 
 coin, la moneda; coinage, la acuna- 
 COld, fn'o, -a. 
 collect (to get together}, juntar. 
 
ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 351 
 
 colonel, el coronel. 
 
 colony, la colonia. 
 
 color, el color. 
 
 comb, el peine. 
 
 come (to), venir (202); down, 
 
 bajar; out, salir (199); 
 
 up, subir. 
 
 command (to), mandar. 
 commercial paper, los valores endo- 
 
 sables. 
 commission business, los negocios 
 
 de comision. 
 commit (to), cometer; suicide, 
 
 el suicidarse. 
 
 common, comtin; (//.) comunes. 
 company, la compafiia, la sociedad. 
 complete (to), completar. 
 complicated, complicado, -a. 
 conceal (to), ocultar. 
 concentration, la concentracion. 
 concert, el concierto. 
 conclude (to), comprender. 
 condition, el estado, la condicion. 
 conduct (to), conducir (207). 
 congratulate (to), felicitar; each 
 
 other, felicitarse. 
 congress, el congreso. 
 conjugation, la conjugation, 
 conscientiously, concienzudamente. 
 consent (to), consentir (174). 
 consequence, la consecuencia. 
 consequently, por consiguiente. 
 consider (to), considerar; (deliberate 
 
 over}, tener (136) sobre el tapete. 
 considerable, considerable, 
 consolation, el consuelo. 
 console (to), consular (167). 
 conspiracy, la conspiracipn. 
 constitution, la constitution. 
 consult (to), consultar. 
 consumption, el consumo. 
 contain (to), contener (136). 
 
 contemplate (to), contemplar. 
 contented, contento, -a; to be 9 
 
 estar contento, -a. 
 continue (to), continuar. 
 contractor, el contratista. 
 converse (to), hablar. 
 convince (to), convencer. 
 cook, la cocinera. 
 copper, el cobre. 
 corner (street}, la esquina. 
 corps, el cuerpo. 
 corpse, el cadaver. 
 cost (to), costar (167). 
 councilman, el vocal, 
 country (general), el pais, (//.) los 
 
 paises ; (in contrast to town}, el 
 
 campo; (fatherland}, la patria. 
 country-seat, la finca. 
 couple, el par. 
 coupon, el cupon. 
 courage, el valor, 
 course, el rumbo; of , por su- 
 
 puesto. 
 
 court, el tribunal, 
 cousin, el primo, la prima. 
 cover (to), cubrir (222). 
 cow, la vaca. 
 cracker, el bizcocho. 
 crank, el chiflado. 
 crazy, loco, -a. 
 Creator, el Criador. 
 credit, el haber. 
 creditor, el acreedor. 
 crime, el crimen. 
 criminal, el reo. 
 crisis, la crisis, 
 critical, critico, -a. 
 cross (to), cruzar. 
 crowd, la multitud. 
 cruiser, el crucero. 
 cube, el cubo. 
 cultivate (to), cultiva:. 
 
352 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 cultured, culto, -a. 
 cup, la taza. 
 curate, el cura. 
 custom, la costumbre. 
 custom-house, la aduana. 
 
 dahlia, la dalia. 
 
 daily, cada dia; papers, la 
 
 prensa. 
 
 damage, el dano ; any d., d. alguno. 
 dance (to), bailar. 
 danger, el peligro. 
 daughter, la hija. 
 
 day, el dia; every , todos los dias. 
 
 dead, muerto, -a. 
 
 dealer, el traficante. 
 
 dear, caro, -a. 
 
 death, la muerte. 
 
 debit, el debe. 
 
 debt, la deuda. 
 
 deceive (to), enganar; oneself, 
 
 enganarse. 
 decide (to), decidir. 
 declare (to), declarar. 
 deep, profundo, -a. 
 defend (to), defender (166). 
 defendant, el demandado. 
 defense, la defensa. 
 degenerate (to), degenerar. 
 dejected, abatido, -a. 
 delay (to), delatar. 
 deliberation, la deliberation. 
 delicate, delicado, -a. 
 delicious, delicioso, -a. 
 delightful, delicioso, -a. 
 deliver (to), librar. 
 demagogue, el demagogo. 
 demand (to), exigir. 
 democrat, el democrata. 
 Demosthenes, Demostenes. 
 deny (to), negar (143, 2, 164). 
 
 depend (to), depender. 
 depositor, el depositante. 
 derived (to be), derivarse. 
 deserve (to), merecer (143, a). 
 desirable (to be), ser de desear. 
 desire, el deseo. 
 
 desire (to), desear, querer (209). 
 desperation, la desesperacion. 
 despicable, despreciable. 
 despise (to), menospreciar. 
 despotism, el despotismo. 
 detachment, el destacamento. 
 devil, el diablo. 
 devise (to), inventar. 
 devour (to), tragar. 
 dictate (to), dictar. 
 die (to), morir (178). 
 differ (to), diferir (174). 
 different, distinto, -a, diferente. 
 difficult, dificil. 
 difficulty, la dificultad. 
 digestion, la digestion. 
 dimension, la dimension. 
 dining-room, el comedor. 
 dinner, la comida. 
 direct, directo, -a. 
 disagreeable, desagradable. 
 disappear (to), desaparecer. 
 disastrous, desastroso, -a. 
 discontented, descontento, -a. 
 discount (to), descontar. 
 discouraged, desanimado, -a. 
 discover (to), descubrir. 
 discovery, el descubrimiento. 
 discuss (to), discutir. 
 disease, la enfermedad. 
 dismiss (to), sobreseer. 
 dismount (to), apearse. 
 disposed, dispuesto, -a. 
 disposition, la disposition. 
 dissolve {active tr.}, disolver (171) 
 (neuter}, disolverse. 
 
ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 353 
 
 dissuade (to), disuadir. 
 
 distance, la distancia. 
 
 distant, distante. 
 
 distinction, la distincion. 
 
 distract (to), molestar. 
 
 distribute (to), distribuir (185). 
 
 divide (to), dividir. 
 
 do (to),hacer (197). 
 
 dog, el perro. 
 
 dollar, el duro, peso. 
 
 domestic, domestico, -a. 
 
 dominoes, el domino (used in sing.}. 
 
 done, hecho, -a. 
 
 door, la puerta. 
 
 double, doble. 
 
 doubt (to), dudar. 
 
 doubt, la duda. 
 
 dozen, la docena. 
 
 draft, la letra, libranza. 
 
 drama, el drama. 
 
 dramatist, el dramaturgo. 
 
 draught, el golpe. 
 
 drawn, tirado, -a. 
 
 dream, el suefio. 
 
 dress (to), vestirse (181). 
 
 drink (to), beber. 
 
 duck, el pato. 
 
 dude, el polio. 
 
 durable, duradero, -a. 
 
 during, durante. 
 
 duty, el deber. 
 
 dwell (to), residir. 
 
 dwelling-place, la morada. 
 
 E 
 
 each, cada. 
 
 early (very), con las gallinas. 
 earn (to), ganar. 
 earnings, las ganancias. 
 earth, la tierra. 
 easily, facilmente. 
 East, el este. 
 
 easy, facil. 
 
 easy- chair, la butaca. 
 
 eat (to), comer. 
 
 eatables, los comestibles. 
 
 edition, la edition. 
 
 effect, el efecto. 
 
 effrontery, el descaro. 
 
 egg, el huevo. 
 
 eight, ocho. 
 
 eighteen, dieziocho. 
 
 elect (to), elegir (143, 8, i8i>. 
 
 election, la election. 
 
 electric, electrico, -a. 
 
 elephant, el elefante. 
 
 eleven, once ; o'clock, las once. 
 
 elliptical, eliptico, -a. 
 
 eloquent, elocuente. 
 
 embalmed, embalsamado, -a. 
 
 employment, el empleo. 
 
 end, el fin. 
 
 end (to), terminar. 
 
 ended, terminado^-a. 
 
 endorse (to), endorsar. 
 
 enemy, el enemigo. 
 
 engine, la maquina. [el ingles. 
 
 English, ingles, inglesa; (language*), 
 
 enlightenment, la ilustracion. 
 
 enormous, enorme. 
 
 enter (to), entrar (en before object} ; 
 
 an appeal, interponer (201) 
 
 una apelacion. 
 
 entertaining, entretenido, -a. 
 entreat (to), suplicar. 
 envelope, el sobre. 
 equal (to), igualar. 
 equal, igual. 
 equality, la igualdad. 
 equally, igualmente. 
 escape (to), escapar. 
 especially, sobretodo. 
 establish (to), establecer (143, a). 
 established, establecido, -a. 
 
354 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 establishment, el establecimiento. 
 
 esteemed, estimado, -a. 
 
 eternal, eterno, -a; the Eternal, 
 
 Eterno. 
 
 Europe, (la) Europa. 
 European, europeo, -a. 
 even, aun. 
 evening, la tarde. 
 event, el suceso. 
 ever, nunca. 
 every, cada; body, todo 
 
 man do. 
 
 evident, evidente. 
 evil, el mal. 
 
 evil (adj.}, malo, -a (25). 
 example, el ejemplo. 
 exceedingly, sumamente. 
 excuse (to) oneself, excusarse. 
 execute (to), ejecutar. 
 execution, la ejecucion. 
 exercise, el ejercicio. 
 exist (to), existir. 
 expansion, la expansion. 
 expect (to), esperar. 
 experiment, la experiencia. 
 explain (to), explicar. 
 explode (to), reventar (164). 
 express (to), expresar. 
 exquisite, exquisito, -a. 
 extend, prorrogar. 
 extremity, la extremidad. 
 eye, el ojo. 
 
 F 
 
 face, la cara, el rostro. 
 fail (to), dejar de. 
 fail, (la) falta. 
 failure, la quiebra. 
 faint (to), desmayarse. 
 faithful, fiel. 
 fall (to), caer (192). 
 falling off. la rebaja. 
 family, la familia. 
 
 el 
 
 famous, afamado, -a. 
 
 farmer, el labrador. 
 
 fast (to), ayunar. 
 
 faster, mas de prisa. 
 
 fat, grueso, -a. 
 
 father, el padre. 
 
 fault, la falta. 
 
 favor, el favor. 
 
 fear (to), temer. 
 
 fear, el miedo, terror. 
 
 feared, temido, -a. 
 
 feasible, hacedero, -a. 
 
 fellow-citizen, el conciudadano. 
 
 few, pocos, -as. 
 
 field, el campo. 
 
 fifteen, quince. 
 
 fifteenth {date), el quince. 
 
 fifth, quinto, -a. 
 
 fight (to), batirse. 
 
 finale, el final. 
 
 finally, por terminar. 
 
 find (to), encontrar (167), hallar. 
 
 fine, fino, -a. 
 
 finer, mas fino, -a. 
 
 finish (to), acabar. 
 
 fire, la lumbre. 
 
 fired, tirado, -a. 
 
 firm, la razon. 
 
 first, primero, -a (25). 
 
 fish, el pez, los peces. 
 
 fit (to), venir a (202). 
 
 fit, apto, -a. 
 
 five, cinco. 
 
 fix (to), fijar. 
 
 flag of truce, la bandera de parla- 
 
 mento. 
 
 flank, el flanco. 
 flatter (to), lisonjear. 
 flattery, la lisonja. 
 flee (to), huir (185). 
 fleet, la escuadra. 
 flesh, la carne. 
 
ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 355 
 
 flock (in proverb}, la camada; (other- 
 wise}, el rebano. 
 
 floor (in a meeting}, la palabra; to 
 take the , tomar la palabra. 
 
 Flora, Flora. 
 
 flower, la flor. 
 
 fly to (to), buscar. 
 
 focus (pi. -ci), el foco. 
 
 fog, la niebla. 
 
 fold, el corral. 
 
 follow (to), seguir (143, 10, 181). 
 
 followed, seguido, -a. 
 
 following, siguiente. 
 
 folly, la locura. 
 
 food, el alimento. 
 
 fool, el necio. 
 
 foot, el pie. 
 
 for (prep.}, para. 
 
 for (= because}, porque. 
 
 ford, el vado. 
 
 forget (to), olvidar, olvidarse. 
 
 fork, el tenedor. 
 
 form (to), formar. 
 
 former, aquel, -la, aquellos, -as. 
 
 formerly, en tiempos pasados. 
 
 forsake (to), abandonar. 
 
 fortnight, quince dfas. 
 
 fortune, la fortuna. 
 
 forty, cuarenta; three, cuarenta 
 
 y tres. 
 
 found (to be), encontrarse (167). 
 
 foundation, el fundamento. 
 
 fountain-pen, la pluma de fuente. 
 
 four, cuatro; o'clock, las cuatro. 
 
 fourteenth, decimocuarto, -a. 
 
 fourth, cuarto, -a. 
 
 fracture, la fractura. 
 
 fragrant, fragrante. 
 
 France, (la) Francia. 
 
 fraternity, la fraternidad. 
 
 fraud, la estafa. 
 
 free, libre. 
 
 French, frances, francesa; (language} ^ 
 
 el frances. 
 
 frequent, frecuente. 
 fresh, fresco, -a. 
 Friday, el viernes. 
 friend, el amigo, la amiga. 
 from, de. 
 
 fruit, el fruto, (in general} la fruta. 
 fruit-store, la fruteria. 
 fruit-tree, el arbol frutal. 
 full, lleno, -a. 
 fund, el fondo. 
 fundamental, fundamental 
 furious, furioso, -a. 
 furnish (to), proporcionar. 
 
 gain (to), ganar. 
 
 garden, el jar dm. 
 
 gardener, el jardinero. 
 
 gender, el genero. 
 
 general, el general. 
 
 generally, generalmente. 
 
 gentleman, el caballero. 
 
 Germany, (la) Alemania. 
 
 get (to), buscar; oneself, po- 
 
 nerse (201); along, adelan- 
 
 tarse; drunk, embriagarse; 
 
 married, casarse; out, 
 
 salir (199); rich, enrique- 
 
 cerse; up, levantarse. 
 
 gift, el regalo, el don. 
 
 give (to), dar (189). 
 
 glass, la copa, el vaso. 
 
 glove, el guante. 
 
 gnaw (to), roer (219). 
 
 go (to), ir (214), andar (188); 
 
 astray, enganarse; away, 
 irse; down, bajar; driv- 
 ing, ir. andar en coche; to 
 
 bed, acostarse (167); out, 
 
 salir (199); up, subir. 
 
356 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 God, Dios; god, el dios (//. -es). 
 
 gold, el oro, 
 
 golden, dorado, -a. 
 
 good, bueno, -a (25); good deal of 
 (adj.}, mucho, -a. 
 
 goodness, la bondad. 
 
 goods, los generos. 
 
 goose, el ganso. 
 
 government, gobierno ; - bonds, 
 los valores del estado. 
 
 governor- general, el gobernador ge- 
 neral. 
 
 grammar, la gramatica. 
 
 grand, grandiose, -a. 
 
 grant (to), conceder. 
 
 grape, la uva. 
 
 gravitation, la gravitacion. 
 
 gray, pardo, -a. 
 
 great, grande (25, c). 
 
 greater, mayor. 
 
 Greeks, los griegos. 
 
 greyhound, el galgo. 
 
 grip, la maleta. 
 
 groom, el novio. 
 
 grow (to), crecer (143, a}. 
 
 guarantee, la garantia. 
 
 guard, el guarda. 
 
 guess (to), adivinar. 
 
 guitar, la guitarra. 
 
 gunner, el artillero. 
 
 Gypsy, (el, la) gitano, -a. 
 
 hair, el pelo. 
 
 half (noun), la mitad; (adj^), me- 
 
 dio, -a. 
 hall (room'), la sala; (entrance), el 
 
 vestibule. 
 
 halt (to),hacer (197) alto, 
 hand, la mano; (of a watch}, la 
 
 manecilla. 
 handkerchief, el pafiuelo. 
 
 happen (to), acertar (164); (imper- 
 sonal), suceder. 
 
 happy, feliz (//. -ces). 
 
 harbor, el puerto. 
 
 hard, duro, -a. 
 
 hare, la liebre. 
 
 harm, el dano. 
 
 hat, el sombrero. 
 
 hatbox, la sombrerera. 
 
 hate (to), aborrecer; each 
 
 Other, aborrecerse. 
 
 have (to), tener, haber (136); to 
 have to, tener que. 
 
 he, el; he who, el que. 
 
 head, la cabeza; of the firm, el 
 
 jefe de la casa. 
 
 health, la salud. 
 
 hear (to), oir (194). 
 
 hearing, el oi'do. 
 
 heart, el corazon. 
 
 heavenly, celeste. 
 
 held (to be), verificarse; held up, 
 detenido, -a (detener, 136). 
 
 hen, la gallina. 
 
 her (post. adj.}, su, sus; (pronoun), 
 ella; (obj. of verb), la. 
 
 herbivorous, herbi'voro, -a. 
 
 here, aqui. 
 
 herewith, con esto. 
 
 higher, superior. 
 
 highest, mas alto, -a. 
 
 hill, la colina. 
 
 him, el; (obj. of verb}, le. 
 
 his, su, sus (71-72). 
 
 historian, el historiador. 
 
 hog, el cerdo. 
 
 hold one's tongue (to), callarse. 
 
 home, la casa; at 
 
 home, a casa. 
 Homer, Homero. 
 honey, la miel. 
 honor, el honor. 
 
 en casa; (to) 
 
ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 357 
 
 honor (to), honrar; (a draft), 
 
 aceptar. 
 honorable (honored), honrado, -a; 
 
 honorable. 
 hope (to), esperar. 
 hope, la esperanza. 
 Horace, Horacio. 
 horrible, horroroso, -a. 
 horse, el caballo. 
 horseman, el jinete. 
 hotel, la posada. 
 hour, la hora; hour-hand, el ho- 
 
 rario. 
 
 house, la casa. 
 how, como; ? como; much, 
 
 cuanto, -a; much? cuanto, -a; 
 
 - many? cuantos, -as; 
 
 long? cuanto tiempo. 
 howl (to), aullar. 
 hubbub, el bullicio. 
 human, humano, -a. 
 humble, humilde. 
 humbug, el charlatan, 
 hunt (to), cazar, 
 hunter, el cazador. 
 hurl (to), tirar. 
 husband, el marido. 
 hyena, la hiena. 
 hypocrite, el hipocrita. 
 
 I 
 
 idiom, el modismo. 
 idle, ocioso, -a. 
 if, si. 
 
 ignorance, la ignorancia. 
 ills, los^males. 
 imagine (to), figurarse. 
 imitator, el imitador. 
 immensity, la inmensidad. 
 immortality, la' inmortalidad. 
 impetus, el fmpetu. 
 important, importante. 
 impossible, imposible. 
 
 imputed (to be), imputarse. 
 in, en. 
 
 incapable, incapaz (//. -ces). 
 incident, el incidente. 
 inclemency, la inclemencia. 
 inconsiderate, inconsiderado, -a. 
 individuality, la individualidad. 
 induce (to), inducir (207). 
 indulgent, indulgente. 
 infantry, la infanteria. 
 influence, la influencia. 
 inform (to), informar. 
 inhabitant, el habitante. 
 inherit (to), heredar. 
 injury, la injuria. 
 injustice, la injusticia. 
 ink, la tinta. 
 innocent, inocente. 
 insist (to), insistir. 
 inspiration, la inspiracion. 
 inspire (to), inspirar. 
 instant, del actual. 
 instantly, en el acto. 
 instruct (to), instruir (185). 
 intelligence, la inteligencia. 
 intelligent, inteligente. 
 intend (to), pensar (164). 
 intention, la intencion. 
 
 interest (to),interesar; oneself^ 
 
 interesarse. 
 
 interesting, interesante. 
 international, internacional. 
 intimate, intimo, -a. 
 into, en. 
 
 intricacies, las dificultades. 
 intrinsic, intrinsico, -a. 
 invent (to), inventar. 
 invention, la invencion. 
 invest (to), invertir (174). 
 involuntary, involuntario, -a. 
 iron, el hierro. 
 island, la isla. 
 
358 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 it, m. le, lo,/ la; (neuter}, lo (when 
 obj. of a verb}* ello (when obj. of a 
 prep.}. 
 
 Italian, el italiano; (adj.), italiano, -a. 
 
 its, su, sus. 
 
 jewel, la alhaja. 
 jocularly, jocosamente. 
 joke (to), burlarse, chancear. 
 journey, el viaje. 
 judge, el juez. 
 juice, el jugo. 
 
 jurisdiction, la jurisdiccion. 
 jury, el jurado. 
 just, justo, -a. 
 justify (to), justificar. 
 justly, con justicia. 
 
 K 
 keep (to), fijar; (word}, cum- 
 
 plir con; to be kept, guardarse. 
 kicks, las coces. 
 kidney bean, el frijol. 
 kill (to), matar; oneself, ma- 
 
 tarse. 
 
 kind, la clase, especie. 
 kind-hearted, benevolo, -a. 
 kindness, la amabilidad. 
 king, el rey, -es. 
 kingdom, el reino. 
 kiss (to), besar. 
 kitchen, la cocina. 
 knee, la rodilla. 
 knife, el cuchillo. 
 knock (to), llamar. 
 know (to), saber (211,0); conocer 
 
 (211, b}. 
 
 knowledge, el conocimiento. 
 known, conocido, -a. 
 
 labor, la labor, 
 lack, la falta. 
 
 lamb, el cordero. 
 
 land, la tierra. 
 
 landlady, la huespeda. 
 
 language, la lengua. 
 
 large, grande; {bulky}, grueso, -a. 
 
 last, pasado, -a; tiltimo, -a; last 
 
 night, anoche. 
 last (to), durar. 
 late, tarde. 
 later, mas tarde. 
 Latin, el lattn. 
 latter, este, esta. 
 laugh (to), rei'r (182, a}. 
 laughing strain (in a), riendo. 
 laundress, la lavandera. 
 law, la ley, -es. 
 lawyer, el abogado. 
 lay {to establish}, echar. 
 laziness, la pereza. 
 lazy, holgazau, holgazana. 
 lead (to), llevar, conducir (207); 
 
 (into temptation}, meter, 
 leading, principal. 
 learn (to), aprender. 
 leave (to), dejar; (by inheritance}, 
 
 legar. 
 
 left, izquierdo, -a. 
 leg, la pierna. 
 lend (to), prestar. 
 lentil, la lenteja. 
 Leo, Leon, 
 less, menos. 
 lesser, menor. 
 lesson, la leccion. 
 letter, la carta. 
 
 liabilities, el pasivo (used in sing.}. 
 liberty, la libertad. 
 library, la biblioteca. 
 license, la licencia. 
 lie down (to), acostarse (167). 
 lieutenant, el teniente. 
 life, la vida. 
 
ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 359 
 
 lifetime, la vida. 
 
 light, la luz. 
 
 like, como. 
 
 lily, el lirio. 
 
 line, la li'nea. 
 
 lion, el Icon. 
 
 lip, el labio. 
 
 liquid, el Kquido. 
 
 listen to (to), escuchar. 
 
 little (adj.\ poco, -a. 
 
 little (a), un poco (de); the , 
 
 el poco (de). 
 little girl, la chiquita, nifiita, mucha- 
 
 chita. 
 
 little mote, la motita. 
 live (to), vivir. 
 loan (to) , prestar. 
 locomotive, la locomotora. 
 long, largo, -a. 
 
 look for (to), buscar (143, i). 
 Lord, (el) lord. 
 lose (to), perder (166). 
 loss, la perdida. 
 lost, perdido, -a. 
 love (to), amar, querer (209). 
 low, bajo. 
 lower, inferior. 
 
 M 
 
 machine, la maquina. 
 made, hecho, -a. 
 maiden, soltera. 
 mail, el correo. 
 make (to), hacer (197); make 
 
 (one's) hair stand on end, ponerle 
 
 (201) (a uno) el cabello de punta. 
 malady, la enfermedad. 
 man, el hombre; man-of-war, el 
 
 buque de guerra. 
 manager, el gerente. 
 mandate, el precepto. 
 manners, los modales. 
 manuscript, el manuscrito. 
 
 many, muchos, -as. 
 
 mariner's compass, la brdjula. 
 
 mark (to), marcar. 
 
 Mars, Marte. 
 
 master (to), veneer. 
 
 master, el sefior; (teacher), el 
 maestro. 
 
 masticate (to), masticar. 
 
 masticated, masticado, -a. 
 
 matter (thing, affair'}, el asunto; 
 (material), la materia. 
 
 may (to), poder (209). 
 
 mayor, el alcalde. 
 
 meal, la comida. 
 
 mean, medio, -a. 
 
 meaning, la intencion. 
 
 means, los medios. 
 
 measure, la medida. 
 
 meat, la carne. 
 
 meditate (to), pensar (164). 
 
 meet (to), encontrar (167) ; (to assem- 
 ble), reunirse. 
 
 meeting, la junta. 
 
 member, el miembro; (of a council}, 
 el vocal. 
 
 mend (to), componer (201). 
 
 mendicant, el mendigo. 
 
 mere, mero, -a. 
 
 merely, meramente. 
 
 merit (to), merecer (143, a). 
 
 message, el mensaje. 
 
 metaphysics, la metaffsica. 
 
 method, el metodo. 
 
 Mexico, Mexico or Mejico (spelling 
 with x is preferred, but pronuncia- 
 tion is always that of j). 
 
 midnight, (la) media noche. 
 
 mineral, el mineral. 
 
 minute, el minuto. 
 
 minute-hand, el minutero. 
 
 misappropriation, la malversacion. 
 
 misfortune, la desgracia, el infortunio. 
 
360 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 misogynist, el misogino. 
 miss (to), errar (165). 
 mistake, la falta. 
 mistress, la senora. 
 mitten (the), caiabazas. 
 modern, moderno, -a. 
 modest, modesto, -a. 
 moment, el momento. 
 Monday, el lunes. 
 money, el dinero. 
 month, el mes (-es). 
 moon, la luna. 
 Moor, el moro. 
 morality, la moralidad. 
 more, mas. 
 moreover, ademas. 
 morning, la mafiana. 
 mortal, mortal, 
 most, mas. 
 
 motion, el movimiento. 
 motive, el motivo. 
 mother, la madre. 
 motto, el mote, 
 mountain, la montana. 
 mourning, el luto. 
 mouth, la boca. 
 move (to), moverse (170). 
 movement, el movimiento. 
 
 much (adv.}, mu'cho; so , 
 
 tanto. 
 
 much, mucho, -a. 
 murder, el asesinato. 
 murmur (to), murmurar. 
 muses, las musas. 
 museum, el museo. 
 music-teacher, el maestro de musica. 
 mustache, el bigote. 
 my, mi, mis. 
 
 N 
 
 nail (of finger}, la ufla. 
 name, el nombre. 
 namely, a saber. 
 
 napkin, la servilleta. 
 
 narrow, estrecho, -a. 
 
 nation, la nacion. 
 
 national, nacional. 
 
 native (adj.}, maternal. 
 
 native, el natural. 
 
 nature, la naturaleza. 
 
 navigator, el navegante. 
 
 Neapolitan, napolitano, -a. 
 
 near (prep.}, cerca de. 
 
 near (adj.}, cercano, -a. 
 
 nearer, mas cerca de. 
 
 necessary, necesario, -a. 
 
 need (to), necesitar. 
 
 neglect (to), descuidar de. 
 
 negligence, la negligencia. 
 
 neighborhood, el vecindario. 
 
 neighbor, el vecino. 
 
 nephew, el sobrino. 
 
 never, nunca (verb preceded by no). 
 
 new, nuevo, -a. 
 
 news, la noticia. 
 
 newspaper, el periodico. 
 
 next (adv.}, despues; (adj.}, que 
 
 night, la noche. [viene, entrante. 
 
 nightfall, la cafda de la noche. 
 
 nightmare, la pesadilla. 
 
 nine, nueve. 
 
 no one, nadie. 
 
 noble, noble. 
 
 noise, el ruido. 
 
 noon, el mediodia. 
 
 North, el norte. 
 
 northern, septentrional. 
 
 nose, la nariz. 
 
 not, no. 
 
 note (promissory), el pagare. 
 
 noted, famoso, -a. 
 
 nothing, nada. 
 
 noun, el nombre. 
 
 novel, la novela. 
 
 novelist, el novelista, 
 
ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 361 
 
 now, ahora. 
 number, el ntimero. 
 
 
 
 obey, obedecer (143, a). 
 
 object (gram.}, el regimen. 
 
 observe (to), observar. 
 
 Obtain (to), conseguir (143, 10, 181). 
 
 occupy (to), ocupar. 
 
 ocean, el oceano. 
 
 O'clock, la (sing.}, las (followed by 
 
 the number of the hour or hours}. 
 Of, de. 
 
 offer, la oferta. 
 offer (to), ofrecer (143, a}. 
 office, el despacho. 
 officer, el oficial. 
 often, a menudo. 
 I Old, viejo, -a; old-age, la vejez. 
 on, sobre; on account of, a causa de. 
 once (at), en seguida. 
 one, un(o), -a; one's, su, sus. 
 only (adv.}, solo. 
 open (to), abrir (222); open fire, 
 
 romper el fuego. 
 opening, el abrir. 
 operation, la operacion. 
 opinion, el parecer. 
 oppose (to), oponerse a (201). 
 or, 6; VL (before o or ho), 
 orange, la naranja. 
 'orate" (to), orar. 
 orator, el orador. 
 orbit, la orbita. 
 orchard, el huerto. 
 order (to), mandar. 
 organ, el organo. 
 organize (to), formar. 
 ornament, el adorno. 
 orphan, el huerfano. 
 other, otro, -a. 
 ought (to), deber (213). 
 Our, nuestro, -a, 
 
 Outset, el principio. 
 
 over, sobre. 
 
 overcoat, el abrigo, sobretodo. 
 
 overtake (to), alcanzar. 
 
 OX, el buey. 
 
 P 
 
 painter, el pintor. 
 
 palace, el palacio. 
 
 palate, el paladar. 
 
 pale, palido, -a. 
 
 panic, el panico. 
 
 pantry, la despensa. 
 
 paper (material}, el papel; (news-) 
 el periodico; paper money, el pa- 
 pel moneda. 
 
 par (at), a la par. 
 
 parade, la revista. 
 
 pardon (to), perdonar. 
 
 pardon, el perdon. 
 
 parents, los padres. 
 
 parlor, la sala. 
 
 part, la parte. 
 
 particularly, particularmente. 
 
 partner, el socio. 
 
 partridge, la perdiz. 
 
 party, el partido. 
 
 pass (to), pasar; (a law}, votar. 
 
 passenger, el pasajero. 
 
 passionately, apasionadamente. 
 
 pastor, el pastor. 
 
 path, la senda. 
 
 patience, la paciencia. 
 
 patrol, la ronda. 
 
 pay (to), pagar; (attention}, 
 
 prestar. 
 
 payment, el pago. 
 
 pea, el guisante. 
 
 peach, el melocoton. 
 
 pear, la pera. 
 
 pen, la pluma. 
 
 pencil, el lapiz, -ces. 
 
 penetrate (to), penetrar. 
 
362 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 people, el pueblo. 
 
 per cent, por ciento. 
 
 perfect, perfecto, -a. 
 
 perfectly, absolutamente. 
 
 perform (to), cumplir con. 
 
 perihelion, el perihelio. 
 
 perilous, peligroso, -a. 
 
 perish (to), perecer (143, a). 
 
 perpetual, perpetuo, -a. 
 
 person, la persona. 
 
 personalty and realty, los bienes 
 muebles e inmuebles. 
 
 petition, la peticion. 
 
 Philippines (islands), las Filipinas. 
 
 photograph, la fotografi'a. 
 
 piece, la pieza. 
 
 pineapple, la pina. 
 
 pink, el clavel. 
 
 pistol, la pistola. 
 
 pistol-shot, el pistoletazo. 
 
 pitcher, el jarro. 
 
 pity, (la) lastima. 
 
 Pius, Pio. 
 
 place, el lugar, la plaza; (occupation), 
 el puesto. 
 
 plaintiff, el demandante. 
 
 plan, el plan. 
 
 planet, el planeta. 
 
 plate, el plato. 
 
 play (drama), el drama. 
 
 play (to), tocar (music); (a 
 
 game}, jugar a (168). 
 
 plead (to), abogar. 
 
 pleasant, agradable. 
 
 please (to), agradar, gustar a, corn- 
 placer (143, a). 
 
 pleasing, agradable. 
 
 pleasure, el placer. 
 
 plum, la ciruela. 
 
 pocket, el bolsillo. 
 
 poem, el poema. 
 
 poet, el poeta. 
 
 poetic, poetico, -a. 
 
 point, el punto. 
 
 pole, el polo. 
 
 political, politico, -a. 
 
 pond, el estanque. 
 
 Pope, (el) Papa. 
 
 popular, popular. 
 
 portion, -la porcion. 
 
 Porto-Rican, portorriquefio, -a; the 
 
 Porto-Ricans, los portorriquefios. 
 position, la posicion, el puesto. 
 possessions, los bienes. 
 possessive, posesivo, -a. 
 possibility, la posibilidad. 
 possible, posible. 
 
 postage prepaid, franco, -a de porte. 
 postage-stamp, el sello (de correo). 
 postal-card, la tarjeta postal. 
 post-office, el correo. 
 potato, la patata, papa. 
 pour (to), derramar. 
 practical, practice, -a. 
 praise, la alabanza. 
 prank, la calaverada. 
 pray (to), rezar. 
 precious, precioso, -a. 
 predecessor, el predecesor. 
 prefer (to), preferir (174). 
 preparation, el preparative. 
 prepare (to), preparar. 
 
 present, actual; to be , asistir. 
 
 present (to), presentar. 
 preserve (to), preservar. 
 president, el presidente. 
 presumptuous (to be), tener (136) 
 
 presuncion. 
 pretty, bello, -a. 
 prevent (to), impedir (181). 
 price, el precio. 
 primary, primero, -a. 
 primary, el primario. 
 prime minister, el primer ministro. 
 
ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 363 
 
 prince, el principe. 
 
 principal, principal. 
 
 prisoner, el preso. 
 
 privilege, el privilegio. 
 
 prize, el premio. 
 
 probable, probable. 
 
 problem, el problema. 
 
 proceeds, el producto. 
 
 procure (to), conseguir (143, 10, 181). 
 
 produce (to), producir (207). 
 
 produce exchange, la lonja de vfveres. 
 
 professor, el profesor. 
 
 profitable, provechoso, -a. 
 
 progress (to), adelantar. 
 
 projectile, el proyectil. 
 
 promise (to), prometer. 
 
 promissory note, el pagare. 
 
 promoter, el promoter. 
 
 pronoun, el pronombre. 
 
 pronounce (to), pronunciar. 
 
 properly, debidamente. 
 
 proportional, proporcional. 
 
 propose (marriage), determinarse. 
 
 proposed, propuesto, -a. 
 
 proposition, la proposicion. 
 
 prosper (to), prosperar. 
 
 protest, la protesta. 
 
 proud, orgulloso, -a. 
 
 proverb, el refran. 
 
 Providence, la Providencia. 
 
 prudence, la prudencia. 
 
 prudent, cuerdo, -a. 
 
 publish (to), publicar. 
 
 punish (to), castigar. 
 
 pupil, el discfpulo. 
 
 purchase, la compra. 
 
 pure, puro, -a. 
 
 purpose, el proposito. 
 
 pursue (to), perseguir (143, 10, 181). 
 
 put (to), poner (201), meter; to put 
 
 On, poner; to put (his), ponerse. 
 Pyrenees, los Pirineos. 
 
 quadruped, el cuadrtipedo. 
 quadruple, cuadruple. 
 quail, la codorniz. 
 quality, la calidad. 
 quarter, el quarto. 
 queen-regent, la reina regente. 
 question, la cuestion, or (simply} lo. 
 quiet, la quietud. 
 quiet, tranquilo, -a. 
 
 R 
 
 rabble, la gentuza. 
 radius-vector, el radio vector, 
 railroad, el ferrocarril. 
 rain, la lluvia. 
 rain (to), Hover (158). 
 rainbow, el arco iris. 
 raise (to lift}, levantar; (to col- 
 lect], juntar. 
 
 ransack (to), revolver (171). 
 rapidly, rapidamente, de prisa. 
 rarely, raras veces. 
 rather, de mejor gana. 
 ration, la racion. 
 
 rattlesnake, la culebra de cascabel. 
 ravenously, vorazmente. 
 reach (to), alcanzar, llegar a. 
 read (to), leer (206). 
 reading-room, la sala de lectura. 
 ready, servido, -a. 
 ready-made, hecho, -a. 
 rear guard, la retaguardia. 
 reassert (to), reafirmar. 
 rebel (to), rebelarse. 
 receive (to), recibir. 
 receiver, el comisario de quiebra. 
 reception, la recepcion. 
 recourse, el recurso. 
 Red Cross, la Cruz Roja. 
 reelection, la reeleccion. 
 reenforced, reforzado, -a. 
 
364 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 reinforcements, los refuerzos. 
 
 Reformation, la Reforma. 
 
 refund (to), devolver (171). 
 
 refuse, rehusar, negarse a (143, 2, 
 
 regiment, el regimiento. [164). 
 
 registered, certificado, -a. 
 
 regret (to), sentir (174). 
 
 reject (to), rechazar. 
 
 rejoice (to), regocijarse. 
 
 rejoicing, el regocijo. 
 
 relative, el pariente. 
 
 relieve (to), aliviar. 
 
 religion, la religion. 
 
 religious, religiose, -a. 
 
 remain (to), quedar; (to 
 
 manecer (143, a). 
 remedy, el remedio. 
 remember (to), recordar (167). 
 renewed, nuevo, -a. 
 repeat (to), repetir (181). 
 repent (to), arrepentirse (174). 
 repose, la quietud. 
 represent (to), representar. 
 reprove (to), reprender. 
 republic, la republica. 
 republican, el republicano. 
 reputation, la reputation, 
 repute, la fama. 
 requirements, las necesidades. 
 reside (to), residir. 
 residence, la casa morada. 
 resignation, la resignation, 
 respect (to), respetar. 
 rest (to), descansar. 
 result, el resultado. 
 retire (to), retirarse. 
 retreat (to), retirarse. 
 return (to), volver (171, 227), re- 
 
 gresar. 
 
 return mail (by), a vuelta de correo. 
 return ticket, el billete de ida y vuelta. 
 reveal (to), revelar. 
 
 review, la revista. 
 
 revolution, la revolucidn. 
 
 revolve (to), girar. 
 
 riches, las riquezas. 
 
 rift, el claro. 
 
 right, derecho, -a. 
 
 rise (to), levantarse. 
 
 river, el no. 
 
 road, el camino. 
 
 rob (to), robar. 
 
 robber, el ladron. 
 
 Romanic, romance. 
 
 Rome, (la) Roma. 
 
 roof, el tejado, techo. 
 
 room, el cuarto. 
 
 rose, la rosa. 
 
 rout (to), derrotar. 
 
 royal, regio, -a. 
 
 rub (to), frotar, restregar. 
 
 rule, la regla. 
 
 run (to), correr; (to flee), huir 
 
 (185); run across, dar con (189); 
 
 run out, acabarse. 
 running noose, el lazo corredizo. 
 Russia, la Rusia. 
 
 sad, triste. 
 
 sailor, el marinero. 
 
 salt, la sal. 
 
 same, mismo, -a; the same,lo mismo. 
 
 satisfaction, el contento. 
 
 satisfactory, satisfactorio, -a. 
 
 satisfied, satisfecho, -a; to be , 
 
 estar (136) contento, -a. 
 Saturday, el sabado. 
 Saturn, Saturno. 
 save (to), salvar. 
 say (to), decir (195). 
 saying, el dicho. 
 school, la escuela. 
 schooner, la goleta. 
 
ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 365 
 
 science, la ciencia. 
 
 scissors, las tijeras. 
 
 scorn (to), desdefiar. 
 
 sea, el, la mar. 
 
 season, la estacion. 
 
 second, el segundo. 
 
 second, segundo, -a. 
 
 second-hand, el segundario. 
 
 secret, el secreto. 
 
 sect, la secta. 
 
 secure (to), conseguir (143, 10, 181). 
 
 see (to), ver (205). 
 
 seek (to), buscar; shelter, refu- 
 
 giarse. 
 
 seem (to), parecer (143, a). 
 seen, visto, -a. 
 select (to), escoger. 
 self-defense, la defensa propia. 
 self-government, el gobierno propio. 
 sell (to), vender, 
 send (to), enviar (143, 3); for, 
 
 mandar por. 
 sense, el sentido. 
 sentiment, el sentimiento. 
 servant, m. el criado; / la criada. 
 serve (to), servir (181). 
 service, el servicio. 
 set (to), poner (201); to set out, 
 
 partir. 
 
 settled (to be), arreglarse. 
 seven, siete. 
 seventh, septimo, -a. 
 several, muchos, -as. 
 severe, severe, -a. 
 severely, severamente. 
 shade, la sombra. 
 shadow, la sombra. 
 shameful, bochornoso, -a. 
 share, la accion. 
 shareholder, el accionista. 
 she, ella. 
 Sheep, la oveja. 
 
 sheepfold, el aprisco. 
 
 shop, la tienda. 
 
 shortly, dentro de poco; - after, 
 
 poco despues. 
 show (to), mostrar (167). 
 shrug (to) one's shoulders, enco- 
 
 gerse de hombros. 
 sick (to be), estar (136) malo, -a. 
 sick-nurse, la enfermera. 
 side, el lado. 
 sight, la vista. 
 sign, la serial. 
 
 l silencio. 
 plata. 
 
 since (adv.}, puesto que; (prep.}, 
 sing (to), cantar. [desde. 
 
 single, solo, -a. 
 sinking fund, el fondo de amortiza- 
 
 cion. 
 
 sir, senor. 
 sister, la hermana ; sister-in-law, la 
 
 cufiada. 
 
 sit down (to), sentarse (164). 
 situation, la situacion. 
 six, seis. 
 
 sixteen, dieziseis. 
 sixth, sexto, -a. 
 skate (to), patinar. 
 skillful, diestro, -a. 
 slander (to), calumniar. 
 slave, el esclavo. 
 slavery, la esclavitud. 
 small, pequeno, -a. 
 smell, el olfato; (odor}, el olor. 
 smoking (no), no se fuma. 
 snood, el cordon. 
 snow (to), nevar (158). 
 SO, tan ; so much, tanto. 
 soap, el jabon. 
 society, la sociedad. 
 soldier, el soldado. 
 
366 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 solve (to), resolver (171). 
 
 some, alguno, -a (25). 
 
 something, algo. 
 
 son, el hijo. 
 
 soon, pronto; as soon, tan pronto. 
 
 soul, el alma (/.}. 
 
 sound (to), sonar (167). 
 
 South, el sur. 
 
 South-American, sud-americano, -a. 
 
 Spain, la Espafia. 
 
 Spaniard, el espanol. 
 
 Spanish (language}, el espanol. 
 
 Spanish, espafiol, -a, -es, -as. 
 
 speak (to), hablar. 
 
 special, especial. 
 
 species, la especie. 
 
 speculate (to) in stocks, jugar (168) 
 
 a la bolsa. 
 speech (faculty}, el habla,/ (n, b}; 
 
 (oration}, el discurso. 
 spend (to) , gastar. 
 
 spite (in ), a pesar. 
 
 spoon, la cuchara. 
 
 spring (water}, el manantial; (sea- 
 son}, la primavera. 
 spring up (to), originarse. 
 
 squadron, el escuadron. 
 
 square, cuadrado, -a. 
 
 square, el cuadrado. 
 
 stairs, la escalera. 
 
 start (to), partir; up, saltar. 
 
 State, el Estado. 
 
 statement, la declaracion. 
 
 statesman, el estadista. 
 
 stay (to), permanecer (143, a}. 
 
 steal (to), robar. 
 
 steamer, el vapor. 
 
 still, sin embargo. 
 
 stock-exchange, la bolsa. 
 
 stomach, el estomago. 
 
 stop (to cease}, cesar (325); (to 
 stop moving}, pararse. 
 
 store, la tienda. 
 storm, la tormenta. 
 story (of a house}, el piso; (narra- 
 tive}, la historia, el cuento. 
 stranger, el desconocido. 
 strawberry, la fresa. 
 street, la calle. 
 
 stretch oneself (to) , estirarse. 
 strewn, sembrado, -a. 
 strictly, estrictamente. 
 strike, la huelga. 
 striker, el huelguista. 
 strive (to), esforzarse (167). 
 strong, fuerte. 
 structure, la estructura. 
 student, el estudiante. 
 study (to), estudiar. 
 sty, la pocilga. [los subditos. 
 
 subject, el sujeto ; (subjects of a king}, 
 submit (to), someterse. 
 subscription, la suscripcion. 
 succeed (to), lograr (327). 
 success, el exito. 
 successor, el sucesor. 
 succumb (to), sucumbir. 
 such, such a, tal, (//.) tales, 
 suffer (to), padecer (143, a}. 
 suffering, el sufrimiento. 
 
 suffice (to), bastar. 
 
 sufficient, bastante. 
 
 sugar, el azticar. 
 
 suggest (to), sugerir (174). 
 
 suicide, el suicidarse, el suicidio. 
 
 suit (law}, el pleito, la causa. 
 
 suitor, el pretendiente. 
 
 sulk (to), permanecer (143, a} terco. 
 
 sum, la cantidad. 
 
 sun, el sol. 
 
 Sunday, el domingo. 
 
 sunrise, la salida del sol. 
 
 supper, la cena. 
 
 supply, la provision. 
 
ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 367 
 
 support, la ayuda. 
 
 support (= to bear), soportar; (to 
 
 maintain), mantener (136). 
 supreme, supremo, -a. 
 sure, seguro, -a. 
 surely, de seguro. 
 surgeon, el medico, 
 surplus, el excedente, el sobrante. 
 surprise (to), sorprender. 
 surrender, la rendition. 
 surrender (to), rendirse (181). 
 suspect (to), sospechar. 
 suspended, suspendido, -a. 
 swallow (to), tragar; swallowed, 
 
 tragado, -a. 
 sway (to), dominar. 
 sweet, dulce. 
 sword, la espada. 
 sworn, jurado, -a. 
 
 table, la mesa. 
 
 tablecloth, el mantel. 
 
 tactics, la tactica. 
 
 take (to), tomar; to out, sacar; 
 
 to a bath, bafiarse, to a 
 
 walk, pasear or pasearse. 
 talk (to), hablar. 
 tariff, el arancel. 
 task, la tarea. 
 taste, el agrado, el gusto, 
 taxes, las contribuciones. 
 teacher, el maestro. 
 tear up (to), romper, 
 telegram, el telegrama. 
 tell (to), decir (195); tell ( = relate), 
 
 contar (167). 
 temptation, la tentacion. 
 ten, diez ; tenth, decimo, -a, 
 tent, la tienda. 
 term, la condition. 
 than, que. 
 
 that, ese, esa ; those, esos, esas (88). 
 that (rel. andconj.), que; that which, 
 
 el, la que; that (neuter), eso. 
 the, el, la, los, las. 
 theater, el teatro. 
 thee, te. 
 their, su, sus. 
 then (at that time), entonces ; then 
 
 (in the next place), luego. 
 there, alia, alii. 
 thing, la cosa. 
 think (to), pensar (164). 
 third, tercero,.-a (25). [nueve. 
 
 thirty, treinta; thirty-nine, treinta y 
 this, este, esta; this {neuter), esto; 
 
 these, estos, estas. 
 thorn, la espina. 
 thoroughly, a fondo. 
 three, tres. 
 throat, la garganta. 
 throne, el trono. 
 through, por. 
 throw (to), arrojar. 
 thunder, el trueno. 
 Thursday, el jueves. 
 thus, ast'. 
 tiger, el tigre. 
 time (duration}, el tiempo; (at 
 
 law), el plazo; (occasion), la 
 
 vez (//. las veces). 
 tired, cansado, -a; fatigado, -a. 
 to, a. 
 
 tobacco, el tabaco. 
 to-day, hoy. 
 tomato, el tomate. 
 to-morrow, manana. 
 tongue, la lengua. 
 to-night, esta noche. 
 tooth, el diente. 
 
 top (like a), como una piedra (stone). 
 touch, el tacto. 
 towards, hacia. 
 
368 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 towel, la toalla. 
 
 townhall, el ayuntamiento. 
 
 train, el tren. 
 
 traitor, el traidor. 
 
 transform (to), transformar. 
 
 translation, la traduccion. 
 
 travel (to), viajar. 
 
 traveler, el viajero. 
 
 treat (to), tratar. 
 
 tree, el arbol. 
 
 trench, la trinchera. 
 
 trial, la pena. 
 
 tribulation, la tribulacion. 
 
 trim (to), cortar. 
 
 trip, el viaje. 
 
 triple, triple. 
 
 troops, las tropas. 
 
 true, verdadero, -a; the true, lo ver- 
 
 dadero. 
 
 trunk, el tronco. 
 
 trust company, la liga mercantil. 
 truth, la verdad. 
 try (to), tratar (325). 
 Tuesday, el martes. 
 tulip, el tulipan. 
 turkey, el pavo. 
 turn out (to), resultar; turn into 
 
 cash, convertir (174) en dinero. 
 twelve, doce. 
 twenty, veinte. 
 twenty -five, veinticinco. 
 twenty-seven, veintisiete. 
 two, dos. 
 
 U 
 
 ultimo, del proximo pasado. 
 uncle, el tio. 
 under, bajo. 
 
 undersigned, el infrascrito. 
 understand (to), entender (166), 
 
 comprender; to give to , dar 
 
 (189) a entender. 
 unforeseen, imprevisto, -a. 
 
 unfortunately, desdichadamente. 
 
 united, unido, -a. 
 
 United States, los Estados Unidos. 
 
 universal, universal. 
 
 university, la universidad. 
 
 unnatural, contranatural. 
 
 unravel (to), desenredar. 
 
 unusual, inusitado, -a. 
 
 upon, sobre. 
 
 upper, superior. 
 
 us, nos (obj. of verb}, nosotros (obj 
 
 of preposition}. 
 use (to), emplear, usar; to be used, 
 
 usarse. 
 usually, generalmente. 
 
 vacillate (to), vacilar. 
 
 vain, vano, -a; in , en vano. 
 
 valuable, de gran precio. 
 
 value (to), valuar. 
 
 value, el valor. 
 
 vanguard, la vanguardia. 
 
 vaporings, los disparates. 
 
 various, diverse, -a; vario, -a. 
 
 vegetable, la legumbre. 
 
 vein, la vena. 
 
 verdict, el veredicto. 
 
 very, muy (before pos, degree); mucho 
 
 (before comp. degree}; very much. 
 
 muchisimo; very bad, pesimo, -a. 
 victory, la victoria. 
 victuals, las viandas. 
 village, el pueblo, la aldea. 
 violet, la violeta. 
 virtue, la virtud. 
 visit, la visita. 
 visit (to), visitar. 
 vitals, las entranas. 
 voluptuous, voluptuoso, -a. 
 vulgarity, la vulgaridad. 
 
ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 369 
 
 wages, el salario. 
 
 wait, wait for (to), esperar. 
 
 waiting room, la sala de espera. 
 
 Wales, Gales. 
 
 walk, el paseo. 
 
 walk (to), andar (188). 
 
 wall, la pared. 
 
 want (to), querer (209); to be 
 
 wanted, desearse. 
 
 want, la falta; for of, por falta de. 
 
 war, la guerra. 
 
 warm (very), mucho calor. 
 
 wash (oneself) (to), lavarse. 
 
 washstand, el lavabo. 
 
 waste (to), disipar, gastar. 
 
 watch, el reloj. 
 
 water, el agua (/). 
 
 wear (to), traer (193). 
 
 weather, el tiempo. 
 
 Wednesday, el miercoles. 
 
 week, le semana. 
 
 welcome (to), dar (189) la bienvenida. 
 
 well (adv.} , bien. 
 
 West, el oeste. 
 
 what? ique? what! ;que! what 
 
 (= that which}, lo que. 
 wheat, el trigo. 
 
 when, cuando; when? ,Jcuando? 
 where, donde; where? <;d6nde? 
 whether (that}, que; whether (if), 
 which, que. [si. 
 
 while, mientras (que). 
 who, que; who? quien? 
 whole, todo, -a; the , todo el, 
 
 toda la. 
 whom, quien. 
 why? <; por que? 
 wicked (the), el impio. 
 wife, la mujer, esposa. 
 wild, silvestre. 
 . will, la voluntad. 
 
 win (to), ganar. 
 
 wind itself up (to), darse (189) 
 
 cuerda a si mismo. 
 window, la ventana; little , la 
 
 ventanilla. 
 wine, el vino, 
 wing, el ala (/). 
 winter, el invierno. 
 
 wipe (to), enjugar ; to out, agotar. 
 
 wire, el alambre. 
 
 wisdom, la sabidurfa. 
 
 wise (the), los sabios. 
 
 wisely, sabiamente. 
 
 wish (to), querer (209). 
 
 with, con. 
 
 within, dentro de. 
 
 without, sin. 
 
 witness, el testigo. 
 
 witness (to), presenciar. 
 
 wolf, el lobo. 
 
 woman, la mujer. 
 
 woods, los bosques. 
 
 word, la palabra. 
 
 work, el trabajo, la obra. 
 
 work (to), trabajar. 
 
 world, el mundo. 
 
 worse, peor. 
 
 worst, peor. 
 
 worth (to be) more, valer (200) mas. 
 
 wounded (the), los heridos. 
 
 write (to), escribir (222). 
 
 year, el ano. 
 
 yes, sf. 
 
 yesterday, ayer. 
 
 yet, todavfa. 
 
 you, usted; ye, vosotros. 
 
 young, joven (//. jovenes). 
 
 young man, el joven (//. jovenes). 
 
 your, su, sus. 
 
 youth, la juventud. 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 Ch, 11, and n, being separate letters, stand after c, 1, and n. 
 
 Verbs should be looked for under their infinitives, which, when irregular, 
 are referred to the sections where their model verbs are conjugated. All 
 forms so irregular as not to be easily traceable to their infinitives are given. 
 In looking for the infinitives of irregular forms observe that 
 
 1. Forms in ue and u are to be sought for under 0: puedo, pude, from 
 poder. 
 
 2. Those in ie and i under e : siento, sintio from sentir. 
 The gender of nouns is indicated by the letters m and f. 
 All references are to sections. 
 
 , to, with, of, at, after, on, in, for, upon, 
 according to. 
 
 abalanzarse, to rush forward. 
 
 abandonar, to abandon. 
 
 abismo, m. abyss. 
 
 abnegaci6n de si mismo, self-abnega- 
 tion. 
 
 abogado, m. lawyer. 
 
 abominarse, to revile. 
 
 abonar, to credit ; en cuenta, to 
 
 credit to one's account. 
 
 abrasador, -a, suffocating, fiery. 
 
 abrazar, to embrace. 
 
 abrigar, to entertain. 
 
 abrigo, m. overcoat. 
 
 abril, April. 
 
 abrir (222), to open. 
 
 absolutamente, absolutely. 
 
 absurdo, -a, absurd. 
 
 abundar, to abound, be plentiful. 
 
 abur, good-by, " so long." 
 
 aca, here. 
 
 acabar, to finish; de, to have 
 
 just (216). 
 
 acaparamiento, m. monopolizing. 
 
 acariciar, to caress. 
 
 acci6n,/ action. 
 
 acechar, to waylay, spy upon. 
 
 aceite (;.) de oliva, olive oil. 
 
 aceptar, to accept. 
 
 acerca de, about. 
 
 acercarse, to approach. 
 
 acero, m. steel, sword. 
 
 acerque (pres. sub. of acercar), to 
 
 bring near or to (143, i). 
 acertar (164), to happen. 
 aclamaci6n, f. acclamation, shout. 
 acobardar, to daunt. 
 acometer, to attack, undertake. 
 acompanar, to send herewith, enclose, 
 
 accompany; se, to associate. 
 
 acontecer (143, ), to happen, 
 acorazado, -a, armored; armored 
 
 ship. 
 
 acordes, m. strains. 
 acreditar, to prove. 
 acreedor, m. creditor, 
 actitud,/! attitude. 
 actividad,yC activity. 
 
 370 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 371 
 
 acto, m. act. 
 
 actriz,/ actress. 
 
 actual, instant, present (month}. 
 
 actualmente, at present. 
 
 acudir, to come or run up. 
 
 acunaci6n,/ coinage. 
 
 acusar, to acknowledge. 
 
 Adan, Adam. 
 
 adelantado, -a, in advance of. 
 
 adelantar, to advance, get along; 
 se, to advance. 
 
 adelante (en), upward, onward, for- 
 ward; ya en , from now on. 
 
 adelantos, m. progress, most modern 
 improvements. 
 
 ademas, moreover. 
 
 adi6s, good-by, good day. 
 
 adivinar, to guess; se to be 
 
 guessed. 
 
 adjunto, herewith, accompanying. 
 
 admirable (lo), admirable part. 
 
 admiraci6n, / admiration. 
 
 admitir, to admit, accept. 
 
 ad6nde, where? 
 
 adoptar, to adopt. 
 
 adoraci6n,/ adoration. , 
 
 adorno, m. ornament, trimming. 
 
 aduana,/ custom-house. 
 
 advertir (174), to warn. 
 
 aerolite, /. aerolite. 
 
 afamado, -a, famous. 
 
 afecci6n,/ affection. 
 
 afecto, **. regards, affection, love. 
 
 afectu, -a, obedient, affectionate, re- 
 spectful. 
 
 afianzamiento, m. security. 
 
 aficionado, fond of, given to. 
 
 afirmar, to affirm. 
 
 aflojar, to relax. 
 
 afortunadamente, fortunately. 
 
 afuera, outside; casa , outside 
 
 the house. 
 
 agareno, m. Mahometan, Moor (Jrom 
 
 Agar, flagar}. 
 agarrar, to cling to. 
 agitado, -a, agitated. 
 agolpar, to drive, bring, 
 agosto, August. 
 agradable, pleasant. 
 agradar, to please. 
 agradecer (143, ), to thank. 
 agradecido, -a, grateful. 
 agradezco (agradecer, 143, a\ I 
 
 thank. 
 
 agregado, m. attache. 
 agrupado, -a, grouped, 
 agua,/ water. 
 aguantar, to suffer. 
 aguardar, to wait for. 
 aguardiente, ;;/. brandy, 
 aguila, / eagle ; pintar el , to 
 
 spend money freely. 
 ah, ah. 
 ahi, there. 
 
 ahogado, -a, dull, smothered. 
 ahora, now. 
 
 ahuyentar, to frighten away, 
 airadamente, angrily. 
 aire, m. air; aires, airs, 
 ajedrez, m. chess, 
 ajustar, to transact. 
 al (=a el), at that. 
 al 4, al 5, at 4, at 5 per cent, 
 alambrado, m. wire trellis. 
 alambre, m. wire. 
 alarmar, to alarm, 
 alcanzar, to reach. 
 Alcazaba,/ stronghold, citadel, 
 alegrar, to delight. 
 alegria, / joy, mirth, 
 alejar, to make retire. 
 alfrez de navio, junior lieutenant, 
 alf ombra, f. carpet. 
 algo, somewhat, something. 
 
372- 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 algod6n, m. cotton; p61vora, 
 
 gun cotton. 
 alguien, some one. 
 algiin, any, some. 
 alguno, -a, some, few, any. 
 aliento, m. breath, 
 alimentar, to feed. 
 alivio, m. relief, 
 alma, f. soul, heart ; sentir en el , 
 
 to regret deeply, 
 almacen, m. store, warehouse, 
 almacenaje, m. storage. 
 almendra,/ almond. 
 almid6n, m. starch. 
 almirantazgo, m. admiralty. 
 almirante, m. admiral. 
 almuerzo, m. breakfast. 
 alrededor de, around. 
 alteraci6n, f. change, commotion, 
 alto, aloud, 
 alto, -a, high, latest, 
 alto, m. halt. 
 
 altura,/ height, distance up stream, 
 alumbrado, m. illumination, 
 alza,/ (el), rise. 
 alzarse, to rise, 
 alii, there, 
 ama,/ mistress. 
 amable, amiable, kind, 
 amar, to love, like. 
 amargura, f. bitterness. 
 amarillo, -a, yellow. 
 ambos, -as, both. 
 amenazar, to threaten. 
 America,/ America, 
 americano, -a, American, 
 amiga,/ friend, 
 amigo, m. friend, 
 amiguito, m. little friend, 
 amo, m. master. 
 amortizable, redeemable, 
 anciano, -a, old (man, woman). 
 
 anchisimo, -a, very broad. 
 
 ancho, -a, broad. 
 
 andante, walking. 
 
 andar (188), to go, walk. 
 
 andar, m. speed. 
 
 angel, m. angel. 
 
 dngulo, m. angle. 
 
 animalucho, m. ugly brute. 
 
 animado, -a, animated. 
 
 aniquilarse, to annihilate each other. 
 
 aniversario, m. anniversary. 
 
 anoche, last evening, last night. 
 
 anterior, front, forward. 
 
 anteriormente, formerly. 
 
 antes, above, formerly. 
 
 antes de, before. 
 
 antes de que, before. 
 
 anticuado, -a, antiquated. 
 
 antiguo, -a, ancient, veteran. 
 
 anunciar, to announce. 
 
 anuncio, m. advertisement. 
 
 anadir, to add. 
 
 anicos (hacer ), to smash into 
 
 bits. 
 
 ano, m. year, 
 apagar, to silence, put out; se, 
 
 to go out. 
 
 aparato, m. apparatus. 
 aparecer (143, a), to appear. 
 aparici6n, apparition. 
 aparte, aside. 
 apearse, to get out. 
 apenas, scarcely. 
 aplanchadora, ironer (woman). 
 aplauso (un), hurrah! 
 aplicar, to apply. 
 aplomado, gray, leaden, 
 apoderarse, to take possession. 
 apoplejla,/! apoplexy. 
 apostar (167), to station. 
 apoyar, to support, 
 aprender, to learn. 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 373 
 
 apresurarse, to hasten. 
 
 aprop6sito (mas), most convenient, 
 
 nearest. 
 
 aprovechar, to take advantage. 
 aproveche (que a), may it do you 
 
 good (said to any one who eats, etc.). 
 aproximarse, to approach, be near, 
 apuntar, to point. 
 aque"!, the former. 
 aquSlla, that, its. 
 aquel, aquella, aquellos, -as, that, 
 
 those. 
 aqui, here, 
 arabe, Arab, 
 arancel, m. tariff, 
 arana,/ chandelier, 
 arbol, m. tree, 
 ardiente, fiery. 
 arengar, to harangue, 
 argentine, -a, Argentine. 
 aritme"tico, -a, arithmetical, 
 arma,/ arm. 
 
 armado, -a, armed, " converted." 
 armonfa,/ harmony, 
 arrancar, to rush out. 
 arrastrarse, to crawl, 
 arrebatar, to transport. 
 arreciar, to grow hotter. 
 arreglar, to arrange, make, 
 arreglo (con), conformably, 
 arriar, to strike, lower, 
 arrimarse, to stick to, approach, 
 arrogante, haughty. 
 arrojar, to knock down, throw. 
 arrojo, m. dash, boldness, 
 arroyo, m. brook, 
 arroz, m. rice. 
 arte, m. and/ art. 
 arteria, / artery, 
 articulo, w. article; s paracazar, 
 
 hunters' goods, 
 artificial, artificial. 
 
 artillado, -a, fortified. 
 
 artillero, m. gunner. 
 
 artista, m. artiste {player). 
 
 asambleista, ;. delegate. 
 
 ascensor, m. elevator; de muni- 
 
 ciones, ammunition hoist. 
 asegurar, to insure, assure, 
 asemejarse, to resemble, 
 asfixiarse, to be stifled, 
 asi, so, thus. 
 asir (190), to seize, 
 asistentes, m. those present, 
 asombroso, -a, marvelous, 
 aspecto, m. aspect. 
 aspirar, to aspire. 
 asunto, m. matter, affair, 
 asustar, to scare, frighten, 
 atacar, to attack, 
 atajar, to fight, intercept, put out. 
 ataque, m. attack. 
 atenci6n,/ attention, consideration. 
 atender (166), to attend to, care for. 
 atenta,/ favor. 
 atento, -a, obedient, respectful, 
 aterrar, to appall, terrify. 
 atm6sf era, f. atmosphere. 
 atolondrada,/. rattlepate. 
 atormentar, to worry, 
 atractivos, m. attractions. 
 atraer (193), to attract. 
 atravesar (164), to pass through, 
 atrevido (lo), the daring. 
 atribuirse (185), to be attributed. 
 atrincheramiento, m. entrenchment, 
 augusto, august. 
 aullar, to howl, 
 aumentar, to increase, 
 aiin, even, yet, still, 
 aunque, although. 
 Aurora, / Aurora (the goddess of 
 
 dawn) . 
 ausencia,/ absence. 
 
374 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 austral, south, southern. 
 
 autor, m. author. 
 
 autoridad,/ authority. 
 
 auxiliar, to aid. 
 
 auxiliar, auxiliary. 
 
 avant (en), forward! {French}. 
 
 avanzar, to advance. 
 
 ave, f. bird. 
 
 aventurero, m. adventurer. 
 
 averia, / damage. - 
 
 averiguar, to find out. 
 
 avestruz,/ ostrich. 
 
 aviso, m. advice, notice. 
 
 avistar, to descry. 
 
 ayer, yesterday. 
 
 ayuda,/ aid. 
 
 ayudante, /. aide. 
 
 ayudar, to help. 
 
 azotar (to whip'}, to tramp. 
 
 azucar, m. sugar. 
 
 azul, blue. 
 
 azulejo, m. Dutch tile. 
 
 B 
 
 bachiller, m. bachelor. 
 
 bailar, to dance. 
 
 baile, m. ball. 
 
 bajar, to descend, drop, stoop down. 
 
 bajas,/ casualties. 
 
 bajo, -a, low. 
 
 bajo, under, below. 
 
 bala,/ ball, bale. 
 
 balsa,/ raft. 
 
 bancario, -a, banking. 
 
 banco, m. bank; hipotecario, 
 
 bank that lends on mortgages, stocks. 
 bandera,/ flag, colors. 
 banquero, m. banker. 
 banarse, to be bathed, 
 baraja,/ pack (of playing cards}. 
 barba,/ chin, 
 barbaro, -a, barbarous. 
 
 barbero, m. barber. 
 
 barbeta,/ barbette. 
 
 barco, m. ship. 
 
 barrer, to sweep. 
 
 base,/ basis, base. 
 
 bastante, enough. 
 
 bastar, to suffice, be enough. 
 
 batalla,/ battle. 
 
 batallador, m. fighter. 
 
 batal!6n, m. battalion. 
 
 bateria,/ battery, gun deck. 
 
 batir, beat, attack. 
 
 batirse, to fight. 
 
 bautizar, to baptize. 
 
 bayo, -a, russet. 
 
 bayoneta, / bayonet; a la , 
 
 charge bayonets. 
 bebe", m. baby. 
 beber, to drink, 
 bebida,/ drink. 
 becerro de oro, golden calf. 
 Beethoven, famous German musician, 
 beldad,/ beauty. 
 belicoso, -a, warlike, 
 bello, -a, pretty. 
 bendici6n, / benediction, blessing, 
 
 grace. 
 
 beneficio, m. benefit. 
 besar, to kiss; a uno la mano, 
 
 to extend greetings to any one. 
 bestia,/ beast, animal. 
 
 bien, well, very; mas , rather. 
 
 bienvenido, -a, welcome, 
 bigote, m. mustache. 
 bigotito, m. small mustache, 
 billar, m. billiards, 
 billete, m. bill, note, warrant. 
 bipedo, m. biped. 
 bisiesto, leap (year). 
 bizarrisimo, -a, very gallant, 
 bizarro, -a, gallant. 
 bianco, -a, white. 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 375 
 
 boca, / mouth ; de f uego, can- 
 non; a de jarro, point blank. 
 
 bocado, m. mouthful. 
 
 boda,/ wedding. 
 
 bodega, f. wine-vault. 
 
 bola,/ball. 
 
 bolsa, f. stock-exchange. 
 
 bomba,yC bomb, pump, fire engine. 
 
 bombero, m. fireman. 
 
 bondad,/ goodness. 
 
 bonito, -a, pretty. 
 
 bordo (a), aboard. 
 
 bote, m. boat; de vapor, steam 
 
 launch. 
 
 botica,/ drug store. 
 
 bot6n, m. bud, button. 
 
 bracete (de), arm-in-arm. 
 
 bramar, to roar, scream out. 
 
 bravo, -a, brave. 
 
 bravura, f. bravery, gallantry. 
 
 brazo, m. arm. 
 
 breve, short, few. 
 
 bribonada,/ rascality. 
 
 brid6n, m. charger. 
 
 brigada,yC brigade. 
 
 brigadier, ///. brigadier. 
 
 brillante, shining. 
 
 brillantez,/ brightness. 
 
 brindar,to drink (health). 
 
 brio, m. dash and vigor. 
 
 bronce, m. bronze, cannon (of bronze). 
 
 brusco, -a, sudden. 
 
 bruto, m. brute. 
 
 bruto, -a, gross, brute. 
 
 bub6nico, -a, bubonic. 
 
 buen (bueno), good. 
 
 bueno. -a, well, good. 
 
 buho, m. owl. 
 
 buitre, /*. vulture. 
 
 b T ique, m. ship; hospital, hospi- 
 tal ship; de insignia, flag- 
 ship. 
 
 burla,y? jesting, joke, 
 burlarse, to make fun of. 
 burlesco, -a, burlesque. 
 bur!6n, burlona, roguish, 
 burro, m. donkey. 
 bursatil, of the stock-exchange, 
 buscar, to look for, seek. 
 busques (pres. subj. of buscar), look 
 for; no le , don't look for him. 
 
 cabal, common; cabal ! exactly, you 
 are right. 
 
 caballeria, f. cavalry. 
 
 caballero, m. gentleman. 
 
 caballo, m. horse; de silla, rid- 
 ing horse; de d , horsemen, 
 
 cavalry. 
 
 cabe (si) (caber, 204), if possible; 
 
 no mas, leaves nothing to be 
 
 desired. 
 
 cabecera,/ head (of the fable). 
 
 cabello, m. hair. 
 
 cabeza,/. head, lead. 
 
 cabida,yC room, space. 
 
 cabido (/. part, of caber), befallen. 
 
 cabo de mar, ship's corporal; a cabo, 
 to a finish. 
 
 cabra, f. goat. 
 
 caciquismo, m. bossism. 
 
 cachemir, m. cashmere. 
 
 cachimba,/ (familiar), pipe, 
 
 cada, every, each, all. 
 
 caddver, m. corpse. 
 
 caer (192), to fall. 
 
 caf6, m. coffee. 
 
 caja,yC case. 
 
 cajita, / package. 
 
 calavera, / madcap. 
 
 calcular, to calculate. 
 
 caldera, / boiler. 
 
 calentura, f. fever. 
 
376 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 calidad,/ quality. 
 
 calor, m. heat. 
 
 calzado, ;. shoes. 
 
 calzas,/ breeches. 
 
 callar, to hold one's tongue, be silent 
 
 (abouf) . 
 calle,/ street. 
 callejero, tn. loafer, 
 calle j6n, m. passage, gangway, 
 cama, / bed; haoer , to keep 
 
 one's bed (from sickness). 
 camada, / pack, 
 camara,/ cabin, chamber, 
 cambiar, to change, 
 cambio, m. change, exchange; en 
 
 , on the other hand. 
 
 caminar, to march (on) . 
 
 camino, m. road. 
 
 camisa, / shirt. 
 
 campamento, m. camp, encampment. 
 
 campanilla,/! bell. 
 
 campana, /. campaign. [country. 
 
 campo, m. camp, field, dueling ground, 
 
 cancer, m. cancer. 
 
 canci6n, / song. 
 
 cangrejo, m. crab; de popa, 
 
 afterdeck. 
 
 canibalismo, m. cannibalism, 
 canon, /;/. rate, fee. 
 cansancio, m. lassitude. 
 cansar, to tire, be tired, 
 cansarse, to get tired, 
 cantar, to sing. 
 cantaro, m. pitcher. 
 cantidad, / sum, quantity. 
 Can6n, m. cannon, gun. 
 canonazo, m. cannonade, 
 canonear, to cannonade. 
 canoneo, m. cannonading. 
 canonera, mounted with cannon, 
 capaz, capable, 
 capital, m. capital (wealth*). 
 
 capital,/ (chief city), capital. 
 
 capitalista, m. capitalist. 
 
 capitalizarse, to be capitalized. 
 
 capitan, m. captain, leader; de 
 
 navlo, captain; de bandera, 
 
 flag captain; de infanteria 
 
 de marina, captain of marines. 
 
 capricho, m. whim. 
 
 cara, / face. 
 
 carabina,/ carbine, rifle. 
 
 cardcter, m. character. 
 
 caracteristico, -a, characteristic. 
 
 icaramba! zounds! \ y cara- 
 coles! thunderation ! 
 
 carcajada, / (soltar, 167), to burst 
 out laughing. 
 
 cardinal, cardinal. 
 
 carecer, to be without, not to have re- 
 ceived. 
 
 carga,/ loading^ load. 
 
 cargar, to load, charge. 
 
 caricias, / caresses; hacer , to 
 
 caress. 
 
 carinosamente, lovingly, affection- 
 ately. 
 
 carinoso, -a, affectionate. 
 
 Carmen, name of a street. 
 
 came, /. meat ; poner de gallina, 
 
 to make one's flesh creep, have 
 goose flesh. 
 
 carnoso, -a, fleshy. 
 
 carrera,/! charge, run. 
 
 carta,/ letter. 
 
 cartero, m. letter-carrier. 
 
 casa,yC house ; de banca, bank- 
 ing house; en , at home. 
 
 casar, to marry; se, to get mar- 
 ried. 
 
 casco, m. helmet. 
 
 caseta (/) del puente de popa, chart 
 house. 
 
 casi, almost. 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 377 
 
 caso, m. case, fact, matter ; hacer 
 de, to pay heed to. 
 
 castano, -a, chestnut (color}. 
 
 Castillejos. The first skirmishes with 
 the Moors took place in the Plain 
 of Castillejos, in the latter part of 
 December, 1859. 
 
 Castillo, m. castle. 
 
 catalago, m. catalogue. 
 
 catastrof e, / catastrophe. 
 
 caucho, m. caoutchouc (rubber). 
 
 caudillo, m. commander. 
 
 causa,/ cause; a de, because of. 
 
 causar, to cause. 
 
 cautiverio, m. captivity. 
 
 cay6 (caer, 192), (he) fell; cayeron, 
 (they} fell; cayeran, (they) would 
 fall. 
 
 cazador, m. chasseur. 
 
 cazatorpedero, m. torpedo-boat de- 
 stroyer. 
 
 ceder, to yield. 
 
 cedilla, / warrant. 
 
 celebrar, to hold, celebrate, be glad of. 
 
 cena,/ supper. 
 
 censura,/ censure. 
 
 censurar, to blame. 
 
 centauro, m. centaur. 
 
 centimetre, m. centimeter. 
 
 centre, m. center, middle, midships. 
 
 cenudo (ponerse), to scowl. % 
 
 cepillo, m. brush, plane. 
 
 cerca,/ fence. 
 
 cerca de, near. 
 
 cero, m. zero. 
 
 cerrado, stubborn. 
 
 cerrar (164), to close. 
 
 certero, -a, sure, certain. 
 
 certidumbre, / certainty. 
 
 cerveza,/beer. 
 
 cesante, m. (ex-office holder}, out of 
 office. 
 
 cesar, to cease, 
 cielo, m. heaven, 
 ciencia,/ science, 
 cientifico, -a, scientific. 
 
 ciento (cien), hundred; por , 
 
 per cent. 
 
 cierto, -a, certain, 
 cigarillo, in. cigarette. 
 cigarro, m. cigarette. 
 cinco, five. 
 cincuenta, fifty. 
 circular, to circulate, 
 circulo, m. circle, club, 
 circunstancia, /. circumstance. 
 circunvecino, -a, surrounding, 
 citas (darse, 189), to have meetings. 
 ciudad, / city. 
 claro, clearly. 
 
 claro, m. interval, space between, 
 clase, / category, class, kind. 
 clavo, m. nail, 
 clima, m. climate. 
 club, m. club. 
 cobarde, m. coward, 
 cobertor, m. coverlet, quilt. 
 cobrar, to collect. 
 
 COCer (143, 5 and a}, to cook, boil, 
 cociente, ;//. quotient, 
 cocina, / kitchen. 
 COChe, m. carriage. 
 codiciado, -a, coveted, 
 coger, to catch, take. 
 coja (coger), I take.' 
 cola,/ tail, 
 colear, to wag the tail, 
 colega, m. colleague, contemporary. 
 COlcha,/ coverlet, counterpane. 
 colocaci6n, / investment. 
 
 colocar, to place; se, to be placed. 
 
 Col6n, Columbus. 
 colonia, / colony. 
 color, m. color. 
 
378 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 columna, / column. 
 
 comadrero, -a, gossipy. 
 
 comandante, m. captain, commander. 
 
 combate, m. fight. 
 
 combatiente, m. combatant. 
 
 combinaci6n, f. combination, arrange- 
 ment. 
 
 comedor, m. dining-room. 
 
 comenzar (143, 4, and 164), to begin. 
 
 comer, to eat; se, to eat, swallow. 
 
 comercial, commercial. 
 
 comercio, m. commerce, business. 
 
 cometer, to commit. 
 
 c6mico, -a, comic. 
 
 COmida, / dinner, meal. 
 
 cominos, m. cumin seed. 
 
 comisi6n/ commission. 
 
 como, like, as, about, as if; que, 
 
 as; el, la que mas, as much 
 
 as any one. 
 
 <:c6mo? how? 
 
 comodoro, commodore. 
 
 companero, m. companion. 
 
 companfa, yC company. 
 
 comparaci6n, f. comparison. 
 
 comparado, -a, comparative. 
 
 comparative, -a, comparative. 
 
 completamente, completely. 
 
 completar, to complete. 
 
 completo, -a, complete. 
 
 compone (se) (componer, 201), is 
 composed; se compondrd, will be 
 composed. 
 
 composici6n, / (de) composition. 
 
 compositor, m. composer. 
 
 compra, / purchase. 
 
 comprar, to buy; se, to be bought. 
 
 comprender, to understand. 
 
 comprimir, to compress. 
 
 comprometido, -a, precarious. 
 
 comun, common. 
 
 comunicar, to communicate. 
 
 con, with, on. 
 
 concebir (181), to conceive. 
 
 conceder, to grant. 
 
 conciencia, f. conscience. 
 
 concierto, m. concert. 
 
 conciliador, -a, conciliatory. 
 
 conciudadano, m. fellow-citizen. 
 
 concluir (185), to finish. 
 
 concordar (167), to agree. 
 
 Conde de Lucena, Count of Lucena, 
 a title acquired by General O'Don- 
 nell for his valor in defending this 
 city against the Carlists, in the civil 
 war of 1834-1839. 
 
 condenar, to condemn. 
 
 condesa,/ countess. 
 
 condici6n, f. condition, quality, state. 
 
 conducci6n,/ cartage. 
 
 conducir (207), to conduct; condu- 
 cirse, to behave. 
 
 conf ecci6n, f. manufacture, making up 
 (of goods} . 
 
 confesar (164), to confess. 
 
 confianza,/ confidence. 
 
 confiar, to trust. 
 
 confirmar, to confirm, refer to. 
 
 conflicto, m. conflict. 
 
 confundido, -a, mingled with. 
 
 confundirse, to get confused. 
 
 conmigo, with me (58). 
 
 conmover (170), to stir up. 
 
 conocedores (los), those acquainted 
 with. 
 
 conocer (143, a), to know. 
 
 conocido, -a, known. 
 
 conocimiento, m. acquaintance, knowl- 
 edge, bill. 
 
 conozco (conocer, 143, a), I know. 
 
 consecuencia (en), consequently. 
 
 conseguir (143, 10, 181), to bring it 
 about; conseguirse. to be accom- 
 plished. 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 379 
 
 consejo directive, m. board of direc- 
 tors. 
 
 consentir (174), to consent. 
 
 conserva,/ conserve. 
 
 considerar, to consider. 
 
 consignaci6n,/ consignment. 
 
 consiguiente (por), consequently. 
 
 COnsolarse, to console oneself. 
 
 conspiraci6n, / conspiracy. 
 
 constar, to consist; hacerse , to 
 
 be set forth, stated. 
 
 construcci6n, f. construction. 
 
 construir (185), to construct; se con- 
 struyen, are constructed. 
 
 consular, consular. 
 
 x,onsulta, f. consultation. 
 
 consultar, to consult. 
 
 contador, m. paymaster. 
 
 contar (167), to relate, tell, count, 
 
 count on; se, to be counted 
 
 (on) ; se hace , it is stated. 
 
 contener (136), to contain; contiene, 
 contains. 
 
 contenjdo, m. contents. 
 
 contentarse, to be satisfied. 
 
 contento, -a, happy, content, satisfied. 
 
 contento, m. delight. 
 
 contestar, to answer. 
 
 COntigO, with thee (58). 
 
 continuar, to continue. 
 
 COntinuo, -a, continuous. 
 
 contra, against; en de, against. 
 
 contraalmirante, rear admiral. 
 
 COntrario, -a, enemy, hostile; m. oppo- 
 nent. 
 
 contrataci<5n, / operation, contract. 
 
 contrincante, m. adversary. 
 
 convenio, m. agreement, contract. 
 
 conve r iir (202), to suit. 
 
 conversaci6n, f. conversation. 
 
 convertir (174), to convert; se, 
 
 to convert oneself. 
 
 convite, m. banquet. 
 copa,/ glass. 
 copia, / copy, 
 coqueta,/ coquette. 
 coraz6n, w. heart, 
 corbata,/ cravat, neckwear, 
 cordita,/ cordite. 
 corneja,/ crow, 
 corneta,/ bugle, 
 corona,/ crown, 
 coronel, m. colonel. 
 corpulento, -a, thick and large. 
 correcci6n,/ correctness, 
 correcto, -a, correct, 
 corredor, m. broker, 
 correo, m. mail. 
 
 correr, to run; d todo , at full 
 
 speed; correrse, to run, fall, 
 correspondencia, / correspondence. 
 correspondiente, for {corresponding 
 
 corresponsal, m. correspondent. 
 
 corretaje, m. brokerage. 
 
 corriente, instant, present, current ; 
 i corriente ! all right ! 
 
 corrigir, to correct. 
 
 corruptor, corrupting. 
 
 corse", m. corset. 
 
 cortedad, / shortcomings. 
 
 corte"s, polite. 
 
 cortesia,/ courtesy. 
 
 cortina, / curtain, cloud. 
 
 corto, -a, short. 
 
 cosa, / thing. 
 
 costar (167) un ojo, to cost very 
 high. 
 
 costumbre, / custom; de , cus- 
 tomary; como de , as usual. 
 
 cotidiano, -a, daily. 
 
 cotizaci6n,/ quotations. 
 
 crSdito m. credit, public credit. 
 
 creer (206), to think, believe. 
 
SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 crescendo, crescendo (increase in 
 volume}. 
 
 criada,/". (ma'i(T) servant. 
 
 criado, m. servant. 
 
 criatura,/ creature. 
 
 crisma,/ pate, head. 
 
 cristal, m. glass. 
 
 cristaleria,/ glassware. 
 
 cristiano, -a, Christian. 
 
 Cristo, Christ (image}. 
 
 cr6nico, -a, chronic. 
 
 crucero, m. cruiser. 
 
 cruz, / cross. 
 
 cuadro, m. list. 
 
 cuadrupedo, m. quadruped. 
 
 cual ? what, which ? 
 
 cual, as. 
 
 cual (el, los, la, las), which, who, 
 
 whom; lo , which; conlo , 
 
 whereby. 
 
 cualidad,/ qi*ality. 
 
 cuan, how. 
 
 cuando, when. 
 
 I cuando? when? 
 
 cuanto, -a? how much? how many? 
 
 cuanto, -a, how much, how many; as 
 much, as many ; en cuanto a, as to. 
 
 cuarenta, forty. 
 
 cuartel general, m. general quarters; 
 a/so, the general staff composed of 
 the staffs of all the commands. 
 
 cuarto, fourth, quarter. 
 
 cuarto, m. quarter, room. 
 
 cuatro, four; de a , of four cen- 
 timeters. 
 
 cuatrocientos, four hundred. 
 
 Cuba, i.e. Santiago de Cuba, as it is 
 commonly known by the natives. 
 
 cubierta,/ deck. 
 
 cubrir (222), to cover. 
 
 cuchichearse, to whisper to each 
 other. 
 
 cuello, m. collar, neck. 
 
 cuenta,/ account. 
 
 cuentecito, m. story. 
 
 cuento, m. story. 
 
 cuerda,yT cord, rope. 
 
 cuero, m. leather. 
 
 cuerpo, m, body, corps; ese , 
 
 that body, i.e. you; cuerpo a cuerpo, 
 hand to hand. 
 
 Cuervo, m. raven. 
 
 cuidado, m. care; jcuidado! look 
 out! 
 
 culebra, / snake. 
 
 culminante, culminating. 
 
 cultivo, m. worship, cultivation. 
 
 culto, m. worship. 
 
 cumplido, performed. 
 
 cumplimiento, m. compliment, compli- 
 ance. 
 
 cumplir con, to perform. 
 
 cunado. m. brother-in-law. 
 
 cura,/. cure. 
 
 curar, to cure, give medical aid to. 
 
 curiosidad, f. curiosity. 
 
 curso, m. course. 
 
 curvado, -a, bent, curved. 
 
 custodiar, to have charge of, serve. 
 
 cutaneo, -a, cutaneous. 
 
 cuyo, -a, whose, which. 
 
 Ch 
 
 chal, m. shawl, 
 chaleco, m. vest. 
 chancear, to joke. 
 
 chanza,/. joke ; en- , jokingly. 
 
 chapurrado, m. gibberish. 
 chaqueta, / jacket, coat. 
 
 charlar, to chatter, gabble ; el 
 
 talking, prattling. 
 charol, m. Japan varnish, 
 chica,/ little girl, 
 chico, m. boy. 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 381 
 
 chiquilla,/. young lady, 
 chiquillo, m. (little boy), darling. 
 
 chiquitas (andar en ), to trifle. 
 
 chismear, to gossip, carry tales. 
 
 chiste, m. pleasantry, joke. 
 
 chistoso, -a, gay, witty. 
 
 chocar, to clink, touch. 
 
 chocolate, m. chocolate. 
 
 chucho, m. {familiar for dog)> towser. 
 
 chupar, to suck, draw. 
 
 dale (dar) con Juana, still harping on 
 
 my daughter. 
 dama,/ lady. 
 danza,/ dance, 
 dano, in. harm, 
 dar (189), to give, shake (hands}, fa\\ 
 
 into, strike (clock}; dar en, to be 
 
 getting into ; darse, to be given. 
 dato, m. datum, truth, fact. 
 de, of, from, with, by, to, on, in, under; 
 
 than, as ; de a, of ; de entre, from 
 
 (among) ; de a, between. 
 
 debajo, below ; de, under. 
 
 debe, /. debit. 
 
 deber, m. duty. 
 
 deber (see 213), to owe, ought, must. 
 
 debido, -a, due, proper. 
 
 debilidad, / weakness. 
 
 decepci6n, / deception. 
 
 decidido, -a, decided. 
 
 decidirse, to be decided. 
 
 de'cimoquinto, -a, fifteenth. 
 
 decir, m. statement. 
 
 decir (195), to say, tell; por decirlo 
 
 asi, so to speak; se, to be said. 
 
 declaraci6n, f. declaration, 
 declararse, to break out ; en 
 
 quiebra, to go into bankruptcy. 
 dedicar, to devote; se, to be en 
 
 gaged in. 
 
 dedo, m. finger; de en medio, 
 
 middle finger; anular, ring- 
 finger, menique, little finger; 
 
 pulgar, thumb. 
 
 defecto, m. defect. 
 
 defender (166), to defend; se, 
 
 to defend oneself. 
 definitiva (en), ultimately. 
 dejar, to leave, allow, lack; de, 
 
 to fail; (as an auxil^ t to have, 
 delante de, before. 
 delgado, -a, fine, thin, 
 delicadeza,/ delicacy. 
 delicioso, -a, delightful. 
 delirio (con), rapturously. 
 demas (el, los, lo), the remaining, 
 
 other. 
 
 demasiado, too much, too. 
 democratic, -a, democratic, 
 j demonic j the deuce ! 
 denodadamente, boldly. 
 denominaci6n,/ denomination, name, 
 dentadura, / set of teeth. 
 dentro (de), within. 
 depender, to depend. 
 dep6sito, m. deposit, depository; 
 
 de las baterias, ammunition 
 
 room. 
 
 derecha, / right (hand). 
 
 derecho, m. duty, right. 
 
 derecho, -a, right. 
 
 derramar, to spill, pour. 
 
 derribar, to knock over or down, blow 
 
 down. 
 
 derrochar, to squander. 
 derrumbarse, to go to pieces, 
 desafiar, to challenge. 
 desagradable, disagreeable. 
 desagradar, to displease, 
 desarrollar, to develop; se, to be 
 
 developed. 
 desastre, m. disaster. 
 
382 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 desastroso, -a, disastrous. 
 
 descargarse, to be discharged. 
 
 descarrilado (off the track}, impe- 
 cunious. 
 
 descender (166), to fall. 
 
 descolgar(i43, 2, and 167), to unhang, 
 take down. 
 
 descomunal, unusual. 
 
 desconcertado, -a, disconcerted. 
 
 desconfiar, to distrust. 
 
 describir, to describe. 
 
 descubierto, -a, bare* 
 
 descubrir (222), to discover. 
 
 descuento, m. discount. 
 
 desde, since, from, for; que, since. 
 
 desdicha,/ misfortune. 
 
 deseada,/! welcome letter. 
 
 deseado, -a (desired), welcome. 
 
 desear, to desire, like. 
 
 desembarco, m. landing. 
 
 desesperado, -a, desperate. 
 
 desfavorable, unfavorable. 
 
 desgarrador, -a, heart-rending. 
 
 desgracia, f. misfortune. 
 
 desgraciadamente, unfortunately. 
 
 desgraciado, -a, unfortunate, unhappy, 
 
 deshecho, -a, undone, destroyed. 
 
 desheredado, -a, disinherited. 
 
 desigual, unequal. 
 
 desistir, to desist. 
 
 deslumbrante, dazzling. 
 
 desmontar, to dismount. 
 
 desnudo, -a, naked, drawn. 
 
 despacio, slowly. 
 
 despacharse, to be sent. 
 
 despacho, m. office. 
 
 despedir (181), to dismiss. 
 
 desplazar, to displace. 
 
 despreciar, to despise. 
 desprenderse, to give up, part with. 
 
 despue"s, afterward ; de, after ; 
 
 que, after. 
 
 destacamento, m. detachment. 
 destacarse, to be detached. 
 
 destine (con a), bound for, 
 
 destrozar, to mangle, tear. 
 destrozo, m. destruction, havoc. 
 destrucci6n, / destruction, 
 destructor, m. (destroyer) torpedo 
 
 boat. 
 
 desventaja, f. disadvantage. 
 detail, m. detail, retail. 
 detalladamente, in detail, 
 detallista, m. retailer. 
 deteriorar, to impair, injure, 
 detras de, behind, after. 
 devolver (171), to restore. 
 di (dar, 189), I gave. 
 di (decir, 195), tell (imp. 2a sing.}. 
 
 dia, m. day; festive, holiday; 
 
 buenos , good morning, day 
 
 (greeting). 
 
 diablo, m. devil ; de todos los t 
 
 as the very devil; mil veces, 
 
 by the eleven devils, 
 diamante, m. diamond. 
 diametro, m. thickness, diameter. 
 
 i diantre ! the deuce ! 
 
 diario, -a, daily, a day. 
 
 diciembre, December. 
 
 dicha,/ good fortune. 
 
 dicho, m. saying. 
 
 dicho (/. part, decir, 195), said, told; 
 dichos, the same. 
 
 dichoso, -a, happy, fortunate. 
 
 diente, m. tooth. 
 
 diera (dar, 189), should give. 
 
 diez, ten, ten o'clock. 
 
 diez y seis, sixteen. 
 
 diferencia,/ difference. 
 
 diferenciarse, to differ. 
 
 diferir (174), to differ. 
 
 diga V. (decir, 195), say, tell you 
 (imp.} ; no digas, do not (thou) tell. 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 383 
 
 di6se por 
 se di6, was 
 
 digesti6n,yi digestion. 
 
 dignidad,/ dignity. 
 
 digno, -a, worthy. 
 
 digo (decir, 195), I say. 
 
 dije, dijiste, dijo (tret, decir, 195), 
 
 I said, told, etc.; dijera, should say; 
 
 dijeramos, we should say. 
 dilatado, -a, extended. 
 dime = di me, tell me. 
 dinamita,/ dynamite. 
 dinero, m. money. 
 di6 (dar, 189), gave; 
 
 (darse), was declared: 
 
 given. 
 
 Dios, m. God; de , blessed. 
 
 dique, m. dike, dam. 
 
 dir6 (decir, 195), I will say, tell (of). 
 
 direcci6n,/ direction, guidance. 
 
 directo, -a, direct. 
 
 dirigir, to direct; se, steer, take 
 
 a course, direct oneself. 
 discreci6n,/ judgment, 
 discurso, m. speech, 
 discutir, to discuss. 
 disiparse, to be dissipated. 
 
 disparar, to fire; se, to be fired. 
 
 disparo, m. fire, shot, discharge. 
 
 dispensar, to excuse. 
 
 disponer (201), to dispose, make use 
 
 of ; disponga de, consider at your 
 
 disposal. 
 
 disposici6n,/ disposition. 
 dispuesto, -a, arranged, 
 distancia, / distance, 
 distante, distant, 
 distinguir, to distinguish. 
 distinto, -a, different. 
 diversi6n,/ amusement, 
 diverse, -a, various. 
 divertido, -a, entertaining, 
 divertirse (174), to amuse, enjoy one- 
 self. 
 
 dividendo, m. dividend. 
 
 dividir, to divide. 
 
 divino, -a, divine. 
 
 division,/! division. 
 
 divisor, m. divisor. 
 
 divulgar, to divulge. 
 
 diz, they say. 
 
 doce, twelve. 
 
 docena,/ dozen. 
 
 doler (170), to ache. 
 
 dolor, m. pain, ache. 
 
 domSstico, -a, domestic. 
 
 dominar, to control; se, to be 
 
 controlled. 
 
 domingo, /. Sunday. 
 
 domin6, m. dominoes. 
 
 don, don (a title used before the bap- 
 tismal names of men} ; Don Quijote, 
 the famous book of Cervantes. 
 
 d6nde ? (en) where, in what place ? 
 
 donde, where, wherever, which. 
 
 dona,/ donna. 
 
 dos, two. 
 
 dotacion,/crew. 
 
 droga,/. drug. 
 
 duda,/ doubt. 
 
 dudar, to doubt. 
 
 dudoso, -a, doubtful. 
 
 duelo, m. duel. 
 
 dueno, m. master. 
 
 dulce, sweet. 
 
 dum sumus juvenes (Latin), while 
 we are young. 
 
 duplicarse, to be doubled. 
 
 durante, during. 
 
 durar, to last. 
 
 d-uro, -a, hard, stiff. 
 
 duro, m. dollar. 
 
 E 
 
 6, and. 
 
 j ea ! come, say. 
 
 economia,/ economy, saving. 
 
SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 echar, to pour, take, put forth ; 
 
 se, be put, thrown ; echar de 
 
 ver, to notice; -a perder, to spoil, 
 edad,/ age. 
 educado, -a, educated, 
 efectivo, -a, effective. 
 
 efecto, m. purpose, effect ; al , 
 
 with this intent ; por , by rea- 
 son of ; ef ectos, goods, effects. 
 egoista, selfish. 
 
 ejecutar, to execute ; se, to be 
 
 executed. 
 
 ejemplo, m. example ; por , for 
 
 instance. 
 
 ejercer, to exercise. 
 ejercicio, m. exercise. 
 ejSrcito, m. army, 
 el, the, that, the one ; el que, he who, 
 
 el que, which ; del, than that. 
 61, he, him, it. 
 elecci6n,/ election, 
 elector, m. voter. 
 ele"ctrico, -a, electric, 
 elegante, elegant. 
 elemento, m. element. 
 elevaci6n (por), to get the range, 
 elevado, -a, high, 
 elevarse, to rise, 
 elocuentemente, eloquently, 
 ella, she, her, it. 
 ellas, they, them, 
 ello, it. 
 ellos, they, them; jd ellos ! upon 
 
 them ! 
 
 Embajada, / embassy. 
 embarcacitin, / boat, 
 embarcar, to ship ; take aboard, 
 embarco, m. embarkation, rescue. 
 embargo (sin), however, notwith 
 
 standing. 
 
 embarque, m. shipment, 
 embarrancada,/ beaching. 
 
 embarrancar, to run aground, beach. 
 
 mbestida, / assault. 
 
 mbotellado, -a, bottled. 
 
 mbriagado, intoxicated. 
 
 mbriaguez, / intoxication. 
 
 mpenado, -a, hard pressed. 
 
 mpenar, to engage in. 
 
 mpeno, m. diligence, energy. 
 
 empezar (143, 4, 164), to begin. 
 
 empleado, m. employee. 
 
 emplear, to employ, use ; se, to 
 
 be used. 
 
 empleo, m. use. 
 
 emprender, to undertake. 
 
 empresa,/ enterprise. 
 
 empujar, to push. 
 
 en, in, on, at, to ; as. 
 
 enamorado, -a, in love. 
 
 enano, m. dwarf. 
 
 enardecer (143, a), to inflame. 
 
 enardecido, -a, inflamed. 
 
 encaje, m. lace. 
 
 encantador, -a, charming. 
 
 encanto, m. charm. 
 
 encargado de negocios, m. charge 
 d'affaires. 
 
 encargo, m. care, charge. 
 
 encender (166), to light. 
 
 encendido, -a, burning, lighted ; in- 
 cendiary (as shells; i.e. containing 
 inflammable material). 
 
 encendio, m. fire. 
 
 encerrar (164), to enclose. 
 
 encima (por), over. 
 
 encogerse de hombros, to shrug one's 
 shoulders. 
 
 encomendar (164), to entrust, 
 encontrar (167), to meet, find; 
 
 se, to be, find oneself. 
 
 encordaduras, f. strings for musical 
 
 instruments, 
 encuentro, m. encounter. 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 .385 
 
 endulzado, -a, sweetened. 
 
 enemigo, m. enemy. 
 
 enemigo, -a, hostile. 
 
 energia,/ energy. 
 
 enero, January. 
 
 enfadado, -a, angry. 
 
 enfermedad, /. disease, sickness, affec- 
 tion. 
 
 enfermizo, -a, sickly. 
 
 enfermo, -a, unwell, sick. 
 
 enfrente, opposite, in front. 
 
 engendrar, to engender. 
 
 enigma, m. riddle. 
 
 enojo, m. vexation. 
 
 enorme, enormous. 
 
 Enrique, Henry. 
 
 ensaladera, /. salad dish. 
 
 ensenar, to teach ; se, to learn, 
 
 be taught. 
 
 ensordecer (143, a), to make a deaf- 
 ening sound in. 
 
 entender (166), to hear, understand; 
 se, to deal with. 
 
 entendido, -a, wise, intelligent. 
 
 enterarse, to inform oneself. 
 
 entero, -a, entire, whole. 
 
 entonar, to intone. 
 
 entonces, then; por , for the 
 
 time, then. 
 
 entrar, to enter. 
 
 entre, between, among, amidst ; 
 de , from among. 
 
 entregar, to hand, give. 
 
 entretenido, -a, entertaining. 
 
 entusiasmarse, to become or be en- 
 thusiastic. 
 
 entusiasmo, m. enthusiasm. 
 
 entusiasta, enthusiastic. 
 
 enveneramiento, m. poisoning. 
 
 enviar, to send ; se, to be sent. 
 
 envio, m. sending. 
 
 envolver (171), to surround, involve. 
 
 envuelto, -a, surrounded. 
 
 epilepsia,/ epilepsy. 
 
 episodic, m. episode. 
 
 6poca, f. time, period ; en que, 
 
 at a time when. 
 
 equivalente, m. equivalent. 
 
 equivaler, to be equivalent. 
 
 equivocado, -a, wrong. 
 
 era (ser, 136), was ; eran, they were ; 
 era de ver, was worth seeing. 
 
 era,/ era. 
 
 eres (ser, 136), (thou) art. 
 
 erigir, to erect. 
 
 erizarse, to bristle up. 
 
 escalar, to scale. 
 
 escaldado, -a, scalded. 
 
 escalera,/ ladder, stairs. 
 
 escapar, to escape ; se, to slip. 
 
 escape (a todo), with all speed. 
 
 escaso, -a, chary, stingy. 
 
 escena,/ scene. 
 
 escoger, to choose. 
 
 escogido, -a, choice. 
 
 esconderse, to hide oneself. 
 
 escopeta,/ gun. 
 
 escotilla, f. hatchway ; de la 
 
 maquina, engine hatchway. 
 
 escribir, to write. 
 
 escritorio, m. office, counting-house. 
 
 escuadra,/ fleet. 
 
 escuadr6n, m. squadron. 
 
 escuchar, to listen. 
 
 escuela,/ school. 
 
 ese, esa, esos, esas, that, those. 
 
 esencial (en lo), essentially. 
 
 esforzarse (143, 4, and 167), to en- 
 deavor. 
 
 esfuerzo, m. effort. 
 
 eslora,/ length. 
 
 esmeralda,/ emerald. 
 
 esmerarse, to strive, endeavor. 
 
 eso, that, this; a eso de, about; por 
 
386 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 , for that reason ; eso si, of 
 
 course ; eso si que no, not by any 
 
 means, 
 esos, those. 
 
 espacio, m. space, air, atmosphere, 
 espada, f. sword ; &. espada, with 
 
 swords. 
 
 espantar, to frighten. 
 espanto, m. fright. 
 espantoso, -a, frightful. 
 Espana,yC Spain. 
 espanol, -a, Spanish, Spaniard ; d la 
 
 espanola, in Spanish style. 
 especial, special. 
 especialidad (con), especially, 
 especialista, m. specialist. 
 especialmente, especially, 
 especie,/. kind, 
 espectaculo, m. spectacle. 
 espejo, m. mirror, 
 esperanza,/ hope. 
 esperar, to hope, wait for. 
 esperma,/! sperm, 
 espeso, -a, thick. 
 espingarda, /. large musket or small 
 
 piece of ordnance, 
 espontanea (mente), spontaneously 
 
 (234)- 
 
 esposa,/! wife. 
 
 esposo, m. husband. 
 
 estaci6n,yC season. 
 
 estadistica,/. statistics. 
 
 estado, m. condition, state, govern- 
 ment. 
 
 Estados Unidos, United States. 
 
 estallar, to burst out. 
 
 estallido, m. cracking, roar. 
 
 estampido, m. crack, crash, bursting. 
 
 estancia,/ stanza. 
 
 estandarte, m. standard. 
 
 estar (136), to be, stand; be at 
 home; para, to be about 
 
 to, be enough; a no estarlo ella> 
 
 if she were not. 
 estatua,/ statue, 
 este, esta, estos, estas, this, these ; 
 
 en esta, in this city. 
 e"ste, sta, e"stos, 6stas, this, these, 
 
 the latter, 
 estilo, m. style. 
 estio, m. summer, 
 estirar, to stretch, 
 estirpe,/! race, stock. 
 esto, this, this matter ; en , by 
 
 this time, 
 
 est6mago, m. stomach. 
 estopa,yi tow. 
 estornino, m. starling. 
 estoy (estar, 136), I am. 
 estragos, ;;/. havoc, ruin. 
 estramb6tico, -a, strange, odd. 
 estrechar, to tighten, squeeze, close, 
 estrecho, -a, narrow. 
 estrella,/. star. 
 estremecerse (143, a), to be shaken. 
 
 shudder. 
 
 estrepitoso, -a, loud. 
 estruendo, m. noise, 
 estudiantino, -a, students', 
 estudiar, to study. 
 estudioso, -a, studious. 
 estuvo (estar, 136), was; estuviera. 
 
 estuviese, should or would be. 
 eternidad,/ eternity. 
 Eterno, m. Eternal, 
 evidencia,/ evidence, view, 
 evitar, to avoid, overcome. 
 examen, m. examination, 
 excelente, excellent. 
 excelentemente, excellently, 
 excitadisimo, -a, very excited, 
 excitar, to excite. 
 exclamar, to exclaim, 
 exclusivo, -a, exclusive. 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 3*7 
 
 excmo. (excelentfsimo)', most excel- 
 lent. 
 
 excusar, to excuse. 
 
 exhibici6n,/ exhibition. 
 
 exigente, exacting. 
 
 exigir, to require. 
 
 existir, to exist. 
 
 6xito, m. result. 
 
 expansi6n,/ transport. 
 
 experiencia, / experience. 
 
 expiar, to watch for. 
 
 explosi6n,/ explosion. 
 
 explosive, -a, explosive. 
 
 exportaci6n, / exportation. 
 
 exposition,/ exposition. 
 
 expresar, to express. 
 
 eapresi6n,/ expression. 
 
 expreso, m. express. 
 
 extenderse, to extend. 
 
 extensi6n,/ extension, distance. 
 
 exterior, foreign, exterior. 
 
 extirpaci6n, f. extirpation. 
 
 extranjero, -a, foreign. 
 
 extranjero, m. foreign countries, 
 abroad. \ 
 
 extranar, to wonder, be surprised. 
 
 extraordinario, -a, extraordinary. 
 
 extremidad, / extremity. 
 
 extreme, m. extremity. 
 
 extreme, -a, extreme. 
 
 F 
 
 fabrica,/ factory. 
 
 f abricaci6n, f. make, manufacture. 
 
 fabricante, m. manufacturer. 
 
 f acil, easy. 
 
 factura,/ invoice, bill. 
 
 falta,/ lack, want, fault. 
 
 faltar, to fail, be wanting, missing. 
 
 f amilia, / family. 
 
 f amoso, -a, famous. 
 
 fantasia, / fancy. 
 
 farsa,/ farce. 
 
 fatigar, to make tired. 
 
 favor, m. favor. 
 
 favorecer (143, a), to favor. 
 
 favorecida,/ favor. 
 
 favorecido, -a, favored, favorite. 
 
 febrero, February. 
 
 fecha,/ date. 
 
 fechado, -a, dated. 
 
 felicidad,/ happiness. 
 
 f elicitaciones, f. congratulations. 
 
 feliz, felices, happy. 
 
 fenecer (143, a), to die. 
 
 feo, -a, ugly ; lo feo, ugliness. 
 
 ferrocarril, m. railroad. 
 
 festivo, -a, festive, gay, jocular. 
 
 fiarse (de), to trust. 
 
 fidedigno, -a, reliable. 
 
 fiebre,/ fever. 
 
 fiel, faithful. 
 
 fieltro, m. felt. 
 
 fiesta,/ rejoicing, gayety. 
 
 fijar, to fix. 
 
 fijo, -a, fixed. 
 
 fila,/ file, rank. 
 
 Filipinas,/ Philippines (islands). 
 
 filosofia,/ philosophy. 
 
 fi!6sofo, m. philosopher. 
 
 fin, m. end ; al , finally ; en , 
 
 in fine ; por , at last ; al 
 
 y al fallo, to sum up ; al y 
 
 al cabo, in the end. 
 
 finalizar, to end. 
 
 financier, -a, financial. 
 
 fino, -a, fine. 
 
 firma,/ firm. 
 
 firmar, to sign. 
 
 firmeza, / firmness, certainty, 
 fisico, -a, physical. 
 fisionomia, / aspect, 
 flanco, m. flank. 
 flaqueza,/. weakness. 
 
333 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 flete, m. freight. 
 
 flor,/ flower. 
 
 flota,/ fleet. 
 
 fogoso, -a, impetuous. 
 
 fomentar, to encourage. 
 
 f onda, / inn, hotel. 
 
 fondo, m. essential part, essence; 
 
 fondos, funds. 
 
 forma,/ form, way, procedure. 
 formar, to form, build. 
 formidable, formidable. 
 fortificaci6n,/ fortification. 
 f ortuna, / fortune. 
 forzado, -a, forced, 
 fragor, m. noise, 
 fragrancia,/ perfume, 
 francos, -esa, French. 
 Francia,/ France. 
 
 franoo-prusiano, -a, French-Prussian, 
 franqueza,/ frankness. 
 f razada, / blanket, 
 frecuentar, to frequent, attend. 
 freir (183), to fry. 
 frenesi, m. frenzy, 
 f rente,/ forehead, front, head; &., 
 
 in front of ; de , to the front. 
 
 frio, m. cold. 
 
 frio, -a, cold. 
 
 f ruta, / fruit. 
 
 fruto, m. fruit. 
 
 fu6 (ser, 136), was. 
 
 file" (ir, 214), went ; se a pique, 
 
 foundered. 
 fuego, m. fire, 
 fuente,/ fountain, well, 
 fuera, out of, without ; de aqui ! 
 
 get out of here. 
 fuera (ser, 136), should be; si no 
 
 , had it not been. 
 
 fueron (ser, 136), there were, 
 fuerte, strong. 
 fuerte, m. fort. 
 
 fuerza,/ force, strength, resource. 
 
 fuese (ser, 136), were. 
 
 fueses (ser, 136), thou shouldst be. 
 
 fuga,/. flight. 
 
 fugaz, fleeting. 
 
 fui (ser), I was; fui (ir), I went 
 
 fuimos, fuisteis (ir, 214), we went, 
 
 you went, 
 fumar, to smoke. 
 
 f unci6n, / entertainment, " function." 
 furiosamente, furiously. 
 furioso, -a, furious. 
 furor, m. anger, fury. 
 fusil, m. gun, musket. 
 
 gabinete, m. drawing-room. 
 
 galope, m. galop. 
 
 gallardear, to parade, make merry. 
 
 gallina,/ hen. 
 
 gallo, m. cock. 
 
 gama, / scale. 
 
 ganancia, / gain. 
 
 ganar, to earn, gain. 
 
 garantizar, to guarantee. 
 
 garganta,/ throat. 
 
 gas, m. gas. 
 
 gaseosa, / soda water. 
 
 gastar, to spend, waste. 
 
 gasto, m. expense, charge, amount. 
 
 gatito, m. kitten. 
 
 gato, m. cat. 
 
 gaudeamus igitur (Latin), let us, 
 
 therefore, be jolly. 
 gelatinoso, -a, gelatinous. 
 general, m. general. 
 general (en), in general. 
 generalizarse, to become general. 
 gSnero, m. kind, race ; gSneros 
 
 goods ; de punto, lace goods. 
 
 generoso, -a, generous. 
 gente, / people, men. 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 389 
 
 gesto, m. gesture. 
 
 gigante, m. giant. 
 
 ginebra,/ gin. 
 
 girar, to revolve, turn. 
 
 globo, ///. ball, sphere. 
 
 gloria,/, glory, dear. 
 
 glorieta, f. summer house. 
 
 glorioso, -a, glorious. 
 
 gobernador, m. president, governor,, 
 
 gobernante, m. ruler. 
 
 gobernar, to govern, rule. 
 
 gobierno, m. government. 
 
 golondrina,/ swallow. 
 
 golpe, m. blow, rap. 
 
 golpear, to strike. 
 
 gorro, m. cap. 
 
 gota, f. gout, drop. 
 
 gozar, to enjoy; gozarse, to enjoy 
 
 oneself. 
 gOZO, m. joy. 
 gracias,/. thanks. 
 gracioso, -a, graceful; lo gracioso, 
 
 the funny part. 
 grado, m. degree. 
 graduado, m. graduate, 
 gramatica,/ grammar, 
 granada,/ shell. 
 grande (gran), great, high, 
 grandeza, f. grandeur. 
 grano, m. grain, lump. 
 grata,/, favor, 
 gratis, gratis. 
 gratitud, f. gratitude, 
 grato, -a, pleasant, agreeable, 
 grave, grave. 
 
 gravoso, -a, grievous, heavy. 
 Grecia,/! Greece, 
 gritar, to cry, shout, 
 grueso, m. thickness, main part, 
 gnteso, -a, large, thick, 
 guante, m. glove. 
 guapo, -a, pretty. 
 
 guardar, to guard, keep, protect; 
 
 guardarse, to beware. 
 guarismo, m. figure. 
 guarnecer (143, a), to garrison, 
 guasa,/. joke. 
 guerra,/ war. 
 guerrero, m. warrior. 
 guerilla, / skirmisher; batirse en 
 
 , to skirmish. 
 
 guia,f. line, rope. 
 
 guitarra,/ guitar. 
 
 gurrumino, m. henpecked husband. 
 
 gustar, to please, like ; to partake 
 
 (said in inviting any one to eat}, 
 gusto, m. taste, pleasure,, 
 
 ha (haber, 136) has; ha, ago. 
 
 haba,/bean. 
 
 haber (136), to have, be; no habia 
 que, it was impossible,, 
 
 haber, m. credit. 
 
 habitaci6n,/ room. 
 
 habitar, to inhabit. 
 
 hablador, m. chatterer, talker. 
 
 hablar, to talk, speak. 
 
 habra (haber, 136), there will be. 
 
 hacer (197), to do, make ; hace, ago; 
 no le hace, no matter ; hacer gracia, 
 to amuse ; hacerse con 9 to procure. 
 
 hacia, towards. 
 
 hacienda,/ exchequer. 
 
 hago (hacer, 197), I do, cause,, 
 
 halagarse, to flatter oneself. 
 
 halagiieno, -a, flattering. 
 
 hallar, to find ; hallarse, to find one- 
 self, to be, be found. 
 
 hambre (tener, 136), to be hungry. 
 
 hambriento, -a, hungry. 
 
 han (haber, 136), have. 
 
 hara (hacer, 197), will make, do 
 
 haremos (hacer, 197), we shall do. 
 
390 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 harias (hacer, 197), thou wouldst do. 
 hasta, until, even, even to, as far as ; 
 
 hasta que, until, 
 hay (haber, 136), there is, are; hay 
 
 que, it is necessary. 
 haya (haber, 136), has, may have, 
 
 should have, should be. 
 hayamos (haber, 136), we have, may 
 
 have. 
 
 haz (hacer, 197), do (thou'). 
 hazana,/ exploit. 
 hazmerreir, m. laughing-stock. 
 he (haber, 136), I have. 
 he", behold; he" aqui, here are. 
 hecho, m. fact, deed, 
 hecho (hacer, 197), made, done, 
 
 broken; lo , what is done. 
 
 hemos (haber, 136), we have. 
 
 hender (166), to split. 
 
 heno, m. hay. 
 
 herida,/. wound. 
 
 herido, -a, wounded. 
 
 hermana,/. sister. 
 
 hermano, m. brother. 
 
 hermoso, -a, beautiful, pretty. 
 
 hernia,/ hernia. 
 
 hlroe, m. hero. 
 
 heroico, -a, heroic. 
 
 hice (hacer, 197), I made ; hicieron, 
 
 they made. 
 
 hidalguia, / magnanimity. 
 hierro, m. iron, 
 higado, m. liver, 
 hija,/ daughter. 
 hijo, m. son ; hijos, children, 
 hipocrisia, f. hypocrisy. 
 historia, f. history, story. 
 hizo (hacer, 197), made, did, opened; 
 
 se , was accomplished, made. 
 
 hoja de servicio, record. 
 hola, hello, 
 holgazdn, -ana, lazy. 
 
 hollar, to tread. 
 
 hombre, m. man ; de negocios, 
 
 business man. 
 hombro, m. shoulder. 
 hondamente, deeply, dully. 
 honor, m. honor, 
 honra, /. honor. 
 honrado, -a, honest, honored, 
 honrar, to honor, 
 hora,/ hour, o'clock. 
 Horacio, Horace, a Roman poet, 
 horizontal, horizontal (line). 
 horrible, horrible. 
 horroroso, -a, horrible. 
 hospedaje, m. board. 
 hoy, to-day ; mismo, this very 
 
 day. 
 hubiera (haber, 136), might have, 
 
 would have. 
 hubiese, -es (haber, 136), could, 
 
 would have, had. 
 hubo (haber, 136), there was, were, 
 
 had. 
 
 hueco, -a, hollow, soft, 
 huerto, m. orchard. 
 hueso, m. bone, 
 hueste,/ host, army, 
 huevo, m. egg. 
 humanidad, / humanity. 
 humano, -a, human. 
 humeante, smoking. 
 humedad,/ dampness, wet. 
 hiimedo, -a, wet, damp. 
 humilde, humble. 
 humo, m. smoke, 
 huye (huir, 185), flees. 
 
 I. = ilustrisimo, most illustrious. 
 iba, iban (ir, 214), was, were going, 
 ictericia,/ jaundice. 
 idea,/ idea, conception. 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 391 
 
 ideal, /. ideal, 
 idem, the same, ditto, 
 ido (ir, 214), gone, 
 iglesia,/. church, 
 ignorar, not to know, 
 igual, equal. 
 igualar, to equal. 
 
 iltmo., ilustrisimo, most illustrious. 
 ilustraci6n, /. culture. 
 imagen,/. image. 
 imitar, to imitate, 
 impaciencia, / impatience, 
 impaciente, impatient, 
 impagable, " rich," too funny for any- 
 thing. 
 
 impermeable, m. waterproof, rain-coat, 
 impertinencia, / impertinence, 
 impetu, m. impetus. 
 impetuoso, -a, impetuous. 
 imponente, imposing. 
 imponerse (201), to be imposed, 
 importador, m. importer. 
 importante, important, large. 
 importar, to import, matter, concern, 
 importe, m. amount, 
 imposibilidad, / impossibility. 
 imposibilitar, to prevent, 
 imposible, impossible. 
 impotente, powerless, 
 imprenta,/ printing-office, 
 impresionarse, to be affected. 
 imprimir, to exert, give. 
 imprudente, imprudent. 
 impuesto, m. tax, duty. 
 impulsado, -a, impelled, 
 incendiar, to set fire to. 
 incendio, m. fire, 
 incesante, incessant, 
 incidente, m. incident, 
 incluso, -a, included. 
 incomparable, incomparable. 
 inconveniente, m. objection, obstacle. 
 
 increible, incredible. 
 
 incremento, m. increase, proportions. 
 
 independencia, / independence. 
 
 indicar, to indicate. 
 
 indice, m. forefinger. 
 
 indigena, indigenous. 
 
 indio, m. Hindoo. 
 
 indirectamente, indirectly. 
 
 indiscreto, -a, indiscreet. 
 
 indispensable, indispensable. 
 
 indispuesto, -a, indisposed. 
 
 indole,/. nature, disposition. 
 
 indulgente, indulgent. 
 
 industrial, industrial; m. tradesman. 
 
 infante, m. foot-soldier. 
 
 infanteria, /. infantry. 
 
 inferior, inferior, lower. 
 
 infinite, infinite, very much. 
 
 inflamado, -a, inflamed. 
 
 inflamar, to inflame. 
 
 inflamarse, to burn, ignite. 
 
 influencia,/ influence. 
 
 influir (185), to influence, exert an 
 
 influence. 
 
 informar, to "inform. 
 informarse, to inform oneself, 
 infume, smokeless. 
 ingeniero, m. engineer. 
 Inglaterra,/ England, 
 ingle's, -esa, English. 
 iniciado, -a, begun, 
 inicial,/ initial, 
 iniciarse, to begin, 
 inimitable, inimitable. 
 injuria,/ insult, injury. 
 inmediatamente, immediately, 
 inmenso, -a, immense, great. 
 inmortal, immortal. 
 inm6vil, stationary. 
 inocencia (con), innocently, natvely. 
 inquietar, to disturb, 
 insensato, /. fool. 
 
392 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 inserto, -a, inserted. 
 
 insignia, flagship. 
 
 insistir, to insist, persist. 
 
 instalaci6n, f. putting in, construction. 
 
 instantaneamente, instantly. 
 
 instante, m. instant, interval; en el 
 , at once. 
 
 instrucci6n,/ instruction. 
 
 instrumento, nt. instrument. 
 
 insultar, to insult. 
 
 insurrecto, m. insurgent. 
 
 inteligencia (mala), misunderstand- 
 ing. 
 
 inteligente, intelligent. 
 
 intenci6n,/. intention; con , sig- 
 nificantly. 
 
 intentar, to try, attempt, undertake. 
 
 interns, m. interest. 
 
 interesante, interesting. 
 
 interesar, to interest, to be to one's 
 interest. 
 
 interin (en el), in the meantime. 
 
 interior, domestic, internal. 
 
 internacional, international. 
 
 interponerse (201), to get between. 
 
 interpuesto, -a, interposed. 
 
 interrumpir, to interrupt; se, to 
 
 be interrupted. 
 
 Intimo, -a, thorough. 
 
 introducir (207), to introduce; 
 to be introduced. 
 
 inundaci6n, f. inundation. 
 
 inundar, to flood, overwhelm; 
 to be flooded. 
 
 inutil, useless. 
 
 invadir, to invade. 
 
 invariable, invariable. 
 
 invierno, m. winter. 
 
 invitaci6n, / invitation. 
 
 invitar, to invite. 
 
 ironia (con), ironically. 
 
 irresistible, irresistible. 
 
 irse (214), to go away, 
 islamita, Islamite. 
 italiano, -a, Italian, 
 izquierda, left hand. 
 izquierdo, -a, left. 
 
 ja, ja, ja (laughter). 
 
 jab6n, m. soap. 
 
 jamds, never, ever. 
 
 jardin, m. garden. 
 
 jefe, m. chief, commander. 
 
 Jesus, Jesus; j Jesus! gracious me. 
 
 Jesucristo, Jesus Christ. 
 
 jicara,yC chocolate cup. 
 
 jinete, m. horse-soldier. 
 
 Jorge, George. 
 
 Jornada,/! day. 
 
 joven, m. orf. young man or woman; 
 
 (as an adj.}, young, 
 joya,/ jewel, 
 jubilo, m. joy. 
 jubiloso, -a, joyous. 
 juego, nt. play, game, set; de 
 
 palabra, pun, play on words, 
 jueves, m. Thursday, 
 juez, m. judge; justice (of the peace), 
 jugar (168), to stake, play. 
 juguete, m. plaything. 
 juicio, m. sense, judgment. 
 Julio, m. July. 
 junio, June, 
 juntos, together, 
 justicia, / justice. 
 justificado, -a, justifiable. 
 justificar, to justify. 
 juvenes dum sumus (Latin), while 
 
 we are young. 
 
 kilome'trico, -a, long-winded. 
 kil6metro, m. kilometer (3280.8 ft.). 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 393 
 
 la, her, you, it, that, the; que, 
 
 which. 
 
 labio, m. lip. 
 labor,/ work. 
 lado, m. side, line, score; alia, 
 
 farther side. 
 ladrar, to bark. 
 ladrillo, m. brick. 
 Iadr6n, m. robber, thief, 
 lagrima,/ tear, 
 lamentar, to lament for. 
 lampara, /. lamp, 
 lana, / wool. 
 lance, m. incident, 
 lancero, m. lancer, 
 lancha,/ launch; lanchas canoneras, 
 
 gun launches (i.e. mounted with 
 
 cannon}. 
 
 lanchita, f. small launch, 
 lanzar, to launch; se, to rush to 
 
 meet. 
 largo, -a, long, prolonged; d la larga, 
 
 in the long run. 
 las, the, you, those; las (=calzas), 
 
 the breeches. 
 Idstima, f. pity. 
 laudable, laudable, 
 lavado, m. wash, 
 lavandera,/ washwoman, 
 lavarse, to wash oneself, be washed. 
 lazo, m. bond. 
 le, you, to you, him, it, her, to him, 
 
 her. 
 
 Iecci6n,/ lesson, 
 leche,/ milk. 
 leer (206), to read. 
 Iegaci6n, / legation, 
 legitimo, -a, legitimate, 
 legua, / league. 
 legumbres, / vegetables. 
 lejos, far. 
 
 lengua,/ language, tongue; poner la 
 
 en, to backbite. 
 
 Ie6n, -es, m. lion. 
 
 les, them, to them, on them; you, to 
 
 you. " 
 
 letra, f. bill (of exchange), hand- 
 writing. 
 levantar, to raise, clear off; se, 
 
 to rise, 
 leve, light. 
 levemente, lightly. 
 ley, / law. 
 libertad,/ liberty, 
 libra,/ pound. 
 libranza,/ check, draft, 
 libre, free ; libre-cambista, free-trader, 
 libro, m. book, 
 licencia,/ liberty. 
 lid, -es,/ fight, contest, 
 ligeramente, lightly, 
 limonada,/ lemonade, 
 limpiar, to clean, 
 linea,/ line, 
 lino, m. linen, 
 liquido, -a, net. 
 lirico, -a, lyric, 
 lirismo, m. grandiloquence (language 
 
 characteristic of high-flown lyrical 
 
 poetry} . 
 
 lisonjearse, to flatter oneself, 
 lista,/ list (of prizes); wash list, 
 listo, -a, ready, 
 literate, m. savant. 
 lo, the, that, it, so, him; lo que, which, 
 
 what; por lo que, wherefore; lo 
 que, how; lo todo, every' 
 
 thing. 
 
 lobo, m. wolf. 
 loco, m. fool; de atar, hot-headed 
 
 fellow. 
 
 locomotora,/ locomotive. 
 locura,/ folly, madness, frenzy. 
 
394 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 lombriz solitaria,/ tapeworm. 
 
 Londres, London. 
 
 los, the, them, those; los que, those 
 who, whom. 
 
 loteria, / lottery. 
 
 loza,/ crockery, fine earthenware. 
 
 Lucena, a city of Southern Spain, in 
 the province of Andalucia. 
 
 lucir (143, a), to wear (display}. 
 
 lucrative, -a, lucrative. 
 
 lucha,/ struggle, fight. 
 
 luego, then, soon; desde luego, from 
 then on. 
 
 lugar, m. place; dar , to make it 
 
 possible. 
 
 liigubre, lugubrious, mournful. 
 
 luna, / moon; de miel, honey- 
 moon. 
 
 lunes, m. Monday. 
 
 tax,/ light 
 
 lyddita,/ lyddite. 
 
 LI 
 
 llama,/ flame. 
 
 llamado, -a, so-called. 
 
 llamar, to call, knock, ring ; se, 
 
 to be called. 
 
 llanto, m. weeping, tears. 
 llanura,/ plane. 
 llegada, / arrival, 
 llegar, to arrive, succeed, get there ; 
 
 ser, to become. 
 
 llegue (p. subj. <?/ llegar), arrives. 
 
 lleno, -a, full. 
 
 llevadero, -a, bearable. 
 
 llevar, to carry, wear; (as auxil.}, to 
 
 have; se, to carry away or off. 
 
 lluvia, f. rain, shower. 
 
 macizo, -a, massive, 
 madera,/ wood, 
 madre, / mother. 
 
 Madrid C6mico, a comic paper pub- 
 lished in Madrid. 
 
 mdgico, -a, magic. 
 
 magnifico, -a, magnificent, splendid. 
 
 mahometano, m. Mahometan. 
 
 majestuoso, -a, majestic. 
 
 mal, badly. 
 
 mal, m. evil, infirmity, soreness. 
 
 malhadado, -a, unfortunate. 
 
 malo, -a (mal), evil, bad, wicked, 
 sick, unwell. 
 
 mama,/ mother, mamma; poli- 
 
 tica, mother-in-law. 
 
 mandadero, m. messenger. 
 
 mandar, to send, command, order; 
 se, to give orders, be ordered. 
 
 mandibula (a batiente), uproari- 
 ously. 
 
 mando, m. command. 
 
 manera,/ manner; de , so that. 
 
 manga,/ sleeve, beam. 
 
 manifestar, to inform, make known. 
 
 maniobra,/ maneuver. 
 
 mano,/ hand; a , by hand. 
 
 mansalva (a), with ease. 
 
 manta,/ blanket, mantilla. 
 
 mantel, m. tablecloth. 
 
 mantener (136), to maintain; se, 
 
 to keep {oneself). 
 
 mantengo (mantener, 136), I main- 
 tain. 
 
 mantequilla, / butter. 
 
 mant6n, m. large mantle or shawl. 
 
 manufacturar, to manufacture. 
 
 manzana, / apple. 
 
 manana,/ morning. 
 
 manana, to-morrow. 
 
 maquina,/ engine, engine-room. 
 
 maquinaria,/ machinery. 
 
 maquinista mayor de primera clase, 
 
 chief engineer; de segunda, 
 
 assistant engineer. 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 395 
 
 mar, m. or/, sea, ocean. 
 
 maravedi, m. penny, " red." 
 
 marcar, to mark. 
 
 marcial, martial. 
 
 marcha,yi march. 
 
 marchar, to march, walk; se, to 
 
 go away, along. 
 
 marido, m. husband. 
 
 mariscal de campo, m. field marshal, 
 
 marroqui, Moroccan. 
 
 martes, m. Tuesday. 
 
 Martin, name of a river. 
 
 marzo, March. 
 
 mas, but. 
 
 mas, more, most; por que, al- 
 though ; mas bien, rather. 
 
 masa, /. mass, rank, force. 
 
 matanza, / slaughter. 
 
 matar, to kill. 
 
 materialmente (materially), irre- 
 sistibly. 
 
 Matilde, Matilda. 
 
 matrimonio, m. marriage. 
 
 mayo, May. 
 
 mayor, greater, larger, greatest, high- 
 est. 
 
 mayoria, /. majority. 
 
 me, me, myself, to me. 
 
 mediado, m. middle. 
 
 medianamente, pretty well. 
 
 mediano, -a, moderate. 
 
 mediante, by means of. 
 
 me'dico, m. doctor, surgeon; segundo 
 , assistant surgeon. 
 
 medio,. m. middle, means. 
 
 medio, -a, half, middle. 
 
 mediodia, m. midday, South. 
 
 medir (181), to measure. 
 
 meditabundo, -a, meditative. 
 
 mejilla, f. cheek. 
 
 mejor, better, best. 
 
 mejora,/ improvement. 
 
 mejorar, to get or be better; de 
 
 salud, to have better health. 
 
 melinita,/ melinite. 
 
 melocot6n, m. peach. 
 
 memoria,yC memory. 
 
 menci6n,/ mention. 
 
 Mendelssohn, famous German musi- 
 cian. 
 
 menear, to shake, wag. 
 
 menester, necessary. 
 
 menor, less, least. 
 
 menos, less, lesser, least, except; d lo 
 , por lo , at least. 
 
 mensualmente, by the month. 
 
 mente, / mind. 
 
 mentir (174), to lie (tell falsehoods}. 
 
 mentira, /. (lie}, incredible. 
 
 menudos, m. petties (various small 
 sums). 
 
 mercader de vinos, wine merchant. 
 
 mercaderia, / merchandise. 
 
 mercado, m. market. 
 
 mercantil, mercantile. 
 
 merecer (143, a), to merit. 
 
 merendar (164), to lunch. 
 
 merienda, /. lunch. 
 
 meritorio, -a, meritorious. 
 
 mero, -a, mere. 
 
 mes, m. month. 
 
 mesa, / table. 
 
 metal, m. metal. 
 
 meter, to put; se, to meddle. 
 
 metro, m. meter (39.37 inches). 
 
 mezcla,/ mixture, compound. 
 
 mezclar, to mix; se, to meddle. 
 
 mi, me. 
 
 mi, mis, my. 
 
 microbio, m. microbe. 
 
 miedo, m. fear. 
 
 miembro, m. member. 
 
 mientras (que), while. 
 
 mie'rcoles, m. Wednesday. 
 
396 
 
 SPANISH GR'AMMAR 
 
 mil, one thousand. 
 
 militar, military. 
 
 mil!6n, m. million. 
 
 minimum, minimum. 
 
 minino, m. pussy (cat}. 
 
 ministra,/ minister's wife. 
 
 ministro, m. minister, chancellor; los 
 
 , the minister and his wife. 
 
 minuto, m. minute. 
 
 mio, -a, my, mine, of mine. 
 
 mirar, to look at, look; se, to 
 
 look at each other, 
 miserable, m. wretch. 
 miserable, stingy. 
 mismito (lo), the same, 
 mismo, -a, same, self, this very; una 
 
 misma cosa, one and the same 
 
 thing. 
 
 mitad,/ half; cara , " better half." 
 
 mitologia,/ mythology. 
 
 moda,/ fashion. 
 
 modelO, m. model. 
 
 modificarse, to be modified. 
 
 modo, m. manner; de que, so 
 
 that; de todos modos, in any case, 
 
 absolutely. 
 
 mofa, / scoff, ridicule, 
 mojado, -a, wet. 
 momento, m. moment, 
 mona,/. monkey. 
 moneda,/! coin, 
 monis, -es, /. (fam. for dinero), 
 
 "spondulics." 
 mono, m. monkey, 
 monstruo, m. monster. 
 montado, -a, mounted. 
 montana, f. mountain, 
 monte, m. mountain. 
 monumento, m. monument. 
 moral, moral. 
 morder (170), to bite, 
 morir (178), to die. 
 
 moro, Moor. 
 
 mortal, mortal. 
 
 mortifero, -a, deadly. 
 
 mostrar (167), to show; los 
 
 dientes, to growl at, show the teeth. 
 motivo, m. motive, intent; con tal 
 
 , with this intent, therefore. 
 
 movimiento, m. movement. 
 
 Jlozart, famous Austrian musician. 
 
 mozo, m. waiter. 
 
 muchachito, m. little boy. 
 
 muchacho, m. boy. 
 
 muchisimo, -a, very much, many. 
 
 mucho, -a, much, many. 
 
 mueblecito, m. pretty chamber suit. 
 
 muela (/) del juicio, wisdom tooth. 
 
 muerte, / death. 
 
 muerto, -a (/. part, of morir, 178), 
 
 died, dead, killed, 
 muestra,/. sample, 
 mujer,/ woman, wife, 
 mujercita, m. little wife. 
 mujeril, feminine, woman's. 
 mula,/. mule. 
 
 multiplicador, m. multiplier. 
 multiplicand, m. multiplicand. 
 multiplicar, to multiply. 
 mundo, m. world, society; todo el 
 
 , everybody. 
 
 municiones,/ ammunition. 
 
 muralla, / wall. 
 
 muro, m. wall. 
 
 muscular, muscular. 
 
 musculo, m. muscle. 
 
 musica, f. music, band. 
 
 musulmdn, Mussulman. 
 
 muy, very, much, very much, well. 
 
 N 
 
 nacimiento, m. birth. 
 naci6n, f. nation, 
 nacional, national. 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 397 
 
 nada, nothing, anything, at all; 
 
 de eso, nothing of the kind; nada 
 y nada, not by any means. 
 
 nadador, m. swimmer. 
 
 nadar, to swim. 
 
 nadie, nobody, no one, anybody. 
 
 nado (a), swimming. 
 
 naipe, m. playing card. 
 
 naranja,/ orange; media , " bet- 
 ter half." 
 
 narig6n, m. long nose. 
 
 nariz,/. nose. 
 
 naturalmente, of course. 
 
 navidad,/ Christmas. 
 
 necesario, -a, necessary. 
 
 necesidad,/. necessity. 
 
 necesitado, -as, in need. 
 
 necesitar, to need; se, to be 
 
 needed. 
 
 negar (143, 2, and 164), to deny. 
 
 negocio, m. business. 
 
 negro, -a, black, vile. 
 
 nervioso, -a, nervous. 
 
 neto, -a, net. 
 
 ni, nor, not even; ni . . . ni, neither . . . 
 nor. 
 
 niebla, / mist. 
 
 ningun, none, any. 
 
 niSa,/ girl. 
 
 ninita, / little girl. 
 
 nino, m. child. 
 
 nirvana, m. nirvana (i.e. complete 
 
 ' relief from the ills of worldly exist- 
 ence in the future life). 
 
 nitro-glicerina, nitro-glycerine. 
 
 nivelaci6n, /. evening up, leveling. 
 
 no, not, no; no sino, only, but. 
 
 noble, noble. 
 
 noche,/ night; de , at night; esta 
 
 , to-night. 
 
 nombre, m. name. 
 
 normalidad, f. equilibrium. 
 
 norte, m. north. 
 
 nos, us, to us, at us. 
 
 nosotros, we, us. 
 
 nota,yC circular, memorandum. 
 
 noticia, f. notice, report, news, ac- 
 count. 
 
 novecientos, -as, nine hundred. 
 
 novedad,/! novelty. 
 
 novia,/ sweetheart, bride. 
 
 noviembre, November. 
 
 novios, m. sweethearts. 
 
 nube, f. cloud. 
 
 nublar, to becloud. 
 
 nudo, m. knot, nautical mile (2028.9 
 yards) . 
 
 nueces (nuez),/ nuts. 
 
 nuestro, -a, our; el nuestro, ours. 
 
 nueve, nine. 
 
 nuevo, -a, new. 
 
 numerario, m. cash (money), 
 
 numero, m. number. 
 
 numeroso, -a, numerous. 
 
 nunca, never; jamas, never. 
 
 nutrido, -a, constant, well sustained. 
 
 0. = oeste, west. 
 
 6, or; 6 ... 6, either ... or. 
 
 Objeto, m. object, article. 
 
 obligaciones,/ preferred bonds; 
 
 de aduanas, preferred claims against 
 the custom-house receipts. 
 
 obligado, -a, obliged. 
 
 obra,/ work. 
 
 obrar, to act. 
 
 obrero, m. workman. 
 
 observarse, to be observed. 
 
 obstinarse, to be obstinate. 
 
 ocasi6n,/l occasion, opportunity. 
 
 ociosidad,/ ease, idleness. 
 
 octubre, October. 
 
 ocupar, to occupy. 
 
398 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 ocurrido (lo), what has happened. 
 
 ocurrir, se, to occur. 
 
 ocho, eight. 
 
 odioso, -a, odious. 
 
 oeste, m. west. 
 
 ofender, to offend. 
 
 oferta,/ offer. 
 
 oficial, m. officer; comandante, 
 
 captain, commanding officer. 
 ofrecer (143, ), to offer; se, to 
 
 be offered; sele, to wish. 
 
 oido, m. hearing, ear. 
 
 oir (194), to hear. 
 
 ojala, would that. 
 
 ojo, m. eye; ojos de bitoque, goggle 
 
 eyes; a cerrados, with eyes 
 
 closed. 
 
 olfatear, to smell, 
 olfato, m. smell (sense). 
 olor, m. smell, odor. 
 olvidar, to forget. 
 6pera,/ opera. 
 
 operaci6n,/ operation, transaction. 
 opinar, to believe. 
 opini6n,/ opinion. 
 opongo (no me ), I do not object 
 
 (oponer, 201). 
 oportuno, -a, opportune. 
 optar, to choose, 
 orador, /. orator, 
 oratoria,/ oratory, 
 orden,/ order, 
 ordenado, -a, well ordered, 
 ordenador, m. planner, orderer. 
 ordinal, ordinal, 
 ordinario, ordinary; que de , than 
 
 usual. 
 
 oreja, / ear. 
 organico, -a, organic, 
 organizar, to organize, arrange. 
 6rgano, m. organ. 
 originar, to originate, cause. 
 
 orilla,/ shore. 
 
 oro, m. gold. 
 
 OS, you. 
 
 osadia,/ boldness, "cheek." 
 
 osar, to dare. 
 
 ostra,/ oyster. 
 
 Otono, m. autumn, fall. 
 
 Otro, -a, other, another; otro dia, an- 
 
 other, hence a better, day. 
 oye (oir, 194) , hears ; se oye, is heard ; 
 
 se oy6, was heard. 
 
 P 
 
 padre, m. father; politico, 
 
 father-in-law. 
 padrino, m. second. 
 
 pagar, to pay; se, to be paid. 
 
 pagare^ m. promissory note. 
 
 pagO, ///. pay, payment. 
 
 pais, m. country. 
 
 pajaro, m. bird. 
 
 palacio, m. palace. 
 
 paladar, ?;/. palate. 
 
 palidez, / pallor. 
 
 palmadas, / clapping of the hands ; 
 
 dar , to applaud. 
 
 pan, m. bread. 
 
 pantano, m. pond, reservoir. 
 
 pa no, m. cloth. 
 
 panol, m. magazine, storeroom; 
 
 de popa, after-magazine. 
 panuelo, m. handkerchief. 
 Papa, Pope, 
 papa, m. father. 
 papagayo, m. parrot. 
 papel, m. paper, commercial paper. 
 papeleria, f. stationery. 
 para, for, to, for to, in order to: - 
 
 COn, towards; - - que, in order 
 
 that. 
 
 paraguas, m. umbrella. 
 paralizaci6n, / paralyzation. 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 399 
 
 parar, to stop, parry ; se, to stop. 
 
 pararrayo, m. lightning rod. 
 
 parcial, partial. 
 
 pardo, -a, gray. 
 
 parecer, m. opinion. 
 
 parecer (143, a), to appear; -se, 
 to resemble. 
 
 parecido, -a, like. 
 
 pared, / wall. 
 
 parentesco, m. relationship. 
 
 pariente, m. relative. 
 
 Paris, Paris. 
 
 parlanchin, m. jabberer. 
 
 parlero, -a, talkative ; / chatterbox. 
 
 parque, m. park. 
 
 parte, m. report. 
 
 parte,/part; de , on the part; 
 
 otra , elsewhere; en todas 
 
 partes, everywhere. 
 
 participar, to inform. 
 
 particular, particular, private. 
 
 partido, m. profit, result, game, party. 
 
 pasado, -a, last, passed. 
 
 pasar, to pass, come in ; i c6mo lo 
 pasa V. ? How are you? \ Que V. lo 
 pase bien ! I wish you good day ! 
 tii no te pasas de cort6s, you are 
 not very polite. 
 
 pasatiempo, m. pastime. 
 
 pasear (pasearse), to walk, prom- 
 enade. 
 
 paseo, m. promenade. 
 
 pasivo, m. liabilities. 
 
 pasivo, -a, liable, hypothecated. 
 
 pasmoso, -a, marvelous. 
 
 paso d paso, step by step. 
 
 patas arriba, topsy-turvy. 
 
 patio, m. (back) yard. 
 
 patria,/ country, fatherland. 
 
 patrio, -a, of one's country, patriotic. 
 
 pavo real, m. peacock. 
 
 pav6n, m. peacock. 
 
 paz,yC peace. 
 
 pecado, m. sin. 
 
 pecador, m. sinner. 
 
 pechera,/ bosom (of a shirf). 
 
 pecho, m. breast, chest, courage. 
 
 pedacito, m. little piece. 
 
 pedazo, m. piece. 
 
 pedido, m. order. 
 
 pedido (lo), the order. 
 
 pedir (181), to beg, to ask. 
 
 pegar un tiro, to shoot. 
 
 peligro, m. danger. 
 
 peligroso, -a, dangerous. 
 
 pelo, m. hair. 
 
 pena,/i pain, trouble. 
 
 penetrante, deep, penetrating. 
 
 penetrar, to penetrate. 
 
 penoso, -a, painful, trying. 
 
 pensamiento, m. thought. 
 
 pensar (164), to think, intend. 
 
 pequenez, -ces, f. trifles. 
 
 pequeno, -a, small. 
 
 perder (166), to lose; echar d , 
 
 to spoil. 
 
 pe"rdida,/. loss. 
 perd6n, m. pardon. 
 perfecci6n,/ perfection. 
 perfectamente, perfectly, 
 perfecto, -a, perfect. 
 perfumado, -a, perfumed. 
 perfumeria, / perfumery. 
 peri6dico, m. newspaper. 
 periodo, m. period. - 
 permanecer (143, a), to remain, 
 permanencia,/ stay, 
 permitir, to permit, take the liberty; 
 
 se, to beg leave. 
 
 pero, but; pero si, why. 
 
 perorar, to declaim, " orate." 
 
 perra, / female dog; perra chica, 
 
 penny. 
 perrito, m. little dog. 
 
4OO 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 perro, m, dog. 
 
 perseguir (143, 10, and 181), to 
 
 pursue. 
 
 persona,/ person, 
 personal, personal. 
 personal, m. personnel. 
 perspectiva,/ view, prospect, 
 pertenecer (143, a), to belong, 
 perteneciente, belonging. 
 perturbaci6n, / perturbation. 
 pesadez,/ dullness. 
 pesar, m. weighing. 
 pesar, to weigh; a de, in spite 
 
 of. 
 
 pescar, to fish, 
 pescuezo, m. neck. 
 peseta, f. peseta (about 20 cents) . 
 peso, m. dollar, 
 peste,/ plague, 
 piano, m. piano. 
 pie, m. foot; de a pie, infantry; los 
 
 pies de V., your humble servant. 
 piedra,/. stone, 
 piel, / skin. ^ 
 pierde (perder, 166), loses, 
 pierna, f. leg. 
 
 pieza,/ room, piece (gun}. 
 pimienta,/ pepper. 
 pintar la mona (to paint the monkey), 
 
 to spend money lavishly, 
 pintura,/ painting. 
 pipa,/pipe. 
 
 pique (se fue" a), foundered, 
 pisar, to tread, walk upon, 
 pisaverde, m. popinjay, dude, 
 pistola,/ pistol. 
 placer, m. pleasure. 
 plan, m. plan, 
 plancha,/ plate (armor). 
 planeta, m. planet. 
 planta, f. sole, foot ; baja, lower 
 
 floor, basement. 
 
 plata,/ silver. 
 
 plateria,/ silverware. 
 
 platica, f. chat, conversation; echar 
 
 la , to turn the conversation. 
 
 playa,/ shore, beach. 
 
 playita,/ small beach. 
 
 plaza, / the Place (fortress), square, 
 
 market. 
 
 plazca (a Dios no ), God forbid. 
 
 plomo, m. lead. 
 
 pluguiera (placer, 208), would to. 
 
 pluma,/. pen. 
 
 poblaci6n, / town. 
 
 pobre, poor. 
 
 pobrecita, f. the poor girl. 
 
 poco, .-a, little, short, few. 
 
 pOCO, m. little, short time. 
 
 poder (209), to be able, can, may; en 
 
 mi poder, at hand; (no) poder me- 
 
 nos de, can (not) help; podra, will 
 
 be able; podria, I could. 
 poesia, / poetry. 
 poeta, m. poet. 
 portico, -a, poetic. 
 
 politicastro, m. wire-pulling politi- 
 cian. 
 
 politico, m. politician. 
 politico, -a, political. 
 polvo, m. dust. 
 p61vora,/. powder. 
 pollito, m. little dude. 
 polio, m. dude, dandy. 
 Pompadour (a lo ), in the height 
 
 of fashion. 
 
 pon (poner, 201), put (thou) on. 
 ponderoso, -a, ponderous. 
 poner (201), to put, set, send, lay ; po- 
 
 nerse, to put on, become; se pone, 
 
 sets. 
 p6ngame (poner, 201) a los pies de, 
 
 present my regards to; queloponga, 
 
 let him put him. 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 4OI 
 
 popa, / poop; d popa, abaft, aft; d 
 
 de, aft of; de , after, rear. 
 
 por, by, for, on, in, along, through, per, 
 
 in order to, out of, on account of; 
 debajo (de), under; si, in 
 
 case. 
 
 porcelana, /. porcelain. 
 porci6n,yi part, number. 
 porfia (a), emulously. 
 porque, for, because. 
 portarse, to behave. 
 p6rtico, m. portico. 
 porvenir, m. future. 
 pos (en), behind. 
 poseer (206), to possess, have, 
 posibilidad, / possibility. 
 posible, possible. 
 posici6n,yC position. 
 postizo, -a, artificial, 
 poster, m. bidder, 
 potencia,/ power, potency. 
 pozo, m. well. 
 practice, -a, practicable. 
 precio, m. price, 
 precioso, -a, precious, valuable, 
 precisamente, precisely, just. 
 precisi6n,/ precision. 
 predilecto, -a, favorite. 
 preferir (174), to prefer. 
 prefijamente, precisely, i.e. without 
 
 grace.' 
 
 pregunta,/ question. 
 preguntar, to ask. 
 premiado, -a, successful (in drawing a 
 
 prize). 
 
 premio, m. prize, 
 prender, to take, catch, 
 prepararse, to be prepared, 
 presa,/ prey, spoils. 
 prescendir, to cut off, lay aside, do 
 
 without. 
 presencia,/ presence. 
 
 SPAN. GRAM. 26 
 
 presenciar, to witness. 
 
 presentar, to present; - se, to pre- 
 sent oneself. 
 
 presente, present; al , at present; 
 
 tener (136) presente, to consider. 
 
 presente (la), these presents. 
 
 presidencial, presidential. 
 
 presi6n, f. pressure; con , with 
 
 steam up. 
 
 preso, m. prisoner. 
 
 prestado (pedir, 181), to borrow. 
 
 prestar, to lend, pay. 
 
 presupuesto, m. budget. 
 
 pretender, to pretend. 
 
 pretendiente, m. suitor. 
 
 prevenci6n, f. (d) by way of precau- 
 tion. 
 
 prevenir (202), to anticipate. 
 
 prever (205), to foresee. 
 
 previamente, previously. 
 
 previo, -a, previous; previa la con- 
 sulta, after consulting. 
 
 prima,/. cousin. 
 
 primavera,/ spring. 
 
 primero, -a (primer), first. 
 
 principal, principal. 
 
 principe, m. prince. 
 
 principiar, to begin. 
 
 principio, m. beginning; d principles, 
 at, near the beginning. 
 
 pro (en de), in behalf, for the ad- 
 vantage of. 
 
 proa,/ (de), forward. 
 
 probar (167), to prove,.try. 
 
 pr6cer, m. person of high estate, noble. 
 
 procurar, to try. 
 
 producci6n, f. production. 
 
 producido, m. proceeds. 
 
 producir (207), to produce. 
 
 producto, m. product. 
 
 productor, m. producer. 
 
 proferir (174), to utter. 
 
402 
 
 SPANISH 
 
 pr61ogO, m. prologue, beginning. 
 
 prolongado, -a, prolonged. 
 
 promesa,/. promise. 
 
 prometer, to promise. 
 
 prominencia, f. prominence. 
 
 pronto, -a, rapid, quick. 
 
 pronto, quickly, soon; de , sud- 
 denly; por de , in the first 
 
 place, right away. 
 
 pronunciar, to deliver. 
 
 propiedad,/ property. 
 
 propina,/! tip, gratuity. 
 
 propio, -a, self, own. 
 
 propongo (proponer, 201), I propose. 
 
 prop6sito, m. intention, purpose; a 
 , by the way. 
 
 propuso (proponer, 201), proposed. 
 
 proteccionista, protectionist. 
 
 proteger, to protect. 
 
 protegido, -a, protected. 
 
 proveer (206), to provide. 
 
 proximidad, / nearness. 
 
 pr6ximo, -a, near, next, near at hand. 
 
 proyectil, m. projectile. 
 
 prudencia,/ prudence. 
 
 prueba,/ proof. 
 
 publicaci6n, / publication. 
 
 piiblico, -a, public. 
 
 puchero, m. dinner pot; hacer s, 
 
 to snivel. 
 
 pudiera (poder),- would be able. 
 
 puede (no se ), it is impossible. 
 
 puente, m. deck; de proa, 
 forward deck. 
 
 puerta (/) corrediza, sliding door. 
 
 Puerta del Sol, a street of Madrid. 
 
 puerto, m. port, harbor. 
 
 pues, well, since, therefore. 
 
 puesta,/ setting. 
 
 puesto (ploner, 201), put, dressed up; 
 que, since, as. 
 
 puesto, m. position. 
 
 GRAMMAR 
 
 I 
 
 pulgada,/; inch. 
 
 pulgas (tener malas ), to have 
 
 bad fleas, i.e. to be irritable. 
 pulido, -a, polished. 
 pulm6n, m. lung. 
 puntal, / depth of hold. 
 punto, m. point, 
 punal, m. dagger. 
 punalada, / stab, thrust. 
 puno, m. fist, cuff; mi y letra, 
 
 my hand (and writing} . 
 puro, m. cigar, 
 puse (poner, 201), I sent. 
 puso (se) (poner, 201), advanced. 
 
 q. e. g. e., que en gloria este. 
 
 que, who, which, that, how, than, for, 
 because; que si, of course; que no, 
 not, of course not; a que, I'll bet; 
 en que, de que, that; el, la, los, las 
 que, who, whom, which. 
 
 iqu6? what? jqu6! what! what a! 
 <?qu tal? how, what kind? qu6 
 muclio si ? what wonder when ? de 
 quo", a reason for it; por que? 
 why? 
 
 I qu6 tal (sigue V.)? how are you ? 
 
 quebrantar, to break, dominate. 
 
 quebrarse (164), to get broken. 
 
 quedar, to remain, be, be put, place 
 
 oneself; impuesto, to have 
 
 noted; queden VV. con dios, re- 
 main with God (said to persons who 
 remain) ; se, to remain. 
 
 quehaceres, m. duties. 
 
 quejarse, to complain. 
 
 quemar, to burn. 
 
 quemarropa (so as to burn the clothes), 
 i.e. at very close quarters. 
 
 querer (209), wish, love, mean. 
 
 querido, -a, dear; querida, my dear. 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 403 
 
 quiebra,/! failure, bankruptcy, 
 quien, who, whom, he who, him who. 
 quin, who, some; qui6n? who? 
 quilate, m. carat, 
 quince, fifteen. 
 
 quinientos, -as, five hundred, 
 quinto, -a, fifth. 
 
 quisiera (querer, 209), would be will- 
 ing, 
 quiza, quizas, perhaps. 
 
 rabo de gallo de ginebra, m. gin cock- 
 tail (a jocular translation of the Eng- 
 lish, used in the West Indies). 
 
 raices (raiz),/ roots. 
 
 rapidamente, rapidly. 
 
 rapidez,/ rapidity. 
 
 rapido, -a, rapid; lo mas y se- 
 guro, the quickest and surest way. 
 
 rasgo, m. feature, outline. 
 
 rata,/. rat. 
 
 rato, m. short time, while; al pOCO 
 , after a short time. 
 
 rat6n, m. mouse. 
 
 rayado, rifled. 
 
 rayo, m. ray, thunderbolt. 
 
 raz6n, / reason, right; tener (136) 
 - , to be right. 
 
 real, royal. 
 
 real, m. real (about jive cents in Spain, 
 and ten cents in the West Indies}. 
 
 realizar, to accomplish. 
 
 reanudar, to renew. 
 
 rebaja, f. diminution, rebate. 
 
 rebajarse, to be curtailed or rebated. 
 
 rebasar, to pass by. 
 
 reciamente, strongjy. 
 
 recibir, to receive. 
 
 recibo, m. receipt, reception. 
 
 recien, recently. 
 
 recio (lo mas), thickest. 
 
 reclamar, to reclaim. 
 
 recluta, m. recruit. 
 
 recodo, m. jutting angle. 
 
 recoger, to pick up. 
 
 reconocimiento, m. gratitude. 
 
 recon6zcame (reconocer, 143, a), con- 
 sider me. 
 
 recordar (167), to remember. 
 
 rectificar, to rectify, correct ; se, 
 
 to be rectified. 
 
 recubierto, -a, covered, jacketed. 
 
 recuerdo, m. remembrance. 
 
 rechazar, to hurl back. 
 
 redituar, to yield. 
 
 redondo, -a, round. 
 
 reducir (207) , to reduce. 
 
 reducto, m. redoubt. 
 
 reembarco, m. reembarkation. 
 
 reembolsarse, to reimburse oneself. 
 
 referenda, f. reference. 
 
 referir (174), to relate, tell. 
 
 referirse (174), to refer. 
 
 refinado, -a, refined. 
 
 reflejar, to reflect. 
 
 reformar, to make over. 
 
 refran, m. proverb. 
 
 refrenar, to curb. 
 
 regalar, to regale, tickle. 
 
 regalo, m. present. 
 
 regatear, to chaffer, haggle. 
 
 regeneraci6n,/ regeneration. 
 
 regenerar, to regenerate. 
 
 regimiento, m. regiment. 
 
 regi6n,/ region, country. 
 
 regocijado, -a, rejoiced. 
 
 regocijar, to rejoice. 
 
 regocijo, m. rejoicing. 
 
 regresar, to return. 
 
 regreso, m. return. 
 
 rehabilitar, to rehabilitate. 
 
 rehacerse (197), to reform. 
 
 rehusar, to refuse. 
 
404 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 Reina, queen. 
 
 reinecito, /. little kingdom. 
 
 reino, m. sway, kingdom. 
 
 reir (182, a), to laugh; al reir, when 
 
 (they) laugh; reirse, to laugh; 
 
 en su capote, to laugh in one's 
 
 sleeve. 
 
 reiterar, to repeat. 
 relaci6n, f. relation, 
 relatar, to relate. 
 religi6n,/ religion. 
 reloj, m. watch, 
 remedio, m. remedy, 
 remesa,/! remittance, 
 remitir, to remit, send, 
 rendirse (181), to surrender, 
 renombre, m. repute, 
 renunciar, to renounce, 
 renir (143, c, and 181), to scold, 
 
 quarrel. 
 
 reparar en, to perceive. 
 repartido, -a, distributed, scattered. 
 repetir, repetirse (181), to repeat, 
 reprender, to scold, 
 representarse, to be represented, 
 republica,/ republic, 
 repuesto (reponerse, 201), recovered, 
 repuesto,^. supply, magazine; repues- 
 
 tos, extra stores. 
 repugnante, disgusting. 
 requiriendo (requerir, 174), holding 
 
 in readiness, being on guard with, 
 resbalar, to slip, 
 reserva,/ reserve. 
 resfriado, m. cold. 
 residente, residing. 
 resistencia, f. resistance. 
 resolver (171), to settle. 
 resonar (167), to resound, 
 resoplido, m. gasp. 
 resorte, m. spring. 
 respecto, m. respect. 
 
 respecto a, in regard to. 
 
 respetar, to respect. 
 
 respiraci6n, / respiration, breathing. 
 
 respirar, to breathe. 
 
 resplandeciente, beaming. 
 
 responder, reply, answer. 
 
 respuesta,/ answer. 
 
 restablecerse (143, a), to be re- 
 established. 
 
 restante, remaining. 
 
 restar, to remain. 
 
 restaurant, m. restaurant. 
 
 resto, m. rest, remainder. 
 
 resultado, m. result. 
 
 resultando, the result being. 
 
 resultar, to turn out. 
 
 resumen (en), to sum up. 
 
 retaguardia,/ rear guard. 
 
 retirarse, to retire. 
 
 ret6rico, -a, rhetorical. 
 
 reumatismo, m. rheumatism. 
 
 reuni6n,/ gathering. 
 
 reunir, to get together; se, to 
 
 meet, assemble, number. 
 
 reventar (164), to burst. 
 
 revestir (181), to take on. 
 
 rev61ver, m. revolver. 
 
 rey, m. king. 
 
 rezar, to pray. 
 
 rico, -a, rich; un , a rich man. 
 
 ridiculo (lo mas), most ridiculous 
 kind. 
 
 rien (reir, 182, a) a carcajadas, laugh 
 uproariously. 
 
 riesgo, m. risk. 
 
 rifle, m. rifle. 
 
 rigor, m. rigor. 
 
 rio, m. river. 
 
 ri6 (reir, 182, a"), laughed. 
 
 riqueza,/ richness, riches. 
 
 lisas,/, laughter. 
 
 robar, to deprive, steal. 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 405 
 
 rociar, to sprinkle, 
 rodear, to surround, 
 rollo, tn. roll. 
 
 romeria,/ picnic, pilgrimage, 
 romper, to break, open. 
 ropa, f. clothes; hecha, ready- 
 made clothing. 
 rosal, m. rosebush. 
 rostro, m. face. 
 
 Rousseau (J. J.), French philosopher, 
 rubi, m. ruby. 
 ruborizarse, to blush, 
 ruego, m. importunity. 
 ruido, m. noise. 
 ruidoso, -a, noisy, 
 ruin, vile, 
 ruina, / ruin, 
 ruisenor, m. nightingale, 
 rumbo, ;. course. 
 rumor, m. rumor. 
 ruso, -a, Russian. 
 
 S 
 
 sdbado, m. Saturday. 
 
 saber (209), to know, know how; d 
 
 , namely; se, to be known. 
 
 sabido, -a, well known; por , of 
 
 course. 
 
 sabiduria, f. wisdom. 
 sabio, -a, wise, 
 sabio, m. wise man. 
 sacar, to get, take out. 
 saco, m. sack. 
 sacrificar, to sacrifice. 
 Safo, Sappho, a Greek poetess, 
 sala, f. hall, parlor, 
 salario, m. salary. 
 saldo, m. balance. 
 
 salgis (salir, 199), thou wilt turn out. 
 salida, f. going out, sortie, exit, rising, 
 
 result. 
 salir (199), to go, come, start out, to 
 
 resemble, turn out ; con la suya, 
 
 to have one's own way. 
 saltar, to jump over, spring, 
 salud,/ health. 
 saludable, healthy, 
 saludar, to salute, give regards; se, 
 
 to salute each other, 
 salvaje, m. savage. 
 salvaje, wild. 
 salvamento, m. saving, rescue. 
 
 salvar, to save; se, to be saved. 
 
 salvotaje, m. rescue, salvage. 
 
 sangre,/ blood. 
 
 sano, -a, healthy. 
 
 santo, m. saint. 
 
 santo, -a, holy, saintly, sacred; que 
 
 santa gloria haya, may he, she, be 
 
 in glory. 
 
 santidad,yi sacredness. 
 sarampi6n, m. measles. 
 sardina,^ sardine. 
 satirico, -a, satirical. 
 satirico, m. satirist. 
 satisfacci6n, / satisfaction, 
 satisfecho, -a, satisfied, 
 se (saber, 209), I know, 
 se, to him, her, you, himself, herself, 
 
 itself, yourself, themselves. 
 sea (ser, 136), be you (imp.}-, pres. 
 
 subj. be, may be, will be ; sea lo que 
 
 fuere, be it whatever it may be. 
 secar, to dry. 
 secci6n,/ department, 
 seco (a), stranded ("dead broke"). 
 secreto, m. secret. 
 secundario, -a, secondary, 
 seda,/ silk. 
 
 sedientas,/! thirst, desires, 
 seguida (en), immediately, shortly 
 
 after, 
 seguir (143, 10, and 181), to follow, 
 
 continue, go on; to be {of health). 
 
406 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 segun, as, according as, to. 
 
 segundo, -a, second. 
 
 segundo, m. executive officer, second. 
 
 seguramente, surely. 
 
 seguridad,/ assurance. 
 
 seguro ( ;.) de incendio, fire insurance ; 
 maritimo, marine insurance. 
 
 seguro, -a, faithful, sure; de , cer- 
 tainly; sobre seguro, on safe ground. 
 
 seis, six. 
 
 seiscientos, -as, six hundred. 
 
 sellar, to seal. 
 
 sello, m. seal. 
 
 semana,/ week. 
 
 semblante, m. face, look. 
 
 sembrar, to sow, strew. 
 
 semejante, such. 
 
 senador, m. senator. 
 
 sencillo, -a, simple. 
 
 seno, m. bosom, midst. 
 
 sentarse, to sit down, take a seat. 
 
 sentido, m. sense, feeling. 
 
 sentimiento, m. sorrow, sentiment. 
 
 sentir (174), to feel, regret, be sorry 
 for. 
 
 senal,/ signal, sign. 
 
 senalar, to indicate. 
 
 senor, m. sir, Mr., gentleman, lord. 
 
 senora,/ Mrs., ma'am, lady, wife. 
 
 senorita, / Miss, young lady. 
 
 senorito, m. (young) gentleman. 
 
 sepa Csaber, 209), I, he, may know, 
 knows (pres. subj.}. 
 
 separar, to separate. 
 
 se(p)tiembre, September. 
 
 sepultarse, to bury oneself. 
 
 ser, m. being. 
 
 ser (136), to be; a no , were it 
 
 not. 
 
 serenadad, / serenity. 
 
 serio, -a, serious. 
 
 servicio, m. service. 
 
 servido, -a, on the table. 
 
 servidor, m. servant. 
 
 servir (181), to serve, thank; se, 
 
 to be pleased, please, be served. 
 
 sesenta, sixty. 
 
 setecientos, -as, seven hundred. 
 
 setenta, seventy. 
 
 si, if, whether; bien, although; 
 
 de , whether; pero , why. 
 
 si, yes, that's so; que, of course; 
 
 eso , yes, of course; pero si, 
 
 but it does. 
 
 si (si mismo, -a, or si propio, -a), 
 himself, herself, itself, oneself, your- 
 self, themselves. 
 
 sido (ser, 136), been. 
 
 siempre, ever, always; de , usual; 
 
 que, whenever, provided that. 
 
 siendo (ser, 136), being. 
 
 sienta (se) (sentarse, 164), takes 
 his, her seat; sie"ntense VV., be 
 (you) seated. 
 
 siete, seven. 
 
 siglo, m. century. 
 
 significar, to mean. 
 
 siguiente, following. 
 
 silencio, m. 'silence. 
 
 silla, / chair. 
 
 simbolo, m. symbol. 
 
 simpatico, -a, generous, sympathetic. 
 
 sin, without. 
 
 sinf onia, / symphony. 
 
 singular, m. singular number. 
 
 sinnumero, m. great number. 
 
 sino, but; sino que, but that; no ... 
 sino, but, only. 
 
 sintoma, m. symptom. 
 
 siquiera (ni ), not even. 
 
 situaci6n, f. situation, condition, cir- 
 cumstance; en tal , at this 
 
 critical juncture. 
 
 situado, -a, situated. 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 407 
 
 situar, to place. 
 
 SO. = Sudoeste, Southwest. 
 
 soberano, -a, sovereign, supreme. 
 
 soberbia,yC pride. 
 
 soberbio, -a, superb. 
 
 sobre, upon, on, above, over, in, about, 
 towards, under. 
 
 sobre, /;/. envelope. 
 
 sobrehumano, -a, superhuman. 
 
 sobre todo, m. overcoat. 
 
 sobretodo, especially. 
 
 sobrina,/ niece. 
 
 sobrino, m. nephew. 
 
 social, social. 
 
 sociedad, / society, company. 
 
 S6crates, a noted Greek philosopher. 
 
 sol, m. sun. 
 
 solamente, only. 
 
 solas (a ), alone. 
 
 soldado, m. soldier. 
 
 soledad,/! solitude. 
 
 solemnizar, to solemnize. 
 
 s61ido, -a, solid. 
 
 s61o, solely, only; que, only. 
 
 solo, -a, only, alone, one. 
 
 soltar (167), to let loose; la 
 
 perra, to waste one's fortune; 
 
 la carcajada, to burst out laughing. 
 
 solterona,/. old maid. 
 
 soluci6n, /. solution. 
 
 soil ado de proa, m. forward hold. 
 
 sombrero, m. hat. 
 
 sombrilla,/ parasol. 
 
 somos (ser, 136), we are. 
 
 sonar (167), to sound, ring. 
 
 sonreir (182), to smile. 
 
 soplar, to blow. 
 
 sordo, -a, deaf. 
 
 sorp render, to surprise. 
 
 sorteo, m. drawing. 
 
 sortija,/ (finger) ring. 
 
 sostener (136), to sustain. 
 
 soy (ser, 136), I am. 
 
 su, sus, his, her, its, their, your. 
 
 suavizar, to lighten. 
 
 subido, -a, high. 
 
 subir, to rise, ascend; to bring, get 
 
 up; to amount, 
 subirse, m. the rising. 
 subito, -a, sudden. 
 sublime, sublime. 
 subordinado, -a, subordinate. 
 subordinado, m. subordinate. 
 subyugar, to subjugate, dominate. 
 suceder, to happen; se, to follow 
 
 each other. 
 
 sucesivamente, successively. 
 SUCeso, m. event, incident. 
 sucio, -a, dirty. 
 sucursal, m. branch office. 
 sud-americano, -a, South American. 
 suelo, m. ground, soil, floor. 
 suerte, / luck, lot, fate, 
 suficiente, sufficient. 
 sufrir, to suffer, bear. 
 sugerir (174), to suggest. 
 sujeto, m. subject, 
 sumamente, highly, 
 superficie, f. surface, 
 superior, m. superior. 
 superior, upper, superior, greater, 
 superviviente, survivor. 
 suplicar, to beg. 
 supremo, -a, supreme, 
 supreso, -a, suppressed, 
 suprimir, to suppress. 
 supuesto (por), of course. 
 Sur, m. South, 
 surgir, to arise. 
 surtido, m. assortment, 
 surtido, -a, assorted. 
 sustancioso, -a, substantial. 
 suyo, -a, his, hers, its, theirs, yours, el, 
 
 la, los, las , his, hers, its, etc. 
 
408 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 tabaco, m. tobacco, cigar. 
 
 taburete, m, stool. 
 
 tacita,/. cup. 
 
 taco, m. cue. 
 
 tal, such a, such; cual, so so; 
 
 para cual, tit for tat, even ; 
 
 vez, perhaps, 
 talla,/ form, figure. 
 taller, m. (work) shop. 
 tambiSn, also. 
 tambor, m. drum. 
 tampoco, neither, either; ni , nor 
 
 either. 
 
 tan, so, as, such a. 
 
 tantito, m. little bit. 
 
 tanto, such, so much; algun , 
 
 somewhat; en que, in so far 
 
 as; entre , in the meantime; 
 
 por , therefore. 
 
 tanto, -a, so much, so many; 
 
 mds . . . cuanto mas, the more . . . 
 
 the more. 
 
 tapiceria, / tapestry. 
 tap6n, m. stopper. 
 tardar, to be long, tarry; a mas , 
 
 at latest. 
 tarde, late, 
 tarde, / afternoon; buenas tardes, 
 
 good afternoon (greeting). 
 tar j eta,/ card, 
 taza,/ cup. 
 te, thee, to thee. 
 te, m. tea. 
 teatro, m. theater, 
 tecla,/ key (of piano). 
 techo, m. roof, 
 tela,/ cloth, fabric, 
 telefonar, to telephone. 
 tele"fono, m. telephone. 
 telegraf ia policiaca, / burglar alarm. 
 tele"grafo, m. telegraph. 
 
 telegrama, m. telegram. 
 
 te!6n, m, curtain. 
 
 temer, to fear. 
 
 temeroso, -a, fearing. 
 
 temperatura, /. temperature. 
 
 tempestad, /. tempest. 
 
 templado, tempered, stout. 
 
 temprano, early. 
 
 tendencia,/. tendency. 
 
 tendra que (tener, 136), will have to. 
 
 tendrfa (tener, 136), would have. 
 
 tenedor, m. fork, holder. 
 
 tener (136), to have; tenerse. to be 
 had, held. 
 
 tenga (tener, 136), have you (imp.'}; 
 pres. subj., may have, has. 
 
 tengo (tener, 136), I have. 
 
 teniente, teniente de navio, m. lieu- 
 tenant. 
 
 tentar (164), tempt. 
 
 tercero, -a (tercer), third; eltercero, 
 third officer. 
 
 terminante, conclusive. 
 
 terminar, to end, terminate. 
 
 tSrmino, m. end. 
 
 ternura, / tenderness. 
 
 Terpsicore, Terpsichore (the muse of 
 choral song and dance). 
 
 terremoto, m. earthquake. 
 
 terreno, m. ground, headway, field, 
 sphere. 
 
 terrible, terrible. 
 
 tertulia,/ party, entertainment. 
 
 Tesoro, m. treasury, exchequer. 
 
 tf, thee. 
 
 tfa,/ aunt. 
 
 tiempo, m. time. 
 
 tienda,/ tent, shop. 
 
 tierra,/ land, earth; a , ashore. 
 
 tieso, -a, stiff. 
 
 tijerear, to gossip. 
 
 timbre, m. bell. 
 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 409 
 
 tio, m. uncle. 
 
 tipo, m. fellow. 
 
 tirar, to throw, shoot, fire, hurl, draw, 
 
 incline to; se, to jump. 
 
 tiro, m. fire, shot, draft. 
 
 toalla,/ towel. 
 
 tocar, to play (music}, fall to one's 
 
 lot -(as a prize in the lottery}. 
 todavia, yet. 
 todo, -a, all, every, only, whole; del 
 
 , at all; con , and yet; 
 
 el mundo, everybody. 
 
 Todopoderoso, Almighty. 
 toldilla,yC roundhouse, poop, 
 tomar, to take, capture, put on; 
 
 se, to be taken, 
 tonelada, / ton. 
 tono, m. tone, 
 tonteria,/ nonsense. 
 tonto, m. fool, 
 tonto, -a, foolish, 
 toque, m. signal, call, 
 tormenta,/ storm, tempest, 
 torno (en), around; en suyo, 
 
 around him, them, 
 toro, m. bull. 
 
 torpedero, m. torpedo boat, 
 torpedo, m. torpedo, 
 torre,/ tower, turret 
 torrente, m. torrent, 
 tos, / cough. 
 Toto, dog's name, 
 trabajador, m. laborer, 
 trabajar, to act, work. 
 trabajo, m. work, labor, 
 traer (193), to bring, bring back, 
 
 carry. 
 
 tragar, to swallow, 
 tragedia,/ tragedy. 
 
 trago (de un ), at one draught. 
 
 traiga (traer, 193), bring you (imp.'}; 
 
 pres. subj., may bring back. 
 
 traje, m. costume. 
 
 trancazo, m. grippe. 
 
 tranquilidad, / tranquillity, quiet. 
 
 tranquilo, tranquil, at ease, clear. 
 
 transcurrido, -a, passed. 
 
 transmitir, to transmit. 
 
 transparente, m. cathedral (stained'} 
 glass. 
 
 tranvia, m. tramway. 
 
 trapo, m. rag, " thing." 
 
 trasatlantico, -a, transatlantic. 
 
 trasbordar, to transfer. 
 
 tratamiento, m. treatment. 
 
 tratar, to try, treat; tratarse, to make 
 an effort. 
 
 trece, thirteen. 
 
 treinta, thirty. 
 
 tren, m. train. 
 
 tres, three. 
 
 tributo, m. tribute, tax. 
 
 trinchar, to carve. 
 
 trinchera,/ trench, intrenchment. 
 
 tripulaci6n, f. crew. 
 
 triscar, to frisk. 
 
 triste, sad. 
 
 triunfal, triumphant. 
 
 triunfar, to triumph. 
 
 triunfo, m. triumph, success. 
 
 tronar (158), to thunder. 
 
 tronco, m. trunk. 
 
 tropa,/ troop. 
 
 tropical, tropical. 
 
 trueno, m. thunder, roar, thunder- 
 bolt. 
 
 tii, thou. 
 
 tu, tus, thy. 
 
 tubo (w.) de vapor, steam pipe; 
 
 lanza-torpedos, torpedo tube; 
 de la red de contra incendios, fire 
 main (along the nettings}. 
 
 tumor, m. tumor. 
 
 turbar, to disturb. 
 
4io 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 turno (por tu ), in thy turn. 
 
 tuve, tuvo (tener, 136), I had, he 
 
 had. 
 tuviera (tener, 136), had, should 
 
 have, might have had. 
 tuviere (tener, 136), I shall have. 
 
 U 
 
 ultimamente, finally. 
 
 ultimo, -a, last, latest; por , 
 
 finally. 
 
 ultra je, m. outrage. 
 un, one, a, an ; un . . . que otro, some 
 
 ... or other. 
 unico, -a, only, unique. 
 unir, to join, 
 universal, universal. 
 universidad, / university. 
 uno, -a, one, a; el uno, the one; los 
 
 unos, the ones; unos, -as, unos cu- 
 
 antos, a few, some; los unos los 
 
 otros, each other, 
 una,/. nail, 
 usar de, to use. 
 uso, m. use. 
 usted, -es, you. 
 litil, useful, fit for service, 
 utilidad, / usefulness, 
 utilizar, to utilize. 
 
 va (ir, 214), he, she goes, you go; se 
 va, goes away ; que se va teniendo, 
 which people continue to have; vas, 
 thou art going; vais, you will (go). 
 
 vaciar, to empty. 
 
 vacilar, to hesitate. 
 
 vacio, -a, empty. 
 
 valer (200), to be worth; j valgame 
 Dios ! laws-a-mercy ! 
 
 valiente, m. brave fellow. 
 
 valiente, valiant. 
 
 valientemente, valiantly. 
 
 valor, m. value, due value; valores, 
 
 stocks and bonds; del estado, 
 
 government bonds. 
 
 vamos (ir, 214), let us go; jvamos ! 
 come now ! 
 
 van (ir, 214), (they) are going. 
 
 vanguardia, / vanguard. 
 
 vanidad,/ vanity. 
 
 vapor, m. steam, steamer. 
 
 varar, to run aground. 
 
 vario, -a, various. 
 
 vaselina, / vaseline. 
 
 vaya (ir, 214), go you {imp.}; vaya 
 
 V. con Dios, go with God, joy go 
 
 with you (to persons taking leave] ; 
 
 pres. subj. t vaya, may go; que le 
 
 bien, may you be well. 
 
 veces (vez),/ times; a , at times. 
 
 vecindario, m. neighborhood. 
 
 vecino, m. neighbor. 
 
 vecino, -a, next, neighboring. 
 
 V. E. (vuestra Excelencia), your Ex- 
 cellency. 
 
 vehemente, vehement. 
 
 veinte, twenty. 
 
 veintena,/ some twenty. 
 
 veinticinco, twenty-five. 
 
 veintinueve, twenty-nine. 
 
 veintiocho, twenty-eight. 
 
 veintitres, twenty-three. 
 
 vela,/ candle. 
 
 velocidad,/ speed. 
 
 ven (venir, 202), come (imp. second 
 sing.}. 
 
 vena,/ vein. 
 
 vencedor, m. conqueror. 
 
 veneer, to fall due. 
 
 vencimiento, m. maturity. 
 
 vender, to sell; venderse, to be sold. 
 
 vendrd (venir, 202), will come. 
 
SPANISH VOCABULARY 
 
 411 
 
 veneno, m. poison, bane. 
 
 venerarse, to be venerated. 
 
 venga (venir, 202), come you (/.) ; 
 pres. subj., may come along; venga 
 lo que viniere, come what may 
 come. 
 
 venir (202), to come, fit, (with a de- 
 pendent gerund}, to have been. 
 
 venta, / sale ; estar de , to be 
 
 for sale. 
 
 veranear, to summer. 
 
 verano, m. summer. 
 
 verdad,/ truth, true; ^verdad? is it 
 not so ? 
 
 verdaderamente, truly. 
 
 verdadero, -a, true, real. 
 
 vergonzoso, -a, shameful. 
 
 vergiienza,/. shame. 
 
 verificar, to verify. 
 
 verificarse, to take place. 
 
 ventana,/ opening, window. 
 
 ventura, f. fortune, luck. 
 
 ver (205), to see; se, to be seen. 
 
 vertical, vertical (line}. 
 
 vertigo, m. giddiness. 
 
 vestido, -a, clothed. 
 
 vestido, m. dress. 
 
 vestir(iSi), to clothe, dress; se, 
 
 to dress oneself, be dressed. 
 
 vez, / time; tal , perhaps; en 
 
 , instead; una que, when 
 
 once; la que, while; de una 
 
 , right away; de en cu- 
 
 ando, from time to time. 
 
 viaje, m. trip, voyage. 
 
 viajar, to travel. 
 
 viandas,/ food, viands. 
 
 vicio, m. vice. 
 
 victoria,/ victory. 
 
 vida,/life. 
 
 viejo, -a, old. 
 
 viendo (ver, 205), seeing. 
 
 viene (venir, 202), comes, fits. 
 
 viento, m. wind. 
 
 viernes, m. Friday. 
 
 viniere (venir, 202), may come. 
 
 vino (se), some one came (venir, 
 
 202). 
 
 vino, m. de pasto, table wine. 
 vi6 (ver, 205), saw. 
 violar, to violate. 
 violencia ; / violence, 
 violento, -a, violent. 
 violin, m. violin. 
 Virgen, / Virgin (image). 
 virtud,/ virtue. 
 visible, visible. 
 visi6n,/ vision, sight, 
 visita,/ visit, visitor, 
 vislumbrarse, to appear, promise, 
 vista, / view, sight; hasta la , 
 
 good-by until I see you again, 
 visto, -a, considering; por lo visto, 
 
 from what we have seen; visto que, 
 
 seeing that. 
 
 vistosamente, beautifully. 
 viva (vivir), long live, 
 vivas, m. hurrahs, 
 viveres, m. provisions, victuals, 
 vivisimo, -a, very lively. 
 vivo, -a, lively, very lively, 
 voces (voz),/ voices, 
 volar (167), to fly, blow up. 
 volcar (143, i, and 167), to upset, 
 
 hurl. 
 
 voluntarioso, -a, stubborn. 
 voluptuosidad, / voluptuousness. 
 volver (171), to return; a (see 
 
 227) ; se, to turn. 
 
 vomitar, to belch forth. 
 
 voracidad, / voracity. 
 
 voy (ir, 214), I go; me , I am 
 
 going; ya , I am coming right 
 
 away. 
 
412 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 voz,y. voice. 
 
 vuelta (estar de ), to return. 
 
 vuelto a (volver, 171), see 227. 
 vulgar, common. 
 
 Y 
 
 y, and. 
 
 ya, already, now; jya! now! 
 
 yate, m. yacht. 
 
 ygndose (irse, 214), going away. 
 
 yerba (mala),/ weed. 
 
 yo, I, me. 
 
 Z 
 
 zapat6n, in. large shoe. 
 zumbar, to buzz, whiz. 
 
INDEX 
 
 The references are to the sections. 
 
 A, prep. 243. 
 
 abbreviations, 333. 
 
 accentuation, 6-9, b. 
 
 accusative, personal, 283~/; simple, 284- 
 285. 
 
 adjectives, agreement, 24; positive, 24, 
 a, b, c\ qualifying suffixes, 26; com- 
 parison, 27-31 ; irreg. comparisons, 
 32; position, 34-37; syntax, 286-293; 
 complements of, 293. 
 
 adjectives, indefinite, 116-134. 
 
 adverbial phrases, 235, a. 
 
 adverbs, 230; formation of, 231-235; of 
 place, 236, a ; of time, 236, b ; of quan- 
 tity and degree, 236, c\ of manner, 
 236, d\ of affirmation and negation, 
 236, <?; comparison, 238. 
 
 ajeno, 117. 
 
 algo, 109. 
 
 alguien, 108. 
 
 alguno, 118. 
 
 alguno que otro, 126, a. 
 
 alphabet, vowels, i ; consonants, 2. 
 
 ambos, 119. 
 
 andar, as auxiliary, 148* meaning, 188, 
 Note. 
 
 ante, antes de, 248. 
 
 apocopation, 25. 
 
 article, definite, n; syntax, 275-277; 
 omission of, 276-^ 
 
 article, indefinite, 12 ; syntax, 278-^ 
 
 atras de, 264. 
 
 augmentatives, 22. 
 
 Bajo, debajo de, 249. 
 become, how to translate, 226. 
 
 Caballero, 332, e. 
 
 caber, idioms with, 204. 
 
 cada, 120 ; cada uno, cada cual, no 
 
 caer, idioms with, 192. 
 
 capitals, 10, a. 
 
 cierto, 121. 
 
 collectives, 42. 
 
 como, 28, 242, a. 
 
 con, 251. 
 
 conditional sentences, 319. 
 
 conditional, 309; cond. perfect, 310. 
 
 conjunctions, 267-269. 
 
 conjunctive phrases, 268-269. 
 
 conmigo, contigo, consigo, 58. 
 
 conocer, uses of, 211, b. 
 
 contra, 252. 
 
 cosa, 109. 
 
 cual, 92 Note, 103. 
 
 cualquiera, 122. 
 
 cuan, 105, 242. 
 
 cuanto, 28, a, 96, 123, 242. 
 
 cuanto, 105. 
 
 cuyo, 95. 
 
 Dar, idioms with, 189. 
 
 dative, 282. 
 
 de, its uses, 27, Note, 239/245; de a, 250 
 
 deber, uses of, 213. 
 
 delante de, 248. 
 
 dems, 25, <?, 127, a, and Note. 
 
 demonstratives, 78-89. 
 
 desde, 253. 
 
 despues de, 264. 
 
 detras de, 264. 
 
 dialectic peculiarities, 3-4. 
 
 dimension, 292. 
 
 413 
 
INDEX 
 
 diminutives, 23. 
 don, dona, 332,7. 
 donde, 98. 
 durante, 254. 
 
 E, when used for y, 267,^. 
 
 echar, idioms with, 228. 
 
 el, la, as demonstratives, 88. 
 
 ello, 55. 
 
 el que, el cual, 94. 
 
 empero, 267, a. 
 
 en, its uses, 244. 
 
 encima de, 263. 
 
 en pos de, 264. 
 
 entre, 255. 
 
 epistolary formalities, 334-337. 
 
 estar, conjugation, 136; uses, 139-140. 
 
 excepto, 256. 
 
 exclamatory sentences, 320. 
 
 Family names, 332, /. 
 forms of address, 332. 
 fractions, 41. 
 fulano, 112. 
 
 Gender, 18-19, d. 
 genitive, 281. 
 gerund, 329. 
 
 Haber, conjugation, 136; uses, 137. 
 hacer, idioms with, 197. 
 hacia, 257. 
 hasta, 258. 
 
 Imperative, 311. 
 
 indicative, present, 301 ; imperfect, 302-2'; 
 preterit, 303; perfect, 304; pluperfect, 
 305; past anterior, 306; future, 307; 
 future perfect, 308. 
 
 infinitive, 321-327 ; preceded by a prepo- 
 sition, 322 ; in questions, 323, a, b ; to 
 form temporal clauses, 323, c; with 
 de and d, to form conditional clauses, 
 
 323, d; as imperative, 323, e; depend- 
 ent, preceded by de, 324-325, by d, 
 
 324, b, and 326 ; depend, without prep- 
 osition, 324, c, 327. 
 
 interjections, 270-274. 
 ir, as auxiliary, 148 ; meaning, 188, Note ; 
 idioms with, 215. 
 
 Juntamente con, 251. 
 
 Letters, how to begin, 335 ; how to close, 
 
 336; how to address, 337. 
 lo (neuter) , uses of, 55, 89, and 277, 
 lord, milord, 15, c. 
 los, las, lo demas, 127, a. 
 
 Mas, 267, a. 
 mediante, 259. 
 mengano, 112. 
 menos (prep.), 256. 
 mismo, 124. 
 mucho, 125. 
 multiplicatives, 43. 
 muy, uses, 236, c, Note. 
 
 Nada, 
 
 nadie, 113. 
 
 negatives, position of, 237. 
 
 ninguno, 126. 
 
 no obstante, 260. 
 
 nominative, 280. 
 
 nos, 46. 
 
 nouns, declension, 13; number, 14-15, e\ 
 
 compound, 16; gender, 18-19, d\ f r ' 
 
 mation of feminine, 20; syntax, 279- 
 
 285. 
 numerals, 38; cardinals, uses of, 39; 
 
 ordinals, uses of, 40. 
 
 0, 267, c, 297, a, 
 
 order of words, 294. 
 
 otro, 127; otro tanto, 127, b. 
 
 own, how translated, 66. 
 
 Para, its uses, 247; before dependent, 
 infinitive, 247, a and b ; para con, 257. 
 participle, present, 328; past, 330-331, c. 
 participles, past, irregular, 222-225. 
 passive voice, 146-147. 
 pero, 267, a. 
 
INDEX 
 
 415 
 
 poco, 128. 
 
 poder, conjugation, 209 ; uses, 210. 
 
 poner, idioms with, 201. 
 
 por, its uses, 246; before dependent in- 
 finitive, 246, e. 
 
 possession, how expressed, 71-72. 
 
 possessive adjectives, 63-72. 
 
 prepositional phrases, 266. 
 
 pronouns, personal, 44-58; position of, 
 59-62 ; possessive, 73-77 ; demonstra- 
 tive, 78-89 ; relative, 90-98 ; interroga- 
 tive, 99-106; indefinite, 56, 107-115; 
 syntax, 282, 283, c, d. 
 
 pronunciation, 1-9. 
 
 proper names, plural of, 15, b, and Note. 
 
 propio, 53, 66. 
 
 punctuation, 10. 
 
 Que, 101 ; que tal, 104 ; que tanto, 106. 
 
 que, relative, 91 ; conjunctions, que, a 
 que, de que, 267, d~f\ que with sub- 
 junctive to express an alternative, 314 ; 
 in comparisons, 27~Note. 
 
 quedar, as auxiliary, 148. 
 
 querer, conjugation, 209; uses, 212. 
 
 quien, uses of, 92-93. 
 
 quien, 92, 4th, 100, 102. 
 
 quienquiera, 114. 
 
 Saber, conjugation, 209; uses, 211. 
 salir, idioms with, 199. 
 salvo, 256. 
 segun, 261. 
 sendos, 129. 
 senor, 332, e-h. 
 senora, 332, g-i and m. 
 seSorita, 332, c, d, and h. 
 senorito, 332, k. 
 
 ser, conjugation, 136; uses, 139. 
 si, 267, h. 
 si, 236, e. 
 Vn, 262. 
 sino, 267, b. 
 
 so, 249. 
 
 sobre, 263. 
 
 solo, linico, 134. 
 
 subjunctive, present, 312-316; after a 
 
 relative, 315 ; after conjunctions, 316; 
 
 future and future perfect, 317; other 
 
 tenses, 318. 
 syllabication, 5. 
 syntax, 275-331. 
 
 Tal, 130-^; tal ... cual, 96. 
 
 tamano, 131. 
 
 tan, 27, d, 242. 
 
 tanto, 28, 96, 242. 
 
 tener, conjugation, 136; uses, 138; 
 
 idioms with, 203. 
 todo, 132-0 ; todo cuanto, 123. 
 tras (de), 264. 
 tii, 47- 
 
 U, when used for 6, 267, c. 
 uno, 115; uno y otro, 133. 
 usted, 50. 
 
 Valer, idioms with, 200. 
 
 venir, idioms with, 140, a, and 202. 
 
 ver, idioms with, 206. 
 
 verbs, auxiliary, 136 ; regular, 141 ; or- 
 thographic changes, 143; formation 
 of tenses, 144-145 ; reflexive. 149-151 
 and 153-157; reciprocal, 152; imper- 
 sonal, 158-160; irregular, 162-229; 
 defective, 217 ; syntax, 294-331 ; agree* 
 ment, 295-300. 
 
 volver a, 227 ; other idioms with, 227. 
 
 vos, 48. 
 
 vosotros, 49. 
 
 ,267 and g. 
 yo, 45- 
 
 Z final becomes c, 15, a, 31, b. 
 zutano, 1X2. 
 
RETURN CIRCULATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 TO ^ 202 Main Library 
 
 LOAN PERIOD 1 
 HOME USE 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 
 
 Renewals and Recharges may be made 4 days prior to the due date. 
 
 Books may be Renewed by calling 642-3405. 
 
 DUE AS STAMPED BELOW 
 
 MAY 3 1 2D * 
 
 1 
 
 
 ffln 1 * J. I*A*VI 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERK r 
 FORM NO. DD6 BERKELEY, CA 94720 
 
U.C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES 
 
 )30 
 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY